manualshive.com logo in svg

Subaru 2003 Legacy, Руководство по обслуживанию


Поделиться
Скачать
background image

EN(H4DOSTC)-211

ENGINE (DIAGNOSTICS)

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)

Step

Value

Yes

No

1

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL TO ECM.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure the voltage between ECM and 

chassis ground.

Connector & terminal

(B136) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (

−−−−

):

Does the measured value exceed the spec-
ified value?

10 V

Even if MI lights 
up, the circuit has 
returned to a nor-
mal condition at 
this time. Contact 
SUBARU distribu-
tor service.

NOTE:
Inspection by DTM
is required, be-
cause probable
cause is deteriora-
tion of multiple
parts.

Go to step 2.

2

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EXHAUST 
VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE (NEG-
ATIVE PRESSURE) AND ECM CONNEC-
TOR.
1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect the connectors from exhaust 

valve control solenoid valve (negative pres-
sure) and ECM.

3) Measure the resistance of harness 

between exhaust valve control solenoid 
valve (negative pressure) connector and 
engine ground.

Connector & terminal

(B136) No. 3 — Engine ground:

Does the measured value exceed the spec-
ified value?

1 M

Ω

Repair the ground 
short circuit in har-
ness between 
ECM and exhaust 
valve control sole-
noid valve (nega-
tive pressure) 
connector.

Go to step 3.

3

CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EXHAUST 
VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE (NEG-
ATIVE PRESSURE) AND ECM CONNEC-
TOR.
Measure the resistance of harness between 
ECM and exhaust valve control solenoid valve 
(negative pressure) of harness connector.

Connector & terminal

(B136) No. 3 — (B220) No. 6:

Is the measured value less than the specified 
value?

1 

Ω

Go to step 4.

Repair the open 
circuit in harness 
between ECM and 
exhaust valve con-
trol solenoid valve 
(negative pres-
sure) connector.

4

CHECK EXHAUST VALVE CONTROL SOLE-
NOID VALVE. (NEGATIVE PRESSURE)
Measure the resistance between exhaust 
valve control solenoid valve (negative pres-
sure) terminals.

Terminals

No. 5 — No. 6:

Is the measured value within the specified 
value?

30 — 34 

Ω

Go to step 5.

Replace the 
exhaust valve con-
trol solenoid valve 
(negative pres-
sure).  <Ref. to 
IN(H4DOSTC)-19, 
Solenoid Box 
Assembly.>

Содержание 2003 Legacy

Страница 1: ...ar PDF Service Manual ENGINE SECTION 1 Pub No G2300GE2 ENGINE SECTION 2 Pub No G2300GE3 TRANSMISSION SECTION Pub No G2300GE5 CHASSIS SECTION Pub No G2300GE6 BODY SECTION Pub No G2300GE7 WIRING SYSTEM...

Страница 2: ...guid ance of experienced mechanics Please peruse and utilize this manual fully to ensure complete repair work for satisfying our customers by keeping their vehicle in optimum condition When replaceme...

Страница 3: ......

Страница 4: ...FOREWORD FW Page 1 Foreword 2...

Страница 5: ...uals are used when performing mainte nance repair or diagnosis of the Subaru Legacy Applied model BE and BH from 2003MY The manuals contain the latest information at the time of publication Changes in...

Страница 6: ...HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS HU Page 1 How to Use This Manuals 2...

Страница 7: ...RUCTURE Each section consists of SCT that are broken down into SC that are divided into sections for each com ponent The specification maintenance and other information for the components are included...

Страница 8: ...e parts refer to parts catalogue Example HU 00001 14 9 8 7 6 10 4 10 22 11 19 17 15 13 12 18 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 10 9 12 13 19 18 20 17 16 24 10 25 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 2 1 21 15 23 T7 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T4...

Страница 9: ...ded in one service procedure appropriate reference are provided for each part Example A Component D Caution G Tightening torque B Process E Tool number of special tool H Illustration C Reference F Nam...

Страница 10: ...IAGNOSIS Tables showing a step by step process make it easy to conduct diagnosis 8 SI UNITS Measurements in these manuals are according to the SI units Metric and yard pound measurements are also incl...

Страница 11: ...HU 6 HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS HOW TO USE THIS MANUALS MEMO...

Страница 12: ...SPECIFICATIONS SPC Page 1 Legacy 2 2 OUTBACK 10...

Страница 13: ...gasoline engine Valve arrangement Overhead camshaft type Bore Stroke mm in 92 75 3 62 2 95 99 5 79 0 3 917 3 110 Displacement cm3 cu in 1 994 121 67 2 457 149 9 Compression ratio 10 0 Firing order 1...

Страница 14: ...R6G Generator 12V 90A Battery Type and capacity 5HR 12V 48AH 55D23L Model Sedan Wagon AWD 2 0 L Non TURBO 2 5 L Non TURBO Transmission type 5MT 4AT 5MT 4AT Clutch type DSPD TCC DSPD TCC Gear ratio 1st...

Страница 15: ...111 4 111 Reductiongear Rear drive Transfer reduc tion Type of gear Helical Gear ratio 1 000 Final reduction Type of gear Hypoid Hypoid Gear ratio 4 111 4 111 Model 2 0 L 2 5 L Non TURBO 2 0 L TURBO...

Страница 16: ...6 Engine coolant 2 US qt Imp qt 7 0 7 4 6 2 7 7 8 1 6 8 6 9 7 3 6 1 7 6 8 0 6 7 6 8 7 2 6 0 6 7 7 1 5 9 Option code 1 EC K4 KO KS Model 2 0 L AWD GL 5MT 4AT 5MT 4AT 5MT 4AT Curb weight C W Front kg lb...

Страница 17: ...5 1 000 2 205 Maximum permissible weight M P W Total kg lb 1 910 4 210 1 910 4 210 1 910 4 210 1 910 4 210 1 910 4 210 1 910 4 210 Option Side airbag Air conditioner Audio Cruise control Cold weather...

Страница 18: ...0 2 050 930 2 050 940 2 075 940 2 075 Rear kg lb 970 2 140 970 2 140 980 2 160 980 2 160 Total kg lb 1 900 4 190 1 900 4 190 1 920 4 235 1 920 4 235 Option Side airbag Air conditioner Audio Cruise con...

Страница 19: ...ble weight M P W Total kg lb 1 920 4 235 1 920 4 235 1 920 4 235 1 920 4 235 1 920 4 235 1 920 4 235 Option Side airbag Air conditioner Audio Cruise control Cold weather pack Option code 1 EC K4 KS Mo...

Страница 20: ...030 2 270 1 030 2 270 1 030 2 270 1 030 2 270 1 050 2 315 1 050 2 315 Maximum permissible weight M P W Total kg lb 1 920 4 235 1 920 4 235 1 920 4 235 1 920 4 235 1 980 4 365 1 980 4 365 Option Side...

Страница 21: ...2 5 L mm in 190 7 5 3 0 L mm in 200 7 9 Model OUTBACK AWD 2 5 L 3 0 L Engine type Horizontally opposed liquid cooled 4 cylinder 4 stroke gasoline engine Horizontally opposed liquid cooled 6 cylinder...

Страница 22: ...ttery Type and capacity 5HR For Europe and South America MT 12V 48AH 55D23L AT 12V 52AH 75D23L 12V 52AH 75D23L Others 12V 27AH 34B19L 12V 48H 55D23L Model OUTBACK AWD 2 5 L 3 0 L Transmission type 5MT...

Страница 23: ...e Rear Disc brake Parking brake Mechanical on rear brakes Model OUTBACK Rim size 16 61 2JJ Tire size 215 60R16 Type Steel belted radial Tubeless Model OUTBACK AWD 2 5 L 3 0 L 5MT 4AT Fuel tank 2 US ga...

Страница 24: ...315 1 050 2 315 Maximum permissible weight M P W Total kg lb 2 000 4 410 2 000 4 410 2 000 4 410 2 000 4 410 Option Side airbag Air conditioner Audio Cruise control Cold weather pack Leather trim Sun...

Страница 25: ...335 Maximum permissible weight M P W Total kg lb 2 015 4 445 2 015 4 445 2 085 4 595 Option Side airbag Air conditioner Audio Cruise control Cold weather pack Leather trim Sunroof Self levelizer Opti...

Страница 26: ...PRECAUTION PC Page 1 Precaution 2...

Страница 27: ...the instructions in this manual when performing maintenance on airbag components or nearby and airbag wiring harnesses or nearby To prevent unexpected deployment perform one of the steps below and th...

Страница 28: ...NOTE NT Page 1 Note 2...

Страница 29: ...static electricity prevention cord or touch grounded metal before conducting work 3 IGNITION OFF BATTERY When removing the battery cables always be sure to turn the ignition off to prevent electrical...

Страница 30: ...NT 3 NOTE NOTE Pantograph jack Lift NT 00049 With side sill cover NT 00050 Without side sill cover NT 00046...

Страница 31: ...NT 4 NOTE NOTE Safety stand NT 00047 Front Rear Rear differential gear NT 00036 Front crossmember...

Страница 32: ...porting vehicles and when using the chassis dynamo Tie down points Attach tie downs only to the specified points on the vehicle NT 00059 Hook for tie down Hook for tie down Hook for towing and tie dow...

Страница 33: ...l be within 50 8 mm 1 97 in Make sure to fix a vehicle securely 7 TOWING Avoid towing vehicles except when the vehicle can not be driven For vehicles with AWD AT or VTD use a loader instead of towing...

Страница 34: ...he hood in this position remove the windshield washer hose attaching clip from the hood 9 TRAINING For information about training contact a dealer or agent 10 GENERAL SCAN TOOL Using general scan tool...

Страница 35: ...NT 8 NOTE NOTE MEMO...

Страница 36: ...IDENTIFICATION ID Page 1 Identification 2...

Страница 37: ...on control label Tire inflation pressure label Driver side Australia model Tire pressure label Driver side Except Australia model Saudi Arabia plate Saudi Arabia model Built date plate Australia model...

Страница 38: ...AWD E 3 0 L AWD 7 L Steering position K RHD Right hand drive L LHD Left hand drive 8 J Engine transmission E DOHC MPI 4AT J SOHC MPI 5F R SOHC MPI 4AT D DOHC MPI TURBO 5F T DOHC MPI TURBO 4AT SS 9 3...

Страница 39: ...6 GX 8 OUTBACK 8 M Restraint M Manual belts dual airbag 9 X Check digit 0 9 X 10 3 Model year 3 2003MY 4 2004MY 5 2005MY 11 G Transmission type G Full time AWD 5 speed MT single range H Full time AWD...

Страница 40: ...Y Transmission type Y Full time AWD MT center differential V Full time AWD AT VTD Z Full time AWD AT MPT 3 and 4 75 Classification 75 MT 1A 1B AT 5 4 Series 4 5th Generation Legacy 6 V Transmission s...

Страница 41: ...CPS Code Reduction gear ratio LSD T1 3 900 No T2 4 111 No TP 4 444 No BL 4 444 No Strengthened type VB 3 700 No CF 4 444 Viscous JP 4 111 Viscous Digits Code Meaning Details 1 to 2 EC Destination EC E...

Страница 42: ...RECOMMENDED MATERIALS RM Page 1 Recommended Materials 2...

Страница 43: ...line will damage the catalytic converter Australia specification Leaded gasoline On vehicles without catalytic converter use leaded gasoline with an octane value of 90 RON or higher 3 LUBRICANTS Use e...

Страница 44: ...and applicable temperature Engine oil Manual transmission oil and rear differential gear oil RM 00003 F 22 4 14 50 68 86 104 C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 5W 30 Recommend 32 10W 30 or 10W 40 RM 00004 C 22...

Страница 45: ...ont differential gear oil Fluid Recommended Alternative Remarks Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON III Power steering fluid DEXRON III Brake fluid FMVSS No 116 DOT3 FMVSS No 116 DOT4 Clutch fluid FMV...

Страница 46: ...e No 7439 003602001 Brake pad Molykote AS 880N K0777YA010 Front axle SFJ SSG 6003 28093TA000 Front axle BJ NTG2218 28093AA000 Rear axle BJ Molylex No 2 003601001 Rear axle DOJ VU 3A702 23223GA050 Thro...

Страница 47: ...RM 6 RECOMMENDED MATERIALS RECOMMENDED MATERIALS MEMO...

Страница 48: ...PRE DELIVERY INSPECTION PI Page 1 Pre delivery Inspection 2...

Страница 49: ...l state Check if the vehicle before delivery is in a normal state Check for any damage or missing parts that may have taken place during transportation or storage Make sure to provide a complete vehic...

Страница 50: ...e trunk lid to see that there are no abnormal conditions 8 Check the rear gate for lock unlock and open close operations 1 Using the key check if the rear gate can be lock and unlocked normally 2 Open...

Страница 51: ...m operates normally 11 Power window operation check 1 Check the power window for correct operations Step Check point 1 Brake test 1 Check that the foot brake operates normally 2 Parking brake 1 Check...

Страница 52: ...ent battery discharge Attach a 15 A fuse as shown in the figure 4 CONNECTION OF AIR CONDITIONER CUT CONNECTOR A vehicle just delivered has its air conditioner cut connector or air conditioner haness d...

Страница 53: ...ull the outside door handles of the rear doors to ensure that the doors will open 7 CHECK THE TRUNK LID OPERATIONS OPEN CLOSE AS FOLLOWS Operate the trunk lock release lever and verify that the trunk...

Страница 54: ...booklet Spare key Jack Tool set Spare tire Sedan Wagon 11 OPERATION CHECK OF HOOD LOCK RELEASE SYSTEM By operating front hood release knob confirm front hood will unlock properly By operating lever co...

Страница 55: ...o leaks are found Then add the necessary amount of the specified AT front differential oil 17 COOLANT Check the coolant amount on the reservoir If the amount is insufficient check that no leaks are fo...

Страница 56: ...Check that all doors and the rear gate are automatically locked again 22 SEAT Check that each seat provides full functionality in sliding and reclining Check all available functions of the rear seat s...

Страница 57: ...e headlight operations Check the brake light operations Check the other lights for normal operations 33 WINDOW WASHER Before inspection of the window washer system connect the washer connector to the...

Страница 58: ...ly 42 ATF LEVEL Check that the ATF level is normal If insufficient check that no leaks are found Then add the neces sary amount of the specified ATF 43 POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL Check that the power...

Страница 59: ...the paint after removing the paint protec tive coating and washing the vehicle NOTE Before removing the protective coating be sure to wash the vehicle because the painted surface may be scratched if t...

Страница 60: ...19 10 Air Cleaner Element 20 11 Cooling System 21 12 Coolant 22 13 Clutch System 24 14 Hill holder System 25 15 Idle Mixture 26 16 Transmission Oil 27 17 ATF 28 18 Front Rear Differential Oil 30 19 B...

Страница 61: ...ERIODIC MAINTENANCE SERVICES GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A GENERAL Be sure to perform periodic maintenance in order to maintain vehicle performance and find problems before they become s...

Страница 62: ...ired Maintenance interval Number of months or km miles whichever occurs first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 Remarks 1 000 km 1 6 5 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 1 000 miles 1 3 9 19 28 38 47 56 66 75 1 E...

Страница 63: ...amshaft drive chains on the 3 0 L models is not required Maintenance interval Number of months or km miles whichever occurs first Months 12 24 36 48 Remarks 1 000 km 5 12 5 25 37 5 50 1 000 miles 3 7...

Страница 64: ...ntly Replace more fre quently Replace more fre quently Fuel line 12 months I 15 000 km 9 000 miles Transmission oil Replace more fre quently ATF Replace more fre quently Front rear dif ferential oil R...

Страница 65: ...eplace more fre quently Replace more fre quently Fuel line 6 months I 12 500 km 7 500 miles Transmission oil Replace more fre quently ATF Replace more fre quently Front rear dif ferential oil Replace...

Страница 66: ...gauge Make sure that vehicle is placed level when checking oil level Use engine oil of proper quality and viscosity selected in accor dance with the table in figure Engine oil amount for preparation 2...

Страница 67: ...ECTION 1 Park vehicle on a level surface 2 Remove oil level gauge and wipe it clean 3 Reinsert the level gauge all the way Be sure that the level gauge is correctly inserted and in the proper orientat...

Страница 68: ...cleaning is not necessary 6 Check the engine oil level Ref to PM 7 En gine Oil 2 3 0 L MODEL 1 Drain engine oil by loosening engine oil drain plug 2 Remove under cover 3 Remove oil filter with ST ST 4...

Страница 69: ...spark plug lightly with hand and then secure with a plug wrench to the specified torque Tightening torque 21 N m 2 1 kgf m 15 ft lb NOTE Be sure to place the gasket between the cylinder head and spar...

Страница 70: ...gnition coil Tightening torque 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 11 7 ft lb NOTE Be sure to place the gasket between the cylinder head and spark plug If torque wrench is not available tighten spark plug until gasket c...

Страница 71: ...0 mm 0 354 0 433 in B replaced 7 5 8 5 mm 0 295 0 335 in reused 9 0 10 0 mm 0 354 0 394 in There is no belt B on models without an air con ditioner 2 3 0 L MODEL 1 Replace belts if cracks fraying or w...

Страница 72: ...ension 9 Tighten the lock nut A Tightening torque 22 6 N m 2 3 kgf m 16 6 ft lb 10 Tighten the through bolt B Tightening torque 8 N m 0 8 kgf m 5 8 ft lb 11 Install a new belt and tighten the slider b...

Страница 73: ...IC MAINTENANCE SERVICES DRIVE BELT S 3 Install in the reverse order of removal A Power steering oil pump B Belt tension adjuster C Crankshaft pulley D A C compressor E Belt idler F Generator PM 00119...

Страница 74: ...ulley bolt To lock crankshaft use ST 2 0 L model ST 499977400 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH 2 5 L model ST 499977100 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH 6 Remove crankshaft pulley 7 Remove left side belt cover 8 Remo...

Страница 75: ...pulley bolt To lock the crankshaft use ST MT model ST 499977100 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH AT model ST 499977400 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH 5 Remove the crankshaft pulley 6 Remove the air conditioning co...

Страница 76: ...ss than 27 mm 1 06 in check idlers tensioner water pump pulley and cam sprocket to determine idler align ment squareness Replace worn timing belt 4 Install front timing belt cover and timing belt cov...

Страница 77: ...If faulty parts are found repair or replace them 2 0 L non turbo and 2 5 L with OBD models Ref to FU H4SO 70 Fuel Delivery Return and Evaporation Lines 2 0 L non turbo and 2 5 L without OBD models Ref...

Страница 78: ...models Ref to FU H4SO 67 Fuel Filter 2 0 L non TURBO and 2 5 L without OBD models Ref to FU H4SOw oOBD 64 Fuel Filter 2 0 L TURBO model Ref to FU H4DOSTC 64 Fuel Filter 3 0 L model Ref to FU H6DO 70...

Страница 79: ...emoval NOTE Fasten with a clip after inserting the lower tab of the case 2 2 0 L TURBO AND 3 0 L MODEL 1 Loosen clamp A and separate air cleaner up per cover and air intake boot 3 0 L model 2 Remove t...

Страница 80: ...lve open pressure us ing radiator cap tester NOTE Rust or dirt on cap may prevent valve from func tioning normally be sure to clean cap before test ing Raise the pressure until the needle of gauge sto...

Страница 81: ...L non turbo and 2 5 L models MT model Approx 6 8 2 7 2 US qt 6 0 Imp qt AT model Approx 6 7 2 7 1 US qt 5 9 Imp qt 2 0 L turbo model MT model Approx 7 7 2 8 1 US qt 6 8 Imp qt AT model Approx 7 6 2 8...

Страница 82: ...be in creased from 25 to 40 Find point A where the 25 line of coolant concentration intersects with the 40 curve of the necessary coolant concentra tion and read the scale on the vertical axis of the...

Страница 83: ...utch system hoses piping and their couplings for fluid leaks If fluid leaks are found correct them by retightening their fitting bolt and or replacing their parts 5 Check the fluid level using the sca...

Страница 84: ...ngine tends to stall Loos en adjusting nut gradually until smooth starting is enabled B When hill holder is released earlier than en gagement to clutch vehicle slips down slightly Tighten adjusting nu...

Страница 85: ...ure with the CO meter 4 If out of specification adjust the idle mixture us ing CO adjusting screw of mass air flow sensor 5 After adjusting the CO value check and adjust increment coefficient of CO re...

Страница 86: ...plug after draining gear oil and tighten it to the specified torque Tightening torque 44 N m 4 5 kgf m 32 5 ft lb NOTE Replace the gasket with a new one Each oil manufacturer has its base oil and add...

Страница 87: ...uld be found below the center of these two marks CAUTION Use care not to exceed the upper limit level ATF level varies with temperature Remem ber that the addition of fluid to the upper limit mark whe...

Страница 88: ...orque Tightening torque 25 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 1 ft lb 3 Pour ATF into the oil charge pipe Recommended fluid Dexron III type automatic transmission flu id ATF amount Refill with the same amount of ATF th...

Страница 89: ...e starting work cool off the engine well If transmission gear oil splashes on exhaust pipe wipe it clean 2 Reinstall drain plug after draining differential gear oil and tighten it to the specified tor...

Страница 90: ...plug 2 Remove filler plug for quicker draining 3 Tighten drain plug after draining oil NOTE Apply fluid packing to drain plug threads before in stallation Fluid packing Three Bond 1105 Part No 004403...

Страница 91: ...on meter will come on Visually check brake hose using a mirror where it is difficult to see for any damage B CHECKING 1 SERVICE BRAKE 1 Check the free play of brake pedal with a force of less than 10...

Страница 92: ...l several times applying the same pedal force Make sure the travel distance should not change 2 With the brake pedal depressed start the en gine Make sure the pedal should move slightly to ward the fl...

Страница 93: ...oz 17 6 Imp fl oz for to tal brake system 6 Instruct your co worker to depress the brake pedal slowly two or three times and then hold it de pressed 7 Loosen bleeder screw approximately 1 4 turn until...

Страница 94: ...han 10 mm 0 39 in from the outer periphery of the ro tor Disc rotor runout limit Front 0 075 mm 0 0030 in Rear 0 070 mm 0 0028 in NOTE When replacing a pad always replace the pads for both the left an...

Страница 95: ...mm 0 059 in 2 Check brake drum for wear dents or other dam age If the inside surface of brake drum is streaked correct the surface with emery cloth 200 or more If it is unevenly worn tapered or the o...

Страница 96: ...STROKE 1 Remove console box lid 2 Forcibly pull parking brake lever 3 to 5 times 3 Adjust parking brake lever by turning adjuster until parking brake lever stroke is set at 6 notches with operating f...

Страница 97: ...Joint 5 Damage of dust seal Visually inspect ball joint dust seal If it is damaged remove transverse link Ref to FS 14 Front Transverse Link And measure free play of ball joint Ref to FS 16 Front Bal...

Страница 98: ...ms are within standard values Toe in Camber angle Thrust angle Ref to RS 8 Wheel Alignment 2 When camber angle does not conform to stan dard value visually inspect parts listed below If de formation i...

Страница 99: ...th one hand turn hub with the other to check for noise or binding If hub is noisy or binds disassemble front axle and check condition of oil seals bearing etc 2 REAR WHEEL BEARING 1 Jack up the rear o...

Страница 100: ...front axle boots A and rear axle boots B for deformation damage or failure If faulty replace them with new ones Ref to DS 28 Front Drive Shaft Ref to DS 34 Rear Drive Shaft 2 PROPELLER SHAFT Inspect...

Страница 101: ...ndicators appear across the tire tread It is recommended that both right and left tires are replaced as a set 2 Adjust the wheel alignment if abnormally uneven tire wear is found 3 Also rotate the tir...

Страница 102: ...original posi tion after it has been turned and then released 2 STEERING SHAFT JOINT 1 When steering wheel free play is excessive dis connect universal joint of steering shaft and check it for any pl...

Страница 103: ...y indicator of reservoir tank If the level is at lower point or below add fluid to keep the level in the specified range of the indica tor If at upper point or above drain fluid by using a syringe or...

Страница 104: ...BOOTS Inspect both sides of gearbox boots as follows and correct the defects if necessary 1 A and B positions of gearbox boot are fitted correspondingly in A and B grooves of gearbox and the rod 2 Cl...

Страница 105: ...PM 46 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE SERVICES STEERING SYSTEM POWER STEERING MEMO...

Страница 106: ...le in optimum condition When replacement of parts during repair work is needed be sure to use SUBARU genuine parts All information illustration and specifi cations contained in this manual are based o...

Страница 107: ...ICE MANUAL QUICK REFERENCE INDEX ENGINE SECTION 1 G2300GE2 LUBRICATION LU H4SOw oOBD SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP H4SOw oOBD IGNITION IG H4SOw oOBD STARTING CHARGING SYSTEMS SC H4SOw oOBD ENGINE DIAGNOSTI...

Страница 108: ...r Temperature Sensor 33 11 Idle Air Control Solenoid Valve 34 12 EGR Valve 35 13 Fuel Injector 36 14 Front Oxygen A F Sensor 41 15 Rear Oxygen Sensor 43 16 Engine Control Module 45 17 Main Relay 46 18...

Страница 109: ...l Specification Fuel tank Capacity 64 2 16 9 US gal 14 1 Imp gal Location Under rear seat Fuel pump Type Impeller Shutoff discharge pressure 370 677 kPa 3 77 6 9 kg cm2 53 6 98 psi Discharge flow More...

Страница 110: ...FU H4SO 3 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 111: ...YSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 INTAKE MANIFOLD FU 00377 20 21 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 2 4 17 17 17 20 22 18 18 14 16 16 13 12 1 19 15 11 4 3 5 6 T2 T2 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T5 T4 T4 T4 T2 T5 T4 T4 T3 T3...

Страница 112: ...elerator cable bracket 3 Fuel injector 13 Fuel pipe protector LH 23 EGR valve 4 O ring 14 Plug cord holder LH 5 O ring 15 Fuel pipe protector RH Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 O ring 16 Fuel pipe...

Страница 113: ...YSTEM 1 Gasket 5 Throttle body Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Throttle position sensor 6 Intake air temperature sensor T1 1 6 0 16 1 2 3 Idle air control solenoid valve 7 Grommet T2 22 2 2 15 9 4...

Страница 114: ...3 CRANKSHAFT POSITIOM CAMSHAFT POSITION AND KNOCK SENSORS 1 Crankshaft position sensor 4 Camshaft position sensor support Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Knock sensor T1 6 4 0 65 4 7 3 Camshaft po...

Страница 115: ...ECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 FUEL TANK FU 00626 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 31 33 37 38 36 30 34 11 10 12 13 14 14 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 26 24 25 23 32 21 22 21 27 30 30 30 35 29 28 T3 T3 T3 T3 T1...

Страница 116: ...6 Fuel pump plate 21 Quick connector 36 Seal 7 Fuel pump ASSY 22 Jet pump hose B 37 Fuel pump holder 8 Fuel level sensor 23 Fuel sub level sensor gasket 38 Grommet 9 Fuel filter 24 Jet pump filter 10...

Страница 117: ...SO 10 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5 FUEL LINE B2M4171A FU 00627 9 8 7 6 5 4 4 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 23 22 21 14 13 11 12 15 10 20 19 18 17 16 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 2...

Страница 118: ...se B 15 Fuel pipe ASSY 26 Canister drain hose 5 Clip 16 Evaporation hose B 27 Canister 6 Fuel pipe ASSY 17 Two way valve hose 28 Front canister bracket 7 Grommet 18 Two way valve 29 Rear canister brac...

Страница 119: ...EMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6 FUEL FILLER PIPE 1 Fuel filler pipe ASSY 5 Filler ring Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Clip 6 Filler cap T 7 4 0 75 5 4 3 Clamp 7 Fuel filler pipe protector 4 Filler pipe...

Страница 120: ...e is hot after running Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or safety stands at the specified points Before disconnecting electrical connector...

Страница 121: ...e throttle position sensor and pres sure sensor 6 Disconnect the engine coolant hoses A from the throttle body 7 Remove the bolts B which install throttle body to the intake manifold B INSTALLATION 1...

Страница 122: ...onnect the cruise control cable B With cruise control model 7 Remove the power steering pump and reservoir tank from bracket 1 Remove the resonator chamber Ref to IN H4SO 8 REMOVAL Resonator Chamber 2...

Страница 123: ...from the throttle body 11 Disconnect the brake booster hose 12 Remove the air cleaner case stay RH and en gine harness bracket and disconnect the engine harness connectors from the bulkhead harness c...

Страница 124: ...e fuel pipes WARNING Do not spill fuel Catch fuel from hoses in a container or cloth 20 Remove the bolts which hold intake manifold onto the cylinder heads 21 Remove the intake manifold B INSTALLATION...

Страница 125: ...he connector to the camshaft position sensor 5 Connect the connector to the oil pressure switch 6 Connect the connector to the crankshaft position sensor 7 Connect the knock sensor connector 8 Connect...

Страница 126: ...e to the intake manifold 13 Connect the spark plug cords to the spark plugs 14 Install the power steering pump and reservoir tank to bracket 1 Install the reservoir tank to bracket 2 Connect the conne...

Страница 127: ...r cleaner case Ref to IN H4SO 7 INSTALLATION Air Intake Duct and Ref to IN H4SO 6 INSTALLATION Air Cleaner Case 18 Connect the connector to the fuel pump relay 19 Connect the battery ground cable to b...

Страница 128: ...the fuel injec tors 10 Disconnect the connector from the purge con trol solenoid valve 11 Disconnect the air by pass hose from the purge control solenoid valve 12 Remove the harness bands A and harne...

Страница 129: ...fuel injector while lifting up the fuel injector pipe 18 Loosen the clamp which holds the front left side fuel hose to the injector pipe and remove the pipe 19 Loosen the clamp which holds the front r...

Страница 130: ...to the injector pipe and tighten the clamp screw 4 Install the fuel injector pipe 5 Connect the left side fuel hose to the injector pipe and tighten the clamp screw 6 Install the fuel injectors NOTE R...

Страница 131: ...ect the evaporation hose as shown in the fig ure 11 Install the engine harness onto the intake man ifold Tightening torque 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 11 8 ft lb 12 Connect the connectors to the fuel injectors a...

Страница 132: ...GR Valve 18 Install the throttle body to the intake manifold Ref to FU H4SO 14 INSTALLATION Throttle Body 19 Install the ignition coil and ignitor assembly 20 Connect the connector to the ignition coi...

Страница 133: ...air intake duct and air cleaner as sembly Ref to IN H4SO 7 REMOVAL Air Intake Duct and Ref to IN H4SO 6 REMOVAL Air Cleaner Case 3 Disconnect the connector from the engine cool ant temperature sensor...

Страница 134: ...ound cable from battery 2 Remove the bolt which install crankshaft position sensor to the cylinder block 3 Remove the crankshaft position sensor and dis connect the connector from it B INSTALLATION In...

Страница 135: ...position sensor support 4 Remove the bolt which installs camshaft position sensor support to the camshaft cap LH 5 Remove the camshaft position sensor and cam shaft position sensor support as a unit...

Страница 136: ...e cylinder block B INSTALLATION 1 Install the knock sensor to the cylinder block Tightening torque 24 N m 2 4 kgf m 17 4 ft lb NOTE The extraction area of the knock sensor cord must be positioned at a...

Страница 137: ...n installing throttle position sensor adjust to the specified data C ADJUSTMENT 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Loosen the throttle position sensor holding screws 3 When using voltage meter 1 Take...

Страница 138: ...data link connector A 5 Turn the ignition switch to ON and the Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON 6 Select the 2 Each System Check in Main Menu 7 Select the Engine Control System in Selection Menu 8 S...

Страница 139: ...ect the ground cable from battery 2 Disconnect the connector from the pressure sensor 3 Remove the pressure sensor B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 1 6 N m 0 16...

Страница 140: ...ir Temperature Sen sor A REMOVAL 1 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 2 Disconnect the connector from the intake air temperature sensor 3 Remove the intake air temperature sensor from air cleane...

Страница 141: ...he ground cable from battery 2 Disconnect the connector from the idle air con trol solenoid valve 3 Remove the idle air control solenoid valve from the throttle body B INSTALLATION Install in the reve...

Страница 142: ...AL 1 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 2 Disconnect the connector from EGR valve 3 Remove the EGR valve from intake manifold B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening to...

Страница 143: ...he spark plugs 1 and 3 cylinders 6 Remove the power steering pump and tank from the brackets 1 Remove the front side V belt Ref to ME H4SO 41 REMOVAL V belt 2 Remove the bolts which hold the power ste...

Страница 144: ...e the fuel injector from the intake mani fold 1 Remove the fuel injector securing clip 2 Remove the fuel injector while lifting up the fuel injector pipe 2 LH SIDE 1 Release the fuel pressure Ref to F...

Страница 145: ...the rear window glass washer hose from the washer motor then plug the connection with a suitable cap 8 Move the washer tank and secure it away from the working area 9 Remove the spark plug cords from...

Страница 146: ...Remove the fuel injector securing clip 2 Remove the fuel injector while lifting up the fuel injector pipe B INSTALLATION 1 RH SIDE Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Replace O rings with ne...

Страница 147: ...f m 24 3 ft lb 2 LH SIDE Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Replace O rings with new ones Tightening torque 5 0 N m 0 51 kgf m 3 7 ft lb Tightening torque 19 N m 1 94 kgf m 13 7 ft lb Tig...

Страница 148: ...CAUTION When removing the oxygen A F sensor wait until exhaust pipe cools otherwise it will dam age exhaust pipe B INSTALLATION 1 Before installing front oxygen A F sensor ap ply the anti seize compou...

Страница 149: ...FU H4SO 42 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR 5 Connect the battery ground cable to battery FU 00009...

Страница 150: ...UTION When removing the oxygen sensor wait until exhaust pipe cools otherwise it will damage ex haust pipe B INSTALLATION 1 Before installing rear oxygen sensor apply the anti seize compound only to t...

Страница 151: ...FU H4SO 44 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 5 Connect the battery ground cable to battery FU 00009...

Страница 152: ...mat of front passenger seat 4 Remove the protect cover 5 Remove the nuts A which hold ECM to the bracket 6 Remove the clip B from the bracket 7 Disconnect the ECM connectors and take out the ECM B INS...

Страница 153: ...1 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 2 Remove the passenger s side front side sill cov er 3 Remove the bolt which holds main bracket on the body 4 Disconnect the connectors from the main relay...

Страница 154: ...ble from battery 2 Remove the passenger s side front side sill cov er 3 Remove the bolt which holds fuel pump relay bracket on the body 4 Disconnect the connector from the fuel pump 5 Remove the fuel...

Страница 155: ...F 2 DRAINING FUEL WARNING Place NO FIRE signs near the working area Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor 1 Set the vehicle on the lift 2 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 3 Lift up the veh...

Страница 156: ...om fuel tank by using a hand pump WARNING Do not use a motor pump when draining the fu el 13 After draining the fuel reinstall the fuel sub lev el sensor Tightening torque T 4 4 N m 0 45 kgf m 3 3 ft...

Страница 157: ...FU H4SO 50 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL 3 Install the sub service hole cover 4 Set the rear seat and floor mat FU 00445...

Страница 158: ...ck connector of fuel delivery A and return hose B Ref to FU H4SO 70 RE MOVAL Fuel Delivery Return and Evaporation Lines 8 Remove the parking brake cable 1 Remove the console box Ref to EI 34 REMOVAL C...

Страница 159: ...AL Propeller Shaft 15 Disconnect the connector from ABS sensor 16 Remove the bolts which hold parking brake ca ble holding bracket 17 Remove the parking brake cable from cabin by forcibly pulling it b...

Страница 160: ...A from two way valve and then disconnect the evapora tion hose B from evaporation pipe 24 Loosen the clamp and disconnect the fuel filler hose A and air vent hose B from fuel filler pipe 25 Support t...

Страница 161: ...e 33 N m 3 4 kgf m 25 ft lb 6 Install the rear side protector Tightening torque 18 N m 1 8 kgf m 13 0 ft lb 7 Install the rear suspension assembly CAUTION A helper is required to perform this work 1 S...

Страница 162: ...ing brake cable to cabin by forc ibly pushing it forward 11 Tighten the bolts which hold parking brake ca ble holding bracket Tightening torque 18 N m 1 8 kgf m 13 0 ft lb Tightening torque 32 N m 3 3...

Страница 163: ...Tighten the wheel nuts to rear wheel 19 Install the parking brake cable Ref to PB 7 INSTALLATION Parking Brake Cable 20 Install the console box Ref to EI 34 IN STALLATION Console Box 21 Connect the fu...

Страница 164: ...mat 28 Connect the connector to fuel pump relay A 29 Adjust the parking brake lever stroke Ref to PB 6 ADJUSTMENT Parking Brake Lever 30 Check the wheel alignment and adjust if neces sary Ref to FS 6...

Страница 165: ...the screws holding packing in place 5 Lift up the vehicle 6 Remove the rear right side wheel nuts 7 Remove the wheel RH Rear 8 Remove the protector RH Front 9 Drain fuel from fuel tank Set a container...

Страница 166: ...l filler pipe to under side of the vehicle B INSTALLATION 1 Hold the fuel filler flap open 2 Set the fuel saucer A with rubber packing C and then insert the fuel filler pipe into hole from the inner s...

Страница 167: ...and hold clip L 27 5 2 5 mm 1 083 0 098 in 6 Tighten the bolt which holds fuel filler pipe brack et on body Tightening torque 7 4 N m 0 75 kg m 5 4 ft lb 7 Tighten the bolts which hold evaporation pi...

Страница 168: ...FU H4SO 61 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL FILLER PIPE 12 Connect the connector to fuel pump relay A 13 Connect the battery ground cable to battery FU 00648 A FU 00009...

Страница 169: ...fuel filler cap 3 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 4 Lift up the vehicle 5 Remove the protector RH Front 6 Drain the fuel from fuel tank Set a container un der the vehicle and then remove the...

Страница 170: ...phabetical sequence shown in the figure to specified torque Tightening torque 5 9 N m 0 6 kgf m 4 3 ft lb C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove the fuel pump and pump holder NOTE When disassembling the pump holder b...

Страница 171: ...he fuel pump assembly Ref to FU H4SO 62 REMOVAL Fuel Pump 2 Disconnect the connector from fuel pump brack et 3 Pushing the pawls with a screwdriver remove the fuel meter unit by pulling it downwards N...

Страница 172: ...front side fuel tank cover 4 Drain fuel from fuel tank Set a container under the vehicle and then remove the drain plug from fuel tank 5 Tighten the fuel drain plug and install the protec tor RH Front...

Страница 173: ...sconnect the fuel jet pump hose 10 Remove the bolts which install fuel sub level sensor on fuel tank 11 Remove the fuel sub level sensor B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tighteni...

Страница 174: ...er 4 Remove the filter holder by turning it to the left from the body pawls and then take out the filter B INSTALLATION NOTE If the fuel hoses are damaged at the connecting portion replace it with a n...

Страница 175: ...e fuel tank Ref to FU H4SO 51 REMOVAL Fuel Tank 2 Move the clip and then disconnect the evapora tion hose from fuel cut valve 3 Remove the bolts which install fuel cut valve B INSTALLATION Install in...

Страница 176: ...Fuel Damper Valve A REMOVAL 1 Release the fuel pressure Ref to FU H4SO 48 RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE OPERA TION Fuel 2 Remove the fuel damper valve from fuel delivery line A and return line B B INSTAL...

Страница 177: ...at 5 Remove the fuel delivery pipes and hoses fuel return pipes and hoses evaporation pipes and hos es 6 In engine compartment detach the fuel delivery hoses return hoses and evaporation hose 7 Lift u...

Страница 178: ...y NOTE At this time two clicking sounds are heard NOTE Pull the connector to ensure it is connected se curely Ensure the two retainer pawls are engaged in their mating positions in the connrcotr Be su...

Страница 179: ...m hose end L 17 5 2 5 mm 0 689 0 098 in NOTE Be sure to inspect the hoses and their connections for any leakage of huel C INSPECTION 1 Make sure that there are no cracks on the fuel pipes and fuel hos...

Страница 180: ...Corrective action 1 Insufficient fuel supply to the injector 1 Fuel pump will not operate Defective terminal contact Inspect connections especially ground and tighten securely Trouble in electromagne...

Страница 181: ...FU H4SO 74 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL SYSTEM TROUBLE IN GENERAL MEMO...

Страница 182: ...ONTROL AUX EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES EC H4SO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Front Catalytic Converter 3 3 Rear Catalytic Converter 4 4 EGR Valve 5 5 Canister 6 6 Purge Control Solenoid Valve 7 7 Two wa...

Страница 183: ...s in order and pro tect them from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful...

Страница 184: ...O 8 RE MOVAL Center Exhaust Pipe B INSTALLATION The front and rear catalytic converter and center exhaust pipe are integrated into one unit There fore the installation procedure is the same as that fo...

Страница 185: ...ame as that for the center exhaust pipe Ref to EX H4SO 8 RE MOVAL Center Exhaust Pipe B INSTALLATION The front and rear catalytic converter and center exhaust pipe are integrated into one unit There f...

Страница 186: ...ON CONTROL DEVICES EGR VALVE 4 EGR Valve A REMOVAL For work procedures refer to FU H4SO section Ref to FU H4SO 35 REMOVAL EGR Valve B INSTALLATION For work procedures refer to FU H4SOH4SO section Ref...

Страница 187: ...mps which hold two canister hos es and disconnect evaporation three hoses from canister 3 Remove canister from body B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 23 N m 2...

Страница 188: ...ector and hoses from purge control solenoid valve and then remove the purge control solenoid valve B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 19 N m 1 9 kgf m 13 7 ft l...

Страница 189: ...1 LIft up the vehicle 2 Disconnect hoses from two way valve 3 Remove two way valve with bracket as a single unit from body 4 Remove two way valve from bracket B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse...

Страница 190: ...INTAKE INDUCTION IN H4SO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Air Cleaner 5 3 Air Cleaner Case 6 4 Air Intake Duct 7 5 Resonator Chamber 8...

Страница 191: ...IN H4SO 2 INTAKE INDUCTION GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A COMPONENT IN 00124 9 10 10 10 11 12 13 14 16 18 19 18 19 20 21 T4 T4 T2 T2 T4 15 1 2 3 4 6 6 8 7 T3 T6 T3 T3 T1 5 T3 T5 17...

Страница 192: ...i cles 21 Intake air temperature sensor 4 Cushion rubber 5 Air intake duct A 14 Air cleaner case stay LH AT vehi cles Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Air intake duct B T1 33 3 4 24 6 7 Cushion 15...

Страница 193: ...them from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands b...

Страница 194: ...r cleaner case to stays 2 Remove the clip B above the air cleaner case 3 Remove air cleaner element B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Fasten with a clip after inserting th...

Страница 195: ...e sensor 3 Remove the bolts B which install air cleaner case to stay 4 Disconnect the hoses and intake duct from air cleaner case 5 Loosen the clamp which connects air cleaner case to throttle body 6...

Страница 196: ...on the front side of body 2 Remove bolt which installs air intake duct on body 3 Remove air intake ducts as a unit B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Inspect for crac...

Страница 197: ...OVAL 1 Remove air intake duct Ref to IN H4SO 7 REMOVAL Air Intake Duct 2 Remove resonator chamber B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 33 N m 3 4 kgf m 24 6 ft lb C...

Страница 198: ...8 8 Valve Clearance 29 9 Engine Assembly 32 10 Engine Mounting 39 11 Preparation for Overhaul 40 12 V belt 41 13 Crankshaft Pulley 43 14 Belt Cover 45 15 Timing Belt Assembly 46 16 Camshaft Sprocket 5...

Страница 199: ...placement cm3 cu in 1 994 121 67 2 457 150 Compression ratio 10 0 Compression pres sure at 200 300 rpm kPa kg cm2 psi 1 079 1 275 11 0 13 0 156 185 Number of piston rings Pressure ring 2 Oil ring 1 In...

Страница 200: ...7 mm 1 5455 1 5495 in Limit 39 157 mm 1 5416 in Camshaft journal O D 31 928 31 945 mm 1 2570 1 2577 in Camshaft journal hole I D Cylinder head 32 000 32 018 mm 1 2598 1 2605 in Journal clearance STD 0...

Страница 201: ...475 92 485 mm 3 6407 3 6411 in 2500 cc STD A 99 485 99 495 mm 3 9167 3 9171 in B 99 475 99 485 mm 3 9163 3 9167 in 0 25 mm 0 0098 in OS 99 725 99 735 mm 3 9262 3 9266 in 0 50 mm 0 0197 in OS 99 975 99...

Страница 202: ...0 mm 2 0368 2 0374 in Crank journal outer diameter 1 3 STD 59 992 60 008 mm 2 3619 2 3625 in 0 03 mm 0 0012 in US 59 962 59 978 mm 2 3607 2 3613 in 0 05 mm 0 0020 in US 59 942 59 958 mm 2 3599 2 3605...

Страница 203: ...kshaft sprocket 11 Camshaft sprocket No 2 T3 25 2 5 18 1 4 Belt cover No 2 LH 12 Timing belt T4 39 4 0 28 9 5 Camshaft sprocket No 1 13 Front belt cover T5 78 8 0 57 9 6 Belt idler No 1 14 Belt cover...

Страница 204: ...Y 3 Exhaust valve rocker ASSY 13 Camshaft cap LH 4 Camshaft cap RH 14 Oil filler cap 5 Oil seal 15 Gasket T2 5 0 5 3 6 6 Camshaft RH 16 Oil filler duct T3 10 1 0 7 2 7 Plug 17 O ring T4 18 1 8 13 0 8...

Страница 205: ...haft support Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Valve rocker nut 6 Intake rocker shaft T1 5 0 5 3 6 3 Valve rocker adjuster screw 7 Exhaust rocker shaft T2 10 1 0 7 2 4 Spring 8 Exhaust valve rocker...

Страница 206: ...TION 4 CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVE ASSEMBLY 1 Exhaust valve 4 Valve spring seat 7 Retainer 2 Intake valve 5 Intake valve oil seal 8 Retainer key 3 Valve guide 6 Valve spring 9 Exhaust valve oil seal ME 00...

Страница 207: ...ain plug T5 Ref to ME H4SO 72 INSTAL LATION CYLINDER BLOCK 7 Oil pump 20 Metal gasket 8 Front oil seal 21 Oil level gauge guide T6 70 7 1 51 9 Rear oil seal 22 Water pump sealing T7 First 12 1 2 8 7 S...

Страница 208: ...ME H4SO 11 MECHANICAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 209: ...ME H4SO 12 MECHANICAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6 CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 17 8 18 T1 T2 ME 00190...

Страница 210: ...cles only 10 Connecting rod bolt 18 Crankshaft bearing 5 3 Drive plate AT vehicles only 11 Connecting rod 4 Top ring 12 Connecting rod bearing Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Second ring 13 Connec...

Страница 211: ...CHANICAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 ENGINE MOUNTING 1 Front cushion rubber 3 Front engine mounting bracket Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb T1 35 3 6 25 8 T2 42 4 3 31 0 T3 85 8 7 63 ME 00413 T2 T1 T1 T3...

Страница 212: ...careful not to let oil grease or coolant contact the timing belt clutch disc and flywheel All removed parts if to be reused should be re installed in the original positions and directions Bolts nuts...

Страница 213: ...ut printer Spanish 22771AA090 Without printer 498267800 CYLINDER HEAD TABLE Used for replacing valve guides Used for removing and installing valve springs 498277200 STOPPER SET Used for installing aut...

Страница 214: ...ed for stopping rotation of flywheel when loos ening and tightening crankshaft pulley bolt etc 498547000 OIL FILTER WRENCH Used for removing and installing oil filter 398744300 2000 cc model PISTON GU...

Страница 215: ...t valve guide oil seals 499017100 PISTON PIN GUIDE Used for installing piston pin piston and connect ing rod 499037100 CONNECTING ROD BUSHING REMOVER INSTALLER Used for removing and installing connect...

Страница 216: ...STALLER Used for installing camshaft oil seal 499587700 CAMSHAFT OIL SEAL INSTALLER Used for installing cylinder head plug 499097700 PISTON PIN REMOVER ASSY Used for removing piston pin 499207400 CAMS...

Страница 217: ...Used for installing camshaft oil seal Used with CAMSHAFT OIL SEAL INSTALLER 499587500 499597100 CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL GUIDE Used for installing crankshaft oil seal Used with CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL INSTALL...

Страница 218: ...USTER Used for installing valve guides 499817100 ENGINE STAND Stand used for engine disassembly and assem bly Used with ENGINE STAND ADAPTER RH 498457000 LH 498457100 499977100 2500 cc model CRANK PUL...

Страница 219: ...elt Valve Rocker Assembly Camshaft Cylinder Head 499977400 2000 cc model CRANK PULLEY WRENCH Used for stopping rotation of crankshaft pulley when loosening and tightening crankshaft pulley bolts 49998...

Страница 220: ...Check the starter motor for suitable performance and operation 7 Hold the compression gauge tight against spark plug hole NOTE When using a screw in type compression gauge the screw put into cylinder...

Страница 221: ...n read the engine idle speed 5 When using the tachometer Secondary pick up type 1 Attach the pick up clip to No 1 cylinder spark plug cord 2 Start the engine and then read the engine idle speed NOTE W...

Страница 222: ...ition timing connect a timing light to 1 cylinder spark plug cord and illuminate the timing mark with timing light 3 Start the engine at idle speed and check the ig nition timing Ignition timing BTDC...

Страница 223: ...ut lower than normal position This ten dency becomes more evident as engine temperature rises Leakage around intake manifold gasket or disconnection or damaged vacuum hose 2 When engine speed is reduc...

Страница 224: ...at 5 000 rpm CAUTION If the oil pressure is out of specification check the oil pump oil filter and lubrication line Ref to LU H4SO 19 INSPECTION En gine Lubrication System Trouble in General If the o...

Страница 225: ...ivery hoses from fuel damper and then connect the fuel pressure gauge 4 Connect the connector of fuel pump relay 5 Start the engine 6 Measure the fuel pressure while disconnecting the pressure regulat...

Страница 226: ...the PCV hose from rocker cover LH 3 Remove the bolts and then remove the rocker cover LH 9 Set the 1 cylinder piston to top dead center of compression stroke by rotating crankshaft pulley clockwise us...

Страница 227: ...learance should be per formed while engine is cold 1 Set the 1 cylinder piston to top dead center of compression stroke by rotating crankshaft pulley clockwise using socket wrench NOTE When arrow mark...

Страница 228: ...arances are within specifi cations If necessary readjust the valve clearanc es 6 Similar to adjustment procedures used for 1 cylinder adjust the 2 3 and 4 cylinder valve clearances NOTE Be sure to set...

Страница 229: ...p 6 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 7 Remove the air intake duct and air cleaner case Ref to IN H4SO 7 REMOVAL Air Intake Duct and Ref to IN H4SO 6 Removal Air Cleaner Case 8 Remove the under...

Страница 230: ...t the following hoses 1 Brake booster vacuum hose 2 Heater inlet outlet hose 13 Remove the power steering pump from brack et 1 Remove the resonator chamber 2 Loosen the lock bolt and slider bolt and t...

Страница 231: ...f to EX H4SO 5 REMOVAL Front Exhaust Pipe 15 Remove the nuts which hold lower side of transmission to engine 16 Remove the nuts which install front cushion rubber onto front crossmember 17 Separate th...

Страница 232: ...ck CAUTION Before moving the engine away from transmis sion check to be sure no work has been over looked Doing this is very important in order to facilitate re installation and because the trans miss...

Страница 233: ...tment and align it with transmission NOTE Be careful not to damage the adjacent parts or body panels with crankshaft pulley oil level gauge etc 2 Apply a small amount of grease to the spline of main s...

Страница 234: ...hole 10 Install the power steering pump on bracket 1 Install the power steering tank on bracket 2 Install the power steering pump on bracket and then tighten the bolts Tightening torque 20 1 N m 2 05...

Страница 235: ...control cables With cruise control 17 Adjust each connected cable 18 Install the air cleaner case stay Tightening torque 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 11 6 ft lb 19 Install the A C pressure hoses Ref to AC 42 INST...

Страница 236: ...gine assembly Ref to ME H4SO 32 REMOVAL Engine Assembly 2 Remove the engine mounting from engine as sembly B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque Engine mounting 34 N...

Страница 237: ...ENGINE STAND 2 In this section the procedures described under each index are all connected and stated in order It will be the complete procedure for overhauling of the engine itself when you go throug...

Страница 238: ...with the engine installed to body 1 Remove the V belt cover 2 Loosen the lock bolt A 3 Loosen the slider bolt B 4 Remove the front side belt C 2 REAR SIDE BELT 1 Loosen the lock nut A 2 Loosen the sl...

Страница 239: ...belt tension Ref to ME H4SO 42 INSPECTION V belt 2 Tighten the lock nut A Tightening torque Lock nut A 22 6 N m 2 3 kgf m 16 6 ft lb C INSPECTION 1 Replace the belts if cracks fraying or wear is found...

Страница 240: ...tightening angle of crankshaft pulley bolt is 45 degrees or more If the tightening angle of crankshaft pulley bolt is less than 45 de grees conduct the following procedures 1 Replace the crankshaft pu...

Страница 241: ...nd clean them Crankshaft pulley bolt 12369AA011 2 Clean the crankshaft thread using an air gun 3 Apply engine oil to the crankshaft pulley bolt seat and thread 4 Tighten the bolts temporarily with tig...

Страница 242: ...INSTALLATION 1 Install the front belt cover Tightening torque 5 N m 0 5 kgf m 3 6 ft lb 2 Install the belt cover LH Tightening torque 5 N m 0 5 kgf m 3 6 ft lb 3 Install the crankshaft pulley Ref to M...

Страница 243: ...tation direction on timing belt fade away put new marks before removing the tim ing belt as shown in procedures below 1 Turn the crankshaft using ST Align the mark a of sprocket to cylinder block notc...

Страница 244: ...adjuster rod down Do not use a lateral type vise Push the adjuster rod vertically Press in the push adjuster rod gradually taking more than 3 minutes Do not allow press pressure to exceed 9 807 N 1 0...

Страница 245: ...Ref to ME H4SO 47 AUTOMATIC BELT TENSION ADJUSTER AS SEMBLY AND BELT IDLER INSTALLATION Timing Belt Assembly 2 Installation of timing belt 1 Turn the camshaft sprocket No 2 using ST1 and then turn th...

Страница 246: ...porarily tighten the remaining bolts 2 Check and adjust the clearance between timing belt and timing belt guide by using thick ness gauge Clearance 1 0 0 5 mm 0 039 0 020 in 3 Tighten the remaining bo...

Страница 247: ...3 If the adjuster rod is not stiff and moves down replace the automatic belt tension adjust er assembly with a new one NOTE Always use a vertical type pressing tool to move the adjuster rod down Do n...

Страница 248: ...MSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH B INSTALLATION 1 Install the camshaft sprocket No 1 To lock the camshaft use ST ST 499207400 CAMSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH Tightening torque 78 N m 8 0 kgf m 57 9 ft lb NOTE Do not c...

Страница 249: ...RANKSHAFT PULLEY 7 Install the V belt Ref to ME H4SO 42 IN STALLATION V belt C INSPECTION 1 Check the sprocket teeth for abnormal wear and scratches 2 Make sure there is no free play between sprock et...

Страница 250: ...ATION 1 Install the crankshaft sprocket 2 Install the camshaft sprocket Ref to ME H4SO 51 INSTALLATION Camshaft Sprocket 3 Install the timing belt assembly Ref to ME H4SO 47 INSTALLATION Timing Belt A...

Страница 251: ...r assembly to gouge knock pins 2 Tighten the bolts e through h to specified torque 3 Tighten the bolts a through d to specified torque Tightening torque 25 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 1 ft lb 2 Adjust the valve...

Страница 252: ...CKER SHAFT 1 Measure the inside diameter of valve rocker arm and outside diameter of valve rocker shaft and de termine the difference between the two oil clear ance Clearance between arm and shaft Sta...

Страница 253: ...the belt cover No 2 RH NOTE Do not damage or lose the seal rubber when re moving belt covers 9 Remove the tensioner bracket 10 Remove the camshaft position sensor support LH side only 11 Remove the oi...

Страница 254: ...REE BOND 1280B P N K0877YA018 NOTE Apply a coat of 3 mm 0 12 in dia A liquid gasket along edge B of the camshaft cap C mating sur face 2 Temporarily tighten the bolts g through j in alphabetical seque...

Страница 255: ...de LH side only 8 Install the camshaft position sensor support LH side only 9 Install the tensioner bracket Tightening torque 25 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 1 ft lb 10 Install the belt cover No 2 RH Tightening t...

Страница 256: ...eded Cam height H Cam base circle diameter A IN 34 00 mm 1 3386 in EX 34 00 mm 1 3386 in 2 CAMSHAFT SUPPORT Measure the thrust clearance of camshaft with dial gauge If the clearance exceeds the limit...

Страница 257: ...tch the mating surface of cylinder head and cylinder block 14 Similarly remove the right side cylinder head B INSTALLATION 1 CYLINDER HEAD 1 Install the cylinder head and gaskets on cylinder block NOT...

Страница 258: ...11 Install the V belt Ref to ME H4SO 42 IN STALLATION V belt C DISASSEMBLY 1 Place the cylinder head on ST ST 498267800 CYLINDER HEAD TABLE 2 Set the ST on valve spring Compress the valve spring and...

Страница 259: ...To measure the squareness of valve spring stand the spring on a surface plate and measure its deflection at the top using a try square 2 INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVE OIL SEAL Replace the oil seal with new...

Страница 260: ...g exceeds 0 05 mm 0 0020 in re grind the surface with a surface grinder Warping limit 0 05 mm 0 0020 in Grinding limit 0 1 mm 0 004 in Standard height of cylinder head 97 5 mm 3 839 in NOTE Uneven tor...

Страница 261: ...placement Valve guide inner diameter 6 000 6 012 mm 0 2362 0 2367 in Valve stem outer diameters Intake 5 950 5 965 mm 0 2343 0 2348 in Exhaust 5 945 5 960 mm 0 2341 0 2346 in 1 Place the cylinder head...

Страница 262: ...clean the valve guide to remove chips NOTE Apply engine oil to the reamer when reaming If the inner surface of the valve guide is torn the edge of the reamer should be slightly ground with an oil sto...

Страница 263: ...ER HEAD ASSEMBLY 2 Put a small amount of grinding compound on the seat surface and lap the valve and seat surface Ref to ME H4SO 63 VALVE SEAT ADJUST MENT Cylinder Head Assembly Install a new in take...

Страница 264: ...C compressor with their brackets 9 Remove the rocker cover 10 Remove the cylinder head bolts in alphabetical sequence shown in the figure NOTE Leave bolts a and c engaged by three or four threads to...

Страница 265: ...ratch the mating surface of cyl inder block and oil pump 21 Removal of oil pan 1 Turn the cylinder block to face the 2 and 4 piston sides upward 2 Remove the bolts which secure oil pan to cylinder blo...

Страница 266: ...ME H4SO 69 MECHANICAL CYLINDER BLOCK 26 Remove the water pipe ME 00300 1 Service hole plug 3 Circlip 5 Service hole cover 2 Gasket 4 Piston pin 6 O ring ME 00139 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4...

Страница 267: ...not to confuse the original combination of piston piston pin and cylinder 30 Similarly remove the piston pins from 3 and 4 pistons 31 Remove the bolts which connect cylinder block on the side of 2 an...

Страница 268: ...ck using hammer handle NOTE Do not confuse the combination of crankshaft bear ings Press bearing at the end opposite to locking lip 38 Draw out each piston from cylinder block using wooden bar or hamm...

Страница 269: ...he crankshaft on 2 and 4 cylinder block 2 Apply fluid packing to the mating surface of 1 and 3 cylinder block and position it on 2 and 4 cylinder block Fluid packing Part No 004403007 THREE BOND 1215...

Страница 270: ...ical sequence 6 Further tighten the RH side bolts E J to 90 in alphabetical sequence 7 Tighten the 8 mm and 6 mm cylinder block con necting bolts in alphabetical sequence shown in the figure Tightenin...

Страница 271: ...ure 2000 cc MODEL 2500 cc MODEL 12 Position the lower rail gap at D in the figure 2000 cc MODEL 2500 cc MODEL NOTE Align the lower rail stopper F to the lateral hole E on the piston 13 Position the up...

Страница 272: ...tall circlip Install circlips in the piston holes located opposite service holes in cylinder block when positioning all pistons in the corresponding cylinders NOTE Use new circlips CAUTION Piston fron...

Страница 273: ...ISTON GUIDE 2500 cc model 16 Installing piston pin 1 Apply a coat of engine oil to the ST3 before insertion 2 Insert the ST3 into service hole to align pis ton pin hole with connecting rod small end S...

Страница 274: ...t NOTE Use a new gasket 7 Turn the cylinder block to face the 3 and 4 piston side upward Using the same procedures as used for 1 and 2 cylinders install the pis tons and piston pins ME 00160 ME 00140...

Страница 275: ...BOND 1215 or equivalent 22 Apply fluid packing to the matching surfaces and then install the oil separator cover Fluid packing Part No 004403007 THREE BOND 1215 or equivalent 23 Install the flywheel...

Страница 276: ...lb Second 12 N m 1 2 kgf m 8 7 ft lb NOTE Be sure to use a new gasket When installing the water pump tighten the bolts in two stages in alphabetical sequence as shown in the figure 27 Install the wat...

Страница 277: ...ankshaft pulley Ref to ME H4SO 43 INSTALLATION CRANKSHAFT PULLEY 37 Install the generator and A C compressor brackets on cylinder head 38 Install the V belt Ref to ME H4SO 42 IN STALLATION V belt 39 I...

Страница 278: ...expander E INSPECTION 1 CYLINDER BLOCK 1 Visually check for cracks and damage Especial ly inspect the important parts by means of red lead check 2 Check the oil passages for clogging 3 Inspect the cr...

Страница 279: ...0 050 mm 0 0020 in 3 When the piston is to be replaced due to general or cylinder wear determine a suitable sized piston by measuring the piston clearance 4 How to measure the outer diameter of each p...

Страница 280: ...ed limit or if there is any damage on the cylinder wall rebore it to use an oversize pis ton NOTE When any of the cylinders needs reboring all other cylinders must be bored at the same time and use ov...

Страница 281: ...circlip for distortion cracks and wear 4 PISTON RING 1 If the piston ring is broken damaged or worn or if its tension is insufficient or when the piston is re placed replace the piston ring with a new...

Страница 282: ...e connecting rod fitted with bearing to crankshaft and then measure the side clearance thrust clearance Replace the connecting rod if the side clearance exceeds the specified limit Connecting rod side...

Страница 283: ...onnecting rod with ST and press 2 Press the bushing with ST after applying oil on the periphery of bushing ST 499037100 CONNECTING ROD BUSH ING REMOVER AND IN STALLER 3 Make two 3 mm 0 12 in holes in...

Страница 284: ...84 Unit mm in Crank journal diameter Crank pin diameter 1 3 2 4 5 2000 cc 2500 cc Standard Journal O D 59 992 60 008 2 3619 2 3625 59 992 60 008 2 3619 2 3625 51 984 52 000 2 0466 2 0472 51 984 52 000...

Страница 285: ...clearance on each crankshaft bearing by means of plastigauge If the measure ment is not within the specification replace the de fective bearing with an undersize one and then replace or recondition t...

Страница 286: ...and relay A Lack of or insufficient fuel B Belt Defective B Defective timing B Compression Incorrect valve clearance C Loosened spark plugs or defective gasket C Loosened cylinder head bolts or defect...

Страница 287: ...ystem Ref to EN H4SO 2 Basic Diagnostic Procedure A Intake system Loosened or cracked intake duct A Loosened or cracked PCV hose A Loosened or cracked vacuum hose A Defective intake manifold gasket B...

Страница 288: ...Lubrication system Incorrect oil pressure B Cooling system Overheating C Over cooling C Others Malfunction of evaporative emission control system A 4 Surging Engine control system Ref to EN H4SO 2 Ba...

Страница 289: ...ve gasket C Improper valve seating B Defective valve stem C Worn or broken valve spring C Worn or stuck piston rings cylinder and piston C Incorrect valve timing A Lubrication system Incorrect oil pre...

Страница 290: ...ct valve clearance B Loosened spark plugs or defective gasket C Loosened cylinder head bolts or defective gasket C Improper valve seating B Defective valve stem C Worn or broken valve spring C Worn or...

Страница 291: ...Clank when engine speed is medium 1 000 to 2 000 rpm Sound is reduced when fuel injector connector of noisy cyl inder is disconnected NOTE Worn crankshaft main bearing Worn bearing at crankshaft end...

Страница 292: ...EXHAUST EX H4SO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Front Exhaust Pipe 5 3 Center Exhaust Pipe 8 4 Rear Exhaust Pipe 9 5 Muffler 10...

Страница 293: ...EX H4SO 2 EXHAUST GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A COMPONENT EX 00104 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 19 19 20 21 22 23 24 24 T2 T1 T5 T2 T2 T3 T5 T4 T4 T4 T6...

Страница 294: ...htening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Front catalytic converter 14 Rear catalytic converter T1 8 0 8 5 8 6 Upper front catalytic converter cover 15 Center exhaust pipe T2 13 1 3 9 4 16 Spring T3 18 1 8 13...

Страница 295: ...rom dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands because...

Страница 296: ...d front exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads CAUTION Be careful not to pull down front and center ex haust pipe assembly 8 Remove bolt which installs front and center ex haust pipe assembly to hanger brac...

Страница 297: ...exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads Tightening torque 30 N m 3 1 kgf m 22 4 ft lb 5 Install under cover Ref to EI 13 INSTALLA TION Front Under Cover 6 Tighten bolts which install front and center ex haus...

Страница 298: ...EX H4SO 7 EXHAUST FRONT EXHAUST PIPE 11 Connect battery ground cable C INSPECTION 1 Make sure there are no exhaust leaks from con nections and welds 2 Make sure there are no holes or rusting FU 00009...

Страница 299: ...the front exhaust pipe Ref to EX H4SO 5 REMOVAL Front Exhaust Pipe B INSTALLATION Install the center exhaust pipe and front exhaust pipe as one unit Refer to the procedure for install ing the front ex...

Страница 300: ...st pipe 3 Remove rear exhaust pipe B INSTALLATION NOTE Replace gaskets and self locking nuts with new ones 1 Install rear exhaust pipe to muffler Tightening torque 48 N m 4 9 kgf m 35 4 ft lb 2 Instal...

Страница 301: ...Remove front rubber cushion and detach muf fler assembly NOTE To facilitate removal apply a coat of SUBARU CRC to mating area of rubber cushion in advance SUBARU CRC Part No 004301003 B INSTALLATION...

Страница 302: ...System 6 3 Radiator Sub Fan System 10 4 Engine Coolant 14 5 Water Pump 16 6 Thermostat 21 7 Radiator 23 8 Radiator Cap 27 9 Radiator Main Fan and Fan Motor 28 10 Radiator Sub Fan and Fan Motor 30 11...

Страница 303: ...6 000 rpm 23 0 mAq 75 5 ftAq Engine coolant temperature 85 C 185 F Impeller diameter 76 mm 2 99 in Number of impeller vanes 8 Pump pulley diameter 60 mm 2 36 in Clearance between impel ler and case S...

Страница 304: ...ON B COMPONENT 1 WATER PUMP 1 Water pump ASSY 5 Gasket Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Gasket 6 Thermostat cover T1 First 12 1 2 8 7 Second 12 1 2 8 7 3 Heater by pass hose 4 Thermostat T2 6 5 0 6...

Страница 305: ...ator inlet hose 15 ATF inlet hose A AT vehicles only 23 Radiator lower bracket 7 Engine coolant reservoir tank cap 8 Overflow hose 16 ATF outlet hose A AT vehicles only Tightening torque N m kgf m ft...

Страница 306: ...ghten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or safety stands at the specified points Before disconnecting electrical connectors of sensors or units be sure to dis...

Страница 307: ...B100 F2 B72 1 2 NO 18 NO 17 SBF 4 SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH B72 3 4 1 2 B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 BATTERY B134 ECM F16 F17 2 1 F2...

Страница 308: ...ure resistance between main fan motor connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F17 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied valve 5 Go to step 3 Repair open circuit in...

Страница 309: ...use terminal 9 CHECK FUSE 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove fuse No 18 from joint box 3 Check fuse Is the fuse blown out Fuse is blown out Replace fuse Repair open circuit in harness between main...

Страница 310: ...ain fan relay connector and ECM connec tor Connector terminal With OBD F66 No 7 B134 No 14 Without OBD F66 No 7 B134 No 3 Is the measured value less than the speci fied valve 1 Go to step 14 Repair op...

Страница 311: ...100 F2 B72 1 2 NO 18 NO 17 SBF 4 SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH B72 3 4 1 2 B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 BATTERY B134 ECM F16 F17 2 1 F27...

Страница 312: ...switch to ON 5 Measure voltage between sub fan motor connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F16 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 2 Go to...

Страница 313: ...re voltage of harness between A C relay holder 20 A fuse terminal and chassis ground Connector terminal F27 No 3 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 10 V Repair open circ...

Страница 314: ...nd sub fan relay connector 13 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN SUB FAN RE LAY AND ECM 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ECM 3 Measure resistance of harness between sub fan relay connector...

Страница 315: ...7 1 US qt 5 9 Imp qt CAUTION The SUBARU Genuine Coolant containing anti freeze and anti rust agents is especially made for SUBARU engine which has an aluminum crankcase Always use SUBARU Genuine Cool...

Страница 316: ...must be in creased from 25 to 40 Find point A where the 25 line of coolant concentration intersects with the 40 curve of the necessary coolant concentra tion and read the scale on the vertical axis o...

Страница 317: ...tors from radiator main fan A and sub fan B motors 6 Disconnect radiator outlet hose and heater by pass hose from water pump 7 Lower the vehicle 8 Remove air intake duct 9 Disconnect overflow hose 10...

Страница 318: ...Remove automatic belt tension adjuster 15 Remove belt idler No 2 16 Remove left hand camshaft sprocket by using ST ST 18231AA010 CAMSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH NOTE Camshaft sprocket wrench 499207100 is als...

Страница 319: ...CH NOTE Camshaft sprocket wrench 499207100 is also available Tightening torque 78 N m 8 0 kgf m 57 9 ft lb 5 Install belt idler No 2 Tightening torque 39 N m 4 0 kgf m 28 9 ft lb 6 Install automatic b...

Страница 320: ...or outlet hose and heater by pass hose to water pump 15 Connect connectors to radiator main fan A and sub fan B motors 16 Install under cover 17 Lower the vehicle 18 Connect battery ground cable 19 Fi...

Страница 321: ...nout in thrust direction while rotating the pulley Thrust runout limit 0 5 mm 0 020 in 4 Check clearance between impeller and pump case Clearance between impeller and pump case Standard 0 5 0 7 mm 0 0...

Страница 322: ...pin A facing the front side Tightening torque 6 5 N m 0 66 kgf m 4 8 ft lb 2 Fill coolant Ref to CO H4SO 14 FILLING OF ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT Engine Coolant C INSPECTION Replace the thermostat if...

Страница 323: ...22 COOLING THERMOSTAT Specified value Starts to open With OBD 80 84 C 176 183 F Without OBD 76 0 80 0 C 169 176 F Fully opens With OBD 95 C 203 F Without OBD 91 C 196 F A Thermometer B Thermostat CO 0...

Страница 324: ...ING OF ENGINE COOL ANT REPLACEMENT Engine Coolant 5 Disconnect connectors of radiator main fan A and sub fan B motor 6 Disconnect radiator outlet hose from thermostat cover 7 Disconnect ATF cooler hos...

Страница 325: ...on the radiator 15 While slightly lifting radiator slide it to left 16 Lift radiator up and away from vehicle B INSTALLATION 1 Attach radiator mounting cushions to holes on the vehicle 2 Install radi...

Страница 326: ...t radiator inlet hose 6 Install reservoir tank Tightening torque 4 9 N m 0 50 kgf m 3 6 ft lb 7 Install air intake duct 8 Lift up the vehicle 9 Connect ATF cooler hoses AT vehicles only 10 Connect con...

Страница 327: ...op off radiator and attach tester to radiator in place of cap 2 Apply a pressure of 157 kPa 1 6 kg cm2 23 psi to radiator to check if 1 Engine coolant leaks at around radiator 2 Engine coolant leaks a...

Страница 328: ...s Radiator cap is functioning properly if it holds the service limit pressure for five to six seconds Standard pressure 93 123 kPa 0 95 1 25 kg cm2 14 18 psi Service limit pressure 83 kPa 0 85 kg cm2...

Страница 329: ...battery ground cable 2 Lift up the vehicle 3 Remove under cover 4 Disconnect connector of main fan motor 5 Lower the vehicle 6 Remove air intake duct 7 Disconnect overflow hose 8 Remove reservoir tan...

Страница 330: ...DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove clip which holds motor connector onto shroud 2 Remove nut which holds fan itself onto fan motor and shroud assembly 3 Remove bolts which install fan motor onto shroud D ASSEMBLY A...

Страница 331: ...e bolts which hold sub fan shroud to radi ator 8 Remove radiator sub fan shroud through the un der side of vehicle B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Refer to COMPONENT for ti...

Страница 332: ...everse order of disassembly NOTE Refer to COMPONENT for tightening torque Ref to CO H4SO 3 COMPONENT General De scription E INSPECTION 1 Connect battery positive terminal to terminal No 2 and negative...

Страница 333: ...ler neck position 2 Remove bolts which install reservoir tank onto radiator main fan shroud 3 Remove reservoir tank B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 4 9N m 0 50...

Страница 334: ...D 2 PROCEDURE Basic Diagnostic Procedure k Excessive back pressure in exhaust system Clean or replace l Insufficient clearance between piston and cylinder Adjust or replace m Slipping clutch Repair or...

Страница 335: ...CO H4SO 34 COOLING ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM TROUBLE IN GENERAL MEMO...

Страница 336: ...U H4SO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Oil Pressure System 6 3 Engine Oil 8 4 Oil Pump 10 5 Oil Pan and Strainer 14 6 Oil Pressure Switch 17 7 Engine Oil Filter 18 8 Engine Lubrication System Trouble i...

Страница 337: ...in Capacity at 80 C 176 F 600 rpm Discharge pressure 98 kPa 1 0 kg cm2 14 psi Discharge quantity 3 2 2 3 4 US qt 2 8 Imp qt min 5 000 rpm Discharge pressure 294 kPa 3 0 kg cm2 43 psi Discharge quantit...

Страница 338: ...ing Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Oil pump case 18 Baffle plate T1 5 0 5 3 6 7 Inner rotor 19 O ring T2 6 4 0 65 4 7 8 Outer rotor 20 Oil strainer T3 10 1 0 7 2 9 Oil pump cover 21 Oil level gau...

Страница 339: ...r dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands because each part...

Страница 340: ...ening and tightening crankshaft pulley bolt 2500 cc model 499977400 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH Used for stopping rotation of crankshaft pulley when loosening and tightening crankshaft pulley bolt 2000 c...

Страница 341: ...11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P...

Страница 342: ...pressure switch 3 Turn ignition switch ON 4 Measure the voltage of harness between the combination meter connector and chas sis ground Connector terminal E11 No 1 Chassis ground Does the measured valu...

Страница 343: ...5 Fill engine oil through filler pipe up to upper point on level gauge Make sure that vehicle is placed level when checking oil level Use engine oil of proper quality and viscosity selected in accor d...

Страница 344: ...d API classifica tion SL SJ or SH SAE Viscosity No 30 40 10W 50 20W 40 20W 50 6 Close engine oil filler cap 7 Start engine and warm it up for a time 8 After engine stops recheck the oil level If nec e...

Страница 345: ...VAL V belt 8 Remove rear side V belt tensioner 9 Remove crankshaft pulley by using ST ST 499977100 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH 2500 cc model ST 499977400 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH 2000 cc model 10 Remove...

Страница 346: ...h oil seal when installing oil pump on cylinder block 5 Position the oil pump aligning the notched area with the crankshaft and push the oil pump straight CAUTION Make sure the oil seal lip is not fol...

Страница 347: ...T1 5 N m 0 5 kgf m 3 6 ft lb T2 44 N m 4 5 kgf m 33 ft lb E INSPECTION 1 TIP CLEARANCE Measure the tip clearance of rotors If the clearance exceeds the limit replace rotors as a set Tip clearance Sta...

Страница 348: ...alve for fitting condition and damage and the relief valve spring for damage and deterio ration Replace the parts if defective Relief valve spring Free length 72 8 mm 2 866 in Installed length 54 7 mm...

Страница 349: ...re ropes 8 Lift up the vehicle CAUTION When lifting up the vehicle wire rope must be raised at the same time 9 Remove under cover Ref to EI 13 REMOV AL Front Under Cover 10 Drain engine oil Set contai...

Страница 350: ...ATION CAUTION Before installing oil pan clean sealant from oil pan and engine block 1 Install baffle plate Tightening torque 6 4 N m 0 65 kgf m 4 7 ft lb 2 Install oil strainer onto baffle plate CAUTI...

Страница 351: ...TION When lowering vehicle wire rope must be re leased at the same time 9 Remove lifting device and steel cables 10 Install pitching stopper Tightening torque T1 50 N m 5 1 kgf m 37 ft lb T2 58 N m 5...

Страница 352: ...gasket to oil pressure switch threads Fluid gasket Part No 004403042 THREE BOND 1324 or equivalent 2 Install oil pressure switch onto engine block Tightening torque 25 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 1 ft lb 3 Conne...

Страница 353: ...lter by turning it by hand being careful not to damage seal rubber 3 Tighten more approximately 2 3 to 3 4 turn af ter the seal rubber contacts the cylinder block Do not tighten excessively or oil may...

Страница 354: ...y pass valve of oil filter Clean or replace Malfunction of oil relief valve of oil pump Clean or replace Clogged oil passage Clean Excessive tip clearance and side clearance of oil pump rotor and gear...

Страница 355: ...LU H4SO 20 LUBRICATION ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM TROUBLE IN GENERAL MEMO...

Страница 356: ...SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP H4SO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Accelerator Pedal 5 3 Accelerator Control Cable 10...

Страница 357: ...edal pad 50 55 mm 1 97 2 17 in 1 Accelerator bracket 7 Accelerator pedal lever 13 Kick down switch AT vehicles only 2 Stopper 8 Spring pin 3 Bushing 9 Accelerator pedal 4 Clip 10 Accelerator stopper T...

Страница 358: ...ing pin 11 Kick down switch AT vehicles only 2 Stopper 7 Accelerator spring 3 Accelerator pedal lever 8 Bushing Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 4 Accelerator pedal spring 9 Clip T1 12 1 2 9 0 5 Acce...

Страница 359: ...m from dust and dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands bec...

Страница 360: ...lip inside engine compartment LHD SOHC MODEL RHD SOHC MODEL DOHC turbo MODEL 6 Remove the instrument panel lower cover from instrument panel and connector 7 Disconnect the connector from kick down swi...

Страница 361: ...ccelerator cable and bracket B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE If the cable clamp is damaged replace it with a new one Never fail to cover the outer cable end with boot Be...

Страница 362: ...apply grease to the portions indicated in the figure Grease Part No 003602010 SUNLIGHT No 2 A Accelerator bracket B Stopper C Bushing D Clip E Accelerator spring F Accelerator pedal spring G Accelera...

Страница 363: ...operate properly or if it does not stop at the specified position re place with a new one Specified position A 2 0 3 5 mm 0 079 0 098 in F ADJUSTMENT 1 Check the pedal stroke and free play by operat i...

Страница 364: ...ion to the stroke of the accelerator pedal If it is not within specified value adjust it by adjust ing the position of kick down switch NOTE Be careful not to rotate kick down switch Kick down switch...

Страница 365: ...accelerator cable end Grease Part No 004404002 Slicolube G 30M NOTE If the cable clamp is damaged replace it with a new one Never fail to cover the outer cable end with boot Be careful not to kink the...

Страница 366: ...IGNITION IG H4SO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Spark Plug 5 3 Ignition Coil and Ignitor Assembly 8 4 Spark Plug Cord 10...

Страница 367: ...mbly Model FH0137 Manufacturer DIAMOND Primary coil resistance 0 73 10 Secondary coil resistance 12 8 k 15 Insulation resistance between primary terminal and case More than 100 M Spark plug Type and m...

Страница 368: ...GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT IG 00036 T2 T1 T1 2 2 1 4 4 3 1 1 Spark plug 4 Spark plug cord 2 4 Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Spark plug cord 1 3 T1 21 2 1 15 3 Ignition coil and ignitor ASS...

Страница 369: ...from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands becaus...

Страница 370: ...r 3 Remove spark plug cords by pulling boot not cord itself 4 Remove spark plugs with the spark plug socket 2 LH SIDE 1 Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Disconnect washer motor connector 3 Disconnect...

Страница 371: ...e torque should be only applied to new spark plugs without oil on their threads In case their threads are lubricated the torque should be reduced by approximately 1 3 of the specified torque in order...

Страница 372: ...e re sults from incorrect ignition timing loose spark plugs wrong selection of fuel hotter range plug etc It is advisable to replace with plugs having colder heat range D CLEANING Clean spark plugs in...

Страница 373: ...N m 0 65 kgf m 4 7 ft lb CAUTION Be sure to connect spark plug cords to their proper positions Failure to do so will damage unit C INSPECTION Using accurate tester inspect the following items and rep...

Страница 374: ...IG H4SO 9 IGNITION IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY Secondary side Between A and B 12 8 k 15 Between C and D 12 8 k 15 3 Insulation between primary terminal and case 100 M or more IG 00039 C A D B...

Страница 375: ...ORD 4 Spark Plug Cord A INSPECTION Check for 1 Damage to cords deformation burning or rust formation of terminals 2 Resistance values of cords Resistance value 1 cord 5 6 10 6 2 cord 7 3 13 7 3 cord 5...

Страница 376: ...STARTING CHARGING SYSTEMS SC H4SO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Starter 6 3 Generator 14 4 Battery 20...

Страница 377: ...6 4 ft lb 16 0 N m 1 63 kgf m 11 8 ft lb Rotating speed 920 rpm or more 740 rpm or more Lock characteristics Voltage 4 V 3 5 V Current 650 A or less 940 A or less Torque 14 7 N m 1 50 kgf m 10 8 ft l...

Страница 378: ...bearing 7 Internal gear ASSY 13 Armature 2 Front bracket 8 Shaft ASSY 14 Brush holder 3 Lever set 9 Gear ASSY 15 Brush 4 Magnet switch ASSY 10 Ball 16 Sleeve bearing 5 Stopper set 11 Packing 17 Rear b...

Страница 379: ...ut 7 Bearing 13 Terminal 2 Pulley 8 Stator coil 3 Front cover 9 IC regulator with brush Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 4 Ball bearing 10 Brush T1 4 7 0 48 3 5 5 Bearing retainer 11 Rectifier T2 108...

Страница 380: ...tect them from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your ha...

Страница 381: ...EMOVAL Air Cleaner Case 3 Remove the air cleaner case stay MT vehicles AT vehicles 4 Disconnect the connector and terminal from starter 5 Remove the starter from transmission B INSTALLATION Install in...

Страница 382: ...gap adjustment washer may sometimes be used on the mounting surface of switch assembly 3 Remove both through bolts and brush holder screws and detach rear bracket and brush holder NOTE Before removal...

Страница 383: ...ring by lightly tapping the stopper with an appropriate tool such as a socket 2 Remove ring stopper and clutch from shaft 2 BRUSH HOLDER Slightly open the metal fitting holding the insulating plate to...

Страница 384: ...nternal and planetary gears 1 Install overrunning clutch to shaft assembly 2 Install stopper to shaft assembly in the following order 1 Insert the ring into the shaft groove by lightly tapping it with...

Страница 385: ...eplace if it ex ceeds the limit Commutator run out Standard 0 05 mm 0 0020 in Service limit Less than 0 10 mm 0 0039 in 3 Depth of segment mold Check the depth of segment mold Depth of segment mold 0...

Страница 386: ...t 7 0 mm 0 276 in 2 Brush movement Be sure brush moves smoothly inside brush holder 3 Brush spring force Measure brush spring force with a spring scale If it is less than the service limit replace bru...

Страница 387: ...overhauled to assure its satisfactory performance when installed on the engine Three performance tests no load test load test and lock test are presented here however if the load test and lock test ca...

Страница 388: ...ot rotating measure the torque developed and current draw when the volt age is adjusted to the specified voltage Lock test Standard Voltage Current AT 3 5 V 940 A or less MT 4 V 650 A or less Torque A...

Страница 389: ...ide V belt Ref to ME H4SO 41 REMOVAL V belt 5 Remove the bolts which install generator onto bracket B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Check and adjust the V belt tension R...

Страница 390: ...all bearing as follows 1 Remove the bolt and then remove the bear ing retainer 2 Firmly install an appropriate tool such as a fit socket wrench to bearing inner race 3 Push the ball bearing off the fr...

Страница 391: ...older the connection between IC regula tor and rectifier to remove the IC regulator 9 Remove the brush as follows 1 Remove cover A 2 Remove the cover B 3 Separate the brush from connection to re move...

Страница 392: ...earing 1 Set the ball bearing on the front cover and then securely install an appropriate tool such as a fit socket wrench to the bearing outer race 2 Press the ball bearing into the specified po siti...

Страница 393: ...gs for contamination or any roughness of the sliding surface Repair the slip ring surface using a lathe or sand paper 2 Slip ring outer diameter Measure the slip ring outer diameter If the slip ring i...

Страница 394: ...ace the brush Each brush has the service limit mark A on it Brush length Standard 18 5 mm 0 728 in Service limit 5 0 mm 0 197 in 2 Checking brush spring for proper pressure Using a spring pressure ind...

Страница 395: ...al jewelry Never allow metal tools to contact the positive battery terminal and anything connected to it while you are at the same time in contact with any other metallic portion of the vehicle be cau...

Страница 396: ...n one hour 2 CHECK HYDROMETER FOR STATE OF CHARGE 3 NORMAL CHARGING Charge the battery at current value specified by manufacturer or at approximately 1 10 of battery s ampere hour rating 4 QUICK CHARG...

Страница 397: ...SC H4SO 22 STARTING CHARGING SYSTEMS BATTERY MEMO...

Страница 398: ...Signal 28 8 Data Link Connector 29 9 OBD II General Scan Tool 30 10 Subaru Select Monitor 32 11 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code 39 12 Inspection Mode 40 13 Drive Cycle 45 14 Clear Memory Mode 47 15 Compu...

Страница 399: ...ool switch to ON 4 Read DTC on the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool indicate DTC DTC indicated Go to step 4 Repair the relat...

Страница 400: ...rential gear oil level check Ref to AT 31 Differential Gear Oil 3 ATF leak check Ref to AT 30 Automatic Transmission Fluid 4 Differential gear oil leak check Ref to AT 31 Differential Gear Oil 5 Stall...

Страница 401: ...thers Outdoor temperature F C Hot Warm Cool Cold Place Highway Suburbs Inner city Uphill Downhill Rough road Others Engine temperature Cold Warming up After warming up Any temperature Others Engine sp...

Страница 402: ...of fuel gauge c Intentional connecting or disconnecting of harness connectors or spark plug cords Yes No What d Intentional connecting or disconnecting of hoses Yes No What e Installing of parts othe...

Страница 403: ...ndividual sensors or all electrical control modules at the harness side connector use a tapered pin with a diameter of less than 0 64 mm 0 025 in Do not insert the pin more than 5 mm 0 20 in into the...

Страница 404: ...ce procedure of self diagnosis sys tem B INSPECTION Before performing diagnostics check the following items which might affect engine problems 1 BATTERY 1 Measure battery voltage and specific gravity...

Страница 405: ...element etc The MFI system also has the following features Reduced emission of harmful exhaust gases Reduced in fuel consumption Increased engine output Superior acceleration and deceleration Superio...

Страница 406: ...EN H4SO 9 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 407: ...lectrical Components Location A LOCATION 1 ENGINE MODULE 1 Engine control module ECM 3 Test mode connector 2 Data link connector for Subaru Select Monitor and OBD II general scan tool 4 CHECK ENGINE m...

Страница 408: ...COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 00845 1 EN 00846 2 EN 00847 3 4 EN 00848 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 H C 7 0 2 3 D N R P CHECK ENGINE ATOIL TEMP FWD x1000r min ABS E F 1 2 AIRBAG 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 km h MPH 20 40 60...

Страница 409: ...AL COMPONENTS LOCATION SENSOR 1 Intake air temperature sensor 5 Knock sensor 2 Pressure sensor 6 Camshaft position sensor 3 Engine coolant temperature sen sor 7 Crankshaft position sensor 4 Throttle p...

Страница 410: ...EN H4SO 13 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 1 EN 00849 EN 00850 2 EN 00851 3 EN 00852 4 EN 00853 5 EN 00854 6 7 EN 00855...

Страница 411: ...NGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 1 Front oxygen A F sensor 3 Front catalytic converter 2 Rear oxygen sensor 4 Rear catalytic converter EN 00685 1 2 3 4 EN 00856 1 EN 00857 2 EN 00858 3...

Страница 412: ...EN H4SO 15 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 1 Fuel level sensor 2 Fuel sub level sensor EN 01106 1 2 EN 01107 1 2 EN 01108 1 EN 01109 2...

Страница 413: ...S ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION SOLENOID VALVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PARTS AND IGNITION SYSTEM PARTS 1 EGR valve 3 Purge control solenoid valve 2 Idle air control solenoid valve 4 Ignition coil ign...

Страница 414: ...EN H4SO 17 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 1 EN 00018 EN 00865 2 3 EN 00866 EN 00867 4...

Страница 415: ...NE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 1 Inhibitor switch 4 Fuel pump relay 7 Starter 2 Fuel pump 5 Radiator main fan relay 3 Main relay 6 Radiator sub fan relay EN 01111 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 EN 01112...

Страница 416: ...EN H4SO 19 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 00873 1 EN 01113 2 EN 00875 3 EN 00876 4 5 6 EN 00877 EN 00878 7...

Страница 417: ...rol Module TCM for AT vehicles 2 AT diagnostic indicator light for AT vehicles EN 01114 1 2 EN 01115 1 2 EN 00879 1 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 H C 7 0 2 3 D N R P CHECK ENGINE ATOIL TEMP FWD x1000r min ABS E F 1...

Страница 418: ...le speed sensor for AT vehicles 2 Front vehicle speed sensor for MT vehicles 3 Front vehicle speed sensor for AT vehicles 4 Torque converter turbine speed sensor 5 ATF temperature sensor for AT vehicl...

Страница 419: ...olenoid valve 1 4 Shift solenoid valve 2 5 Line pressure duty solenoid 6 Lock up duty solenoid 7 Transfer duty solenoid 8 2 4 brake duty solenoid 9 Low clutch timing solenoid valve 10 2 4 brake timing...

Страница 420: ...EN H4SO 23 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION MEMO...

Страница 421: ...0 0 0 9 Shield B137 15 0 0 GND sen sor B135 19 0 0 Front oxy gen A F sensor heater Signal 1 B136 6 0 1 0 0 1 0 Signal 2 B136 17 0 1 0 0 1 0 Rear oxygen sensor heater signal B136 4 0 1 0 0 1 0 Engine...

Страница 422: ...orm Fuel pump relay control B134 2 ON 0 5 or less OFF 10 13 0 5 or less A C relay control B134 9 ON 0 5 or less OFF 10 13 ON 0 5 or less OFF 13 14 Radiator fan relay 1 control B134 14 ON 0 5 or less O...

Страница 423: ...mperature 25 C 75 F Immobilizer input out put 1 B137 17 Less than 1 More than 4 Less than 1 More than 4 Immobilizer input out put 2 B137 18 Less than 1 More than 4 Less than 1 More than 4 SSM GST comm...

Страница 424: ...ne Condition Data A ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION Measuring condition After warm up the engine Gear position is in N or P position A C is turned OFF All accessory switches are turned OFF Content Specified...

Страница 425: ...EN H4SO 28 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE TCM I O SIGNAL 7 Transmission Control Module TCM I O Signal A ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION Ref to AT 14 Transmission Control Module TCM I O Signal...

Страница 426: ...n tools other than the OBD II general scan tools and the Subaru Select Mon itor because the circuit for the Subaru Select Monitor may be damaged EN 00037 12 11 10 9 13 15 14 16 3 2 1 7 8 4 5 6 Termina...

Страница 427: ...83 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 2 MODE 01 CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA Refers to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input output digital input output and or the powe...

Страница 428: ...mission related pow ertrain diagnostic trouble codes Ref to EN H4SO 39 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code 5 MODE 04 CLEAR RESET EMISSION RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION Refers to the mode used to clear or re...

Страница 429: ...nosis cable to data link con nector CAUTION Do not connect scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and OBD II general scan tool 5 Turn ignition switch to ON engine OFF and Subaru Select Monitor sw...

Страница 430: ...ar O2 Sensor V Short term fuel trim A F Correction 1 Knock sensor signal Knocking Correction deg Atmospheric absolute pressure signal Atmosphere Pressure mmHg or kPa or inHg or psig Intake manifold re...

Страница 431: ...r rich signal Rear O2 Rich Signal Rich lean Starter switch signal Starter Switch ON or OFF Idle switch signal Idle Switch Signal ON or OFF Crankshaft position sensor signal Crankshaft Position Sig ON...

Страница 432: ...st of heated catalyst Heated catalyst No support Test of evaporative emission purge control system Evaporative purge system Complete or incomplete Test of secondary air system Secondary air system No...

Страница 433: ...t of the support data is shown in the following table NOTE For detailed operation procedure refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL Contents Display Unit of measure Diagnostic trouble code...

Страница 434: ...ction Radiator main fan relay signal Radiator Fan Relay 1 ON or OFF When radiator main fan relay is in function Fuel pump relay signal Fuel Pump Relay ON or OFF When fuel pump relay is in function Kno...

Страница 435: ...essure control duty ratio Line Pressure Duty Ratio Lock up clutch control duty ratio Lock Up Duty Ratio Transfer clutch control duty ratio Transfer Duty Ratio Power supply for throttle position sensor...

Страница 436: ...lay screen select the 2 Each System Check and press the YES key 2 On the System Selection Menu display screen select the Engine Control System and press the YES key 3 Press the YES key after displayed...

Страница 437: ...no activity detected Bank 1 Sensor 1 P0137 O2 sensor circuit low voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 P0138 O2 sensor circuit high voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 P0327 Knock sensor 1 circuit low input Bank 1 or Single se...

Страница 438: ...n low input P1497 EGR solenoid valve signal 3 circuit malfunction high input P1498 EGR solenoid valve signal 4 circuit malfunction low input P1499 EGR solenoid valve signal 4 circuit malfunction high...

Страница 439: ...ree rollers In order to prevent the vehicle from slipping due to vibration do not place any wooden blocks or similar items between the safety stands and the vehicle Since the rear wheels will also rot...

Страница 440: ...s in the memory the corre sponding diagnostic trouble code DTC appears on the display screen NOTE For detailed operation procedure refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MAN UAL For detailed con...

Страница 441: ...vehicles or 1st gear MT vehicles and drive the vehicle at 5 to 10 km h 3 to 6 MPH NOTE On AWD vehicles release the parking brake The speed difference between front and rear wheels may light the ABS wa...

Страница 442: ...osis stop en gine and do the second time at the same condition 2 AFTER RUNNING 20 MINUTES AT 80 KM H 50 MPH IDLE ENGINE FOR 1 MINUTE 3 IDLE FOR 10 MINUTES NOTE Before diagnosis drive vehicle at 4 km h...

Страница 443: ...le with throttle fully closed C Drive vehicle at 97 km h 60 MPH for 20 seconds DTC No Item Condition P0121 Throttle pedal position sensor switch A circuit range performance P0139 O2 Sensor circuit slo...

Страница 444: ...ystem Check and press the YES key 2 On the System Selection Menu display screen select the Engine Control System and press the YES key 3 Press the YES key after displayed the informa tion of engine ty...

Страница 445: ...e 2 Connect diagnosis cable to data link con nector CAUTION Do not connect scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and OBD II general scan tool 6 Turn ignition switch to ON engine OFF and Subaru S...

Страница 446: ...ehicle For detailed operation procedure refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MAN UAL Contents Display Compulsory fuel pump relay operation check Fuel Pump Relay Compulsory radiator fan relay o...

Страница 447: ...2 Check engine malfunction indicator lamp MI does not come on Ref to EN H4SO 52 CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MI DOES NOT COME ON Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp MI 3 Check engine malfunct...

Страница 448: ...OSTICS ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MI 4 When ignition switch is turned to ON engine off or to START with the test mode connector con nected the MI blinks at a cycle of 3 Hz EN 00198 ON MIL OFF O...

Страница 449: ...D MODEL 38 LHD MODEL 12 RHD MODEL 15 5 IGNITION RELAY SBF 4 No 5 SBF 1 4 1 B157 B72 B134 B36 i1 IGNITION SWITCH B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31...

Страница 450: ...connector 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINA TION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove combination meter Ref to IDI 14 Combination Meter Assembly 3 Disconnect connector from EC...

Страница 451: ...f necessary NOTE Broken down ignition relay Blown out fuse No 5 If replaced fuse No 5 blows eas ily check the har ness for short circuit of harness between fuse No 5 and ignition relay connector Open...

Страница 452: ...EN H4SO 55 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MI MEMO...

Страница 453: ...D MODEL 36 LHD MODEL 9 RHD MODEL 38 LHD MODEL 12 RHD MODEL 15 5 IGNITION RELAY SBF 4 No 5 SBF 1 4 1 B157 B72 B134 B36 i1 IGNITION SWITCH B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2...

Страница 454: ...BETWEEN COMBINA TION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ECM 3 Turn ignition switch to ON Does the MI come on MI illuminates Repair short circuit in harn...

Страница 455: ...1 B72 IGNITION SWITCH BATTERY B72 3 4 1 2 B75 B76 1 2 1 2 1 1 B75 B76 B22 E3 A28 C3 B136 B134 ECM 16 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 IGNITION RELAY B157 B36 i1 COMBINATION METER A C 3 i12 A...

Страница 456: ...om ECM 3 Measure resistance of harness between test mode connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B76 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 4 Rep...

Страница 457: ...2 3 4 1 2 B75 B76 1 2 1 2 1 1 B75 B76 B22 E3 A28 C3 B136 B134 ECM 16 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 IGNITION RELAY B157 B36 i1 COMBINATION METER A C 3 i12 A4 i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12...

Страница 458: ...le of 3 Hz when test mode connector is connected 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CON NECTOR AND ENGINE GROUNDING TER MINAL 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ECM 3 Measure resistanc...

Страница 459: ...ply and ground line Ref to EN H4SO 68 CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure 3 Inspection of ignition control system Ref to EN H4SO 72 IGNITION CONTROL SYS...

Страница 460: ...EN H4SO 63 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE MEMO...

Страница 461: ...O 47 Clear Memory Mode and INSPECTION MODE Ref to EN H4SO 40 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01118 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH STARTER MOTOR 7 P R N D 3 2 1 SBF 4 SBF 1 B14 B72 12 11 T7 T3 B12 1 3 IGNITION...

Страница 462: ...GROUND CIRCUIT OF STARTER MOTOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect the terminal from starter motor 3 Measure the resistance of ground cable between ground cable terminal and engine ground...

Страница 463: ...terminal and engine ground while turning ignition switch to ST Connector terminal B12 No 12 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 9 Repair open or ground s...

Страница 464: ...EN H4SO 67 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE MEMO...

Страница 465: ...A35 C26 B21 D14 C19 13 15 14 16 B47 BATTERY MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 6 4 SBF 5 SBF 4 SBF 1 3 1 B72 IGNITION SWITCH ECM B134 A B135 B B136 C B137 D C5 8 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15 26 27...

Страница 466: ...Go to step 3 Repair open circuit in harness between ECM connector and engine grounding terminal 3 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal...

Страница 467: ...tor terminal B47 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 5 Go to step 9 Repair open circuit between main relay and chassis ground 9 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN RELAY M...

Страница 468: ...EN H4SO 71 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE MEMO...

Страница 469: ...N Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00717 32 33 B134 B72 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 E12 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 6 5 4 3 4 1 2...

Страница 470: ...ltage between ignition coil ignitor assembly connector and engine ground Connector terminal E12 No 2 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 4 Repair harness...

Страница 471: ...ECM and ignition coil ignitor assembly connector Connector terminal B134 No 33 E12 No 1 B134 No 32 E12 No 4 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 8 Repair harness and conn...

Страница 472: ...EN H4SO 75 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE MEMO...

Страница 473: ...40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01120 1 R3 B99 RHD FUEL PUMP RELAY SBF 4 SBF 1 SBF 5 No 13 4 1 B46 B72 IGNITION SWITCH BATTERY 4 3 1 2 No 11 B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16...

Страница 474: ...NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connec tor and chassis grounding terminal Poor contact in coupling connector 3 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL PUMP 1 Turn i...

Страница 475: ...ef to FU H4SO 47 Fuel Pump Relay 7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR 1 Disconnect connectors from ECM 2 Measure resistance of harness between ECM and fuel pump relay connector Co...

Страница 476: ...EN H4SO 79 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE MEMO...

Страница 477: ...to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01121 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 E6 E17 E5 E16 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 22 23 34 8 9 1 10 11 12 ECM B134 E5 E16...

Страница 478: ...or Poor contact in coupling connector Poor contact in fuel injector con nector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR 1 Disconnect connector from ECM and fuel injector 2 Measure resis...

Страница 479: ...CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM connector There is poor contact Repair poor con tact in ECM con nector Inspection using General Diagnos tic Table Re...

Страница 480: ...ute pressure barometric pressure circuit high input Ref to EN H4SO 110 DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSO LUTE PRESSURE BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DT...

Страница 481: ...e with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P0138 O2 sensor circuit high voltage Bank 1 Sensor 2 Ref to EN H4SO 156 DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2 Diagnostic Proce dure with Diagnosti...

Страница 482: ...ircuit high Ref to EN H4SO 200 DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMIS SION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIR CUIT HIGH Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P0461 Fuel level sensor circuit ra...

Страница 483: ...tic Trouble Code DTC P0710 Transmission fluid temperature sensor circuit Ref to AT 48 DTC 27 ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR Diag nostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P0716 Input turbine speed sen...

Страница 484: ...ure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P0865 TCM communication circuit low Ref to EN H4SO 268 DTC P0865 TCM COMMUNICA TION CIRCUIT LOW Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P0866 TCM com...

Страница 485: ...NPUT Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P1512 ISC solenoid valve signal 2 circuit malfunction low input Ref to EN H4SO 284 DTC P1512 ISC SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION...

Страница 486: ...1698 Engine torque control cut signal circuit malfunction low input Ref to EN H4SO 296 DTC P1698 ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL CUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION LOW INPUT Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Tro...

Страница 487: ...de Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01144 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF 5 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44...

Страница 488: ...ied value 1 Go to step 3 Repair open circuit between ECM and front oxygen A F sensor connector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR CONNEC TOR Measure harness resistance between mai...

Страница 489: ...TION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01144 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF 5 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C16 C5 4 8...

Страница 490: ...sis ground B136 No 16 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the specified value 5 Go to step 4 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness betw...

Страница 491: ...poor con tact in ECM con nector Go to step 7 7 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure resistance between front oxygen A F sensor connector terminals Terminals No 3 No 4...

Страница 492: ...EN H4SO 95 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 493: ...ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01144 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF 5 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C16 C5 4...

Страница 494: ...current using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD II general scan tool Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value NOTE Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure refer to the READ C...

Страница 495: ...n Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01122 BATTERY F44 B61 6 T5 B19 2 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C4 B14 B19 D15 C16 C5 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR ECM 4 1 3 1 4 3 2 8 B22 B83 B19 T5 T6 E3 B47 B19 B22 1...

Страница 496: ...tact in rear oxygen sen sor connecting harness connector Poor contact in ECM connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM 1 Start and idle the engine 2 Measure voltage between ECM connector a...

Страница 497: ...owing Open circuit in harness between main relay and rear oxygen sen sor connector Poor contact in rear oxygen sen sor connector Poor contact in coupling connector 7 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 1 Turn ig...

Страница 498: ...EN H4SO 101 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 499: ...on Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01122 BATTERY F44 B61 6 T5 B19 2 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C4 B14 B19 D15 C16 C5 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR ECM 4 1 3 1 4 3 2 8 B22 B83 B19 T5 T6 E3 B47 B19 B22...

Страница 500: ...gnition switch to ON 4 Read data of rear oxygen sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD II general scan tool Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value NOTE Subaru Select...

Страница 501: ...faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01123 19 3 15 PRESSURE SENSOR B1...

Страница 502: ...EAD CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE Ref to EN H4SO 32 Subaru Select Moni tor OBD II general scan tool For detailed operation procedure refer to the OBD II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual Ignition ON 73 3...

Страница 503: ...arts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01123 19 3 15 PRESSURE SENSOR B135 B135...

Страница 504: ...s ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 4 5 V Go to step 5 Go to step 4 4 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B13...

Страница 505: ...s between ECM and pressure sensor connector Connector terminal B135 No 19 E21 No 1 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 9 Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and pr...

Страница 506: ...EN H4SO 109 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 507: ...arts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01123 19 3 15 PRESSURE SENSOR B135 B135...

Страница 508: ...ector and chassis ground Connector terminal B135 No 3 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value by shaking harness and connector of ECM while monitoring the value with voltage...

Страница 509: ...t in pressure sensor con nector Is there poor contact in pressure sensor con nector There is poor contact Repair poor con tact in pressure sensor connector Replace pressure sensor Ref to FU H4SO 32 Pr...

Страница 510: ...EN H4SO 113 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 511: ...ct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01124 D6 B19 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR B135 14...

Страница 512: ...completely 2 Measure engine coolant temperature using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool Is the measured value within the specified range NOTE Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operat...

Страница 513: ...Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01124 D6 B19 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR B135 14 9 B21 E2...

Страница 514: ...t in ECM Poor contact in coupling connector Poor contact in joint connector 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CON NECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connecto...

Страница 515: ...Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01124 D6 B19 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR B135 14 9 B21 E2...

Страница 516: ...connector and engine ground Connector terminal E20 No 1 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair battery short circuit in har ness between intake air tempera ture...

Страница 517: ...nd Connector terminal E20 No 2 Engine ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 5 Replace intake air temperature sen sor Ref to FU H4SO 33 REMOVAL Intake Air Temperature Sensor Repai...

Страница 518: ...EN H4SO 121 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 519: ...placement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01125 19 12 9 13 B1...

Страница 520: ...in ECM Poor contact in coupling connector Poor contact in joint connector 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connect...

Страница 521: ...placement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01125 19 12 9 13 B1...

Страница 522: ...in coupling connector Poor contact in joint connector 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from engine coola...

Страница 523: ...r Poor contact in coupling connector Poor contact in joint connector 5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure resistance of h...

Страница 524: ...EN H4SO 127 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 525: ...r repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01126...

Страница 526: ...HER DTC ON DISPLAY Is any other DTC displayed DTC indicated Inspect the rele vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H4SO 83 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC NOTE In this case...

Страница 527: ...or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01126 19 13 3...

Страница 528: ...is ground while throttle valve is fully closed Connector terminal B135 No 3 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 4 5 V Go to step 4 Go to step 3 3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR E...

Страница 529: ...connector and throttle position sensor connector Connector terminal B135 No 13 E13 No 3 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 8 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this c...

Страница 530: ...EN H4SO 133 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 531: ...or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01126 19 13 3...

Страница 532: ...CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNEC TOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from throttle position sensor 3 Measure resistance of harness between throttle p...

Страница 533: ...replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01125 19 12 9 13...

Страница 534: ...ant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H4SO 83 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC NOTE In this case it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0125 Go to step 2 2 CHECK THERMOSTAT Does...

Страница 535: ...parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY Does t...

Страница 536: ...EN H4SO 139 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 537: ...lear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01144 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF 5 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C16 C5 4 8 B22 E...

Страница 538: ...Select Moni tor OBD II general scan tool For detailed operation procedures refer to the OBD II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual 0 85 1 15 in idling Go to step 3 Go to step 4 3 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN A...

Страница 539: ...o step 6 Repair ground short circuit between ECM and front oxygen A F sensor 6 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM Check exhaust system parts Is there a fault in exhaust system NOTE Check the following items Loose i...

Страница 540: ...EN H4SO 143 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 541: ...Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01144 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF 5 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C16 C5 4 8 B22...

Страница 542: ...connectors from ECM and front oxygen A F sensor connector 3 Measure resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen A F sensor con nector Connector terminal B136 No 13 Chassis ground B136 No 22 Cha...

Страница 543: ...TION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01144 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF 5 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C16 C5 4 8...

Страница 544: ...OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ECM 3 Measure voltage of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 13 Chassis ground B136 No 22 Chassis ground Does the measured value...

Страница 545: ...ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01144 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF 5 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C16 C5 4...

Страница 546: ...rouble Code DTC NOTE In this case it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0133 Go to step 2 2 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM Is there a problem in exhaust system NOTE Check the following items Loose installation of...

Страница 547: ...TION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01144 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF 5 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C16 C5 4 8...

Страница 548: ...o 22 B18 No 2 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 2 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness between ECM and fornt oxyg...

Страница 549: ...Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01122 BATTERY F44 B61 6 T5 B19 2 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C4 B14 B19 D15 C16 C5 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR ECM 4 1 3 1 4 3 2 8 B22 B83 B19 T5 T6 E3 B47 B19 B22 1...

Страница 550: ...ion Manual 490 mV Go to step 5 Go to step 3 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connectors from ECM and rear oxygen sensor 3 Measure...

Страница 551: ...e a fault in exhaust system NOTE Check the following items Loose installation of portions Damage crack hole etc of parts Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front oxygen A F sensor and rear oxy...

Страница 552: ...EN H4SO 155 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 553: ...n Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01122 BATTERY F44 B61 6 T5 B19 2 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C4 B14 B19 D15 C16 C5 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR ECM 4 1 3 1 4 3 2 8 B22 B83 B19 T5 T6 E3 B47 B19 B22 1...

Страница 554: ...rocedures refer to the OBD II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual 250 mV Go to step 5 Go to step 3 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconn...

Страница 555: ...e a fault in exhaust system NOTE Check the following items Loose installation of portions Damage crack hole etc of parts Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front oxygen A F sensor and rear oxy...

Страница 556: ...EN H4SO 159 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 557: ...n Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01122 BATTERY F44 B61 6 T5 B19 2 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C4 B14 B19 D15 C16 C5 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR ECM 4 1 3 1 4 3 2 8 B22 B83 B19 T5 T6 E3 B47 B19 B22 1...

Страница 558: ...NY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY Is any other DTC displayed DTC indicated Inspect the rele vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H4SO 83 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC NOTE In this...

Страница 559: ...C PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC AA DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0172 Ref to EN H4SO 164 DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 Diagnostic Pro...

Страница 560: ...EN H4SO 163 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 561: ...le Code DTC Ref to EN H4SO 83 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Go to step 2 2 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust sys tem There are holes or loose bolts on exhaust system...

Страница 562: ...sure does not increase squeeze fuel return hose 2 to 3 times then measure fuel pressure again 284 314 kPa 2 9 3 2 kg cm2 41 46 psi Go to step 8 Repair the follow ing items Fuel pressure too high Clogg...

Страница 563: ...NAL 1 Start the engine and warm up engine until coolant temperature is greater than 60 C 140 F 2 Place the selector lever in N or P posi tion 3 Turn A C switch to OFF 4 Turn all accessory switches to...

Страница 564: ...cedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC AD DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0304 Ref to EN H4SO 168 DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED Diagnosti...

Страница 565: ...parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01121 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD B22 1 2 3 4 5 6...

Страница 566: ...N FUEL INJEC TOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders 3 Measure voltage between ECM connector and engine ground on faulty cylin...

Страница 567: ...7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJEC TOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinder 3 Turn ignition switch to ON 4 Measure voltage betw...

Страница 568: ...proper posi tion Dislocated from its proper posi tion Repair installation condition of timing belt Ref to ME H4SO 46 Timing Belt Assembly Go to step 12 12 CHECK FUEL LEVEL Is the fuel meter indicatio...

Страница 569: ...r contact in fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders Poor contact in ECM connec tor Poor contact in coupling con nector 2 If there is no poor contact con tact SUBARU dis tributor Before contacting...

Страница 570: ...tep 18 18 CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC ON DISPLAY Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool indicate DTC P0303 and P0304 DTC P0303 and P0304 indi cated Go to step 23 Go to step 1...

Страница 571: ...LINDERS Are there faults in 3 and 4 cylinders There are faults Repair or replace faulty parts NOTE Check the fol lowing items Spark plugs Fuel injectors Ignition coil If no abnormal is discovered chec...

Страница 572: ...o Skipping timing belt teeth Go to DTC P0171 Ref to EN H4SO 162 DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 Diagnostic Pro cedure with Diag nostic Trouble Code DTC 26 CYLINDER AT RANDOM Is the engine idle unstab...

Страница 573: ...riving performance Knocking occurs CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OP...

Страница 574: ...r contact in knock sensor con nector Poor contact in coupling connector 2 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR 1 Disconnect connector from knock sensor 2 Measure resistance between knock sensor connector terminal and e...

Страница 575: ...driving performance Knocking occurs CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 O...

Страница 576: ...r Ref to FU H4SO 29 Knock Sensor Repair ground short circuit in har ness between knock sensor con nector and ECM connector NOTE The harness be tween both con nectors is shielded Repair short circuit o...

Страница 577: ...gine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mo...

Страница 578: ...and ECM connector NOTE The harness be tween both con nectors are shielded Repair ground short circuit in harness togeth er with shield Go to step 3 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANK SHAFT POSITION SENSOR...

Страница 579: ...ure of engine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Insp...

Страница 580: ...y Tightened securely Go to step 3 Tighten crank shaft position sen sor installation bolt securely 3 CHECK CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET Remove front belt cover Are crankshaft sprocket teeth cracked or dam aged...

Страница 581: ...ailure of engine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION I...

Страница 582: ...ensor and ECM connector NOTE The harness be tween both con nectors are shielded Repair ground short circuit in harness togeth er with shield Go to step 3 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT POSITION SENS...

Страница 583: ...e stalls Failure of engine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 O...

Страница 584: ...TWEEN CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNEC TOR Measure resistance of harness between cam shaft position sensor connector and engine ground Connector terminal E15 No 1 Engine ground Is the measured...

Страница 585: ...htened securely Tightened securely Go to step 8 Tighten camshaft position sensor installation bolt securely 8 CHECK CAMSHAFT SPROCKET Remove front belt cover Are camshaft sprocket teeth cracked or dam...

Страница 586: ...EN H4SO 189 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 587: ...ent of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01129 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD B...

Страница 588: ...fer to the OBD II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual 53 3 kPa 400 mmHg 15 75 inHg Check if EGR valve intake mani fold pressure sen sor and throttle body are securely installed Go to step 3 3 CHECK P...

Страница 589: ...4 No 18 E18 No 6 B134 No 17 E18 No 1 B134 No 16 E18 No 4 B134 No 15 E18 No 3 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 7 Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and EGR sole...

Страница 590: ...EN H4SO 193 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 591: ...O 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01130 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 C6 C17 C22 C13 B23 2 3 2 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR B19 B14 C4 D15 REAR...

Страница 592: ...tic converter Between front catalytic converter and rear cat alytic converter There is a fault Repair or replace exhaust system Ref to EX H4SO 2 Gen eral Description Go to step 3 3 CHECK CATALYTIC CON...

Страница 593: ...ement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01131 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD...

Страница 594: ...inal E4 No 2 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 3 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector 3 CHECK H...

Страница 595: ...the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 6 Repair open circuit in harness between main relay and purge control solenoid valve connector 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in purge control solenoid v...

Страница 596: ...EN H4SO 199 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 597: ...cement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01131 F44 B61 6 RHD RH...

Страница 598: ...minal B134 No 29 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 4 Go to step 3 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM...

Страница 599: ...DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM connector There is poor contact Repair poor con tact in ECM con nector Replace ECM Re...

Страница 600: ...EN H4SO 203 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 601: ...20 i10 A i28 i11 B i12 C B16 A3 3 6 2 1 16 6 2 B72 4 1 2 3 6 5 1 3 4 5 6 2 R57 i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 i11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17...

Страница 602: ...other DTC displayed DTC indicated Inspect the rele vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H4SO 83 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC NOTE In this case it is not necessary to ins...

Страница 603: ...10 A i28 i11 B i12 C B16 A3 3 6 2 1 16 6 2 B72 4 1 2 3 6 5 1 3 4 5 6 2 R57 i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 i11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18...

Страница 604: ...OR ENGINE Ref to EN H4SO 32 Subaru Select Moni tor 0 12 V Repair poor con tact in ECM con nector Even if MI lights up the circuit has returned to a nor mal condition at this time A tempo rary poor con...

Страница 605: ...istance between fuel pump assembly and chassis ground Connector terminal R59 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 9 Repair ground short circuit in fue...

Страница 606: ...EN H4SO 209 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 607: ...10 A i28 i11 B i12 C B16 A3 3 6 2 1 16 6 2 B72 4 1 2 3 6 5 1 3 4 5 6 2 R57 i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 i11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18...

Страница 608: ...OFF 2 Disconnect combination meter connector i10 and ECM connector 3 Turn ignition switch to ON 4 Measure voltage of harness between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 27 Chassis groun...

Страница 609: ...ecified value 1 Go to step 9 Repair open circuit between coupling connector and fuel sub level sensor 9 CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Warning During work procedures if fuel tank is more than 3 4 full be car...

Страница 610: ...EN H4SO 213 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 611: ...i10 A i28 i11 B i12 C B16 A3 3 6 2 1 16 6 2 B72 4 1 2 3 6 5 1 3 4 5 6 2 R57 i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 i11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18...

Страница 612: ...resistance between fuel level sensor terminals changes smoothly Terminals No 3 No 6 Does the resistance change smoothly Change smoothly Go to step 3 Replace fuel level sensor Ref to FU H4SO 64 Fuel Le...

Страница 613: ...LE SYMPTOM Occurrence of noise Overheating CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4...

Страница 614: ...OR MAIN FAN MOTOR MAIN FAN RELAY F28 F16 F66 F27 1 2 F17 B100 F2 B72 1 2 K9 J10 NO 3 NO 18 NO 17 SBF 4 SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH B72 BLUE 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2...

Страница 615: ...HER DTC ON DISPLAY Is any other DTC displayed DTC indicated Inspect the rele vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H4SO 83 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Check radiator fan...

Страница 616: ...EN H4SO 219 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 617: ...GNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC AV DTC P0502 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0503 Ref to EN H4SO 222 DTC P0503 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INTERMITTENT ERRATIC...

Страница 618: ...EN H4SO 221 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 619: ...03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INTERMITTENT ERRATIC HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION Immediately at fault recognition CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO...

Страница 620: ...5 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1...

Страница 621: ...Go to step 4 Check speedome ter and vehicle speed sensor Ref to IDI 18 Speedometer and Ref to AT 54 Front Vehicle Speed Sensor and Ref to AT 58 Rear Vehicle Speed Sensor and Ref to AT 59 Torque Con v...

Страница 622: ...EN H4SO 225 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 623: ...ct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01134 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD 20 6 5 19 B21 E2 ECM 2 5 6...

Страница 624: ...INE 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove idle air control solenoid valve from throttle body Ref to FU H4SO 34 REMOVAL Idle Air Control Solenoid Valve 3 Remove throttle body from intake manifold Ref...

Страница 625: ...Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01134 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD 20 6 5 19 B21 E2 ECM 2 5 6 3...

Страница 626: ...dle air con trol solenoid valve gasket and throttle body gasket Disconnections of vacuum hoses Is there any fault in air intake system There is a fault Repair air suction and leaks Go to step 3 3 CHEC...

Страница 627: ...EST CIRCUIT DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Failure of engine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode R...

Страница 628: ...to ON Operates Repair battery short circuit in starter motor cir cuit Check starter motor circuit Ref to EN H4SO 62 Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure EN 01118 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH STARTER MOTOR 7...

Страница 629: ...Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01134 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD 20 6 5 19 B21 E2 ECM 2 5 6 3 4 1 3...

Страница 630: ...olenoid valve gasket and throttle body gasket Disconnections of vacuum hoses Is there a fault in air intake system There is a fault Repair air suction and leaks Go to step 3 3 CHECK THROTTLE CABLE Doe...

Страница 631: ...ycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection...

Страница 632: ...short circuit in harness between TCM and CCM connector 3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM 1 Connect connector to TCM and CCM 2 Lift up the vehicle or set the vehicle on free rollers CAUTION On AWD models r...

Страница 633: ...WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01119 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD B9 C21 C23 B1 C12 B2 E3 B22 A7 A35 C26 B21 D14 C19 13 15 14 16 B47 BATTERY MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 6 4 SBF 5 SBF 4 SBF 1 3 1 B72 IGNITION SWITCH ECM B134 A B135 B...

Страница 634: ...STIC TROUBLE CODE DTC Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool indicate DTC P0604 DTC P0604 indicated Replace ECM Ref to FU H4SO 45...

Страница 635: ...LOW DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Radiator fan does not operate properly Overheating CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Cl...

Страница 636: ...OR MAIN FAN MOTOR MAIN FAN RELAY F28 F16 F66 F27 1 2 F17 B100 F2 B72 1 2 K9 J10 NO 3 NO 18 NO 17 SBF 4 SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH B72 BLUE 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2...

Страница 637: ...ground Connector terminal B134 No 14 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 3 Repair ground short circuit in radi ator fan relay 1 control circuit 3 CHECK P...

Страница 638: ...E CODE DTC 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM or main fan relay connector Is there poor contact in ECM or main fan relay connector There is poor contact Repair poor con tact in ECM or main...

Страница 639: ...HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Radiator fan does not operate properly Overheating CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct C...

Страница 640: ...OR MAIN FAN MOTOR MAIN FAN RELAY F28 F16 F66 F27 1 2 F17 B100 F2 B72 1 2 K9 J10 NO 3 NO 18 NO 17 SBF 4 SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH B72 BLUE 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2...

Страница 641: ...RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove main fan relay and sub fan relay with A C models 3 Disconnect test mode connector 4 Turn ignition switch to ON 5 Measure volta...

Страница 642: ...EN H4SO 245 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 643: ...AUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGR...

Страница 644: ...resistance of harness between TCM and chassis ground Connector terminal B55 No 12 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Repair ground short circuit in har...

Страница 645: ...c Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC BH DTC P0732 GEAR 2 INCORRECT RATIO NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0734 Ref to EN H4SO 250 DTC P0734 GEAR 4 INCOR RECT RATIO Diagnostic Pr...

Страница 646: ...EN H4SO 249 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 647: ...e throttle position sensor circuit Go to step 3 3 CHECK FRONT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT Check front vehicle speed sensor circuit Is there any trouble in vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit Ref to AT 58...

Страница 648: ...EN H4SO 251 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 649: ...ocedure with Diag nostic Trouble Code DTC There is a fault Repair or replace lock up duty sole noid circuit Go to step 3 3 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT Check throttle position sensor circuit...

Страница 650: ...itch circuit Go to step 8 8 CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIR CUIT Check ATF temperature sensor circuit Is there any trouble in ATF temperature sensor circuit Ref to AT 48 DTC 27 ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR...

Страница 651: ...ling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING...

Страница 652: ...ed value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 4 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and trans mission harness connector 4 CHECK TRANSMISSION HARNESS CON NECTOR 1 Disconnect conne...

Страница 653: ...M Erroneous idling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspecti...

Страница 654: ...CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from transmission harness 3 Measure resistance between transmission harness and connector terminals Connector termin...

Страница 655: ...ling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING...

Страница 656: ...Is the measured value within the specified range 4 5 5 5 V Go to step 4 Go to step 5 4 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM connector There is poor conta...

Страница 657: ...ter motor grond line Poor contact in satrter motor con nector Poor contact in starter motor ground Starter motor 7 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector receptac...

Страница 658: ...EN H4SO 261 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 659: ...M Erroneous idling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspecti...

Страница 660: ...TCH Measure resistance between transmission har ness connector terminals Connector terminal T2 No 1 No 2 Is the measured value less than the specified value at except neutral position 1 Go to step 5 R...

Страница 661: ...tact in transmission harness connector Is there poor contact in transmission harness connector There is poor contact Repair poor con tact in transmis sion harness connector Contact SUBARU distributor...

Страница 662: ...EN H4SO 265 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 663: ...riving cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION In...

Страница 664: ...radi ator fan makes one complete rotation 2 Drive the vehicle Is AT shift control functioning properly Operates properly Go to step 2 Replace TCM Ref to AT 76 Transmission Con trol Module TCM 2 CHECK...

Страница 665: ...cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspectio...

Страница 666: ...and chassis ground Connector terminal B137 No 19 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 3 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and TCM connec...

Страница 667: ...cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspectio...

Страница 668: ...ured value less than the specified value 1 V Repair poor con tact in ECM con nector Go to step 4 4 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B137 N...

Страница 669: ...ement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC O...

Страница 670: ...cement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC...

Страница 671: ...Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01144 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF 5 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C16 C5 4 8 B22 E3 EC...

Страница 672: ...STIC TROUBLE CODE DTC Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool indicate DTC P1134 DTC P1134 indicated Replace ECM Ref to FU H4SO 45...

Страница 673: ...lear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01144 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF 5 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C16 C5 4 8 B22 E...

Страница 674: ...ATA FOR ENGINE Ref to EN H4SO 32 Subaru Select Moni tor OBD II general scan tool For detailed operation procedures refer to the OBD II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual 0 85 1 15 Go to step 3 Go to...

Страница 675: ...step 6 Repair ground short circuit between ECM and front oxygen A F sensor 6 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM Check exhaust system parts Is there any fault in exhaust system NOTE Check the following items Loose...

Страница 676: ...Ref to EN H4SO 280 DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL 4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION LOW INPUT Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trou ble Code DTC BZ DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTI...

Страница 677: ...ty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01129 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF...

Страница 678: ...DTC P1496 B134 No 16 E18 No 4 DTC P1498 B134 No 15 E18 No 3 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 3 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Ope...

Страница 679: ...lty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01129 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD BATTERY SBF...

Страница 680: ...en circuit in harness between ECM connector and engine ground Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact in coupling connector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignit...

Страница 681: ...Ref to EN H4SO 286 DTC P1516 ISC SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL 4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION LOW INPUT Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trou ble Code DTC CH DTC P1513 ISC SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTI...

Страница 682: ...EN H4SO 285 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 683: ...y Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01134 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD 20 6 5 19 B21 E2 ECM 2 5 6 3 4 1 3 4 1 2...

Страница 684: ...E7 No 6 DTC P1516 B134 No 19 E7 No 3 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 3 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness bet...

Страница 685: ...y Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01134 F44 B61 6 RHD RHD 20 6 5 19 B21 E2 ECM 2 5 6 3 4 1 3 4 1 2...

Страница 686: ...in harness between ECM connector and engine ground terminal Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact in coupling connector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR...

Страница 687: ...IRCUIT LOW INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Failure of engine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory M...

Страница 688: ...AM EN 01118 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH STARTER MOTOR 7 P R N D 3 2 1 SBF 4 SBF 1 B14 B72 12 11 T7 T3 B12 1 3 IGNITION SWITCH AT MT AT MT T7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B72 3 4 1 2 20 B136 ECM BATTERY B12 1 2...

Страница 689: ...igni tion switch to ST NOTE Place the inhibitor switch in the P or N posi tion Operates Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Open or ground short circuit in har ness be...

Страница 690: ...EN H4SO 293 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 691: ...D RHD B9 C21 C23 B1 C12 B2 E3 B22 A7 A35 C26 B21 D14 C19 13 15 14 16 B47 BATTERY MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 6 4 SBF 5 SBF 4 SBF 1 3 1 B72 IGNITION SWITCH ECM B134 A B135 B B136 C B137 D C5 8 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3...

Страница 692: ...NESS BETWEEN ECM AND MAIN FUSE BOX CONNECTOR 1 Disconnect connector from ECM 2 Measure resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B135 No 9 Chassis ground Does the measure...

Страница 693: ...driving cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION I...

Страница 694: ...TWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCM 3 Measure resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 15 Chassis...

Страница 695: ...driving cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 40 OPERATION I...

Страница 696: ...ween ECM and TCM connector After repair replace ECM Ref to FU H4SO 45 Engine Control Module 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure voltage between ECM an...

Страница 697: ...t TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive shift shock CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO...

Страница 698: ...RU distributor service NOTE Inspection by DTM is required be cause probable cause is deteriora tion of multiple parts 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disc...

Страница 699: ...TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive shift shock CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4SO 47 OPER ATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4SO 4...

Страница 700: ...CM con nector Contact SUBARU distributor service NOTE Inspection by DTM is required be cause probable cause is deteriora tion of multiple parts 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ign...

Страница 701: ...r 3 12 Oxygen sensor 13 Fuel pump and fuel pump relay 3 Engine does not return to idle 1 Idle air control solenoid valve 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor 3 Accelerator cable 6 4 Throttle position s...

Страница 702: ...temperature sensor 3 Intake air temperature and pressure sensor 4 Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 5 Crankshaft position sensor 3 6 Camshaft position sensor 3 7 Fuel injection parts 4 8 Throttle p...

Страница 703: ...EN H4SO 306 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE MEMO...

Страница 704: ...9 Intake Air Temperature and Pressure Sensor 32 10 Idle Air Control Solenoid Valve 33 11 Fuel Injector 34 12 Oxygen Sensor 40 13 Engine Control Module 42 14 Main Relay 43 15 Fuel Pump Relay 44 16 Fuel...

Страница 705: ...TIONS Model Fuel tank Capacity 64 2 16 9 US gal 14 1 Imp gal Location Under rear seat Fuel pump Type Impeller Shutoff discharge pressure 370 677 kPa 3 77 6 9 kg cm2 53 6 98 psi Discharge flow More tha...

Страница 706: ...FU H4SOw oOBD 3 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 707: ...JECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 INTAKE MANIFOLD FU 00711 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 22 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 18 18 19 19 19 21 21 20 T5 T6 T6 T6 T5 T5 T5 T5 T5 T5 T5 T1 T...

Страница 708: ...sure sensor 3 Fuel injector Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 4 O ring 14 O ring T1 1 5 0 15 1 1 5 O ring 15 Plug cord holder LH T2 3 4 0 35 2 5 6 Plug 16 Fuel pipe protector RH T3 5 0 0 51 3 7 7 PCV...

Страница 709: ...FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM 1 Gasket 4 Throttle body Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Throttle position sensor T1 1 6 0 16 1 2 3 Idle air control solenoid valve T2 22 2 2...

Страница 710: ...ON 3 CRANKSHAFT POSITION CAMSHAFT POSITION AND KNOCK SENSORS 1 Crank angle position sensor 3 Camshaft position sensor Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Knock sensor 4 Camshaft position sensor suppor...

Страница 711: ...INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 FUEL TANK FU 00626 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 31 33 37 38 36 30 34 11 10 12 13 14 14 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 26 24 25 23 32 21 22 21 27 30 30 30 35 29 28 T3 T3 T3 T3...

Страница 712: ...el pump plate 21 Quick connector 36 Seal 7 Fuel pump ASSY 22 Jet pump hose B 37 Fuel pump holder 8 Fuel level sensor 23 Fuel sub level sensor gasket 38 Grommet 9 Fuel filter 24 Jet pump filter 10 Fuel...

Страница 713: ...C 21 Dumber valve Return 4 Clip 13 Canister bracket 22 Fuel return hose B 5 Fuel delivery hose B 14 Fuel pipe ASSY 6 Fuel return hose A 15 Evaporation hose B Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 7 Drain...

Страница 714: ...SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6 FUEL FILLER PIPE 1 Fuel filler pipe ASSY 5 Filler ring Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Clip 6 Filler cap T 7 4 0 75 5 4 3 Clamp 7 Filler pipe protector 4 Filler pipe...

Страница 715: ...art on the vehicle is hot after running Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or safety stands at the specified points Before disconnecting ele...

Страница 716: ...tion sensor 6 Disconnect air by pass hose from purge control solenoid valve 7 Disconnect engine coolant hoses from throttle body 8 Remove bolts which install throttle body to intake manifold B INSTALL...

Страница 717: ...elerator cable A 6 Disconnect cruise control cable B With cruise control model 7 Remove power steering pump and tank from brackets 1 Remove resonator chamber Ref to IN H4SO 8 REMOVAL Resonator Chamber...

Страница 718: ...gine coolant hose from throttle body 11 Disconnect brake booster hose 12 Remove air cleaner case stay RH and engine harness bracket and disconnect engine harness connectors from bulkhead harness conne...

Страница 719: ...s in a container or cloth 19 Remove bolts which hold intake manifold onto cylinder heads and then remove intake manifold B INSTALLATION 1 Install intake manifold onto cylinder heads NOTE Always use ne...

Страница 720: ...t position sen sor 6 Connect knock sensor connector 7 Connect connectors to engine coolant tempera ture sensor 8 Install air cleaner case stay RH and engine har ness bracket and connect engine harness...

Страница 721: ...16 ft lb 4 Install power steering pipes onto right side intake manifold protector 5 Install front V belt Ref to ME H4SO 42 INSTALLATION V belt 6 Install resonator chamber Tightening torque 33 N m 3 4...

Страница 722: ...ector from ignition coil and igni tor assembly 3 Remove ignition coil and ignitor assembly 4 Disconnect connector from intake air tempera ture and pressure sensor 5 Remove intake air temperature and p...

Страница 723: ...ectors 12 Disconnect connector from purge control sole noid valve 13 Disconnect air by pass hose from purge control solenoid valve 14 Remove harness bands A and harness brack et B which hold engine ha...

Страница 724: ...olts which hold fuel pipes on the left side of intake manifold 20 Remove fuel injectors 1 Remove fuel injector securing clip 2 Remove fuel injector while lifting up fuel in jector pipe 21 Loosen clamp...

Страница 725: ...manifold D ASSEMBLY 1 Install fuel pipe assembly and pressure regula tor etc to intake manifold 2 Tighten bolt which installs fuel pipes on intake manifold Tightening torque 5 0 N m 0 51 kgf m 3 7 ft...

Страница 726: ...lators NOTE Do not forget to install the fuel injector securing clip 7 Tighten bolt which installs injector pipe on intake manifold Tightening torque 5 0 N m 0 51 kgf m 3 7 ft lb 8 Tighten two bolts w...

Страница 727: ...ightening torque 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 12 ft lb 13 Connect connectors to fuel injectors and purge control solenoid valve 14 Hold engine harness by harness band A and harness bracket B NOTE Do not use harne...

Страница 728: ...NOTE Replace O ring with new one 21 Connect connector to intake air temperature and pressure sensor 22 Connect connectors to throttle position sensor and idle air control solenoid valve 23 Install ig...

Страница 729: ...ve air intake duct and air cleaner assem bly Ref to IN H4SO 7 REMOVAL Air Intake Duct and Ref to IN H4SO 6 REMOVAL Air Cleaner Case 3 Disconnect connector from engine coolant tem perature sensor 4 Rem...

Страница 730: ...sconnect battery ground cable 2 Remove bolt which install crankshaft position sensor to cylinder block 3 Remove crankshaft position sensor and discon nect connector from it B INSTALLATION Install in t...

Страница 731: ...position sensor support 4 Remove bolt which installs camshaft position sensor support to camshaft cap LH 5 Remove camshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor support as a unit 6 Remove camsh...

Страница 732: ...Remove knock sensor from cylinder block B INSTALLATION 1 Install knock sensor to cylinder block Tightening torque 24 N m 2 4 kgf m 17 4 ft lb NOTE The extraction area of the knock sensor cord must be...

Страница 733: ...en installing throttle position sensor adjust to the specified data C ADJUSTMENT 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Loosen throttle position sensor holding screws 3 When using voltage meter 1 Take out EC...

Страница 734: ...iption 4 Connect Subaru Select Monitor to the data link connector A 5 Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON 6 Select 2 Each System Check in Main Menu 7 Select Engine Contro...

Страница 735: ...nnect battery ground cable 2 Disconnect spark plug cord from ignition coil and ignitor assembly 3 Disconnect connector from intake air tempera ture and pressure sensor 4 Remove intake air temperature...

Страница 736: ...1 Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Disconnect connector from idle air control sole noid valve 3 Remove idle air control solenoid valve from throttle body B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order...

Страница 737: ...MOVAL Air Cleaner Case 5 Remove resonator chamber Ref to IN H4SO 8 REMOVAL Resonator Chamber 6 Remove spark plug cords from spark plugs 1 and 3 cylinders 7 Remove power steering pump and tank from bra...

Страница 738: ...ector pipe to intake manifold 11 Remove bolt which install injector pipe to intake manifold 12 Remove fuel injector from intake manifold 1 Remove fuel injector securing clip 2 Remove fuel injector whi...

Страница 739: ...nnect connector from rear gate glass washer motor 7 Disconnect rear window glass washer hose from washer motor then plug connection with a suitable cap 8 Move washer tank and secure it away from worki...

Страница 740: ...ide intake manifold 15 Remove fuel injector from intake manifold 1 Remove fuel injector securing clip 2 Remove fuel injector while lifting up fuel in jector pipe B INSTALLATION 1 RH SIDE Install in th...

Страница 741: ...ft lb Tightening torque 32 N m 3 3 kgf m 23 9 ft lb 2 LH SIDE Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Replace O rings with new ones Tightening torque 5 0 N m 0 51 kgf m 3 7 ft lb Tightening torqu...

Страница 742: ...FU H4SOw oOBD 39 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL INJECTOR Tightening torque 19 N m 1 9 kgf m 13 7 ft lb Tightening torque 19 N m 1 9 kgf m 13 7 ft lb FU 00309 FU 00266...

Страница 743: ...CAUTION When removing the oxygen sensor wait until exhaust pipe cools otherwise it will damage ex haust pipe B INSTALLATION 1 Before installing oxygen sensor apply anti seize compound only to threaded...

Страница 744: ...FU H4SOw oOBD 41 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS OXYGEN SENSOR 5 Connect battery ground cable FU 00009...

Страница 745: ...floor mat of passenger seat 4 Remove protect cover 5 Remove nuts A which hold ECM to bracket 6 Remove clip B from bracket 7 Disconnect ECM connectors and take out ECM B INSTALLATION Install in the re...

Страница 746: ...Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Remove lower inner trim of passenger side Ref to EI 39 REMOVAL Lower Inner Trim 3 Disconnect connectors from main relay 4 Remove bolt which holds main relay bracket...

Страница 747: ...y A REMOVAL 1 Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Remove lower cover Ref to EI 35 REMOV AL Instrument Panel Assembly 3 Disconnect connector from fuel pump relay 4 Remove fuel pump relay from mounting br...

Страница 748: ...to OFF 2 DRAINING FUEL WARNING Place NO FIRE signs near the working area Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor 1 Set the vehicle on the lift 2 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 3 Lift up th...

Страница 749: ...from fuel tank by using a hand pump WARNING Do not use a motor pump when draining the fu el 13 After draining the fuel reinstall the fuel sub lev el sensor Tightening torque T 4 4 N m 0 45 kgf m 3 3...

Страница 750: ...FU H4SOw oOBD 47 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL 3 Install the sub service hole cover 4 Set the rear seat and floor mat FU 00445...

Страница 751: ...h the grommet which holds fuel tank cord on service hole cover into body side 7 Separate the quick connector of fuel delivery A and return hose B Ref to FU H4SOw oOBD 67 REMOVAL Fuel Delivery Return a...

Страница 752: ...not to pull down the muffler 3 Remove the front rubber cushion and then detach the muffler assembly 14 Remove the propeller shaft Ref to DS 14 REMOVAL Propeller Shaft 15 Disconnect the connector from...

Страница 753: ...pport the rear differential with transmis sion jack 2 Remove the bolt which holds rear shock ab sorber to rear suspension arm 3 Remove the bolts which secure rear sus pension assembly to body 4 Remove...

Страница 754: ...pport the fuel tank with transmission jack and then push the fuel tank harness into access hole with grommet 2 Set the fuel tank and then temporarily tighten the bolts of fuel tank bands CAUTION A hel...

Страница 755: ...8 ft lb 2 Tighten the bolt which holds rear shock ab sorber to rear suspension arm Ref to RS 11 INSTALLATION Rear Arm Tightening torque 157 N m 16 kgf m 116 ft lb 8 Install the rear brake caliper Ref...

Страница 756: ...004301003 1 Install the right and left rubber cushions 2 Install the front rubber cushion and attach muffler assembly 3 Install the rear exhaust pipe to center ex haust pipe Tightening torque 18 N m...

Страница 757: ...ommet 26 Install the holder clip which secures fuel tank cord on bracket 27 Set the rear seat and floor mat 28 Connect the connector to fuel pump relay A 29 Adjust the parking brake lever stroke Ref t...

Страница 758: ...emove the screws holding packing in place 5 Lift up the vehicle 6 Remove the rear right side wheel nuts 7 Remove the wheel RH Rear 8 Remove the protector RH Front 9 Drain fuel from fuel tank Set a con...

Страница 759: ...ove the clip and then separate the air vent hose B 16 Remove the fuel filler pipe to under side of the vehicle B INSTALLATION 1 Hold the fuel filler flap open 2 Set the fuel saucer A with rubber packi...

Страница 760: ...prox 25 to 30 mm 0 98 to 1 18 in into the lower end of air vent pipe and hold clip L 27 5 2 5 mm 1 083 0 098 in 6 Tighten the bolt which holds fuel filler pipe brack et on body Tightening torque 7 4 N...

Страница 761: ...FU H4SOw oOBD 58 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL FILLER PIPE 12 Connect the connector to fuel pump relay A 13 Connect the battery ground cable to battery FU 00648 A FU 00009...

Страница 762: ...e the fuel filler cap 3 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 4 Lift up the vehicle 5 Remove the protector RH Front 6 Drain the fuel from fuel tank Set a container un der the vehicle and then remov...

Страница 763: ...in alphabetical sequence shown in the figure to specified torque Tightening torque 5 9 N m 0 6 kgf m 4 3 ft lb C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove the fuel pump and pump holder NOTE When disassembling the pump hol...

Страница 764: ...he fuel pump assembly Ref to FU H4SOw oOBD 59 REMOVAL Fuel Pump 2 Disconnect the connector from fuel pump brack et 3 Pushing the pawls with a screwdriver remove the fuel meter unit by pulling it downw...

Страница 765: ...he front side fuel tank cover 4 Drain fuel from fuel tank Set a container under the vehicle and then remove the drain plug from fuel tank 5 Tighten the fuel drain plug and install the protec tor RH Fr...

Страница 766: ...Disconnect the fuel jet pump hose 10 Remove the bolts which install fuel sub level sensor on fuel tank 11 Remove the fuel sub level sensor B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tight...

Страница 767: ...holder 4 Remove the filter holder by turning it to the left from the body pawls and then take out the filter B INSTALLATION NOTE If the fuel hoses are damaged at the connecting portion replace it wit...

Страница 768: ...e fuel tank Ref to FU H4SOw oOBD 48 REMOVAL Fuel Tank 2 Move the clip and then disconnect the evapora tion hose from fuel cut valve 3 Remove the bolts which install fuel cut valve B INSTALLATION Insta...

Страница 769: ...Fuel Damper Valve A REMOVAL 1 Release the fuel pressure Ref to FU H4SOw oOBD 45 RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE OPERATION Fuel 2 Remove the fuel damper valve from fuel delivery line A and return line B B...

Страница 770: ...n the fuel filler flap lid and then remove the fuel filler cap 4 Remove the floor mat Ref to EI 48 REMOVAL Floor Mat 5 Remove the fuel delivery pipes and hoses fuel return pipes and hoses evaporation...

Страница 771: ...se a new retainer Make sure that the connected portion is not dam aged or has dust If necessary clean the seal sur face of pipe 1 Set a new retainer B to connector A 2 Push the pipe into connector com...

Страница 772: ...059 in L 22 5 2 5 mm 0 886 0 098 in 3 Connect the evaporation hose to pipe by approx 15 mm 0 59 in from hose end L 17 5 2 5 mm 0 689 0 098 in NOTE Be sure to inspect the hoses and their connections f...

Страница 773: ...cause Corrective action 1 Insufficient fuel supply to the injector 1 Fuel pump will not operate Defective terminal contact Inspect connections especially ground and tighten securely Trouble in electr...

Страница 774: ...ON CONTROL AUX EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES EC H4SOw oOBD Page 1 General Description 2 2 Front Catalytic Converter 3 3 Rear Catalytic Converter 6 4 Canister 7 5 Purge Control Solenoid Valve 8 6 Two way Va...

Страница 775: ...arts in order and pro tect them from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be caref...

Страница 776: ...ove under cover Ref to EI 13 REMOVAL Front Under Cover 6 Separate front and center exhaust pipe assem bly from rear exhaust pipe CAUTION Be careful exhaust pipe is hot 7 Remove nuts which hold front e...

Страница 777: ...et 3 Tighten nuts which hold front exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads Tightening torque 30 N m 3 1 kgf m 22 4 ft lb 4 Tighten bolts which secure front and center ex haust pipe assembly to rear exhaust p...

Страница 778: ...CONTROL AUX EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES FRONT CATALYTIC CONVERTER 9 Connect battery ground cable C INSPECTION 1 Make sure there are no exhaust leaks from con nections and welds 2 Make sure there are no h...

Страница 779: ...atalytic Converter B INSTALLATION The front and rear catalytic converter and center exhaust pipe are integrated into one unit There fore the removal and installation procedures are the same as the one...

Страница 780: ...from canister 3 Remove canister from body B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 7 4 2 0 N m 0 75 0 2 kgf m 5 4 1 4 ft lb CAUTION Insert drain hose of canister into...

Страница 781: ...ifold 3 Take out purge control solenoid valve through the bottom of the intake manifold 4 Disconnect connector and hoses from purge control solenoid valve B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order o...

Страница 782: ...n the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be careful not to install two way valve in the wrong direction C INSPECTION 1 Using a hand air pump check if air goes through the valve from both A and B directi...

Страница 783: ...EC H4SOw oOBD 10 EMISSION CONTROL AUX EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES TWO WAY VALVE MEMO...

Страница 784: ...INTAKE INDUCTION IN H4SOw oOBD Page 1 General Description 2...

Страница 785: ...N H4SOw oOBD 2 INTAKE INDUCTION GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A SPECIFICATIONS Specification of model without OBD is the same as that of model with OBD Ref to IN H4SO 2 Gen eral Descriptio...

Страница 786: ...MECHANICAL ME H4SOw oOBD Page 1 General Description 2...

Страница 787: ...ME H4SOw oOBD 2 MECHANICAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A SPECIFICATIONS Specification of model without OBD is the same as that of model with OBD Ref to ME H4SO 2 General Description...

Страница 788: ...EXHAUST EX H4SOw oOBD Page 1 General Description 2 2 Front Exhaust Pipe 9 3 Center Exhaust Pipe 12 4 Rear Exhaust Pipe 13 5 Muffler 14...

Страница 789: ...GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A COMPONENT 1 WITH CATALYTIC CONVERTER EXCEPT AUSTRALIA OUTBACK MODEL EX 00098 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 22 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 19 19 20 23 23 21 T2 T6 T1...

Страница 790: ...catalytic converter cover 5 Front catalytic converter Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Upper front catalytic converter cover 14 Rear catalytic converter T1 8 0 8 5 8 15 Center exhaust pipe T2 13 1...

Страница 791: ...EX H4SOw oOBD 4 EXHAUST GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 AUSTRALIA OUTBACK MODEL EX 00099 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 16 17 18 19 20 20 T2 T4 T4 T4 T5 T5 T1 T6 T5 T3...

Страница 792: ...et 3 Front exhaust pipe 11 Gasket 4 Oxygen sensor 12 Center exhaust pipe Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Front catalytic converter 13 Spring T1 8 0 8 5 8 6 Upper front catalytic converter cover 14...

Страница 793: ...EX H4SOw oOBD 6 EXHAUST GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3 WITHOUT CATALYTIC CONVERTER EX 00100 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 T2 T4 T4 T4 T5 T5 T1 T6 T3...

Страница 794: ...er front exhaust pipe cover 10 Gasket T1 8 0 8 5 8 3 Front exhaust pipe 11 Cushion rubber T2 13 1 3 9 4 4 Upper center exhaust pipe cover 12 Muffler T3 18 1 8 13 0 5 Lower center exhaust pipe cover 13...

Страница 795: ...m from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands beca...

Страница 796: ...front exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads CAUTION Be careful not to pull down front and center ex haust pipe assembly 7 Remove bolt which installs front and center ex haust pipe assembly to hanger bracke...

Страница 797: ...which hold front exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads Tightening torque 30 N m 3 1 kgf m 22 4 ft lb 5 Tighten bolts which install front and center ex haust pipe assembly to rear exhaust pipe Tightening to...

Страница 798: ...H4SOw oOBD 11 EXHAUST FRONT EXHAUST PIPE 10 Connect battery ground cable C INSPECTION 1 Make sure there are no exhaust leaks from con nections and welds 2 Make sure there are no holes or rusting FU 00...

Страница 799: ...re for removing the front exhaust pipe Ref to EX H4SOw oOBD 9 Removal B INSTALLATION Install the center exhaust pipe and front exhaust pipe as one unit Refer to the procedure for install ing the front...

Страница 800: ...down rear exhaust pipe 3 Remove rear exhaust pipe B INSTALLATION NOTE Replace gaskets with new ones 1 Install rear exhaust pipe to muffler Tightening torque 48 N m 4 9 kgf m 35 4 ft lb 2 Install rear...

Страница 801: ...o 004301003 3 Remove front rubber cushion and detach muf fler assembly NOTE To facilitate removal apply a coat of SUBARU CRC to mating area of rubber cushion in advance SUBARU CRC Part No 004301003 B...

Страница 802: ...COOLING CO H4SOw oOBD Page 1 General Description 2...

Страница 803: ...CO H4SOw oOBD 2 COOLING GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A SPECIFICATIONS Specification of model without OBD is the same as that of model with OBD Ref to CO H4SO 2 General Description...

Страница 804: ...LUBRICATION LU H4SOw oOBD Page 1 General Description 2...

Страница 805: ...LU H4SOw oOBD 2 LUBRICATION GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A SPECIFICATIONS Specification of model without OBD is the same as that of model with OBD Ref to LU H4SO 2 General Description...

Страница 806: ...SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP H4SOw oOBD Page 1 General Description 2...

Страница 807: ...H4SOw oOBD 2 SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A SPECIFICATION Specification of model without OBD is the same as that of model with OBD Ref to SP H4SO 2 General Descripti...

Страница 808: ...IGNITION IG H4SOw oOBD Page 1 General Description 2 2 Spark Plug 5 3 Ignition Coil and Ignitor Assembly 8 4 Spark Plug Cord 10...

Страница 809: ...0 73 10 Secondary coil resistance 12 8 k 15 Insulation resistance between primary terminal and case More than 100 M Spark plug Type and manufacturer Without catalytic con verter BKR6E NGK With cataly...

Страница 810: ...ION GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 Spark plug 4 Spark plug cord 2 4 Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Spark plug cord 1 3 T1 21 2 1 15 3 Ignition coil and ignitor ASSY T2 6 4 0 65 4 7 IG 00036 T2...

Страница 811: ...em from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands bec...

Страница 812: ...O 8 REMOVAL Resonator Chamber 3 Remove spark plug cords by pulling boot not cord itself 4 Remove spark plugs with the spark plug socket 2 LH SIDE 1 Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Disconnect washer...

Страница 813: ...bove torque should be only applied to new spark plugs without oil on their threads In case their threads are lubricated the torque should be reduced by approximately 1 3 of the specified torque in ord...

Страница 814: ...iming loose spark plugs wrong selection of fuel hotter range plug etc It is advisable to replace with plugs having colder heat range D CLEANING Clean spark plugs in a sand blast type cleaner Avoid exc...

Страница 815: ...order of removal Tightening torque 6 4 N m 0 65 kgf m 4 7 ft lb CAUTION Be sure to connect wires to their proper posi tions Failure to do so will damage unit C INSPECTION Using accurate tester inspect...

Страница 816: ...H4SOw oOBD 9 IGNITION IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY Secondary side Between A and B 12 8 k 15 Between C and D 12 8 k 15 3 Insulation between primary terminal and case 100 M or more IG 00039 C A D...

Страница 817: ...G CORD 4 Spark Plug Cord A INSPECTION Check for 1 Damage to cords deformation burning or rust formation of terminals 2 Resistance values of cords Resistance value 1 cord 5 6 10 6 2 cord 7 3 13 7 3 cor...

Страница 818: ...STARTING CHARGING SYSTEMS SC H4SOw oOBD Page 1 General Description 2...

Страница 819: ...SOw oOBD 2 STARTING CHARGING SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A SPECIFICATIONS Specification of model without OBD is the same as that of model with OBD Ref to SC H4SO 2 General Descri...

Страница 820: ...Signal 18 6 Subaru Select Monitor 21 7 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 24 8 Inspection Mode 26 9 Clear Memory Mode 28 10 Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode 29 11 Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp...

Страница 821: ...elect Monitor switch to ON 4 Read DTC on the Subaru Select Monitor Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 24 WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERA TION Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Does the Subaru Select Monitor indicat...

Страница 822: ...al Diag nostic Table Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 102 INSPECTION General Diagnos tic Table 3 CHECK INDICATION OF DTC ON MIL 1 Perform the read diagnostic trouble code read memory mode Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 24...

Страница 823: ...s Others Outdoor temperature F C Hot Warm Cool Cold Place Highway Suburbs Inner city Uphill Downhill Rough road Others Engine temperature Cold Warming up After warming up Any temperature Others Engine...

Страница 824: ...tion of fuel gauge c Intentional connecting or disconnecting of harness connectors or spark plug cords Yes No What d Intentional connecting or disconnecting of hoses Yes No What e Installing of parts...

Страница 825: ...less than 0 64 mm 0 025 in Do not insert the pin more than 5 mm 0 20 in into the part 6 Before removing ECM from the located position disconnect two cables on battery Otherwise the ECM may be damaged...

Страница 826: ...s tem B INSPECTION Before performing diagnostics check the following items which might affect engine problems 1 BATTERY 1 Measure battery voltage and specific gravity of electrolyte Standard voltage 1...

Страница 827: ...KS 24082AA210 Newly adopted tool CARTRIDGE Troubleshooting for electrical systems 22771AA030 SELECT MONI TOR KIT Troubleshooting for electrical systems English 22771AA030 Without printer German 22771A...

Страница 828: ...ATION 4 Electrical Components Location A LOCATION 1 MODULE LHD model RHD model 1 Engine control module ECM 3 Read memory connector 5 Data link connector 2 CHECK ENGINE malfunction indi cator lamp MIL...

Страница 829: ...EN H4SOw oOBD 10 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 00845 1 EN 01016 2 3 4 EN 01015 EN 01017 5...

Страница 830: ...ONENTS LOCATION 2 SENSOR 1 Engine coolant temperature sen sor 3 Throttle position sensor 7 Vehicle speed sensor 4 Knock sensor 2 Intake air temperature and pres sure sensor 5 Crankshaft position senso...

Страница 831: ...EN H4SOw oOBD 12 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 01019 1 EN 01023 2 EN 01020 3 4 EN 01024 5 EN 01021 6 EN 01025 EN 01022 7...

Страница 832: ...EN H4SOw oOBD 13 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 8 Oxygen sensor With catalyst model EN 01026 8 EN 01027 8...

Страница 833: ...COMPONENTS LOCATION 3 SOLENOID VALVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PARTS AND IGNITION SYSTEM PARTS 1 Purge control solenoid valve 3 Ignition coil and ignitor ASSY 4 CO resistor Without catalyst model 2 Idl...

Страница 834: ...EN H4SOw oOBD 15 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 1 EN 01029 EN 01031 2 EN 01030 3 EN 01032 4...

Страница 835: ...EN H4SOw oOBD 16 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION LHD model RHD model 1 Fuel pump 2 Main relay 3 Fuel pump relay EN 01033 1 2 3 4 5 EN 01034 1 2 3 5 4...

Страница 836: ...EN H4SOw oOBD 17 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 01035 1 EN 01037 2 EN 01036 3...

Страница 837: ...l A ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION To 17 30 14 28 16 18 31 15 29 8 23 35 22 34 7 8 23 20 22 11 21 12 10 2 3 1 9 17 14 28 19 16 13 27 18 15 262524 6 4 7 5 8 23 22 11 21 12 10 24 2 3 1 9 B134 To B135 20 33 19...

Страница 838: ...ol ant temper ature sensor Signal B136 14 0 6 1 0 0 6 1 0 After warm up GND B136 16 0 0 Vehicle speed sensor B135 24 0 or 5 0 or 5 5 and 0 are repeatedly displayed when vehicle is driven Starter switc...

Страница 839: ...diator fan relay 2 con trol B134 12 ON 0 OFF 10 13 ON 0 OFF 13 14 Self shutoff control B135 19 10 13 13 14 Malfunction indicator lamp B134 11 Light ON 1 max Light OFF 10 14 Engine speed output B134 30...

Страница 840: ...ble code s and various data then record them 2 READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC FOR ENGINE Refer to Read Diagnostic Trouble Code for infor mation about how to indicate DTC Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 24 Read...

Страница 841: ...1 Ignition switch signal ON or OFF Automatic transmission vehicle identification signal ON or OFF Test mode connector signal ON or OFF Neutral position switch signal ON or OFF Air conditioning switch...

Страница 842: ...FF When knocking signal is entered Radiator fan relay signal 2 ON or OFF When radiator fan relay 2 is in function Engine torque control signal 1 ON or OFF When torque control signal 1 is entered Torqu...

Страница 843: ...nostic trouble codes refer to the List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 57 LIST List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 2 WITHOUT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK STATUS...

Страница 844: ...seconds ON signifies one And middle segment 0 5 seconds ON means OK code NOTE For detailed concerning diagnostic trouble codes refer to the List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 57...

Страница 845: ...ear them Also make sure that nobody goes in front of the vehicle 2 WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR After performing diagnostics and clearing the mem ory check for any remaining unresolved trouble da ta 1 C...

Страница 846: ...tor green 5 Turn ignition switch to ON Does the MIL come on MIL illuminates Go to step 2 Check the follow ing and repair if necessary NOTE Open or short circuit in engine control module power supply o...

Страница 847: ...UNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MIL 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Set shift lever to neutral position MT vehi cles or set selector lever to P position AT vehicles 3 Connect test mode connector and read memor...

Страница 848: ...side to the side of the center console box 2 Each valve functions when ignition switch is turned to ON engine OFF A list of the support portion is shown in the follow ing table A Test mode connector...

Страница 849: ...Ow oOBD 30 ACTIVATION OF CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MIL Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL 2 Check engine malfunction indicator lamp MIL does not come on Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 31 CHECK...

Страница 850: ...1 V Go to step 4 Go to step 2 EN 01043 IGNITION RELAY SBF 4 No 5 SBF 1 A4 4 1 B157 B72 B134 B36 i1 IGNITION SWITCH B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B...

Страница 851: ...combi nation meter con nector Poor contact in coupling connector 5 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in combination meter con nector Ref to IDI 14 Combination Meter Assembly Is there poor contact...

Страница 852: ...OOR CONTACT Check poor contact in combination meter con nector Ref to IDI 14 Combination Meter Assembly Is there poor contact in combination meter connector There is poor contact Repair poor con tact...

Страница 853: ...ombina tion meter and ECM connector Replace ECM Ref to FU H4SOw oOBD 42 Engine Control Module EN 01043 IGNITION RELAY SBF 4 No 5 SBF 1 A4 4 1 B157 B72 B134 B36 i1 IGNITION SWITCH B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6...

Страница 854: ...1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2...

Страница 855: ...1 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 4 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness between ECM and test mode connector 4...

Страница 856: ...1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25...

Страница 857: ...1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ECM 3 Measure resistance of harness between ECM connector and engine ground Connector terminal B135 No 14 Engine ground Is the measured value...

Страница 858: ...d ground line Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 43 CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure 3 Inspection of ignition control system Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 46 IGNITION CONTR...

Страница 859: ...Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR Does starter motor operate when the switch starts Starter motor operates Go to step 2 Go to step 3 EN 01045 12 INHI...

Страница 860: ...Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 4 Go to step 5 4 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF STARTER MOTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect terminal from starter motor 3 Mea...

Страница 861: ...tween ignition switch and starter motor circuit 10 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH CIRCUIT 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Place the selector lever in the P or N position 3 Separate transmission harness connec...

Страница 862: ...1 B19 C2 E3 B22 A8 A7 A27 C22 C21 B6 B25 13 15 14 16 B47 BATTERY MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 F44 B61 SBF 5 6 LHD RHD RHD SBF 4 SBF 1 4 1 B72 IGNITION SWITCH ECM B134 A B135 B B136 C 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24...

Страница 863: ...to step 3 Repair open circuit in harness between ECM connector and engine grounding terminal 3 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B...

Страница 864: ...tor terminal B47 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 5 Go to step 9 Repair open circuit between main relay and chassis ground 9 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN RELAY M...

Страница 865: ...w oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26 OP ERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01047 26 25 B134 B72 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 E12 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 6 5 4...

Страница 866: ...se repair the following Open circuit or ground short in harness between ignition coil igni tor assembly and ignition switch connector Poor contact in couplingconnector B22 3 CHECK HARNESS OF IGNITION...

Страница 867: ...ignition coil ignitor assembly connector Connector terminal B134 No 26 E12 No 4 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 9 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repa...

Страница 868: ...d Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 12 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and ignition coil ignitor assembly connec tor 12 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poo...

Страница 869: ...N Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01048 FUEL PUMP RELAY SBF 4 SBF 1 SBF 5 No 13 4 1 B46 B72 IGNITION SWITCH BATTERY 4 3 1 2 No 11 B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24...

Страница 870: ...his case repair the following Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connec tor and chassis grounding terminal Poor contact in couplingconnector R57 and R1 3 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL PUMP 1 Turn...

Страница 871: ...FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR 1 Disconnect connectors from ECM 2 Measure resistance of harness between ECM and fuel pump relay connector Connector terminal With cruise control B134 No 29 B46 No 3 Without...

Страница 872: ...wdriver to injector for this check Is the fuel injector emits operating sound Fuel injector emits operating sound Check fuel pres sure Ref to ME H4SO 28 INSPECTION Fuel Pressure Go to step 2 EN 01049...

Страница 873: ...voltage between the fuel injector terminal and engine ground Connector terminal 2 E16 No 2 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 4 Repair harness and conne...

Страница 874: ...AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR 1 Disconnect connector from ECM 2 Measure resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector Connector terminal B134 No 4 B136 No 2 Is the measured value within...

Страница 875: ...is ground Is the measured value less than the specified value 1 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and fuel injector connector Go to step 13 13 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJE...

Страница 876: ...is abnor mal The harness connector between ECM and knock sensor is in short or open Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 71 DTC 22 KNOCK SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 24 Idle air contr...

Страница 877: ...s abnormal The harness connector between ECM and CO resistor is in short or open The CO valve is not adjusted to specification Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 93 DTC 46 CO RESISTOR GENERAL SPEC VEHICLES Diagnost...

Страница 878: ...ine stalls Restarting impossible CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw o...

Страница 879: ...ured value within the specified value 1 5 k Go to step 4 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness between crankshaft posi tion sensor and ECM connect...

Страница 880: ...ERATION Inspection Mode 4 Read out the trouble code Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 24 OPERATION Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Is the same trouble code DTC as in the current diagnosis still being output DTC i...

Страница 881: ...4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26 OP ERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR Does starter motor operate when igni...

Страница 882: ...Disconnect connector from ECM 3 Turn ignition switch to ST 4 Measure power supply voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B135 No 28 Chassis ground Does the measured value...

Страница 883: ...engine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26 OP ERATIO...

Страница 884: ...fied value 1 5 k Go to step 4 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness between camshaft position sensor and ECM connector Poor contact in couplingcon...

Страница 885: ...OPERATION Inspection Mode 4 Read out the trouble code Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 24 OPERATION Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Is the same trouble code DTC as in the current diagnosis still being output DT...

Страница 886: ...rroneous idling Poor driving performance CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN...

Страница 887: ...ignition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor connector and engine ground Connector terminal E8 No 1 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified va...

Страница 888: ...ector Poor contact in couplingconnector B21 Poor contact in sensor ground joint connector B83 5 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 Remove engine coolant temperature sen sor 2 Immerse sensor in...

Страница 889: ...URE SENSOR 1 Raise temperature up to approx 90 C 194 F CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself 2 Measure resistance between engine cool ant temperature sensor terminals Terminals No 1 No 2 Is the meas...

Страница 890: ...rmance CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26 OP ERATION Inspecti...

Страница 891: ...or Ref to FU w oOBD Knock Sensor 4 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR 1 Remove ECM connector 2 Measure resistance of harness connector between ECM and knock sensor Connector terminal...

Страница 892: ...f faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26 OP ERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01054 5 6 19 20 B2...

Страница 893: ...or NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness between ECM and idle air control solenoid valve connector Poor contact in couplingconnector B21 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IDLE A...

Страница 894: ...es in by pass air line Are foreign particles in by pass air line Foreign particles in by pass air line Remove foreign particles from by pass air line Replace idle air control solenoid valve Ref to FU...

Страница 895: ...driving performance CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26 OP ER...

Страница 896: ...sconnect connector from ECM 2 Measure resistance of harness connector between ECM and intake air temperature sensor connector Connector terminal B136 No 15 E20 No 3 Is the measured value less than the...

Страница 897: ...he measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 7 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and idle air control solenoid valve connector 7 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact...

Страница 898: ...oneous idling Engine stalls Poor driving performance CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode a...

Страница 899: ...M AT vehi cle 2 Measure resistance between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 16 Chassis ground B136 No 17 Chassis ground B136 No 15 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the sp...

Страница 900: ...is out of specifications CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26...

Страница 901: ...sensor Connector terminal B18 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 4 Repair open circuit between main relay and oxygen sensor 4 CHECK HARNESS CONNECT...

Страница 902: ...PUT VOLTAGE FOR ECM 1 Turn ignition switch OFF 2 Warm up engine until coolant temperature exceed 70 C 158 F and idle 3 Set plus probe to ECM connector termi nal and set minus probe to chassis ground C...

Страница 903: ...157 B17 B56 B36 i10 B22 B135 BATTERY E4 13 24 ECM COMBINATION METER VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 3 1 2 B17 B135 17 TCM B56 IGNITION RELAY No 5 B157 B22 E3 16 MT AT 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16...

Страница 904: ...Repair poor con tact in ECM Replace ECM Ref to FU H4SOw oOBD 42 Engine Control Module 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND COMBINATION METER CONNECTOR Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground Connec...

Страница 905: ...repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26 OP ERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGR...

Страница 906: ...lve 4 Turn ignition switch to ON 5 Measure voltage between ECM and chas sis ground Connector terminal B134 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair battery s...

Страница 907: ...his case repair the following Open circuit in harness between main relay and purge control sole noid valve connec tor Poor contact in main relay con nector Poor contact in couplingconnector B22 7 CHEC...

Страница 908: ...in short CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26 OP ERATION Inspec...

Страница 909: ...Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 10 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and TCM connector Go to step 2 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR...

Страница 910: ...CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26 OP ERATION Inspection Mode...

Страница 911: ...r terminal B136 No 5 Chassis ground B136 No 16 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and pressure senso...

Страница 912: ...ifications TROUBLE SYMPTOM Erroneous idling Mixture ratio is too rich or too lean CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28...

Страница 913: ...2 B136 No 16 B155 No 3 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 4 Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and CO resistor con nector 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CO RESIS TOR AN...

Страница 914: ...short or open TROUBLE SYMPTOM Erroneous idling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref...

Страница 915: ...ION SWITCH 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Select MT shift lever to neutral position 3 Disconnect connector from transmission harness 4 Measure resistance between transmission harness and connector te...

Страница 916: ...minal B135 No 26 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the specified value 10 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and trans mission harness connector Go to step 8 8 CHECK POOR...

Страница 917: ...in short or open TROUBLE SYMPTOM Erroneous idling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and...

Страница 918: ...ss between ECM and inhibitor switch connector Poor contact in couplingconnector B12 Poor contact in inhibitor switch connector Poor contact in ECM connector 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TRANSMISSIO...

Страница 919: ...repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 28 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 26 OP ERATION Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGR...

Страница 920: ...4 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM 1 Run the engine at idle 2 Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 1 Chassis ground B136 No 2 Chassis ground Is the measured va...

Страница 921: ...start internal combustion occurs 1 ECM power supply 2 Spark plug 3 Engine coolant temperature sensor 4 Pressure regulator 5 Pressure sensor 6 Fuel pump 7 Fuel injector 8 Camshaft position sensor 9 Cr...

Страница 922: ...gnition coil 4 Fuel pump 5 Pressure regulator 6 Fuel injector 7 Pressure sensor 8 Engine coolant temperature sensor 9 Idle air control solenoid valve 10 Knock sensor A B B B B B C C C C 8 Poor return...

Страница 923: ...RAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE A Including ECM ground circuit B Check hoses 14 Remarks 1 ECM power supply 2 Pressure sensor 3 Pressure regulator 4 Idle air control solenoid valve 5 Air leak in air intake system...

Страница 924: ...this manual fully to ensure complete repair work for satisfying our customers by keeping their vehicle in optimum condition When replacement of parts during repair work is needed be sure to use SUBAR...

Страница 925: ......

Страница 926: ...dle Air Control Solenoid Valve 36 12 Induction Valve 37 13 Induction Valve Control Solenoid 38 14 Fuel Injector 39 15 Front Oxygen A F Sensor 43 16 Rear Oxygen Sensor 45 17 Engine Control Module 46 18...

Страница 927: ...NS Model Fuel tank Capacity 64 2 16 9 US gal 14 1 Imp gal Location Under rear seat Fuel pump Type Impeller Shutoff discharge pressure 370 677 kPa 3 77 6 9 kg cm2 53 6 98 psi Discharge flow More than 8...

Страница 928: ...FU H6DO 3 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 929: ...FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 INTAKE MANIFOLD FU 00531 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 15 15 16 17 18 19 T2 T2 T2 T4 T4 T5 T5 T5 T5 T4 T4 T4 T4 T4 T1 T1 T4 T...

Страница 930: ...ing torque N m kgf m ft lb 4 Air assist hose 13 Induction valve control solenoid T1 6 4 0 65 4 7 5 Air assist and purge pipe ASSY 14 EGR valve T2 5 0 0 51 3 7 6 Gasket 15 Gasket T3 17 1 7 12 7 Purge c...

Страница 931: ...TION 2 FUEL INJECTOR 1 Fuel injector pipe LH 5 Insulator Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Pressure regulator 6 Fuel injector T1 6 4 0 65 4 7 3 O ring 7 Fuel injector pipe RH T2 19 1 9 14 4 Injectio...

Страница 932: ...IR INTAKE SYSTEM 1 Gasket 5 O ring Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Intake manifold pressure sensor 6 Throttle body T1 1 6 0 16 1 2 3 Idle air control solenoid valve T2 2 8 0 29 2 1 4 Throttle posi...

Страница 933: ...RIPTION 4 CRANKSHAFT POSITION CAMSHAFT POSITION AND KNOCK SENSORS 1 Crankshaft position sensor 3 Knock sensor RH Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Knock sensor LH 4 Camshaft position sensor T1 6 4 0...

Страница 934: ...FU H6DO 9 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 935: ...ECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5 FUEL TANK FU 00626 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 31 33 37 38 36 30 34 11 10 12 13 14 14 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 26 24 25 23 32 21 22 21 27 30 30 30 35 29 28 T3 T3 T3 T3 T1...

Страница 936: ...pump plate 21 Quick connector 36 Seal 7 Fuel pump ASSY 22 Jet pump hose B 37 Fuel pump holder 8 Fuel level sensor 23 Fuel sub level sensor gasket 38 Grommet 9 Fuel filter 24 Jet pump filter 10 Fuel p...

Страница 937: ...FU H6DO 12 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6 FUEL LINE FU 00696 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 20 22 28 27 26 25 24 23 T1 T2 T2...

Страница 938: ...er bracket spacer 4 Clip 15 Two way valve drain hose 26 Cushion 5 Fuel pipe ASSY 16 Drain hose 27 Canister bracket plate 6 Grommet 17 Fuel pipe connector 28 Evaporation hose D 7 Evaporation hose A 18...

Страница 939: ...STEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 7 FUEL FILLER PIPE 1 Fuel filler pipe ASSY 5 Filler ring Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Clip 6 Filler cap T 7 4 0 75 5 4 3 Clamp 7 Filler pipe protector 4 Filler pipe pa...

Страница 940: ...hicle is hot after running Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or safety stands at the specified points Before disconnecting electrical conne...

Страница 941: ...rom intake manifold pressure sensor A and idle air control solenoid valve B 6 Disconnect air by pass hose C from idle air control solenoid valve 7 Disconnect throttle position sensor connector 8 Disco...

Страница 942: ...DO 6 REMOVAL Air Intake Chamber 5 Disconnect accelerator cable A 6 Disconnect cruise control cable B With cruise control model 7 Remove power steering pump and tank from brackets 1 Remove V belt Ref t...

Страница 943: ...dow washer motor 10 Disconnect connector from rear gate glass washer motor 11 Disconnect rear window glass washer hose from washer motor then plug connection with a suitable cap 12 Move washer tank up...

Страница 944: ...ngine ground terminal from intake manifold 19 Disconnect fuel hoses from fuel pipes WARNING Do not spill fuel Catch fuel from hoses in a container or cloth 20 Remove ground cable from fuel pipe protec...

Страница 945: ...A Remove the bolt B which holds fuel injector pipe RH onto cylinder head 27 Remove bolts which holds intake manifold onto cylinder heads 28 Remove intake manifold B INSTALLATION 1 Install intake mani...

Страница 946: ...round cable to fuel pipe protector RH 6 Install the bolt B which holds fuel injector pipe LH onto cylinder head Tightening torque 19 N m 1 9 kgf m 14 ft lb 7 Connect air assist hose A 8 Install fuel p...

Страница 947: ...ors to bulk head connectors 14 Connect brake booster hose 15 Connect engine coolant hose to throttle body 16 Connect PCV hose to cylinder head cover 17 Install power steering pump and tank on brack et...

Страница 948: ...otor connector 20 Connect rear window washer motor connector 21 Install washer tank on body 22 Connect accelerator cable A 23 Connect cruise control cable B With cruise control models 24 Install air i...

Страница 949: ...3 Disconnect air by pass hose C from idle air control solenoid valve 4 Remove throttle body 5 Remove induction valve 6 Disconnect connector from induction valve con trol solenoid 7 Remove induction v...

Страница 950: ...Disconnect pressure regulator vacuum hose A from intake manifold 16 Remove fuel pipe and injector pipe assembly 17 Remove induction valve vacuum hose from in take manifold D ASSEMBLY 1 Intake inductio...

Страница 951: ...Tightening torque 6 4 N m 0 65 kgf m 4 7 ft lb 6 Install engine harness assembly to intake mani fold Tightening torque 5 0 N m 0 51 kgf m 3 7 ft lb 7 Install EGR valve Tightening torque 19 N m 1 9 kg...

Страница 952: ...19 N m 1 9 kgf m 14 ft lb 15 Connect hoses to induction valve control sole noid CAUTION Carefully connect the vacuum hoses 16 Install throttle body to intake manifold NOTE Replace gasket with a new on...

Страница 953: ...FU H6DO 28 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS INTAKE MANIFOLD 19 Connect air by pass hose C to idle air control solenoid valve FU 00537 A B C...

Страница 954: ...mperature Sensor A REMOVAL 1 Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Disconnect connector from engine coolant tem perature sensor 3 Remove engine coolant temperature sensor B INSTALLATION Install in the rev...

Страница 955: ...e engine harness bracket from intake manifold 4 Remove service hole cover 5 Remove bolt which install crankshaft position sensor to cylinder block 6 Remove crankshaft position sensor and discon nect c...

Страница 956: ...eaner 3 Remove ground cable from fuel pipe protector RH 4 Remove fuel pipe protector RH 5 Disconnect connector from camshaft position sensor 6 Remove camshaft position sensor B INSTALLATION Install in...

Страница 957: ...sensor connector 4 Remove knock sensor from cylinder block B INSTALLATION 1 Install knock sensor to cylinder block Tightening torque 25 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 ft lb NOTE For the knock sensor s installation...

Страница 958: ...ve air intake chamber Ref to IN H6DO 6 REMOVAL Air Intake Chamber 3 Disconnect connector from throttle position sen sor 4 Remove throttle position sensor holding screws and remove throttle position se...

Страница 959: ...Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Disconnect connector from intake manifold pres sure sensor 3 Remove intake manifold pressure sensor from throttle body B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of...

Страница 960: ...Intake Air Temperature Sen sor A REMOVAL 1 Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Disconnect connector from intake air tempera ture sensor 3 Remove intake air temperature sensor from air intake chamber B...

Страница 961: ...2 Disconnect connector A from idle air control solenoid valve 3 Disconnect air by pass hose B from idle air control solenoid valve 4 Remove idle air control solenoid valve from throttle body B INSTALL...

Страница 962: ...1 Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Remove intake manifold Ref to FU H6DO 17 REMOVAL Intake Mani fold 3 Remove induction valve from intake manifold B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of remov...

Страница 963: ...ound cable 2 Remove intake manifold Ref to FU H6DO 17 REMOVAL Intake Mani fold 3 Disconnect connector from induction valve con trol solenoid 4 Remove induction valve control solenoid from in take mani...

Страница 964: ...5 REMOVAL Air Cleaner 5 Remove power steering pump and tank from brackets 1 Remove V belt Ref to ME H6DO 28 REMOVAL V belt 2 Remove power steering oil pipe with brack et 3 Remove bolts which install p...

Страница 965: ...g up fuel injector pipe 2 LH SIDE 1 Release fuel pressure Ref to FU H6DO 50 RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE OPERA TION Fuel 2 Open fuel flap lid and remove fuel filler cap 3 Disconnect battery ground cable...

Страница 966: ...lds injector pipe onto cylinder head 13 Remove fuel injector while lifting up fuel injector pipe B INSTALLATION 1 RH SIDE Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Replace O rings and insulators wi...

Страница 967: ...all in the reverse order of removal NOTE Replace O rings and insulators with new ones Tightening torque 19 N m 1 9 kgf m 14 ft lb Tightening torque 19 N m 1 9 kgf m 14 ft lb A O ring B Injection rubbe...

Страница 968: ...ss from clip A LH side RH side 6 Apply SUBARU CRC or its equivalent to thread ed portion of front oxygen A F sensor and leave it for one minute or more SUBARU CRC Part No 004301003 7 Remove front oxyg...

Страница 969: ...nti seize compound SS 30 by JET LUBE CAUTION Never apply anti seize compound to protector of front oxygen A F sensor 2 Install front oxygen A F sensor Tightening torque 21 N m 2 1 kgf m 15 2 ft lb 3 S...

Страница 970: ...oxygen sen sor in an unnatural way especially when ex haust pipe is cold otherwise it will damage exhaust pipe B INSTALLATION 1 Before installing rear oxygen sensor apply anti seize compound only to...

Страница 971: ...ner Trim 3 Detach floor mat of front passenger seat 4 Remove protect cover 5 Remove nuts which hold ECM to bracket 6 Remove clip from bracket 7 Disconnect ECM connectors and take out ECM B INSTALLATIO...

Страница 972: ...sconnect battery ground cable 2 Remove lower inner trim of passenger side Ref to EI 39 REMOVAL Lower Inner Trim 3 Disconnect connectors from main relay 4 Remove bolt which holds main relay bracket on...

Страница 973: ...REMOVAL 1 Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Remove lower cover Ref to EI 35 REMOV AL Instrument Panel Assembly 3 Disconnect connector from fuel pump relay 4 Remove fuel pump relay from mounting brack...

Страница 974: ...ntroller A REMOVAL 1 Disconnect battery ground cable 2 Remove rear quarter Trim Ref to EI 40 RE MOVAL Rear Quarter Trim 3 Disconnect connector from fuel pump control unit 4 Remove fuel pump control un...

Страница 975: ...2 DRAINING FUEL WARNING Place NO FIRE signs near the working area Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor 1 Set vehicle on the lift 2 Disconnect battery ground cable 3 Lift up the vehicle 4 Remove f...

Страница 976: ...l tank by using hand pump WARNING Do not use a motor pump when draining fuel 13 After draining fuel reinstall fuel sub level sen sor Tightening torque 4 4 N m 0 45 kgf m 3 3 ft lb NOTE If you have not...

Страница 977: ...FU H6DO 52 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL 3 Install sub service hole cover 4 Set rear seat and floor mat FU 00445...

Страница 978: ...A and return hose B Ref to FU H6DO 73 REMOV AL Fuel Delivery Return and Evaporation Lines 8 Remove parking brake cable 1 Remove console box Ref to EI 34 RE MOVAL Console Box 2 Remove parking brake br...

Страница 979: ...5 Disconnect connector from ABS sensor 16 Remove bolts which hold parking brake cable holding bracket 17 Remove parking brake cable from cabin by forcibly pulling it backward 18 Remove bolts which hol...

Страница 980: ...ody 4 Remove rear suspension assembly 22 Remove rear side fuel tank cover 23 Disconnect two way valve hose A from two way valve and disconnect evaporation hose B from evaporation pipe 24 Loosen clamp...

Страница 981: ...ds WARNING A helper is required to perform this work 3 Connect two way valve hose A to two way valve and connect evaporation hose B to evapo ration pipe 4 Connect fuel filler hose A and air vent hose...

Страница 982: ...ft lb T3 66 N m 6 7 kgf m 48 ft lb 2 Tighten bolt which holds rear shock absorb er to rear suspension arm Ref to RS 14 IN STALLATION Link Upper Tightening torque 157 N m 16 kgf m 116 ft lb 8 Install r...

Страница 983: ...all rear exhaust pipe and muffler NOTE To facilitate the procedure apply a coat of SUBA RU CRC to matching area of rubber cushions in ad vance SUBARU CRC Part No 004301003 1 Install left and right rub...

Страница 984: ...A TION Fuel Delivery Return and Evaporation Lines 22 Connect fuel jet pump hose 23 Connect connector to fuel sub level sensor 24 Install sub service hole cover 25 Connect connectors to fuel tank cord...

Страница 985: ...wheel alignment and adjust if neces sary Ref to FS 6 INSPECTION Wheel Align ment C INSPECTION 1 Make sure there are no cracks holes or other damage on the fuel tank 2 Make sure that the fuel hoses and...

Страница 986: ...he screws holding packing in place 5 Lift up the vehicle 6 Remove the rear right side wheel nuts 7 Remove the wheel RH Rear 8 Remove the protector RH Front 9 Drain fuel from fuel tank Set a container...

Страница 987: ...the clip and then separate the air vent hose B 16 Remove the fuel filler pipe to under side of the vehicle B INSTALLATION 1 Hold the fuel filler flap open 2 Set the fuel saucer A with rubber packing...

Страница 988: ...ox 25 to 30 mm 0 98 to 1 18 in into the lower end of air vent pipe and hold clip L 27 5 2 5 mm 1 083 0 098 in 6 Tighten the bolt which holds fuel filler pipe brack et on body Tightening torque 7 4 N m...

Страница 989: ...FU H6DO 64 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL FILLER PIPE 12 Connect the connector to fuel pump relay A 13 Connect the battery ground cable to battery FU 00431 FU 00009...

Страница 990: ...fuel filler cap 3 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 4 Lift up the vehicle 5 Remove the protector RH Front 6 Drain the fuel from fuel tank Set a container un der the vehicle and then remove the...

Страница 991: ...phabetical sequence shown in the figure to specified torque Tightening torque 5 9 N m 0 6 kgf m 4 3 ft lb C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove the fuel pump and pump holder NOTE When disassembling the pump holder b...

Страница 992: ...he fuel pump assembly Ref to FU H6DO 65 REMOVAL Fuel Pump 2 Disconnect the connector from fuel pump brack et 3 Pushing the pawls with a screwdriver remove the fuel meter unit by pulling it downwards N...

Страница 993: ...ehicle 3 Remove the front side fuel tank cover 4 Drain fuel from fuel tank Set a container under the vehicle and then remove the drain plug from fuel tank 5 Tighten the fuel drain plug and install the...

Страница 994: ...sub level sensor 10 Disconnect the fuel jet pump hose 11 Remove the bolts which install fuel sub level sensor on fuel tank 12 Remove the fuel sub level sensor B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse or...

Страница 995: ...er 4 Remove the filter holder by turning it to the left from the body pawls and then take out the filter B INSTALLATION NOTE If the fuel hoses are damaged at the connecting portion replace it with a n...

Страница 996: ...e fuel tank Ref to FU H6DO 53 REMOVAL Fuel Tank 2 Move the clip and then disconnect the evapora tion hose from fuel cut valve 3 Remove the bolts which install fuel cut valve B INSTALLATION Install in...

Страница 997: ...9 Fuel Damper Valve A REMOVAL 1 Release the fuel pressure Ref to FU H6DO 50 RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE OPERA TION Fuel 2 Remove the fuel damper valve from fuel delivery line A and return line B B INST...

Страница 998: ...the fuel filler flap lid and then remove the fuel filler cap 4 Remove the floor mat Ref to EI 51 REMOV AL Floor Mat 5 Remove the fuel delivery pipes and hoses fuel return pipes and hoses evaporation...

Страница 999: ...a new retainer Make sure that the connected portion is not dam aged or has dust If necessary clean the seal sur face of pipe 1 Set a new retainer B to connector A 2 Push the pipe into connector compl...

Страница 1000: ...9 in L 22 5 2 5 mm 0 886 0 098 in 3 Connect the evaporation hose to pipe by approx 15 mm 0 59 in from hose end L 17 5 2 5 mm 0 689 0 098 in NOTE Be sure to inspect the hoses and their connections for...

Страница 1001: ...use Corrective action 1 Insufficient fuel supply to the injector 1 Fuel pump will not operate Defective terminal contact Inspect connections especially ground and tighten securely Trouble in electroma...

Страница 1002: ...NTROL AUX EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES EC H6DO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Front Catalytic Converter 3 3 Rear Catalytic Converter 6 4 Canister 7 5 Purge Control Solenoid Valve 8 6 EGR Valve 10 7 Two wa...

Страница 1003: ...s in order and pro tect them from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful...

Страница 1004: ...Lift up the vehicle 6 Remove under cover 7 Remove front oxygen A F sensor harness from the clips attached to both right and left cylinder head covers 8 Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor con...

Страница 1005: ...pipe assembly to the vehi cle And temporarily tighten bolt which installs front exhaust pipe to hanger bracket 3 Tighten nuts which hold front exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads Tightening torque 30 N...

Страница 1006: ...head covers 8 Install under cover 9 Lower the vehicle 10 Connect front oxygen A F sensor connector 11 Install air cleaner case and air intake duct Ref to IN H6DO 5 INSTALLATION Air Clean er and Ref to...

Страница 1007: ...front and rear catalytic converter are integrated into one unit Therefore the removal and installa tion procedures are the same as the ones de scribed under front catalytic converter Ref to EC H6DO 4...

Страница 1008: ...clamps which hold two canister hos es and disconnect evaporation hoses from canis ter 3 Remove canister from body B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 23 N m 2 3 k...

Страница 1009: ...belt 3 Remove power steering oil pipe with brack et 4 Remove bolts which install power steering pump bracket CAUTION Do not separate hose and pipe from the pump main unit 5 Remove power steering tank...

Страница 1010: ...enoid valve through the bottom of the intake manifold B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 19 N m 1 9 kgf m 14 ft lb CAUTION Carefully connect the evaporation hoses...

Страница 1011: ...Remove starter Ref to SC H6DO 6 REMOV AL Starter 4 Remove EGR pipe from EGR valve and cylinder head 5 Remove EGR valve from intake manifold 6 Disconnect connector from EGR valve B INSTALLATION NOTE Re...

Страница 1012: ...ng torque 6 4 N m 0 65 kgf m 4 7 ft lb 4 Install starter Ref to SC H6DO 6 INSTALLA TION Starter 5 Install air intake chamber Ref to IN H6DO 6 INSTALLATION Air Intake Chamber 6 Connect battery ground c...

Страница 1013: ...AL 1 Lift up the vehicle 2 Disconnect hoses from two way valve 3 Remove two way valve with bracket as a single unit from body 4 Remove two way valve from bracket B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse...

Страница 1014: ...INTAKE INDUCTION IN H6DO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Air Cleaner 5 3 Air Intake Chamber 6 4 Air Intake Duct 7 5 Resonator Chamber 8...

Страница 1015: ...IN H6DO 2 INTAKE INDUCTION GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A COMPONENT IN 00064 1 2 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 T1 T3 T3 T4 T4 T4 T2 T3...

Страница 1016: ...e 11 Grommet 20 Clamp 3 Resonator chamber 12 Air intake chamber 4 Cushion 13 Grommet Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Clip 14 Clamp T1 32 3 3 3 23 9 6 Air cleaner lower case 15 Clamp T2 6 4 0 65 4...

Страница 1017: ...them from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands b...

Страница 1018: ...e Tightening torque 32 3 N m 3 3 kgf m 23 9 ft lb 2 Set the air cleaner element 3 Install the air cleaner upper cover NOTE Before installing air cleaner upper cover align holes with protruding portion...

Страница 1019: ...nects air intake chamber to throttle body 4 Remove bolts B which install air intake cham ber to intake manifold 5 Loosen clamp C which connects air intake chamber to air intake boot 6 Disconnect hoses...

Страница 1020: ...A REMOVAL Remove bolts which install air intake duct on the front side of body B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Inspect for cracks and loose connections Check that...

Страница 1021: ...r Cleaner 4 Remove the resonator chamber mounting bolt on the right of engine compartment 5 Remove the front right tire and lift the vehicle 6 Remove front mudguard RH 7 Remove the resonator chamber A...

Страница 1022: ...Engine Assembly 29 8 Engine Mounting 36 9 Preparation for Overhaul 37 10 Crankshaft Pulley 38 11 Front Chain Cover 39 12 Timing Chain Assembly 41 13 Camshaft Sprocket 46 14 Crankshaft Sprocket 47 15...

Страница 1023: ...2 5 4 Ignition timing BTDC rpm 10 8 600 Camshaft Bend limit 0 020 mm 0 0008 in Thrust clearance Intake STD 0 075 0 135 mm 0 0030 0 0053 in Limit 0 155 mm 0 0061 in Exhaust STD 0 048 0 108 mm 0 0019 0...

Страница 1024: ...07 3 5211 in 0 50 mm 0 0197 in OS 89 675 89 685 mm 3 5305 3 5309 in Standard inner diameter of piston pin hole 22 000 22 006 mm 0 8661 0 8664 in Piston pin Outer diameter 21 994 22 000 mm 0 8659 0 866...

Страница 1025: ...958 mm 2 5174 2 5180 in 0 25 mm 0 0098 in US 63 742 63 758 mm 2 5095 2 5102 in 2 4 6 STD 63 992 64 008 mm 2 5194 2 5200 in 0 03 mm 0 0012 in US 63 962 63 978 mm 2 5182 2 5188 in 0 05 mm 0 0020 in US 6...

Страница 1026: ...tay Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Belt cover 8 Idler pulley T1 6 4 0 65 4 7 3 Belt tensioner 9 Idler pulley cover T2 20 2 0 14 4 Power steering pump bracket 10 Nut LHD T3 25 2 5 18 5 Generator 1...

Страница 1027: ...htening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 O ring 8 Rear chain cover T1 Ref to ME H6DO 38 Crankshaft Pulley 3 Crank pulley 9 Water pump gasket 4 Sealing washer T2 Ref to ME H6DO 39 Front Chain Cover 5 Oil seal...

Страница 1028: ...lve case 18 Chain guide Left hand between cams T1 6 4 0 64 4 7 7 Relief valve case gasket T2 7 8 0 80 5 8 8 Chain guide Right hand between cams 19 Timing chain LH T3 13 1 3 9 4 20 Exhaust cam sprocket...

Страница 1029: ...ap LH 6 Intake camshaft cap Center RH 18 Intake camshaft cap Front LH T2 Ref to ME H6DO 50 Camshaft 7 Intake camshaft cap Rear RH 19 Intake camshaft cap Center LH 8 Exhaust camshaft cap Front RH 20 In...

Страница 1030: ...6 Valve spring 11 Exhaust valve guide 2 Intake valve 7 Retainer 12 Exhaust valve stem seal 3 Intake valve guide 8 Retainer key 13 Cylinder head plug 4 Valve spring seat 9 Valve lifter 14 Cylinder head...

Страница 1031: ...ECHANICAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6 CYLINDER BLOCK ME 00693 1 3 4 5 2 19 6 5 5 7 9 5 8 5 19 19 19 19 18 17 13 14 13 19 10 16 13 14 13 15 19 13 13 11 12 14 T1 T6 T1 T1 T8 T3 T9 T2 T2 T2 T2 T3 T8 T8 T5 T3 T...

Страница 1032: ...65 4 7 3 Rear oil seal 13 Clamp T2 18 1 8 13 0 4 Service hole cover 14 Hose T3 25 2 5 18 5 O ring 15 Oil cooler pipe T4 34 3 5 25 6 Oil pan upper 16 Oil cooler T5 37 3 8 27 7 Oil pressure switch 17 C...

Страница 1033: ...7 3 Crankshaft sensor plate 11 Connecting rod bearing 4 Top ring 12 Connecting rod bolt Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Second ring 13 Connecting rod cap T1 53 5 4 39 6 Oil ring 14 Crankshaft T2 8...

Страница 1034: ...pis tons and bearings Rotating parts and sliding parts such as piston bearing and gear should be coated with oil prior to assembly Be careful not to let oil grease or coolant contact the clutch disc...

Страница 1035: ...ng valve guides Used for removing and installing valve springs 18232AA000 ENGINE STAND Used for engine disassembly and assembly 498497100 CRANKSHAFT STOPPER Used for stopping rotation of flywheel when...

Страница 1036: ...pin piston and con necting rod 18350AA000 CONNECTINGROD BUSHING REMOVER INSTALLER Used for removing and installing connecting rod bushing 499097500 PISTON PIN REMOVER ASSY Used for removing piston pin...

Страница 1037: ...Used for installing crankshaft oil seal Used with CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL INSTALLER 499587200 499718000 VALVE SPRING REMOVER Used for removing and installing valve spring 18251AA000 VALVE GUIDE ADJUSTER...

Страница 1038: ...ey when loosening and tightening crankshaft pulley bolts 18252AA000 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET Used for rotating crankshaft 498547000 OIL FILTER WRENCH Used for removing and installing oil filter 24082AA210 Ne...

Страница 1039: ...printer 18329AA000 SHIM REPLACER ASSY Used for correct valve clearance A 18330AA010 LIFTER If 498187200 SHIM REPLACER ASSY H4 tool is available it is commonly used for H6 by par tially replacing the...

Страница 1040: ...r motor for satisfactory perfor mance and operation 6 Hold the compression gauge tight against the spark plug hole CAUTION When using a screw in type compression gauge the screw put into cylinder head...

Страница 1041: ...Data Display Save in Engine Control System Diagnosis 7 Select 1 12 Data Display in Data Display Menu 8 Start the engine and read engine idle speed NOTE When using the OBD II general scan tool care ful...

Страница 1042: ...REP ARATION TOOL General Description 1 Insert the cartridge to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR 2 Connect SUBARU SELECT MONITOR to the data link connector 3 Turn ignition switch to ON and SUBARU SELECT MONITOR s...

Страница 1043: ...7 When inspecting RH side cylinder 1 Remove air intake duct and air cleaner case Ref to IN H6DO 7 REMOVAL Air In take Duct and Ref to IN H6DO 5 REMOV AL Air Cleaner 2 Remove V belt Ref to ME H6DO 28 R...

Страница 1044: ...Coil and Ignitor Assembly 12 Remove rocker cover RH Ref to ME H6DO 50 REMOVAL Camshaft 8 When inspecting LH side cylinder 1 Set the vehicle on the lift 2 Remove battery 3 Remove washer tank mounting...

Страница 1045: ...o the shim as shown in the figure ST 18252AA000 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET 10 Measure intake valve and exhaust valve clear ances by using thickness gauge A NOTE Insert the thickness gauge in as horizontal a di...

Страница 1046: ...NOTE Record each valve clearance after it has been measured 2 Remove shim from valve lifter 1 Prepare the ST ST 18329AA000 SHIM REPLACER Ref to ME H6DO 14 PREPARATION TOOL General Description 2 Rotat...

Страница 1047: ...2 29 0 0902 13218 AE790 2 30 0 0906 13218 AE800 2 31 0 0909 13218 AE810 2 32 0 0913 13218 AE820 2 33 0 0917 13218 AE830 2 34 0 0921 13218 AE840 2 35 0 0925 13218 AE850 2 36 0 0929 13218 AE860 2 37 0...

Страница 1048: ...ge If the valve clearance is not correct repeat the procedure over again from the first step 7 After inspection install the related parts in the reverse order of removal 13218 AF270 2 78 0 1094 13218...

Страница 1049: ...all in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 Replace belts if cracks fraying or wear is found 2 Check that the V belt automatic tensioner indica tor A is within the range D 1 Power steering oil...

Страница 1050: ...Chamber and Ref to IN H6DO 5 RE MOVAL Air Cleaner 8 Lift up the vehicle 9 Remove under cover 10 Remove radiator from vehicle Ref to CO H6DO 27 REMOVAL Radiator 11 Remove V belt Ref to ME H6DO 28 RE MO...

Страница 1051: ...ose and the pipe from the pump body 3 Remove power steering tank from the bracket by pulling it upward 4 Place power steering pump on the right side wheel apron 16 Remove front exhaust pipe Ref to EX...

Страница 1052: ...ue converter clutch to drive plate 4 Remove other bolts while rotating the en gine using ST ST 499977100 CRANK PULLEY WRENCH 20 Remove pitching stopper 21 Disconnect fuel delivery hose return hose and...

Страница 1053: ...77200 STOPPER SET 26 Remove engine from vehicle 1 Slightly raise engine 2 Raise transmission with garage jack 3 Move engine horizontally until main shaft is withdrawn from clutch cover 4 Slowly move e...

Страница 1054: ...verter clutch case when removing ST ST 498277200 STOPPER SET 8 Install starter Ref to SC H6DO 6 INSTALLA TION Starter 9 Install torque converter clutch onto drive plate 1 Tighten bolts which hold tor...

Страница 1055: ...N m 5 1 kgf m 36 9 ft lb 12 Tighten nuts which install front cushion rubber onto crossmember Tightening torque 74 N m 7 5 kgf m 54 ft lb NOTE Make sure the front cushion rubber mounting bolts A and lo...

Страница 1056: ...CO H6DO 28 INSTALLATION Radiator 20 Install air intake duct cleaner case and air in take chamber Ref to IN H6DO 2 General Description 21 Install under cover 22 Install battery in the vehicle and conn...

Страница 1057: ...ine assembly Ref to ME H6DO 29 REMOVAL Engine Assembly 2 Remove engine mounting from engine assem bly B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque Engine mounting 34 N m 3...

Страница 1058: ...pipe Ref to EC H6DO 10 REMOVAL EGR Valve 5 Remove water pipe and hoses 6 Remove engine harness 7 Remove spark plugs Ref to IG H6DO 4 REMOVAL Spark Plug 8 Remove camshaft position sensor Ref to FU H6DO...

Страница 1059: ...t To lock crankshaft use ST ST 499977100 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH 1 Clean the crankshaft pulley thread using an air gun 2 Apply engine oil to the crankshaft pulley bolt seat and thread 3 Tighten the c...

Страница 1060: ...r B INSTALLATION 1 Remove old fluid gasket on the matching sur face and degrease it 2 Apply fluid gasket to the mating surface of front chain cover Fluid gasket THREE BOND 1280B Part No K0877YA018 Flu...

Страница 1061: ...lley Ref to ME H6DO 38 INSTALLATION Crankshaft Pulley C INSPECTION Check the cover surface for flaws and dents Check the cover mating surface and the mounting point of crankshaft pulley for oil leaks...

Страница 1062: ...Make sure plunger A does not come out 4 Remove chain guide Right hand between cams 5 Remove chain guide RH 6 Remove chain tensioner lever RH 7 Remove timing chain RH 8 Remove chain tensioner LH NOTE...

Страница 1063: ...ner 1 Put the screw spring pin and tension rod into the tensioner body 2 While pressing tensioner onto rubber mat twist it left and right to shorten tension rod Then set a thin pin into the holes betw...

Страница 1064: ...lb 6 Install timing chain LH 1 Align the timing mark B on crankshaft sprocket with the matching mark A on timing chain LH 2 Route timing chain LH on idler sprocket Lower water pump exhaust cam sprocke...

Страница 1065: ...ft lb 7 Install chain tensioner LH Tightening torque 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 11 6 ft lb 7 Install timing chain RH 1 On idler sprocket Lower align matching marks on timing chains LH and RH 2 Route timing cha...

Страница 1066: ...e 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 11 6 ft lb 7 Adjust the clearance between chain guide RH and chain guide Center to the range be tween 8 4 mm 0 331 in to 8 6 mm 0 339 in And install chain guide Center Tightening to...

Страница 1067: ...MSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH B INSTALLATION 1 Install camshaft sprocket To lock camshaft use ST ST 18231AA000 CAMSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH Tightening torque 13 N m 1 0 kgf m 7 2 ft lb 2 Install timing chain ass...

Страница 1068: ...ft Sprocket 5 Remove crankshaft sprocket A B INSTALLATION 1 Install crankshaft sprocket A 2 Install camshaft sprocket Ref to ME H6DO 46 INSTALLATION Camshaft Sprocket 3 Install timing chain assembly R...

Страница 1069: ...ve water pump Ref to CO H6DO 24 REMOVAL Water Pump 9 Remove rear chain cover NOTE There are seven different types of mounting bolts Sort them into separate containers to avoid confu sion at installati...

Страница 1070: ...Ref to ME H6DO 46 INSTALLATION Camshaft Sprocket 11 Install timing chain Ref to ME H6DO 42 IN STALLATION Timing Chain Assembly 12 Install front chain cover Ref to ME H6DO 39 INSTALLATION Front Chain C...

Страница 1071: ...lly a little at a time in numerical sequence shown in the figure RH 9 Remove camshaft cap and intake camshaft RH 10 Loosen camshaft cap bolts equally a little at a time in the numerical sequence shown...

Страница 1072: ...p on camshaft 3 Tighten the camshaft cap bolts in the nu merical sequence shown in the figure Tightening torque 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 11 6 ft lb 4 Tighten the front camshaft cap bolts in the numerical sequ...

Страница 1073: ...H6DO 38 INSTALLATION Crankshaft Pulley C INSPECTION 1 CAMSHAFT 1 Measure the bend and repair or replace if nec essary Limit 0 020 mm 0 0008 in 2 Check journal for damage and wear Replace if faulty 3 M...

Страница 1074: ...asure the cam height H replace if the limit has been exceeded Cam height H Standard Intake 45 75 45 85 mm 1 8012 1 8051 in Exhaust 45 25 45 35 mm 1 7815 1 7854 in Limit Intake 45 65 mm 1 7972 in Exhau...

Страница 1075: ...the washers and threaded parts of the cylinder head bolts with engine oil 2 Install the cylinder head on the cylinder block and tighten the bolts in the numerical order shown in the figure to a tighte...

Страница 1076: ...e spring and valve 1 Place cylinder head on ST ST 18250AA000 CYLINDER HEAD TABLE 2 Coat stem of each valve with engine oil and insert valve into valve guide NOTE When inserting valve into valve guide...

Страница 1077: ...1 2 Press fit oil seal to the specified dimension indi cated in the figure using ST2 NOTE Apply engine oil to stem seal before press fitting When press fitting stem seal do not use hammer or strike in...

Страница 1078: ...torque for the cylinder head bolts can cause warping When reassembling pay special attention to the torque so as to tighten evenly 2 VALVE SEAT Inspect intake and exhaust valve seats and correct the...

Страница 1079: ...ges exist on the inside surface of the valve guide holes in cylinder head 5 Put new valve guide in cylinder and insert ST1 into valve guide Press in until the valve guide upper end is flush with the u...

Страница 1080: ...pecified limit H Intake Standard 1 0 mm 0 039 in Limit 0 8 mm 0 031 in Exhaust Standard 1 2 mm 0 047 in Limit 0 8 mm 0 031 in Valve overall length Intake 103 5 mm 4 075 in Exhaust 103 2 mm 4 063 in 2...

Страница 1081: ...EMOVAL Rear Chain Cover 7 Remove camshafts Ref to ME H6DO 50 REMOVAL Camshaft 8 Remove cylinder head assembly Ref to ME H6DO 54 REMOVAL Cylinder Head Assem bly 9 Remove drive plate Using ST lock crank...

Страница 1082: ...piston pins from 3 4 5 and 6 pistons 21 Remove bolts which connect cylinder block 22 Separate left hand and right hand cylinder blocks NOTE When separating cylinder block do not allow the connecting...

Страница 1083: ...08 in 4 Apply engine oil to washers and threads of cylin der block connecting bolts Tighten the bolts follow ing the steps below 1 Tighten all the bolts in the numerical order shown in the figure Tigh...

Страница 1084: ...rclip Install circlips in piston holes located opposite service holes in cylinder block when positioning all pistons in the corresponding cylinders NOTE Use new circlips 9 Installing piston NOTE Insta...

Страница 1085: ...or pistons 1 and 2 5 and 6 12 Install service hole plug and cover 13 Apply fluid gasket to mating surface of upper oil pan 14 Install O ring Fluid gasket THREE BOND 1280B Part No K0877YA018 15 Tempora...

Страница 1086: ...kgf m 4 7 ft lb 21 Install crankshaft position sensor plate 22 Install drive plate Using ST lock crankshaft ST 498497100 CRANKSHAFT STOPPER Tightening torque 81 N m 8 3 kgf m 60 ft lb 23 Install cylin...

Страница 1087: ...ley C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove connecting rod cap 2 Remove connecting rod bearing NOTE Arrange removed connecting rod connecting rod cap and bearing in order to prevent confusion 3 Remove piston rings usi...

Страница 1088: ...r matching number When tightening the connecting rod nuts ap ply oil on the threads 4 Installation of piston rings and oil ring E INSPECTION 1 CYLINDER BLOCK 1 Visually check for cracks and damage Esp...

Страница 1089: ...h cyl inder Measure the inner diameter of each cylinder in both the thrust and piston pin directions at the heights shown in the figure using a cylinder bore gauge CAUTION Measurement should be perfor...

Страница 1090: ...cylinders needs reboring all other cylinders must be bored at the same time and use oversize pistons Do not perform boring on one cyl inder only nor use an oversize piston for one cylin der only 2 If...

Страница 1091: ...assemble correctly 2 Squarely place piston ring and oil ring in cylin der and measure the piston ring gap with a thick ness gauge 3 Measure the clearance between piston ring and piston ring groove wi...

Страница 1092: ...ing for scar peeling seizure melting wear etc 5 Measure the oil clearance on individual connect ing rod bearings by means of plastigauge If any oil clearance is not within specification replace the de...

Страница 1093: ...an crankshaft completely and check for cracks by means of red lead check etc and re place if defective 2 Measure the crankshaft bend and correct or re place if it exceeds the limit NOTE If a suitable...

Страница 1094: ...992 64 008 2 5194 2 5200 51 984 52 000 2 0466 2 0472 Bearing size Thickness at cen ter 1 992 2 005 0 0784 0 0789 1 996 2 000 0 0786 0 0787 1 490 1 502 0 0587 0 0591 0 03 0 0012 undersize Journal O D...

Страница 1095: ...nd relay A Lack of or insufficient fuel B Chain Defective B Defective timing B Compression Incorrect valve clearance C Loosened spark plugs or defective gasket C Loosened cylinder head bolts or defect...

Страница 1096: ...ystem Ref to EN H6DO 2 Basic Diagnostic Procedure A Intake system Loosened or cracked intake duct A Loosened or cracked PCV hose A Loosened or cracked vacuum hose A Defective intake manifold gasket B...

Страница 1097: ...Lubrication system Incorrect oil pressure B Cooling system Overheating C Over cooling C Others Malfunction of evaporative emission control system A 4 Surging Engine control system Ref to EN H6DO 2 Ba...

Страница 1098: ...ve gasket C Improper valve seating B Defective valve stem C Worn or broken valve spring C Worn or stuck piston rings cylinder and piston C Incorrect valve timing A Lubrication system Incorrect oil pre...

Страница 1099: ...ect valve clearance B Loosened spark plugs or defective gasket C Loosened cylinder head bolts or defective gasket C Improper valve seating B Defective valve stem C Worn or broken valve spring C Worn o...

Страница 1100: ...engine speed is medium 1 000 to 2 000 rpm Sound is reduced when fuel injector connector of noisy cyl inder is disconnected NOTE Worn crankshaft main bearing Worn bearing at crankshaft end of connecti...

Страница 1101: ...ME H6DO 80 MECHANICAL ENGINE NOISE MEMO...

Страница 1102: ...EXHAUST EX H6DO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Front Exhaust Pipe 5 3 Rear Exhaust Pipe 8 4 Muffler 9...

Страница 1103: ...EX H6DO 2 EXHAUST GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A COMPONENT EX 00110 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 24 24 22 21 20 25 24 23 T6 T4 T4 T4 T3 T3 T3 T5 T2 T1 T1 T1...

Страница 1104: ...ing nut 4 Lower front catalytic converter cover RH 14 Lower rear catalytic converter cover Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Front catalytic converter RH 15 Clamp T1 13 1 3 9 4 6 Front exhaust pipe...

Страница 1105: ...rom dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands because...

Страница 1106: ...front oxygen A F sensor connector 4 Lift up the vehicle 5 Remove under cover 6 Disconnect rear oxygen sensor connector 7 Separate front exhaust pipe assembly from rear exhaust pipe WARNING Be careful...

Страница 1107: ...st pipe 11 Separate front exhaust pipe RH from front ex haust pipe assembly B INSTALLATION 1 Install front exhaust pipe RH to front exhaust pipe assembly NOTE Replace gaskets with new ones Tightening...

Страница 1108: ...kgf m 26 0 ft lb 8 Connect rear oxygen sensor connector 9 Install under cover 10 Lower the vehicle 11 Connect front oxygen A F sensor connectors 12 Install air cleaner case and air intake duct Ref to...

Страница 1109: ...aust pipe 3 Remove rear exhaust pipe B INSTALLATION NOTE Replace gaskets and self lock nut with new ones 1 Install rear exhaust pipe to muffler Tightening torque 48 N m 4 9 kgf m 35 4 ft lb 2 Install...

Страница 1110: ...3 Remove front rubber cushion and detach muf fler assembly NOTE To facilitate removal apply a coat of SUBARU CRC to mating area of rubber cushion in advance SUBARU CRC Part No 004301003 B INSTALLATIO...

Страница 1111: ...EX H6DO 10 EXHAUST MUFFLER MEMO...

Страница 1112: ...System 6 3 Radiator Sub Fan System 14 4 Engine Coolant 22 5 Water Pump 24 6 Thermostat 25 7 Radiator 27 8 Radiator Cap 31 9 Radiator Main Fan and Fan Motor 32 10 Radiator Sub Fan and Fan Motor 34 11...

Страница 1113: ...mm 2 882 in Number of impeller vanes 6 Tooth number of pump sprocket 22 t Thermostat Type Wax pellet type Start to open 80 84 C 176 183 F Fully open 95 C 203 F Valve lift 9 0 mm 0 354 in or more Valve...

Страница 1114: ...O H6DO 3 COOLING GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 WATER PUMP 1 Water pump ASSY 4 Gasket Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 O ring 5 Thermostat cover T 6 4 0 65 4 7 3 Thermostat CO 00106 1 2 3 4 5 T...

Страница 1115: ...et 16 Radiator main fan motor 6 Radiator upper cushion 17 Main fan shroud Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 7 Clamp 18 Engine coolant reservoir tank cap T1 4 4 0 45 3 3 8 Radiator inlet hose A 19 Over...

Страница 1116: ...ach part in the vehicle is hot after running Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or safety stands at the specified points Before disconnectin...

Страница 1117: ...SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH RELAY HOLDER BLACK B72 F16 B253 F17 F46 3 4 1 2 B137 BATTERY 17 24 28 B137 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B253 FAN RELAY 5 1 3 4 3 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 29 30...

Страница 1118: ...ep 4 2 CHECK OPERATION OF RADIATOR FAN 1 Turn the A C switch to OFF 2 Perform checking procedure during coolant temperature is 98 101 C 208 214 F Does the radiator main fan rotate in low speed Rotates...

Страница 1119: ...d Connector terminal F66 No 8 Chassis ground F30 No 21 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 9 Go to step 10 9 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN FAN RE LAYS 1 AND...

Страница 1120: ...ness between main fan motor connector and main fan relays 1 and 2 terminal Connector terminal F17 No 1 F66 No 9 F17 No 2 F30 No 20 Is the measured value less than the specified value 1 Go to step 16 R...

Страница 1121: ...21 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAIN FAN RE LAY 1 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove main fan relay 1 from A C relay holder 3 Measure voltage between main fan relay 1 terminal and chassis ground Connect...

Страница 1122: ...ETWEEN MAIN FAN RELAY TERMINAL AND MAIN FAN MOTOR CONNECTOR Measure resistance of harness between main fan motor connector and main fan relay 1 ter minal Connector terminal F17 No 1 F66 No 9 Is the me...

Страница 1123: ...1 Disconnect fan relay connector 2 Measure resistance of between main fan motor connector and fan relay connector Connector terminal F17 No 3 B253 No 5 Is the measured value less than the speci fied v...

Страница 1124: ...is ground Is the measured value less than the specified value 1 Go to step 39 Repair open circuit in harness between fan relay connector and chassis ground 39 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FAN RELAY AND ECM 1...

Страница 1125: ...SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH RELAY HOLDER BLACK B72 F16 B253 F17 F46 3 4 1 2 B137 BATTERY 17 24 28 B137 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B253 FAN RELAY 5 1 3 4 3 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 29 30...

Страница 1126: ...RATION OF RADIATOR FAN 1 Turn the A C switch to OFF 2 Perform checking procedure during coolant temperature is 98 101 C 208 214 F When A C compressor is operating does the radiator sub fan rotate in l...

Страница 1127: ...nector terminal F28 No 28 Chassis ground F29 No 31 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 9 Go to step 10 9 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO SUB FAN RE LAYS 1 AND 2 Me...

Страница 1128: ...rness between sub fan motor connector and sub fan relays 1 and 2 terminal Connector terminal F16 No 1 F28 No 29 F16 No 2 F29 No 30 Is the measured value less than the specified value 1 Go to step 16 R...

Страница 1129: ...HECK POWER SUPPLY TO SUB FAN RE LAY 1 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove sub fan relay 1 from A C relay holder 3 Measure voltage between sub fan relay 1 terminal and chassis ground Connector termi...

Страница 1130: ...NESS BETWEEN SUB FAN RE LAY 1 AND SUB FAN MOTOR CONNECTOR Measure resistance of harness between sub fan motor connector and sub fan relay 1 termi nal Connector terminal F16 No 1 F28 No 29 Is the measu...

Страница 1131: ...or Connector terminal F16 No 3 B253 No 5 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 34 Repair open circuit between sub fan motor connector and fan relay con nector 34 CHECK POWE...

Страница 1132: ...en fan relay connector and chassis ground 39 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FAN RELAY AND ECM 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ECM 3 Measure resistance of harness between fan relay con...

Страница 1133: ...freeze and anti rust agents is especially made for SUBARU engine which has an aluminum crankcase Always use SUBARU Genuine Cool ant since other coolant may cause corrosion 2 Fill engine coolant into r...

Страница 1134: ...must be in creased form 25 to 40 Find point A where the 25 line of coolant concentration intersects with the 40 curve of the necessary coolant concentra tion and read the scale on the vertical axis o...

Страница 1135: ...ON 1 Install water pump onto rear chain cover NOTE Apply engine coolant to O ring Tightening torque 6 4 N m 0 65 kgf m 4 7 ft lb NOTE Replace O rings with a new one Applying engine coolant to O ring m...

Страница 1136: ...r 5 Remove thermostat cover and gasket and pull out the thermostat B INSTALLATION 1 Install the thermostat to oil pan upper and install the thermostat cover together with a gasket NOTE When reinstalli...

Страница 1137: ...e thermostat and a thermometer in wa ter Raise water temperature gradually and mea sure the temperature and valve lift when the valve begins to open and when the valve is fully opened During the test...

Страница 1138: ...22 DRAINING OF ENGINE COOL ANT REPLACEMENT Engine Coolant 5 Disconnect connectors of radiator main fan mo tor A and sub fan motor B 6 Disconnect radiator outlet hose from radiator 7 Disconnect ATF co...

Страница 1139: ...ip on the radiator 15 While slightly lifting radiator slide it to left 16 Lift radiator up and away from vehicle B INSTALLATION 1 Attach radiator mounting cushions to holes on the vehicle 2 Install ra...

Страница 1140: ...Connect radiator inlet hoses 6 Install reservoir tank Tightening torque 4 9 N m 0 50 kgf m 3 6 ft lb 7 Install air intake duct 8 Lift up the vehicle 9 Connect ATF cooler hoses 10 Connect connectors t...

Страница 1141: ...p off radiator and attach tester to radiator in place of cap 2 Apply a pressure of 157 kPa 1 6 kg cm2 23 psi to radiator to check if 1 Engine coolant leaks at around radiator 2 Engine coolant leaks at...

Страница 1142: ...s Radiator cap is functioning properly if it holds the service limit pressure for five to six seconds Standard pressure 93 123 kPa 0 95 1 25 kg cm2 14 18 psi Service limit pressure 83 kPa 0 85 kg cm2...

Страница 1143: ...n engine coolant completely Ref to CO H6DO 22 Engine Coolant 5 Disconnect connectors of main and sub fan mo tor 6 Lower the vehicle 7 Remove air intake duct 8 Disconnect over flow hose 9 Remove reserv...

Страница 1144: ...o CO H6DO 3 COMPONENT General Description C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove clip which holds motor connector onto shroud 2 Remove nut which holds fan itself onto fan motor and shroud assembly 3 Remove screws whi...

Страница 1145: ...e bolts which hold sub fan shroud to radi ator 8 Remove radiator sub fan shroud through the un der side of vehicle B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Refer to COMPONENT for ti...

Страница 1146: ...disassembly NOTE Refer to COMPONENT for tightening torque Ref to CO H6DO 3 COMPONENT General Description E INSPECTION 1 Connect battery as shown in the figure Terminal No 1 No 4 Low speed No 1 No 2 No...

Страница 1147: ...ler neck position 2 Remove bolts which install reservoir tank onto radiator main fan shroud 3 Remove reservoir tank B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 4 9N m 0 50...

Страница 1148: ...ston and cylinder Adjust or replace k Slipping clutch Repair or replace l Dragging brake Adjust m Improper transmission oil Replace n Defective thermostat Replace o Malfunction of electric fan Inspect...

Страница 1149: ...CO H6DO 38 COOLING ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM TROUBLE IN GENERAL MEMO...

Страница 1150: ...Description 2 2 Oil Pressure System 7 3 Engine Oil 9 4 Oil Pump 11 5 Oil Pump Relief Valve 13 6 Oil Pan and Strainer 14 7 Oil Pressure Switch 16 8 Engine Oil Filter 17 9 Oil Cooler 18 10 Engine Lubric...

Страница 1151: ...59 in Case clearance between outer rotor and pump case Standard 0 11 0 18 mm 0 0043 0 0071 in Limit 0 25 mm 0 0098 in Oil filter Type Full flow filter type Filtration area 1 300 cm2 201 5 sq in By pas...

Страница 1152: ...LU H6DO 3 LUBRICATION GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 1153: ...LU H6DO 4 LUBRICATION GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT LU 00109 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 20 21 22 23 T1 T1 T1 T3 T3 T3 T3 T6 T4 T1 T2 T1 T1 T8 T8 T3 T5 T7...

Страница 1154: ...4 7 3 Drain plug 15 Crank sprocket T2 7 8 0 80 5 8 4 Gasket 16 Oil pump cover T3 18 1 8 13 5 Oil cooler pipe 17 Inner rotor T4 25 2 5 18 6 Hose 18 Outer rotor T5 34 3 5 25 7 Clamp 19 Oil pan upper T6...

Страница 1155: ...nd replacement Be careful not to burn your hands because each part in the vehicle is hot after running Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or...

Страница 1156: ...B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 OIL P...

Страница 1157: ...h ON 4 Measure the voltage of harness between the combination meter connector and chas sis ground Connector terminal E11 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value exceed the specified value 10 V Repla...

Страница 1158: ...n before checking the level 6 To prevent overfilling the engine oil do not add oil above the F line when the engine is cold NOTE Just after driving or during warm up engine oil lev el may rise above t...

Страница 1159: ...cold and hot starting by reducing viscous friction and thus increasing cranking speed CAUTION When replenishing oil it does not matter if the oil to be added is a different brand from that in the engi...

Страница 1160: ...ner and outer rotor 2 Install the inner rotor by fitting it into the groove on the crankshaft and then assemble the outer ro tor 3 Install oil pump cover 4 Tighten the bolts in the numerical sequence...

Страница 1161: ...chain cover rotor housing If the clearance exceeds the limit replace the rotor Case clearance Standard 0 11 0 18 mm 0 0043 0 0071 in Limit 0 25 mm 0 0098 in 3 SIDE CLEARANCE Measure clearance between...

Страница 1162: ...en the bolts in the numerical sequence shown in the figure Tightening torque 6 4 N m 0 65 kgf m 4 7 ft lb 3 Install timing chain assembly Ref to ME H6DO 42 INSTALLATION Timing Chain As sembly 4 Instal...

Страница 1163: ...o not use a screwdriver or similar tool in place of oil pan cutter 6 Remove lower oil pan 7 Remove oil strainer B INSTALLATION CAUTION Before installing oil pan clean liquid gasket from lower oil pan...

Страница 1164: ...D STRAINER 4 Install under cover Ref to EI 13 INSTALLA TION Front Under Cover 5 Fill engine oil Ref to LU H6DO 9 INSPEC TION Engine Oil C INSPECTION By visual check make sure oil pan oil strainer and...

Страница 1165: ...ve oil pressure switch B INSTALLATION 1 Apply liquid gasket to oil pressure switch threads Liquid gasket THREE BOND 1324 or equivalent 2 Install oil pressure switch Tightening torque 25 N m 2 5 kgf m...

Страница 1166: ...ter by turning it by hand being careful not to damage rubber seal 3 Tighten more approximately 3 4 turn after the rubber seal contacts the oil cooler Do not tighten excessively or oil may leak 4 Refil...

Страница 1167: ...move bolts which installs water pipe to en gine 6 Disconnect water hoses from oil cooler 7 Remove oil filter using ST Ref to LU H6DO 17 REMOVAL Engine Oil Filter ST 498547000 OIL FILTER WRENCH NOTE Se...

Страница 1168: ...ngine Oil Filter ST 498547000 OIL FILTER WRENCH 3 Install water hose 4 Install water pipe to engine Tightening torque 6 4 N m 0 65 kgf m 4 7 ft lb 5 Fill engine oil Ref to LU H6DO 9 REPLACE MENT Engin...

Страница 1169: ...s valve of oil filter Clean or replace Malfunction of oil relief valve of oil pump Clean or replace Clogged oil passage Clean Tip clearance and side clearance of oil pump rotor and gear Replace Clogge...

Страница 1170: ...SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP H6DO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Accelerator Pedal 4 3 Accelerator Control Cable 8...

Страница 1171: ...oke At pedal pad 50 55 mm 1 97 2 17 in 1 Accelerator bracket 7 Accelerator pedal lever 13 Kick down switch 2 Stopper 8 Spring pin 3 Bushing 9 Accelerator pedal Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 4 Clip...

Страница 1172: ...bly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands because each part in the vehicle is hot after running Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jac...

Страница 1173: ...MODEL RHD MODEL 6 Remove instrument panel lower cover from in strument panel and connector 7 Disconnect connector from kick down switch 8 Remove accelerator pedal connecting bolt from accelerator ped...

Страница 1174: ...careful not to kink accelerator cable Refer to COMPONENT for the tightening torque Ref to SP H6DO 2 COMPONENT General De scription 2 Adjust the pedal after installation Ref to SP H6DO 7 ADJUSTMENT Ac...

Страница 1175: ...2 If excessive deflection is noted replace bushing and clip with new ones Deflection of accelerator pedal Service limit 2 0 mm 0 079 in or less 2 KICK DOWN SWITCH If kick down switch does not operate...

Страница 1176: ...htening torque of accelerator cable lock nut 12 N m 1 2 kgf m 9 ft lb 3 Check to ensure the kick down switch operates at the specified value in relation to the stroke of the accelerator pedal If it is...

Страница 1177: ...erator cable end Grease Part No 004404002 Slicolube G 30M NOTE If cable clamp is damaged replace it with a new one Never fail to cover outer cable end with boot Be careful not to kink accelerator cabl...

Страница 1178: ...IGNITION IG H6DO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Spark Plug 4 3 Ignition Coil and Ignitor Assembly 7...

Страница 1179: ...nition coil and ignitor assembly Model FK0140 Manufacturer DIAMOND Spark plug Type and manufacturer NGK PLFR6A 11 Thread size mm 14 P 1 25 Spark gap mm in 1 0 1 1 0 039 0 043 1 Spark plug Tightening t...

Страница 1180: ...from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands becaus...

Страница 1181: ...eaner 3 Disconnect connector from ignition coil 4 Remove ignition coil 5 Remove spark plugs with the spark plug socket 2 LH SIDE 1 Disconnect battery cables and then remove bat tery and battery carrie...

Страница 1182: ...w spark plugs without oil on their threads In case their threads are lubricated the torque should be reduced by approximately 1 3 of the specified torque in order to avoid over stress ing Tightening t...

Страница 1183: ...ance re sults from incorrect ignition timing loose spark plugs wrong selection of fuel hotter range plug etc It is advisable to replace with plugs having colder heat range D CLEANING Clean spark plugs...

Страница 1184: ...l of spark plugs B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 12 ft lb C INSPECTION Because ignition coil is a direct ignition type the re sistance cannot...

Страница 1185: ...IG H6DO 8 IGNITION IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY MEMO...

Страница 1186: ...STARTING CHARGING SYSTEMS SC H6DO Page 1 General Description 2 2 Starter 6 3 Generator 14 4 Battery 20...

Страница 1187: ...or less Torque 16 0 N m 1 63 kgf m 11 8 ft lb Rotating speed 740 rpm or more Lock characteristics Voltage 3 5 V Current 940 A or less Torque 28 9 N m 2 95 kgf m 21 3 ft lb or more Generator Type Rotat...

Страница 1188: ...bearing 7 Internal gear ASSY 13 Armature 2 Front bracket 8 Shaft ASSY 14 Brush holder 3 Lever set 9 Gear ASSY 15 Brush 4 Magnet switch ASSY 10 Ball 16 Sleeve bearing 5 Stopper set 11 Packing 17 Rear b...

Страница 1189: ...ut 7 Bearing 13 Terminal 2 Pulley 8 Stator coil 3 Front cover 9 IC regulator with brush Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 4 Ball bearing 10 Brush T1 4 7 0 48 3 5 5 Bearing retainer 11 Rectifier T2 108...

Страница 1190: ...tect them from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your ha...

Страница 1191: ...nect connector and terminal from starter 4 Remove starter from transmission B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 50 N m 5 1 kgf m 37 ft lb C DISASSEMBLY 1 STARTER A...

Страница 1192: ...older screws and detach rear bracket and brush holder NOTE Before removal confirm the attachment locations of brush holder and rear bracket 4 Remove armature and yoke from the front brack et 5 Remove...

Страница 1193: ...opper with an appropriate tool such as a socket 2 Remove ring stopper and clutch from shaft 2 BRUSH HOLDER Slightly open the metal fitting holding the insulating plate to the brush holder Remove the i...

Страница 1194: ...nternal and planetary gears 1 Install overrunning clutch to shaft assembly 2 Install stopper to shaft assembly in the following order 1 Insert the ring into the shaft groove by lightly tapping it with...

Страница 1195: ...eplace if it ex ceeds the limit Commutator run out Standard 0 05 mm 0 0020 in Service limit Less than 0 10 mm 0 0039 in 3 Depth of segment mold Check the depth of segment mold Depth of segment mold 0...

Страница 1196: ...ER 1 Brush length Measure the brush length and replace if it exceeds the service limit Replace if abnormal wear or cracks are noticed Brush length Standard 12 3 mm 0 484 in Service limit 7 0 mm 0 276...

Страница 1197: ...this test set up the pinion should return to its original position even when it is pulled out with a screwdriver 7 PINION GAP 1 Measure pinion gap while the pinion is pulled out as shown in the figur...

Страница 1198: ...and measure the starter speed Compare these values with the specifications No load test Standard Voltage Current 11 V 90 A max Rotating speed 2 400 rpm or more 2 Load test Apply the specified braking...

Страница 1199: ...sen bolt B Then re move generator from bracket B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove the four through bolts 2 Heat the portion A of rear cover to 50 C 122 F wit...

Страница 1200: ...mly install an appropriate tool such as a fit socket wrench to bearing inner race 3 Push the ball bearing off the front cover us ing a press 6 Remove the bearing from rotor using a bearing puller 7 Un...

Страница 1201: ...een IC regula tor and rectifier to remove the IC regulator 9 Remove the brush as follows 1 Remove cover A 2 Remove the cover B 3 Separate the brush from connection to re move 10 Remove the rectifier a...

Страница 1202: ...cover 50 to 60 C 122 to 140 F and then press the rear bearing into rear cover CAUTION Grease should not be applied to rear bearing Remove the oil completely if it is found on bear ing box 5 After rea...

Страница 1203: ...Specified resistance Approx 2 0 2 4 4 Insulation test Check the continuity between slip ring and rotor core or shaft If resistance is 1 or less the rotor coil is grounded and so replace the rotor ass...

Страница 1204: ...g a spring pressure indicator push the brush into the brush holder until its tip protrudes 2 mm 0 08 in Then measure the pressure of brush spring If the pressure is less than 2 2 N 224 g 7 91 oz repla...

Страница 1205: ...or using in enclosed space For safety in case an explosion does occur wear eye protection or shield your eyes when working near any battery Never lean over a bat tery Do not let battery fluid contact...

Страница 1206: ...ld at a specific value in a range from 1 250 to 1 290 for more than one hour 2 Voltage per battery cell is held at a specific value in a range from 2 5 to 2 8 volts for more than one hour 2 CHECK HYDR...

Страница 1207: ...SC H6DO 22 STARTING CHARGING SYSTEMS BATTERY MEMO...

Страница 1208: ...Signal 30 8 Data Link Connector 31 9 OBD II General Scan Tool 32 10 Subaru Select Monitor 34 11 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code 46 12 Inspection Mode 47 13 Drive Cycle 52 14 Clear Memory Mode 54 15 Compu...

Страница 1209: ...scan tool switch to ON 4 Read DTC on the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool indicate DTC DTC indicated Go to step 4 Repair the...

Страница 1210: ...rential gear oil level check Ref to AT 31 Differential Gear Oil 3 ATF leak check Ref to AT 30 Automatic Transmission Fluid 4 Differential gear oil leak check Ref to AT 31 Differential Gear Oil 5 Stall...

Страница 1211: ...thers Outdoor temperature F C Hot Warm Cool Cold Place Highway Suburbs Inner city Uphill Downhill Rough road Others Engine temperature Cold Warming up After warming up Any temperature Others Engine sp...

Страница 1212: ...of fuel gauge c Intentional connecting or disconnecting of harness connectors or spark plug cords Yes No What d Intentional connecting or disconnecting of hoses Yes No What e Installing of parts othe...

Страница 1213: ...ual sensors or all electrical control modules at the harness side connector use a tapered pin with a diameter of less than 0 64 mm 0 025 in Do not insert the pin more than 5 mm 0 20 in into the part 6...

Страница 1214: ...e distinguished clearly when performing diagnostics 15 Diagnostics should be conducted by rotating with simple easy operations and proceeding to complicated difficult operations The most impor tant th...

Страница 1215: ...oint Fuel Injection MFI system is a system that supplies the optimum air fuel mixture to the engine for all the various operating condi tions through the use of the latest electronic tech nology With...

Страница 1216: ...24082AA210 Newly adopted tool CARTRIDGE Troubleshooting for electrical systems 22771AA030 SELECT MONI TOR KIT Troubleshooting for electrical systems English 22771AA030 Without printer German 22771AA07...

Страница 1217: ...Components Location A LOCATION 1 ENGINE MODULE LHD model RHD model EN 01065 1 2 3 4 1 Engine control module ECM 3 Test mode connector 2 Data link connector for Subaru Select Monitor and OBD II general...

Страница 1218: ...EN H6DO 11 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 00845 1 EN 00846 2 EN 00847 3 EN 01067 4...

Страница 1219: ...ENTS LOCATION SENSOR 1 Intake air temperature sensor 4 Throttle position sensor 2 Intake manifold pressure sensor 5 Knock sensor 3 Engine coolant temperature sen sor 6 Camshaft position sensor 7 Crank...

Страница 1220: ...EN H6DO 13 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 00893 1 EN 00894 2 EN 00895 3 EN 00896 4 EN 00897 5 5 EN 00898 6 EN 00899 7...

Страница 1221: ...OCATION 1 Front oxygen A F sensor LH 3 Rear oxygen sensor 5 Front catalytic converter RH 2 Front oxygen A F sensor RH 4 Front catalytic converter LH 6 Rear catalytic converter EN 00762 3 2 5 6 4 1 EN...

Страница 1222: ...EN H6DO 15 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION LHD model RHD model EN 01068 1 2 1 Fuel level sensor 2 Fuel sub level sensor EN 01069 1 2 EN 01070 1 EN 01071 2...

Страница 1223: ...ENOID VALVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PARTS AND IGNITION SYSTEM PARTS 1 Induction control solenoid valve 3 Purge control solenoid valve 5 Induction control valve 2 Idle air control solenoid valve 4 EGR...

Страница 1224: ...EN H6DO 17 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 00909 1 EN 00910 2 EN 00911 3 EN 00912 4 EN 00913 5 EN 00914 6...

Страница 1225: ...D model EN 01142 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 Inhibitor switch 5 Radiator main fan relay 1 9 Starter 2 Fuel pump 6 Radiator sub fan relay 1 10 Fuel pump controller 3 Main relay 7 Radiator main fan relay 2 4...

Страница 1226: ...EN H6DO 19 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 00873 1 EN 01072 2 EN 00875 3 EN 00876 4 EN 00919 5 6 7 8 EN 00920 9 EN 01073 10...

Страница 1227: ...EN H6DO 20 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 2 TRANSMISSION MODULE LHD model RHD model EN 01074 1 2 1 Transmission Control Module TCM 2 AT diagnostic indicator light EN 01075 1 2...

Страница 1228: ...EN H6DO 21 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 00922 1 EN 01262 2...

Страница 1229: ...S ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION SENSOR 1 Rear vehicle speed sensor 2 Front vehicle speed sensor 3 Torque converter turbine speed sensor 4 ATF temperature sensor 5 Brake light switch 1 2 EN 00924 3 EN...

Страница 1230: ...1 Inhibitor switch 2 Shift solenoid valve 1 3 Shift solenoid valve 2 4 Line pressure duty solenoid 5 Lock up duty solenoid 6 Transfer duty solenoid 7 2 4 brake duty solenoid 8 Low clutch timing soleno...

Страница 1231: ...nal B135 10 0 0 Throttle posi tion sensor Signal B135 7 Fully closed 0 3 0 8 Fully open 4 2 4 7 0 3 0 8 Power supply B135 9 5 5 GND sensor B135 19 0 0 Rear oxy gen sensor Signal B135 17 0 0 5 0 0 9 Sh...

Страница 1232: ...ntrol unit power supply B137 2 10 13 13 14 3 10 13 13 14 Sensor power supply B135 9 5 5 Line end check 1 B134 10 0 0 Ignition con trol 1 B136 24 0 Waveform 2 B136 23 0 Waveform 3 B136 22 0 Waveform 4...

Страница 1233: ...han 1 More than 4 Waveform AT load signal B135 28 4 3 4 4 0 9 1 4 Small light switch B134 17 ON 0 OFF 10 13 ON 0 OFF 13 14 Blower fan switch B134 9 ON 0 OFF 10 13 ON 0 OFF 13 14 Rear defogger switch B...

Страница 1234: ...ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECM I O SIGNAL GND oxygen sensor heater LH 1 B137 21 0 0 2 B137 31 GND oxygen sensor heater RH 1 B137 9 0 0 2 B137 8 Content Con nector No Termi nal No Signal V Note Ignition SW...

Страница 1235: ...AGNOSTICS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ECM I O SIGNAL B MEASUREMENT Measure input output signal voltage 1 WAVEFORM EN 00799 0V 2V 0V 10 ms Crankshaft position sensor Terminal No 1 2 Crankshaft position senso...

Страница 1236: ...ne Condition Data A ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION Measuring condition After warm up the engine Gear position is in N or P position A C is turned OFF All accessory switches are turned OFF Content Specified...

Страница 1237: ...SIGNAL 7 Transmission Control Module TCM I O Signal A ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION For electrical specification of transmission control module TCM input output signal refer to AT section Ref to AT 14 ELE...

Страница 1238: ...the Subaru Se lect Monitor because the circuit for the Subaru Select Monitor may be damaged Terminal No 4 to No 6 of the data link connector is used for the Subaru Select Monitor signal A Data link c...

Страница 1239: ...C Ref to EN H6DO 89 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 2 MODE 01 CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA Refers to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input output digital input output...

Страница 1240: ...ut data denoting emission related powertrain di agnostic trouble codes Ref to EN H6DO 46 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code 5 MODE 04 CLEAR RESET EMISSION RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION Refers to the mode u...

Страница 1241: ...to data link con nector CAUTION Do not connect scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and OBD II general scan tool 5 Turn ignition switch to ON engine OFF and Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON...

Страница 1242: ...nal 2 A F Sensor 2 Front oxygen A F sensor resistance 1 A F Sensor 1 Resistance Front oxygen A F sensor resistance 2 A F Sensor 2 Resistance Rear oxygen sensor output signal Rear O2 Sensor V Short ter...

Страница 1243: ...nifold is displayed The ECM detects the pressure in the intake tube via the signal from the pressure sensor The ECM calculates the air mass required for the engine Engine Speed Display 0 16 383 rpm Th...

Страница 1244: ...the atmospheric pressure via the signal from the atmosphere sensor Mani Relative Pressure Display 128 128 kPa 952 952 mm Hg 37 5 37 5 inHg A value calculated by subtracting the absolute pressure in th...

Страница 1245: ...or idle control or other controls A C Switch Display ON or OFF When the A C switch is turned ON ON is dis played When turned OFF OFF is displayed This signal is used for idle control or other controls...

Страница 1246: ...t torque down is possible is displayed This signal is trans mitted from the ECU in response to a torque down signal from the TCU When torque down is prohib ited ON is displayed When permitted OFF is d...

Страница 1247: ...No support Test of air conditioning system refrigerant A C system refrigerant No support Test of oxygen sensor Bank 1 Bank 2 Rear Oxygen sensor Complete or incomplete Test of oxygen sensor heater Ban...

Страница 1248: ...NITOR OPERATION MANUAL Contents Display Unit of measure Diagnostic trouble code DTC for freeze frame data Freeze frame data DTC Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1 Fuel system for Bank1 ON or OFF...

Страница 1249: ...1 ON or OFF When radiator main fan relay is functioning Fuel pump relay signal Fuel Pump Relay ON or OFF When fuel pump relay is functioning Knocking signal Knocking Signal 1 or 2 ON or OFF When knock...

Страница 1250: ...essure control duty ratio Line Pressure Duty Ratio Lock up clutch control duty ratio Lock Up Duty Ratio Transfer clutch control duty ratio Transfer Duty Ratio Power supply for throttle position sensor...

Страница 1251: ...for the throttle sensor output correction Brake Clutch Duty Ratio Display 0 123 The duty value of the 2 4 brake duty solenoid The 2 4 brake duty solenoid is regulated by the TCM adjusting the 2 4 brak...

Страница 1252: ...played When it does not exist OFF is displayed Torque Permission Signal Display ON or OFF The signal which notifies whether or not torque down is possible is displayed This signal is trans mitted fro...

Страница 1253: ...lay screen select the 2 Each System Check and press the YES key 2 On the System Selection Menu display screen select the Engine Control System and press the YES key 3 Press the YES key after displayed...

Страница 1254: ...pedal position sensor switch A circuit high input P0129 Barometric pressure too low P0130 O2 sensor circuit Bank 1 Sensor 1 P0134 O2 sensor circuit no activity detected Bank 1 Sensor 1 P0137 O2 senso...

Страница 1255: ...P0771 Shift solenoid E performance or stuck off P0778 Pressure control solenoid B electrical P0785 Shift timing solenoid P0851 Neutral switch input circuit low P0852 Neutral switch input circuit high...

Страница 1256: ...r to prevent the vehicle from slipping due to vibration do not place any wooden blocks or similar items between the safety stands and the vehicle Since the rear wheels will also rotate do not place an...

Страница 1257: ...splay screen If trouble still remains in the memory the corre sponding diagnostic trouble code DTC appears on the display screen NOTE For detailed operation procedure refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITO...

Страница 1258: ...he vehicle at 5 to 10 km h 3 to 6 MPH NOTE On AWD vehicles release the parking brake The speed difference between front and rear wheels may light the ABS warning light but this in dicates no malfuncti...

Страница 1259: ...warm up Carry out diagnosis which is marked on DTC twice Then after finishing 1st diagnosis stop engine and do the second time at the same condition 2 AFTER RUNNING 20 MINUTES AT 80 KM H 50 MPH IDLE E...

Страница 1260: ...Condition P0121 Throttle pedal position sensor switch A circuit range performance Coolant temperature at start is more than 80 C 176 F P0139 O2 sensor circuit slow response Bank 1 Sensor 2 P0171 Syst...

Страница 1261: ...ITOR OPERATION MANUAL 2 SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OBD MODE 1 On the Main Menu display screen select the 2 Each System Check and press the YES key 2 On the System Selection Menu display screen select the E...

Страница 1262: ...N Do not connect scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and OBD II general scan tool 6 Turn ignition switch to ON engine OFF and Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON 7 On the Main Menu display scre...

Страница 1263: ...d operation procedure refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MAN UAL Contents Display Compulsory fuel pump relay operation check Fuel Pump Relay Compulsory radiator fan relay operation check Rad...

Страница 1264: ...EN H6DO 57 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE MEMO...

Страница 1265: ...ine Malfunction Indicator Lamp MI 3 Check engine malfunction indicator lamp MI does not go off Ref to EN H6DO 64 CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MI DOES NOT GO OFF Engine Malfunction Indicator...

Страница 1266: ...Engine Malfunction Indi cator Lamp MI 2 After starting the engine the MI goes out If it does not either the engine or the emission control system is malfunctioning 3 If the diagnosis system senses a m...

Страница 1267: ...1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 B137 i10 B72 3 4 1 2 BATTERY 15 ECM B157 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20...

Страница 1268: ...ion of ECM connector 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINA TION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove combination meter Ref to IDI 14 Combination Meter Assembly 3 Disconnect connect...

Страница 1269: ...ary NOTE Broken down ignition relay Blown out fuse No 5 If replaced fuse No 5 blows eas ily check the har ness for short circuit of harness between fuse No 5 and ignition relay connector Open or short...

Страница 1270: ...EN H6DO 63 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MI MEMO...

Страница 1271: ...G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 B137 i10 B72 3 4 1 2 BATTERY 15 ECM B157 10 11 12...

Страница 1272: ...S BETWEEN COMBINA TION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ECM 3 Turn ignition switch to ON Does the MI come on MI comes on Repair short circuit in harnes...

Страница 1273: ...6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 B134 B157 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23...

Страница 1274: ...ECM 3 Measure resistance of harness between test mode connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B76 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 4 Repair...

Страница 1275: ...A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 B134 B157 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33...

Страница 1276: ...e of 3 Hz when test mode connector is connected 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CON NECTOR AND ENGINE GROUNDING TER MINAL 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ECM 3 Measure resistance...

Страница 1277: ...EN H6DO 70 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MI MEMO...

Страница 1278: ...ilure 3 Inspection of ignition control system Ref to EN H6DO 80 IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure 4 Inspection of fuel pump circuit Ref to EN H6DO 84 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT Di...

Страница 1279: ...DO 54 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and INSPECTION MODE Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION In spection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01082 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH STARTER MOTOR 7 P R N D 3 2 1 SBF 4 SBF 1 B14 12 11 T7 T3...

Страница 1280: ...posi tion 10 V Go to step 4 Go to step 5 4 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF STARTER MOTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure resistance between ground cable terminal and engine ground Is the measured valu...

Страница 1281: ...easure resistance between transmission harness connector terminals Connector terminal T3 No 11 No 12 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Repair open or short circuit in har ness bet...

Страница 1282: ...EN H6DO 75 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE MEMO...

Страница 1283: ...2 D3 E49 B252 D9 C8 D8 D31 D21 5 1 3 B47 BATTERY MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 6 4 F44 B61 SBF 5 6 F46 B108 2 SBF 4 SBF 1 4 1 B72 IGNITION SWITCH ECM B134 A B136 C B137 D A22 7 B137 B136 C D A B134 B47 3 4 1 2 5...

Страница 1284: ...ircuit in harness between ECM connector and engine grounding terminal 3 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector ter...

Страница 1285: ...n relay and chassis ground 8 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN RELAY Measure voltage between main relay connec tor and chassis ground Connector terminal B47 No 5 Chassis ground B47 No 6 Chassis ground Does...

Страница 1286: ...EN H6DO 79 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE MEMO...

Страница 1287: ...ection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00806 E34 E45 E31 E32 E46 E33 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 B136 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B72 3 4 1 2 ENGINE CONT...

Страница 1288: ...N 4 Measure power supply voltage between ignition coil ignitor assembly connector and engine ground Connector terminal E31 No 3 Engine ground E32 No 3 Engine ground E33 No 3 Engine ground E34 No 3 Eng...

Страница 1289: ...ground B136 No 22 Engine ground B136 No 21 Engine ground B136 No 20 Engine ground B136 No 19 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 7 Repair ground short circu...

Страница 1290: ...EN H6DO 83 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE MEMO...

Страница 1291: ...4 10 R57 R58 R15 9 BATTERY FUEL PUMP CONTROLLER FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP RELAY SBF 5 F44 B61 B97 B46 R1 6 3 R3 B99 2 4 R122 7 B136 C 3 5 4 24 25 8 6 5 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18...

Страница 1292: ...ound produced Check fuel injec tor circuit Ref to EN H6DO 86 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT Diag nostics for Engine Starting Failure Read the diagnos tic Trouble Code DTC and check related DTC Ref to EN H6DO 8...

Страница 1293: ...1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 E6 E17 E5 E16 E43 E44 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 C5 C6 D1 C4 16 10 15 14 13 ECM B137 D B136 C E5 E16 E6 E17 B22 E3 FUEL INJECTOR No 1 FUEL INJECTOR No 2 FUEL INJECTOR No 3...

Страница 1294: ...rness between main relay and fuel injector connector Poor contact in main relay con nector Poor contact in coupling connector Poor contact in fuel injector con nector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND F...

Страница 1295: ...rminals No 1 No 2 Is the measured value within the specified range 5 20 Go to step 6 Replace faulty fuel injector 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM...

Страница 1296: ...DTC P0068 Manifold absolute pressure barometric pressure circuit range performance Ref to EN H6DO 124 DTC P0068 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRES SURE BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE PERFORMANCE Diagnostic Pro...

Страница 1297: ...LOW RESPONSE BANK 1 SENSOR 2 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P0150 O2 sensor circuit Bank 2 Sensor 1 Ref to EN H6DO 176 DTC P0150 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT BANK 2 SENSOR 1 Diagnostic Pro...

Страница 1298: ...aust gas recirculation flow Ref to EN H6DO 226 DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P0420 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold Bank 1 Re...

Страница 1299: ...Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P0691 Cooling fan 1 control circuit low Ref to EN H6DO 280 DTC P0691 COOLING FAN 1 CONTROL CIR CUIT LOW Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trou...

Страница 1300: ...ut Ref to EN H6DO 306 DTC P1110 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SEN SOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION LOW INPUT Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P1111 Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit malfunction h...

Страница 1301: ...le Code DTC P1711 Engine torque control signal 1 circuit malfunction Ref to EN H6DO 328 DTC P1711 ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL SIG NAL 1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code...

Страница 1302: ...EN H6DO 95 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1303: ...ouble Code DTC A DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT BANK 1 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Cle...

Страница 1304: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1305: ...ed value 1 Go to step 3 Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen A F sensor connector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR CONNEC TOR Measure resistance of harnes...

Страница 1306: ...EN H6DO 99 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1307: ...HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 1 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION Immediately at fault recognition CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 5...

Страница 1308: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1309: ...O 34 Subaru Select Moni tor OBD II scan tool For detailed operation procedures refer to the OBD II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual 0 2 A Repair poor con tact in connector NOTE In this case repair...

Страница 1310: ...l E47 No 2 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 8 Repair power sup ply line NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness between main rel...

Страница 1311: ...HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION Immediately at fault recognition CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO...

Страница 1312: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1313: ...ceed the spec ified value NOTE Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure refer to the READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE Ref to EN H6DO 34 Subaru Select Moni tor OBD II general scan tool For de...

Страница 1314: ...EN H6DO 107 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1315: ...e WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01088 BATTERY F44 B61 6 T5 B19 B47 MAIN RELAY 2 1 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C13 B17 B19 B26 D21 D31 D9 D8 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 5 3 6 4 1 3 4 2 1 5 B252 B83 B19 T5 T6 E49 B47 T6 B13...

Страница 1316: ...In this case repair the following Poor contact in rear oxygen sen sor connector Poor contact in rear oxygen sen sor connecting harness connector Poor contact in ECM connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK OUTP...

Страница 1317: ...owing Open circuit in harness between main relay and rear oxygen sen sor connector Poor contact in rear oxygen sen sor connector Poor contact in coupling connector 7 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 1 Turn ig...

Страница 1318: ...EN H6DO 111 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1319: ...de WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01088 BATTERY F44 B61 6 T5 B19 B47 MAIN RELAY 2 1 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C13 B17 B19 B26 D21 D31 D9 D8 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 5 3 6 4 1 3 4 2 1 5 B252 B83 B19 T5 T6 E49 B47 T6 B1...

Страница 1320: ...h to ON 3 Read data of rear oxygen sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD II general scan tool Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value NOTE Subaru Select Monitor For...

Страница 1321: ...ION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01087 BATTERY F44 B61 SBF 5 6 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 9 8 21 31 2 1 5 B252 E49 ECM 18 29 19 5 4 7 6 20 30 4 1 3 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT O...

Страница 1322: ...ed value 1 Go to step 3 Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen A F sensor connector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR CONNEC TOR Measure resistance of harnes...

Страница 1323: ...HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW BANK 2 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION Immediately at fault recognition CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 5...

Страница 1324: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1325: ...O 34 Subaru Select Moni tor OBD II scan tool For detailed operation procedures refer to the OBD II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual 0 2 A Repair poor con tact in connector NOTE In this case repair...

Страница 1326: ...l E24 No 2 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 8 Repair power sup ply line NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness between main rel...

Страница 1327: ...HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH BANK 2 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION Immediately at fault recognition CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO...

Страница 1328: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1329: ...xceed the spec ified value NOTE Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure refer to the READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE Ref to EN H6DO 34 Subaru Select Moni tor OBD II general scan tool For d...

Страница 1330: ...EN H6DO 123 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1331: ...repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00811...

Страница 1332: ...yed Another DTC is displayed Inspect the rele vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H6DO 89 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC NOTE In this case it is not necessary to inspect...

Страница 1333: ...faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00811 9 19 8 5 8 B135 B20 E1 16...

Страница 1334: ...ssis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 4 5 V Go to step 5 Go to step 4 4 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal...

Страница 1335: ...nifold pressure sensor connector Connector terminal B135 No 19 E21 No 2 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 9 Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and intake manifo...

Страница 1336: ...EN H6DO 129 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1337: ...faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00811 9 19 8 5 8 B135 B20 E1 1...

Страница 1338: ...onnector and chassis ground Connector terminal B135 No 9 Chassis ground Does the voltage change more than the speci fied value by shaking harness and connector of ECM while monitoring the value with v...

Страница 1339: ...nd intake manifold pressure sensor connector Connector terminal B135 No 8 E21 No 1 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 8 Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and in...

Страница 1340: ...olute pres sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value NOTE Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure refer to...

Страница 1341: ...AUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAG...

Страница 1342: ...DISPLAY Is any other DTC displayed Another DTC is displayed Inspect the rele vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H6DO 89 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC NOTE In this case...

Страница 1343: ...ter repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00...

Страница 1344: ...oor contact in ECM Poor contact in coupling connector Poor contact in joint connector 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CON NECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnec...

Страница 1345: ...ter repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00...

Страница 1346: ...r tem perature sensor connector and engine ground Connector terminal E20 No 1 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair battery short circuit in har ness between in...

Страница 1347: ...Connector terminal E20 No 2 Engine ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 5 Replace intake air temperature sen sor Ref to FU H6DO 35 Intake Air Temper ature Sensor Repair harness...

Страница 1348: ...EN H6DO 141 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1349: ...fter repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 0...

Страница 1350: ...act in ECM Poor contact in coupling connector Poor contact in joint connector 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect con...

Страница 1351: ...After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN...

Страница 1352: ...in coupling connector Poor contact in joint connector 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from engine coola...

Страница 1353: ...r Poor contact in coupling connector Poor contact in joint connector 5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure resistance of h...

Страница 1354: ...EN H6DO 147 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1355: ...performance CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mod...

Страница 1356: ...TC ON DISPLAY Is any other DTC displayed Another DTC is displayed Inspect the rele vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H6DO 89 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC NOTE In this...

Страница 1357: ...nce CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING...

Страница 1358: ...round while throttle valve is fully closed Connector terminal B135 No 7 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 4 5 V Go to step 4 Go to step 3 3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM M...

Страница 1359: ...M connector and throttle position sensor connector Connector terminal B135 No 9 E13 No 3 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 8 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this c...

Страница 1360: ...EN H6DO 153 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1361: ...nce CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING...

Страница 1362: ...CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNEC TOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from throttle position sensor 3 Measure resistance of harness between throttle p...

Страница 1363: ...After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN...

Страница 1364: ...o step 2 2 CHECK TIRE SIZE Is the tire size the same as designated tire and four wheel tire Same Go to step 3 Replace tire 3 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT Check the following items Engine coolant volume Engine...

Страница 1365: ...r Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY Is any other DTC displa...

Страница 1366: ...EN H6DO 159 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1367: ...c tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01087 BATTERY F44 B61 SBF 5 6 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 9 8 21 31 2 1 5 B252 E49 ECM 18 29 19 5 4 7 6 20 30 4 1 3 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F...

Страница 1368: ...F sensor connector 3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM 1 Connect ECM and front O2 A F sensor connector 2 Turn ignition switch to ON 3 After warming up engine idle engine 4 Measure voltage between ECM connect...

Страница 1369: ...SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE BANK 1 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H...

Страница 1370: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1371: ...rouble Code DTC NOTE In this case it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0133 Go to step 2 2 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM NOTE Check the following items Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe onto c...

Страница 1372: ...EN H6DO 165 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1373: ...SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED BANK 1 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION Immediately at fault recognition CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6...

Страница 1374: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1375: ...xygen A F sensor connector Poor contact in ECM connector 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR CONNEC TOR Measure resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen A F sensor connec...

Страница 1376: ...NOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC Y DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE BANK 1 SENSOR 2 NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0138 Ref to EN H6DO 170 DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE BANK 1 SE...

Страница 1377: ...e WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01088 BATTERY F44 B61 6 T5 B19 B47 MAIN RELAY 2 1 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C13 B17 B19 B26 D21 D31 D9 D8 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 5 3 6 4 1 3 4 2 1 5 B252 B83 B19 T5 T6 E49 B47 T6 B13...

Страница 1378: ...Tool Is the measured value within the specified range Output maximum value 0 49 V or more and output minimum value 0 25 V or less Go to step 4 Replace rear oxy gen sensor Ref to FU H6DO 45 Rear Oxygen...

Страница 1379: ...ck the following items Loose installation of portions Damage crack hole etc of parts Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front oxygen A F sensor and rear oxygen sensor Is there a fault in exhau...

Страница 1380: ...EN H6DO 173 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1381: ...de WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01088 BATTERY F44 B61 6 T5 B19 B47 MAIN RELAY 2 1 3 5 4 6 F44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C13 B17 B19 B26 D21 D31 D9 D8 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 5 3 6 4 1 3 4 2 1 5 B252 B83 B19 T5 T6 E49 B47 T6 B1...

Страница 1382: ...HER DTC ON DISPLAY Is any other DTC displayed Another DTC is displayed Inspect the rele vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H6DO 89 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC NOTE In...

Страница 1383: ...TC P0150 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT BANK 2 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION Immediately at fault recognition CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP E...

Страница 1384: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1385: ...O2 A F sensor connector 3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM 1 Connect ECM and front O2 A F sensor connector 2 Turn ignition switch to ON 3 After warming up engine idle engine 4 Measure voltage between ECM co...

Страница 1386: ...EN H6DO 179 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1387: ...SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE BANK 2 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H...

Страница 1388: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1389: ...Trouble Code DTC NOTE In this case it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0153 Go to step 2 2 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM NOTE Check the following items Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe onto...

Страница 1390: ...EN H6DO 183 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1391: ...SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED BANK 2 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDITION Immediately at fault recognition CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6...

Страница 1392: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1393: ...xygen A F sensor connector Poor contact in ECM connector 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR CONNEC TOR Measure resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen A F sensor connec...

Страница 1394: ...C PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC AE DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0172 Ref to EN H6DO 188 DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 Diagnostic Pro...

Страница 1395: ...e bolts or discon nection of hose is found Repair air intake system Go to step 4 4 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE Warning Place NO FIRE signs near the working area Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor 1 Low...

Страница 1396: ...k fuel injector Ref to FU H6DO 39 REMOVAL Fuel Injector 3 Check fuel injector Is fuel injector clogged Fuel injector is clogged Replace fuel injec tor Ref to FU H6DO 39 Fuel Injector Go to step 7 7 CH...

Страница 1397: ...f to FU H6DO 34 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor 10 CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SEN SOR 1 Start the engine and warm up engine until coolant temperature is greater than 75 C 167 F 2 Place the shift lev...

Страница 1398: ...C PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC AG DTC P0174 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 2 NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0175 Ref to EN H6DO 192 DTC P0175 SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 2 Diagnostic Pro...

Страница 1399: ...e bolts or discon nection of hose is found Repair air intake system Go to step 4 4 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE Warning Place NO FIRE signs near the working area Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor 1 Low...

Страница 1400: ...k fuel injector Ref to FU H6DO 39 REMOVAL Fuel Injector 3 Check fuel injector Is fuel injector clogged Fuel injector is clogged Replace fuel injec tor Ref to FU H6DO 39 Fuel Injector Go to step 7 7 CH...

Страница 1401: ...manifold pressure sensor Ref to FU H6DO 34 Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor 10 CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SEN SOR 1 Start the engine and warm up engine until coolant temperature is greater than 75 C...

Страница 1402: ...EN H6DO 195 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1403: ...pection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM LHD model EN 01084 10 R57 R58 R15 9 BATTERY FUEL PUMP CONTROLLER FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP RELAY SBF 5 F44 B61 B97 B46 R1 6 3 R3 B99 2 4 R122 7 B136 C 3 5 4 24 25 8 6 5 1 2 7 8 9...

Страница 1404: ...ELAY SBF 5 B99 B46 R3 1 R2 B98 2 4 R122 7 B136 C 3 5 4 14 16 8 6 5 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 C16 ECM B136 B12 C B135 B B135 B 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 1...

Страница 1405: ...chassis ground Connector terminal R122 No 5 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 5 Go to step 3 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Open...

Страница 1406: ...oller and ECM Poor contact in fuel pump control ler and ECM con nector 6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP CONTROLLER AND ECM CONNECTOR Measure resistance of harness between fuel pump controller and cha...

Страница 1407: ...cedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC AL DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0306 Ref to EN H6DO 202 DTC P0306 CYLINDER 6 MISFIRE DETECTED Diagnosti...

Страница 1408: ...EN H6DO 201 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1409: ...Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01086 B22 F46 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 E6 E17 E5 E16 E43 E44 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 C5 C6 D1 C4 16 10 15...

Страница 1410: ...1 Chassis ground 2 B136 No 6 Chassis ground 3 B136 No 5 Chassis ground 4 B136 No 4 Chassis ground 5 B136 No 3 Chassis ground 6 B136 No 1 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified v...

Страница 1411: ...faulty cylinder Terminals No 1 No 2 Is the measured value within the specified range 5 20 Go to step 6 Replace faulty fuel injector Ref to FU H6DO 39 Fuel Injector 6 CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE 1 Turn ign...

Страница 1412: ...1 Replace faulty fuel injector Ref to FU H6DO 39 Fuel Injector and ECM Ref to FU H6DO 46 Engine Control Module Go to step 9 9 CHECK INSTALLATION OF CAMSHAFT PO SITION SENSOR CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSO...

Страница 1413: ...g connector 15 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM Is there a fault in air intake system There is a malfunction Repair air intake system NOTE Check the follow ing items Are there air leaks or air suction caused b...

Страница 1414: ...DTC P0302 P0304 and P0306 Indicated Go to step 27 Go to step 28 22 ONLY ONE CYLINDER Is there a fault in that cylinder There is a malfunction Repair or replace faulty parts NOTE Check the follow ing...

Страница 1415: ...n 5 and 6 cylinders There is a malfunction Repair or replace faulty parts NOTE Check the fol lowing items Spark plugs fuel injector ignition coil and compres sion ratio If no abnormality is discovered...

Страница 1416: ...pping timing chain Inspect DTC P0171 P0172 P0174 or P0175 using List of Diag nostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H6DO 89 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 28 CYLINDER AT RANDOM Is the engine idle unst...

Страница 1417: ...Knocking occurs CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion...

Страница 1418: ...sensor 1 RH connector Poor contact in coupling connector 2 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR 1 RH 1 Disconnect connector from knock sensor 1 RH 2 Measure resistance between knock sensor connector terminal and engin...

Страница 1419: ...Knocking occurs CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tio...

Страница 1420: ...1 RH Ref to FU H6DO 32 Knock Sensor Repair ground short circuit in har ness between knock sensor 1 RH connector and ECM connec tor NOTE The harness be tween both con nectors is shielded Repair short c...

Страница 1421: ...occurs CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WI...

Страница 1422: ...sensor 2 LH connector Poor contact in coupling connector 2 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR 2 LH 1 Disconnect connector from knock sensor 2 LH 2 Measure resistance between knock sensor 2 LH connector terminal and e...

Страница 1423: ...occurs CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WI...

Страница 1424: ...r 2 LH Ref to FU H6DO 32 Knock Sensor Repair ground short circuit in har ness between knock sensor 2 LH connector and ECM connec tor NOTE The harness be tween both con nectors is shielded Repair short...

Страница 1425: ...ngine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion...

Страница 1426: ...ceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 3 Repair ground short circuit between crank shaft position sen sor and ECM 3 CHECK CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT PO SITION SENSOR Is the crankshaft position sensor in...

Страница 1427: ...Failure of engine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION...

Страница 1428: ...tened securely Go to step 3 Tighten crank shaft position sen sor installation bolt securely 3 CHECK CRANKSHAFT PLATE Are crankshaft plate teeth cracked or dam aged Cracked or damaged Replace crank sha...

Страница 1429: ...parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01089 E15 3 2 1 10 2 8 10 1 10 B21 E2...

Страница 1430: ...sensor and ECM Connector terminal E15 No 2 B135 No 1 E15 No 3 B135 No 10 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 4 Repair open circuit between camshaft position sensor and E...

Страница 1431: ...ment of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01089 E15 3 2 1 10 2 8...

Страница 1432: ...ion sensor installation bolt securely 3 CHECK CAMSHAFT SPROCKET Remove front chain cover Ref to ME H6DO 39 Front Chain Cover Are camshaft sprocket teeth cracked or dam aged Cracked or damaged Replace...

Страница 1433: ...or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01090 F46 B4...

Страница 1434: ...ction Manual 53 3 kPa 400 mmHg 15 75 inHg Check if EGR valve intake mani fold pressure sen sor and throttle body are securely installed Go to step 3 3 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EGR SOLE NOID VALVE 1 Disco...

Страница 1435: ...B137 No 25 E18 No 6 B137 No 26 E18 No 1 B137 No 13 E18 No 4 B137 No 14 E18 No 3 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 7 Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and EGR...

Страница 1436: ...EN H6DO 229 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1437: ...4 D5 D18 D29 D19 D20 D30 D7 D6 2 4 1 3 2 1 3 4 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B19 B17 C13 B26 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 5 4 6 2 4 3 1 3 2 B83 B19 T5 B21 E2 B83 T6 5 7 ECM B136...

Страница 1438: ...converter Between front catalytic converter and rear catalytic converter Is there a fault in exhaust system There is a malfunction Repair or replace exhaust system Go to step 3 3 CHECK REAR CATALYTIC...

Страница 1439: ...or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01092 16 B20...

Страница 1440: ...inal E4 No 2 Engine ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 10 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK H...

Страница 1441: ...the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 6 Repair open circuit in harness between main relay and purge control solenoid valve connector 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in purge control solenoid v...

Страница 1442: ...EN H6DO 235 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1443: ...or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01092 16 B20...

Страница 1444: ...act in ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM connector There is poor contact Repair poor con tact in ECM con nector Replace ECM Ref to FU H6DO 46 Engine Control Module 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN PUR...

Страница 1445: ...157 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 1 9 3 5 7 2 4 6 8 BATTERY 1 2 FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR FUEL SUB METER UNIT 6 3 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR i53 B157 R98 R1...

Страница 1446: ...C displayed Another DTC is displayed Inspect the rele vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H6DO 89 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC NOTE In this case it is not necessary to...

Страница 1447: ...10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 1 9 3 5 7 2 4 6 8 BATTERY 1 2 FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR FUEL SUB METER UNIT 6 3 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR i53 B157 R98 R15 R5...

Страница 1448: ...FOR ENGINE Ref to EN H6DO 34 Subaru Select Moni tor 0 12 V Repair poor con tact in ECM con nector Even if MI lights up the circuit has returned to a nor mal condition at this time A tempo rary poor co...

Страница 1449: ...K CORD 1 Disconnect connector from fuel pump assembly 2 Measure resistance between fuel pump assembly and chassis ground Connector terminal R59 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the s...

Страница 1450: ...EN H6DO 243 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1451: ...10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 1 9 3 5 7 2 4 6 8 BATTERY 1 2 FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR FUEL SUB METER UNIT 6 3 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR i53 B157 R98 R15 R...

Страница 1452: ...o OFF 2 Disconnect combination meter connector i10 and ECM connector 3 Turn ignition switch to ON 4 Measure voltage of harness between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B135 No 25 Chassis grou...

Страница 1453: ...pecified value 10 Go to step 9 Repair open circuit between coupling connector and fuel sub level sensor 9 CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Warning During work procedures if fuel tank is more than 3 4 full be c...

Страница 1454: ...EN H6DO 247 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1455: ...LE SYMPTOM Occurrence of noise Overheating CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6...

Страница 1456: ...17 SBF 4 SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH RELAY HOLDER BLACK B72 F16 B253 F17 F46 3 4 1 2 B137 BATTERY 17 24 28 B137 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B253 FAN RELAY 5 1 3 4 3 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20...

Страница 1457: ...N DISPLAY Is any other DTC displayed Another DTC is displayed Inspect the rele vant DTC using List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H6DO 89 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Check radiator f...

Страница 1458: ...GNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC BF DTC P0502 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0503 Ref to EN H6DO 252 DTC P0503 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INTERMITTENT ERRATIC...

Страница 1459: ...ONT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 17 18 5 6 4 B53 B11 T4 E4 B36 i1 B11 i10 B56 C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 B55 B 1 B134 ECM 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 1...

Страница 1460: ...peed sensor Ref to IDI 18 Speedometer Ref to AT 54 Front Vehicle Speed Sensor Ref to AT 58 Rear Vehicle Speed Sensor and Ref to AT 59 Torque Con verter Turbine Speed Sensor 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM...

Страница 1461: ...faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01094 C17 C10 A22 B20 E1 ECM 2...

Страница 1462: ...2 2 CHECK AIR BY PASS LINE 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove idle air control solenoid valve from throttle body Ref to FU H6DO 36 Idle Air Control Solenoid Valve 3 Remove throttle body from inta...

Страница 1463: ...ct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01094 C17 C10 A22 B20 E1 ECM 2 3 1 9 3 IDLE AIR C...

Страница 1464: ...e air con trol solenoid valve gasket and throttle body gasket Disconnections of vacuum hoses Is there a fault in air intake system There is a fault Repair air suction and leaks Go to step 3 3 CHECK TH...

Страница 1465: ...Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01094 C17 C10 A22 B20 E1 ECM 2 3 1 9 3 IDLE AIR CONTROL SO...

Страница 1466: ...terminal B136 No 10 E7 No 1 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 4 Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness between ECM...

Страница 1467: ...Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01094 C17 C10 A22 B20 E1 ECM 2 3 1 9 3 IDLE AIR CONTROL S...

Страница 1468: ...B136 No 10 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair battery short circuit in har ness between ECM and idle air control solenoid valve connector After repair repl...

Страница 1469: ...EST CIRCUIT DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Failure of engine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode R...

Страница 1470: ...WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01082 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH STARTER MOTOR 7 P R N D 3 2 1 SBF 4 SBF 1 B14 12 11 T7 T3 B12 B134 T7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 16 B134 ECM BATTERY 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15...

Страница 1471: ...1 CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR NOTE Place the inhibitor switch in each position Does starter motor operate when ignition switch to ON Starter motor operates Repair battery short circuit in starte...

Страница 1472: ...EN H6DO 265 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1473: ...ear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01094 C17 C10 A22 B20 E1 ECM 2 3 1 9 3 IDLE AIR CONTRO...

Страница 1474: ...e play for adjustment Throttle cable has a play Go to step 3 Adjust throttle cable Ref to SP H6DO 8 Accelerator Con trol Cable 3 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Start engine and...

Страница 1475: ...NATOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION Immediately at fault recognition CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memor...

Страница 1476: ...exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 2 Repair the short circuit in harness between ECM and generator connec tor 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN GENERATOR AND ECM CONNECTOR Measure the resistance of harn...

Страница 1477: ...cles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion...

Страница 1478: ...ircuit in harness between TCM and CCM connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM 1 Connect connector to TCM and CCM 2 Lift up the vehicle or set the vehicle on free rollers CAUTION On AWD mod...

Страница 1479: ...EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01083 D10 A14 D2 A2 D3 E49 B252 D9 C8 D8 D31 D21 5 1 3 B47 BATTERY MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 6 4 F44 B61 SBF 5 6 F46 B108 2 SBF 4 SBF 1 4 1 B72 IGNITIO...

Страница 1480: ...IC TROUBLE CODE DTC Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY Does the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool indicate DTC P0604 DTC P0604 is indicated Replace ECM Ref to FU H6DO 4...

Страница 1481: ...ement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01097 23 B20 E1 1 2 7...

Страница 1482: ...ine ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 10 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and induc tion control sole noid valve connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK HARNESS BET...

Страница 1483: ...specified range 10 V Go to step 6 Repair open circuit in harness between main relay and induction control solenoid valve connector 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in induction control sole noi...

Страница 1484: ...EN H6DO 277 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1485: ...ement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01097 23 B20 E1 1 2 7...

Страница 1486: ...n switch to ON 4 Measure voltage between ECM and chas sis ground Connector terminal B137 No 23 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair battery short circuit in h...

Страница 1487: ...LOW DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Radiator fan does not operate properly Overheating CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Cl...

Страница 1488: ...17 SBF 4 SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH RELAY HOLDER BLACK B72 F16 B253 F17 F46 3 4 1 2 B137 BATTERY 17 24 28 B137 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B253 FAN RELAY 5 1 3 4 3 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20...

Страница 1489: ...7 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 3 Repair ground short circuit in radi ator fan relay 1 control circuit 3 CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR RELAY 1 Turn ignitio...

Страница 1490: ...E CODE DTC 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM or main fan relay connector Is there poor contact in ECM or main fan relay connector There is poor contact Repair poor con tact in ECM or main...

Страница 1491: ...HIGH DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Radiator fan does not operate properly Overheating CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Cl...

Страница 1492: ...17 SBF 4 SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH RELAY HOLDER BLACK B72 F16 B253 F17 F46 3 4 1 2 B137 BATTERY 17 24 28 B137 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B253 FAN RELAY 5 1 3 4 3 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20...

Страница 1493: ...emove main fan relay and sub fan relay with A C models 3 Disconnect test mode connector 4 Turn ignition switch to ON 5 Measure voltage between ECM and chas sis ground Connector terminal B137 No 28 Cha...

Страница 1494: ...EN H6DO 287 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1495: ...cles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion...

Страница 1496: ...d chassis ground Connector terminal B55 No 12 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between TCM and brake light swi...

Страница 1497: ...c Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC BX DTC P0732 GEAR 2 INCORRECT RATIO NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0734 Ref to EN H6DO 291 DTC P0734 GEAR 4 INCOR RECT RATIO Diagnostic Pr...

Страница 1498: ...r or replace throttle position sensor circuit Go to step 3 3 CHECK FRONT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT Check front vehicle speed sensor circuit Ref to AT 58 DTC 33 FRONT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR Diagnostic...

Страница 1499: ...le in lock up duty solenoid circuit There is a malfunction Repair or replace lock up duty sole noid circuit Go to step 3 3 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT Check throttle position sensor circuit...

Страница 1500: ...replace brake light switch circuit Go to step 8 8 CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIR CUIT Check ATF temperature sensor circuit Ref to AT 48 DTC 27 ATF TEMPERATURE SEN SOR Diagnostic Procedure with Diag...

Страница 1501: ...dling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRI...

Страница 1502: ...ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 10 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and trans mission harness connector Go to step 4 4 CHECK TRANSMISSION HARNESS CON NEC...

Страница 1503: ...idling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIR...

Страница 1504: ...n ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM connector There is poor contact Repair poor con tact in ECM con nector Contact SUBARU distributor service NOTE Inspection by DTM is required be cause proba...

Страница 1505: ...otor ground line Poor contact in starter motor con nector Poor contact in starter motor ground Starter motor 8 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH By moving select lever to N and P positions measure resistance bet...

Страница 1506: ...EN H6DO 299 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1507: ...with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mod...

Страница 1508: ...radi ator fan makes one complete rotation 2 Drive the vehicle Is AT shift control functioning properly Operates properly Go to step 2 Replace TCM Ref to AT 76 Transmission Con trol Module TCM 2 CHECK...

Страница 1509: ...ault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRIN...

Страница 1510: ...harness between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B135 No 20 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 10 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and TCM...

Страница 1511: ...fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode WIRI...

Страница 1512: ...ed value 1 V Repair poor con tact in ECM con nector Go to step 4 4 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B135 No 20 Chassis ground Does the mea...

Страница 1513: ...of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS...

Страница 1514: ...of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION Inspec tion Mode Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS...

Страница 1515: ...TC P1134 A F SENSOR MICRO COMPUTER PROBLEM DTC DETECTING CONDITION Immediately at fault recognition CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP E...

Страница 1516: ...34 EN 01087 BATTERY F44 B61 SBF 5 6 B47 MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 4 6 9 8 21 31 2 1 5 B252 E49 ECM 18 29 19 5 4 7 6 20 30 4 1 3 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B...

Страница 1517: ...O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE PERFORMANCE HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC CK DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE PERFORMANCE HIGH BANK 1 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDI...

Страница 1518: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1519: ...Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure refer to the READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE Ref to EN H6DO 34 Subaru Select Moni tor OBD II general scan tool For detailed operation procedures re...

Страница 1520: ...ose installation of portions Damage crack hole etc of parts Looseness of front oxygen A F sensor Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front oxygen A F sensor and rear oxygen sensor Is there a fa...

Страница 1521: ...O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE PERFORMANCE HIGH BANK 2 SENSOR 1 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC CM DTC P1155 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE PERFORMANCE HIGH BANK 2 SENSOR 1 DTC DETECTING CONDI...

Страница 1522: ...ONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR RH E47 2 4 3 1 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH E24 B137 E3 B22 B83 11 8 1 2 3 E2 B21 2 3 E2 B21 20 19 E49 B252 4 8 LHD RHD LHD RHD B252 B47 3 4 5 6 1 2 E24 E47 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4...

Страница 1523: ...Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedure refer to the READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE Ref to EN H6DO 34 Subaru Select Moni tor OBD II general scan tool For detailed operation procedures re...

Страница 1524: ...ose installation of portions Damage crack hole etc of parts Looseness of front oxygen A F sensor Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front oxygen A F sensor and rear oxygen sensor Is there a fa...

Страница 1525: ...RCUIT LOW INPUT DTC DETECTING CONDITION Two consecutive driving cycles with fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Failure of engine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mo...

Страница 1526: ...WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01082 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH STARTER MOTOR 7 P R N D 3 2 1 SBF 4 SBF 1 B14 12 11 T7 T3 B12 B134 T7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 16 B134 ECM BATTERY 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15...

Страница 1527: ...ge Does starter motor operate when turning igni tion switch to ST Starter motor operates Repair harness and connector NOTE In this case repair the following Open or ground short circuit in har ness be...

Страница 1528: ...EN H6DO 321 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1529: ...e WIRING DIAGRAM EN 01083 D10 A14 D2 A2 D3 E49 B252 D9 C8 D8 D31 D21 5 1 3 B47 BATTERY MAIN RELAY 1 2 3 5 6 4 F44 B61 SBF 5 6 F46 B108 2 SBF 4 SBF 1 4 1 B72 IGNITION SWITCH ECM B134 A B136 C B137 D A2...

Страница 1530: ...NESS BETWEEN ECM AND MAIN FUSE BOX CONNECTOR 1 Disconnect connector from ECM 2 Measure resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B137 No 10 Chassis ground Is the measured...

Страница 1531: ...e driving cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATION...

Страница 1532: ...TWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCM 3 Measure resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 14 Chassis...

Страница 1533: ...ve driving cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H6DO 47 OPERATIO...

Страница 1534: ...ween ECM and TCM connector After repair replace ECM Ref to FU H6DO 46 Engine Control Module 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure voltage between ECM an...

Страница 1535: ...fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive shift shock CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN...

Страница 1536: ...RU distributor service NOTE Inspection by DTM is required be cause probable cause is deteriora tion of multiple parts 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disc...

Страница 1537: ...fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive shift shock CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H6DO 54 OP ERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H...

Страница 1538: ...RU distributor service NOTE Inspection by DTM is required be cause probable cause is deteriora tion of multiple parts 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disc...

Страница 1539: ...nsor 3 11 Oxygen sensor 12 Fuel pump and fuel pump relay 13 EGR valve 3 Engine does not return to idle 1 Idle air control solenoid valve 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor 3 Accelerator cable 6 4 Thr...

Страница 1540: ...ocedure 6 Surge 1 Intake manifold pressure sensor 2 Intake air temperature sensor 3 Engine coolant temperature sensor 2 4 Crankshaft position sensor 3 5 Camshaft position sensor 3 6 Fuel injection par...

Страница 1541: ...EN H6DO 334 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE MEMO...

Страница 1542: ...y to ensure complete repair work for satisfying our customers by keeping their vehicle in optimum condition When replacement of parts during repair work is needed be sure to use SUBARU genuine parts A...

Страница 1543: ......

Страница 1544: ...sor 33 10 Pressure Sensor 34 11 Idle Air Control Solenoid Valve 35 12 Fuel Injector 36 13 Front Oxygen A F Sensor 38 14 Rear Oxygen Sensor 39 15 Engine Control Module 40 16 Main Relay 41 17 Fuel Pump...

Страница 1545: ...IONS Fuel tank Capacity 64 2 16 9 US gal 14 1 Imp gal Location Under rear seat Fuel pump Type Impeller Shutoff discharge pressure 450 677 kPa 4 59 6 9 kg cm2 65 27 98 2 psi Discharge flow More than 13...

Страница 1546: ...FU H4DOSTC 3 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 1547: ...STC 4 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 INTAKE MANIFOLD FU 00625 16 10 18 6 9 14 T1 T1 T2 T4 T4 T2 T4 T3 3 3 12 13 17 3 3 3 3 4 2 2 2 10 11 9 T1 T1 T1 T3 T3 T3 5 15 1 8 2 3...

Страница 1548: ...3 Clamp 12 Pressure regulator Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 4 Evaporation and fuel pipe ASSY 13 Hose T1 5 0 0 51 3 7 5 Gasket 14 Evaporation and coolant pipe ASSY T2 19 1 94 13 7 6 Purge hose T3...

Страница 1549: ...N 2 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM 1 Gasket 5 Pressure sensor Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Throttle position sensor 6 Gasket T1 1 6 0 16 1 2 3 Idle air control solenoid valve 7 O ring T2 2 8 0 29 2 1 4 Thro...

Страница 1550: ...S GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3 CRANKSHAFT POSITIOM CAMSHAFT POSITION AND KNOCK SENSORS 1 Crankshaft position sensor 3 Camshaft position sensor Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Knock sensor T1 6 4 0 65 4 7...

Страница 1551: ...JECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 FUEL TANK FU 00626 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 31 33 37 38 36 30 34 11 10 12 13 14 14 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 26 24 25 23 32 21 22 21 27 30 30 30 35 29 28 T3 T3 T3 T3 T...

Страница 1552: ...be 6 Fuel pump plate 21 Quick connector 36 Seal 7 Fuel pump ASSY 22 Jet pump hose B 37 Fuel pump holder 8 Fuel level sensor 23 Fuel sub level sensor gasket 38 Grommet 9 Fuel filter 24 Jet pump filter...

Страница 1553: ...OSTC 10 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5 FUEL LINE B2M4171A FU 00627 9 8 7 6 5 4 4 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 23 22 21 14 13 11 12 15 10 20 19 18 17 16 32 31 30 29 28 27 26...

Страница 1554: ...ose B 15 Fuel pipe ASSY 26 Canister drain hose 5 Clip 16 Evaporation hose B 27 Canister 6 Fuel pipe ASSY 17 Two way valve hose 28 Front canister bracket 7 Grommet 18 Two way valve 29 Rear canister bra...

Страница 1555: ...TEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6 FUEL FILLER PIPE 1 Fuel filler pipe ASSY 5 Filler ring Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Clip 6 Filler cap T 7 4 0 75 5 4 3 Clamp 7 Fuel filler pipe protector 4 Filler pip...

Страница 1556: ...on the vehicle is hot after running Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or safety stands at the specified points Before disconnecting electr...

Страница 1557: ...ol solenoid valve B and pressure sensor C 4 Disconnect the accelerator cable 5 Disconnect the engine coolant hoses from throt tle body 6 Remove the bolts which secure throttle body to intake manifold...

Страница 1558: ...AL Air Cleaner 7 Remove the air cleaner element 8 Remove the intercooler Ref to IN H4DOSTC 13 REMOVAL Intercooler 9 Disconnect the accelerator cable 10 Remove the coolant filler tank Ref to CO H4DOSTC...

Страница 1559: ...ce the power steering pump on the right side wheel apron 12 Remove the fuel pipe protector LH 13 Remove the fuel pipe protector RH 14 Disconnect the engine coolant hoses from throttle body 15 Disconne...

Страница 1560: ...the pressure hose from intake duct 20 Disconnect the engine harness connectors from bulkhead harness connectors 21 Disconnect the connectors from the engine coolant temperature sensor A oil pressure s...

Страница 1561: ...ver 26 Disconnect the fuel delivery hose return hose and evaporation hose WARNING Catch the fuel from hoses in a container 27 Remove the bolts which secure intake manifold to cylinder heads 28 Remove...

Страница 1562: ...or C and engine coolant temperature sensor A 4 Connect the connector to knock sensor 5 Connect the connector to camshaft position sen sor 6 Connect the connector to ignition coil 7 Connect the engine...

Страница 1563: ...nnect the engine coolant hoses to throttle body 12 Connect the engine coolant hoses to engine coolant pipe 13 Connect the emission hose to PCV valve 14 Connect the pressure hose to intake duct 15 Inst...

Страница 1564: ...Install the power steering pump and tighten the bolts Tightening torque 22 N m 2 2 kgf m 15 9 ft lb 4 Install the purge control solenoid valve Tightening torque 19 N m 1 94 kgf m 13 7 ft lb 5 Install...

Страница 1565: ...battery 25 Lift up the vehicle 26 Install the under cover 27 Fill the coolant Ref to CO H4DOSTC 15 FILLING OF ENGINE COOLANT REPLACE MENT Engine Coolant C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove the engine ground cable...

Страница 1566: ...o intake manifold 9 Remove the intake duct and engine harness from intake manifold as a unit 10 Remove the bolts which hold fuel injector pipe onto intake manifold LH SIDE RH SIDE 11 Remove the fuel i...

Страница 1567: ...ch install fuel pipe on in take manifold D ASSEMBLY NOTE Replace the gasket with a new one 1 Install the fuel pipe assembly to intake manifold Tightening torque 5 0 N m 0 51 kgf m 3 7 ft lb 2 Install...

Страница 1568: ...ighten the bolts which install fuel injector pipe onto intake manifold Tightening torque 19 N m 1 94 kgf m 13 7 ft lb LH SIDE RH SIDE 7 Install the intake duct and engine harness to in take manifold a...

Страница 1569: ...nt pipe assembly Tightening torque 5 0 N m 0 51 kgf m 3 7 ft lb 13 Install the throttle body to intake manifold NOTE Replace the gasket with a new one Tightening torque 22 N m 2 2 kgf m 15 9 ft lb 14...

Страница 1570: ...FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS INTAKE MANIFOLD 16 Connect the engine harness with clip to engine coolant pipe E INSPECTION Make sure the fuel pipe and fuel hoses are not cracked and that connections are...

Страница 1571: ...ant 2 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 3 Remove the generator Ref to SC H4DOSTC 14 REMOVAL Generator 4 Disconnect the connector from engine coolant temperature sensor 5 Remove the engine coola...

Страница 1572: ...ound cable from battery 2 Remove the bolt which installs crankshaft posi tion sensor to cylinder block 3 Remove the crankshaft position sensor and then disconnect the connector from it B INSTALLATION...

Страница 1573: ...1 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 2 Disconnect the connector from camshaft posi tion sensor 3 Remove the camshaft position sensor from camshaft support LH B INSTALLATION Install in the revers...

Страница 1574: ...om cylinder block B INSTALLATION 1 Install the knock sensor to cylinder block Tightening torque 24 N m 2 4 kgf m 17 4 ft lb NOTE The extraction area of knock sensor cord must be positioned at a 60 ang...

Страница 1575: ...attery 2 Remove the intercooler Ref to IN H4DOSTC 13 REMOVAL Intercooler 3 Disconnect the connector from throttle position sensor 4 Remove the throttle position sensor holding screws and then remove i...

Страница 1576: ...erature Sensor A REMOVAL 1 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 2 Disconnect the connector mass air flow and in take air temperature sensor 3 Remove the mass air flow and intake air temper ature s...

Страница 1577: ...l solenoid valve Ref to FU H4DOSTC 35 REMOVAL Idle Air Control Solenoid Valve 3 Disconnect the connectors from pressure sen sor 4 Remove the pressure sensor from throttle body B INSTALLATION Install i...

Страница 1578: ...m battery 2 Disconnect the connector from idle air control solenoid valve 3 Remove the idle air control solenoid valve from throttle body 4 Remove the gasket from throttle body B INSTALLATION Install...

Страница 1579: ...hold injector pipe to in take manifold 4 Remove the fuel injector while lifting up the fuel injector pipe 2 LH SIDE 1 Remove the fuel pipe protector LH 2 Disconnect the connector from fuel injector 3...

Страница 1580: ...kgf m 13 7 ft lb Tightening torque 19 N m 1 94 kgf m 13 7 ft lb 2 LH SIDE Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Replace the O ring and insulators with new ones Tightening torque 19 N m 1 94 kgf...

Страница 1581: ...ing the oxygen A F sensor wait until the exhaust pipe cools otherwise it will damage the exhaust pipe B INSTALLATION 1 Before installing the front oxygen A F sensor apply anti seize compound only to t...

Страница 1582: ...oxygen sensor wait until the exhaust pipe cools otherwise it will damage the ex haust pipe B INSTALLATION 1 Before installing the rear oxygen sensor apply anti seize compound only to the threaded port...

Страница 1583: ...er Trim 3 Detach the floor mat of front passenger seat 4 Remove the protect cover 5 Remove the nuts A which hold ECM to bracket 6 Remove the clip B from bracket 7 Disconnect the ECM connectors and tak...

Страница 1584: ...the ground cable from battery 2 Remove the lower inner trim of passenger side Ref to EI 39 REMOVAL Lower Inner Trim 3 Disconnect the connectors from main relay 4 Remove the bolt which holds main relay...

Страница 1585: ...Pump Relay A REMOVAL 1 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 2 Remove the lower cover 3 Disconnect the connector from fuel pump relay A 4 Remove the fuel pump relay from mounting bracket B INSTALL...

Страница 1586: ...MOVAL 1 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 2 Remove the rear quarter trim Ref to EI 40 REMOVAL Rear Quarter Trim 3 Remove the fuel pump controller 4 Disconnect the connector from the fuel pump c...

Страница 1587: ...OFF 2 DRAINING FUEL WARNING Place NO FIRE signs near the working area Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor 1 Set the vehicle on the lift 2 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 3 Lift up the...

Страница 1588: ...from fuel tank by using a hand pump WARNING Do not use a motor pump when draining the fu el 13 After draining the fuel reinstall the fuel sub lev el sensor Tightening torque T 4 4 N m 0 45 kgf m 3 3 f...

Страница 1589: ...FU H4DOSTC 46 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL 3 Install the sub service hole cover 4 Set the rear seat and floor mat FU 00445...

Страница 1590: ...the grommet which holds fuel tank cord on service hole cover into body side 7 Separate the quick connector of fuel delivery A and return hose B Ref to FU H4DOSTC 67 REMOVAL Fuel Delivery Return and Ev...

Страница 1591: ...ot to pull down the muffler 3 Remove the front rubber cushion and then detach the muffler assembly 14 Remove the propeller shaft Ref to DS 14 REMOVAL Propeller Shaft 15 Disconnect the connector from A...

Страница 1592: ...ort the rear differential with transmis sion jack 2 Remove the bolt which holds rear shock ab sorber to rear suspension arm 3 Remove the bolts which secure rear sus pension assembly to body 4 Remove t...

Страница 1593: ...ort the fuel tank with transmission jack and then push the fuel tank harness into access hole with grommet 2 Set the fuel tank and then temporarily tighten the bolts of fuel tank bands CAUTION A helpe...

Страница 1594: ...7 ft lb T2 108 N m 11 0 kgf m 80 ft lb T3 66 N m 6 7 kgf m 48 ft lb 2 Tighten the bolt which holds rear shock ab sorber to rear suspension arm Ref to RS 11 INSTALLATION Rear Arm Tightening torque 157...

Страница 1595: ...all the rear exhaust pipe and muffler NOTE To facilitate the procedure apply a coat of SUBA RU CRC to matching area of the rubber cushions in advance SUBARU CRC Part No 004301003 1 Install the right a...

Страница 1596: ...ON Fuel Delivery Return and Evaporation Lines 22 Connect the fuel jet pump hose 23 Connect the connector to fuel sub level sensor 24 Install the sub service hole cover 25 Connect the connectors to fue...

Страница 1597: ...he wheel alignment and adjust if neces sary Ref to FS 6 INSPECTION Wheel Align ment C INSPECTION 1 Make sure there are no cracks holes or other damage on the fuel tank 2 Make sure that the fuel hoses...

Страница 1598: ...ve the screws holding packing in place 5 Lift up the vehicle 6 Remove the rear right side wheel nuts 7 Remove the wheel RH Rear 8 Remove the protector RH Front 9 Drain fuel from fuel tank Set a contai...

Страница 1599: ...e the clip and then separate the air vent hose B 16 Remove the fuel filler pipe to under side of the vehicle B INSTALLATION 1 Hold the fuel filler flap open 2 Set the fuel saucer A with rubber packing...

Страница 1600: ...ox 25 to 30 mm 0 98 to 1 18 in into the lower end of air vent pipe and hold clip L 27 5 2 5 mm 1 083 0 098 in 6 Tighten the bolt which holds fuel filler pipe brack et on body Tightening torque 7 4 N m...

Страница 1601: ...FU H4DOSTC 58 FUEL INJECTION FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL FILLER PIPE 12 Connect the connector to fuel pump relay A 13 Connect the battery ground cable to battery FU 00648 A FU 00009...

Страница 1602: ...he fuel filler cap 3 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 4 Lift up the vehicle 5 Remove the protector RH Front 6 Drain the fuel from fuel tank Set a container un der the vehicle and then remove t...

Страница 1603: ...alphabetical sequence shown in the figure to specified torque Tightening torque 5 9 N m 0 6 kgf m 4 3 ft lb C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove the fuel pump and pump holder NOTE When disassembling the pump holder...

Страница 1604: ...he fuel pump assembly Ref to FU H4DOSTC 59 REMOVAL Fuel Pump 2 Disconnect the connector from fuel pump brack et 3 Pushing the pawls with a screwdriver remove the fuel meter unit by pulling it downward...

Страница 1605: ...e front side fuel tank cover 4 Drain fuel from fuel tank Set a container under the vehicle and then remove the drain plug from fuel tank 5 Tighten the fuel drain plug and install the protec tor RH Fro...

Страница 1606: ...isconnect the fuel jet pump hose 10 Remove the bolts which install fuel sub level sensor on fuel tank 11 Remove the fuel sub level sensor B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tighten...

Страница 1607: ...older 4 Remove the filter holder by turning it to the left from the body pawls and then take out the filter B INSTALLATION NOTE If the fuel hoses are damaged at the connecting portion replace it with...

Страница 1608: ...e fuel tank Ref to FU H4DOSTC 47 REMOVAL Fuel Tank 2 Move the clip and then disconnect the evapora tion hose from fuel cut valve 3 Remove the bolts which install fuel cut valve B INSTALLATION Install...

Страница 1609: ...Fuel Damper Valve A REMOVAL 1 Release the fuel pressure Ref to FU H4DOSTC 44 RELEASING OF FUEL PRES SURE OPERATION Fuel 2 Remove the fuel damper valve from fuel delivery line A and return line B B INS...

Страница 1610: ...he fuel filler flap lid and then remove the fuel filler cap 4 Remove the floor mat Ref to EI 48 REMOVAL Floor Mat 5 Remove the fuel delivery pipes and hoses fuel return pipes and hoses evaporation pip...

Страница 1611: ...s use a new retainer Make sure that the connected portion is not dam aged or has dust If necessary clean the seal sur face of pipe 1 Set a new retainer B to connector A 2 Push the pipe into connector...

Страница 1612: ...059 in L 22 5 2 5 mm 0 886 0 098 in 3 Connect the evaporation hose to pipe by approx 15 mm 0 59 in from hose end L 17 5 2 5 mm 0 689 0 098 in NOTE Be sure to inspect the hoses and their connections fo...

Страница 1613: ...se Corrective action 1 Insufficient fuel supply to the injector 1 Fuel pump will not operate Defective terminal contact Inspect connections especially ground and tighten securely Trouble in electromag...

Страница 1614: ...SION CONTROL AUX EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES EC H4DOSTC Page 1 General Description 2 2 Front Catalytic Converter 3 3 Rear Catalytic Converter 4 4 Canister 5 5 Purge Control Solenoid Valve 6 6 Two way Val...

Страница 1615: ...s in order and pro tect them from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful...

Страница 1616: ...ipe Ref to EX H4DOSTC 7 REMOVAL Center Exhaust Pipe 2 Separate the center exhaust pipe LH and cen ter exhaust pipe RH B INSTALLATION NOTE Replace the gaskets with new ones Install in the reverse order...

Страница 1617: ...onverter is installed at the rear ex haust pipe 1 Remove the rear exhaust pipe Ref to EX H4DOSTC 12 REMOVAL Rear Exhaust Pipe B INSTALLATION NOTE Replace the gaskets with new ones Install in the rever...

Страница 1618: ...s which hold two canister hoses and then disconnect the evaporation three hoses from canister 3 Remove the canister from body B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque...

Страница 1619: ...e onto intake manifold 3 Disconnect the connector and hoses from purge control solenoid valve B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 19 N m 1 94 kgf m 13 74 ft lb CAU...

Страница 1620: ...ft up the vehicle 2 Disconnect the hoses from two way valve 3 Remove the two way valve with bracket as a sin gle unit from body 4 Remove the two way valve from bracket B INSTALLTION Install in the rev...

Страница 1621: ...EC H4DOSTC 8 EMISSION CONTROL AUX EMISSION CONTROL DEVICES TWO WAY VALVE MEMO...

Страница 1622: ...leaner 10 3 Air Intake Duct 11 4 Intake Duct 12 5 Intercooler 13 6 Turbocharger 15 7 Air By pass Valve 17 8 Turbocharging Pressure Relief Valve 18 9 Solenoid Box Assembly 19 10 Wastegate Control Solen...

Страница 1623: ...rque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Air cleaner upper cover 9 Air intake duct T1 7 5 0 76 5 5 3 Air cleaner element 10 Resonator chamber ASSY T2 33 3 4 24 3 4 Spacer 11 Cushion rubber T3 2 5 0 25 1 8 5 Bush 12 Cla...

Страница 1624: ...OSTC 3 INTAKE INDUCTION GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 INTAKE DUCT 1 Clamp 3 Air by pass hose Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Intake duct 4 Turbocharging pressure relief valve T 19 1 9 14 0 IN 00078 1 2 3...

Страница 1625: ...pass valve 11 Gasket 2 Intercooler bracket RH 7 Gasket 12 Hose connector 3 Intercooler bracket LH 8 Intercooler duct Primary 4 Clamp 9 Gasket Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Air intake duct 10 In...

Страница 1626: ...IN H4DOSTC 5 INTAKE INDUCTION GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 1627: ...H4DOSTC 6 INTAKE INDUCTION GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 TURBOCHARGER IN 00080 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 T4 T4 T5 T1 T1 T3 T5 T1 T2 T2 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T5 T...

Страница 1628: ...racket LH 5 Secondary turbocharger ASSY 17 Turbocharger upper cover Pri mary 6 Turbocharger cover Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 7 Turbocharger cover 18 Turbocharger lower cover Pri mary T1 6 5 0 6...

Страница 1629: ...box ASSY 7 Purge control solenoid valve 13 Primary turbocharger 3 Exhaust gas control valve 8 Air by pass valve 14 Differential pressure sensor 4 Intake duct 9 Surge tank 15 Filter 5 Tubocharging pre...

Страница 1630: ...hem from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands be...

Страница 1631: ...5 Remove the air cleaner upper cover 6 Remove the air cleaner element 7 Remove the air cleaner lower case B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 33 N m 3 4 kgf m 24...

Страница 1632: ...ts which installs air intake duct on front side of body B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 7 5 N m 0 76 kgf m 24 3 ft lb C INSPECTION 1 Inspect for cracks and loo...

Страница 1633: ...to FU H4DOSTC 15 REMOVAL Intake Manifold 3 Remove the sensor engine harness and fuel pipe attached to intake manifold Ref to FU H4DOSTC 22 DISASSEMBLY Intake Mani fold 4 Remove the intake duct from i...

Страница 1634: ...from pipes 2 Disconnect the hose from hose connector of so lenoid box assembly 3 Disconnect the air by pass hose from air by pass valve 4 Remove the bolts which secures intercooler to bracket 5 Separ...

Страница 1635: ...ft lb C DISASSEMBLY 1 Loosen the clamps then remove the intercooler duct D ASSEMBLY Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly Tightening torque 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 11 7 ft lb IN 00093 IN 00089 IN 0009...

Страница 1636: ...engine coolant hose 9 Remove the bolt which secures bracket of oil pipe to turbocharger 10 Remove the oil pipe from turbocharger 11 Remove the turbocharger bracket 12 Disconnect the oil and coolant ou...

Страница 1637: ...6 Connect the engine coolant hose which is con nected to the coolant filler tank 7 Lift up the vehicle 8 Install the center exhaust pipe Ref to EX H4DOSTC 8 INSTALLATION Center Ex haust Pipe 9 Install...

Страница 1638: ...ir By pass Valve A REMOVAL 1 Remove the air by pass valve from intercooler 2 Disconnect the air by pass hoses from air by pass valve B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening t...

Страница 1639: ...ING PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 8 Turbocharging Pressure Re lief Valve A REMOVAL Remove the turbocharging pressure relief valve from secondary turbocharger and joint part of air duct B INSTALLATION Install...

Страница 1640: ...rom sole noid box 3 Disconnect the hose C for surge tank 4 Remove the lock plate on solenoid box side 5 Disconnect the hose connector 6 Remove the installation bolts and then remove the solenoid box a...

Страница 1641: ...e is not damaged 1 Turbocharging pressure relief valve control solenoid valve 2 4 Turbocharging pressure relief valve control solenoid valve 1 6 Intake air valve control solenoid valve 2 Filter 5 Exha...

Страница 1642: ...from engine compartment 3 Remove the front tire LH and then lift up the ve hicle 4 Remove the front mudguard LH 5 Pull out the wastegate control solenoid valve and bracket from the vehicle as a unit...

Страница 1643: ...the surge tank installation nut from en gine compartment 3 Remove the front tire LH and lift the vehicle 4 Remove the front mudguard LH 5 Remove the surge tank B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse or...

Страница 1644: ...nd cable from battery 2 Disconnect the connector A of differential pres sure sensor 3 Disconnect the hose B of differential pressure sensor 4 Remove the differential pressure sensor B INSTALLATION Ins...

Страница 1645: ...IN H4DOSTC 24 INTAKE INDUCTION DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR MEMO...

Страница 1646: ...Fuel Pressure 26 8 Valve Clearance 27 9 Engine Assembly 31 10 Engine Mounting 40 11 Preparation for Overhaul 41 12 V belt 42 13 Crankshaft Pulley 44 14 Belt Cover 46 15 Timing Belt Assembly 47 16 Cam...

Страница 1647: ...No load 850 150 A C switch ON Firing order 1 3 2 4 Ignition timing BTDC rpm MT 14 10 700 rpm AT 14 10 650 rpm Belt ten sion adjuster Protrusion of adjuster rod 5 2 6 2 mm 0 205 0 244 in Belt ten sione...

Страница 1648: ...rface grinding limit 0 1 mm 0 004 in Cylinder bore STD A 92 005 92 015 mm 3 6222 3 6226 in B 91 995 92 005 mm 3 6218 3 6222 in Taper STD 0 015 mm 0 0006 in Limit 0 050 mm 0 0020 in Out of roundness ST...

Страница 1649: ...0 008 mm 2 3619 2 3625 in 0 03 mm 0 0012 in US 59 962 59 978 mm 2 3607 2 3613 in 0 05 mm 0 0020 in US 59 942 59 958 mm 2 3599 2 3605 in 0 25 mm 0 0098 in US 59 742 59 758 mm 2 3520 2 3527 in 2 4 STD 5...

Страница 1650: ...2 5 18 1 4 Belt cover No 2 LH 14 Belt cover T4 39 4 0 28 9 5 Tensioner bracket 15 Belt cover LH T5 98 10 72 4 6 Automatic belt tension adjuster ASSY 16 Front belt cover T6 Ref to ME H4DOSTC 44 INSTAL...

Страница 1651: ...CHANICAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 CYLINDER HEAD AND CAMSHAFT ME 00602 T2 T4 T3 T5 T4 T2 T2 T1 7 6 14 9 8 10 15 16 13 12 32 29 30 31 3 4 27 23 24 21 32 18 19 14 26 28 25 20 22 17 16 11 5 4 1 3 2 T1 T3 T3...

Страница 1652: ...2 Stud bolt 7 Intake camshaft cap Rear RH 20 Intake camshaft cap Front LH 8 Intake camshaft cap RH 21 Intake camshaft cap Center LH Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 9 Exhaust camshaft cap Front RH 22...

Страница 1653: ...t valve 5 Intake valve oil seal 9 Valve lifter 2 Intake valve 6 Valve spring 10 Exhaust valve oil seal 3 Cylinder head 7 Retainer 11 Intake valve guide 4 Valve spring seat 8 Retainer key 12 Exhaust va...

Страница 1654: ...ME H4DOSTC 9 MECHANICAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 1655: ...HANICAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 CYLINDER BLOCK ME 00623 7 T2 T2 T2 T3 T1 T9 8 14 10 18 19 21 22 20 23 T5 T10 T6 T8 T6 T2 T4 T6 T2 T5 T2 T4 T2 3 4 1 2 10 27 15 16 T2 17 T11 24 25 26 3 4 4 5 9 6 10 10 11...

Страница 1656: ...7 2 5 Oil separator cover 19 Gasket T4 25 2 5 18 1 6 Water by pass pipe 20 Oil pan T5 Ref to ME H4DOSTC 74 INSTALLATION CYLINDER BLOCK 7 Oil pump 21 Drain plug 8 Front oil seal 22 Metal gasket 9 Rear...

Страница 1657: ...ement AT vehicles only 11 Connecting rod bolt 19 Crankshaft bearing 5 4 Drive plate AT vehicles only 12 Connecting rod 5 Top ring 13 Connecting rod bearing Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Second r...

Страница 1658: ...ME H4DOSTC 13 MECHANICAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6 ENGINE MOUNTING 1 Front cushion rubber Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb T1 35 3 5 25 3 T2 85 8 7 62 7 ME 00407 T1 T1 T2 T2 1...

Страница 1659: ...ted with oil prior to assembly Be careful not to let oil grease or coolant contact the timing belt clutch disc and flywheel All removed parts if to be reused should be re installed in the original pos...

Страница 1660: ...ning crankshaft pulley bolt etc 398744300 PISTON GUIDE Used for installing piston in cylinder for 2000 cc engine 498857100 VALVE OIL SEAL GUIDE Used for press fitting of intake and exhaust valve guide...

Страница 1661: ...hing 499097600 MT vehicles PISTON PIN REMOVER ASSY Used for removing piston pin 499097700 AT vehicles PISTON PIN REMOVER ASSY Used for removing piston pin 499207400 CAMSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH Used for r...

Страница 1662: ...ft oil seal Used with CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL GUIDE 499597100 499597100 CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL GUIDE Used for installing crankshaft oil seal Used with CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL INSTALLER 499587200 499718000 VALVE...

Страница 1663: ...ENGINE STAND ADAPTER RH 498457000 LH 498457100 499977400 CRANK PULLEY WRENCH AT vehicles Used for stopping rotation of crankshaft pulley when loosening and tightening crankshaft pulley bolts 49997710...

Страница 1664: ...r 499587100 OIL SEAL INSTALLER Used for installing oil pump oil seal 499587600 OIL SEAL INSTALLER Used for installing camshaft oil seal for DOHC engine 499597200 OIL SEAL GUIDE Used for installing cam...

Страница 1665: ...ad 498277200 STOPPER SET Used for installing automatic transmission assem bly to engine 24082AA210 Newly adopted tool CARTRIDGE Troubleshooting for electrical systems 22771AA030 SELECT MONI TOR KIT Tr...

Страница 1666: ...6 Check the starter motor for satisfactory perfor mance and operation 7 Hold the compression gauge tight against spark plug hole NOTE When using a screw in type compression gauge the screw put into cy...

Страница 1667: ...System in Selection Menu 9 Select the 1 Current Data Display Save in Engine Control System Diagnosis 10 Select the 1 12 Data Display in Data Display Menu 11 Start the engine and then read the engine...

Страница 1668: ...F 4 Insert the cartridge to SUBARU SELECT MONI TOR 5 Connect the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR to data link connector 6 Turn the ignition switch to ON and SUBARU SELECT MONITOR switch to ON 7 Select the 2 Eac...

Страница 1669: ...normal position This ten dency becomes more evident as engine temperature rises Leakage around intake manifold gasket or disconnection or damaged vacuum hose 2 When engine speed is reduced slowly fro...

Страница 1670: ...more at 5 000 rpm If the oil pressure is out of specification check oil pump oil filter and lubrication line Ref to LU H4DOSTC 22 INSPECTION Engine Lubrica tion System Trouble in General If the oil p...

Страница 1671: ...elivery hoses from fuel fil ter and then connect the fuel pressure gauge 4 Connect the connector of fuel pump relay A 5 Start the engine 6 Measure the fuel pressure while disconnecting the pressure re...

Страница 1672: ...cting the 1 and 3 cylinders 1 Pull out the engine harness connector with bracket from air cleaner upper cover 2 Remove the air cleaner case Ref to IN H4DOSTC 10 REMOVAL Air Cleaner 3 Disconnect the ig...

Страница 1673: ...exhaust valve clearances while lift ing up the vehicle Valve clearance Intake 0 20 0 02 mm 0 0079 0 0008 in Exhaust 0 25 0 02 mm 0 0098 0 0008 in NOTE If the measured value is not within specificatio...

Страница 1674: ...clearance and valve lifter thickness by referring to the following table 6 Set the suitable shim selected in step 4 to valve lifter ME 00411 ME 00023 ME 00024 Unit mm Intake valve S V T 0 20 Exhaust...

Страница 1675: ...611 5 19 0 2043 13228 AB621 5 20 0 2047 13228 AB631 5 21 0 2051 13228 AB641 5 22 0 2055 13228 AB651 5 23 0 2059 13228 AB661 5 24 0 2063 13228 AB671 5 25 0 2067 13228 AB681 5 26 0 2071 13228 AB691 5 27...

Страница 1676: ...rank it for 5 seconds more 4 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 5 Remove the filler cap 6 Disconnect the ground cable from battery 7 Remove the radiator from vehicle Ref to CO H4DOSTC 23 REMOVAL Radia to...

Страница 1677: ...uum hose 2 Heater inlet outlet hose 13 Remove the power steering pump from brack et 1 Loosen the lock bolt and slider bolt and then remove the front side V belt Ref to ME H4DOSTC 42 REMOVAL V belt 2 D...

Страница 1678: ...hicles 16 Remove the center exhaust pipe Ref to EX H4DOSTC 7 REMOVAL Center Exhaust Pipe 17 Remove the nuts which hold lower side of transmission to engine 18 Remove the nuts which install front cushi...

Страница 1679: ...AT vehicles 1 Lower the vehicle 2 Remove the service hole plug 3 Remove the bolts which hold torque con verter clutch to drive plate 4 Remove the other bolts while rotating the engine using socket wre...

Страница 1680: ...ansmission to engine 27 Remove the engine from vehicle 1 Slightly raise the engine 2 Raise the transmission with garage jack 3 Move the engine horizontally until the main shaft is withdrawn from clutc...

Страница 1681: ...lb 3 Install the engine onto transmission 1 Position the engine in engine compartment and then align it with the transmission NOTE Be careful not to damage the adjacent parts or body panels with crank...

Страница 1682: ...verter clutch onto drive plate AT vehicles 1 Tighten the bolts which hold torque convert er clutch to drive plate 2 Tighten other bolts while rotating the engine by using ST NOTE Be careful not to dro...

Страница 1683: ...17 Install the center exhaust pipe Ref to EX H4DOSTC 8 INSTALLATION Center Exhaust Pipe 18 Lower the vehicle 19 Connect the following hoses 1 Fuel delivery hose return hose and evapo ration hose 2 He...

Страница 1684: ...ank Ref to CO H4DOSTC 33 INSTALLATION Coolant Filler Tank 27 Install the window washer tank 28 Install the battery in the vehicle and connect cables 29 Fill coolant Ref to CO H4DOSTC 15 FILL ING OF EN...

Страница 1685: ...ine assembly Ref to ME H4DOSTC 31 REMOVAL Engine Assem bly 2 Remove the engine mounting from engine as sembly B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque Engine mounting 3...

Страница 1686: ...ENGINE STAND 2 In this section the procedures described under each index are all connected and stated in order It will be the complete procedure for overhauling of the engine itself when you go throu...

Страница 1687: ...ff any oil or water on the belt and pulley 1 Install the belt C and tighten the slider bolt so as to obtain the specified belt tension Ref to ME H4DOSTC 43 INSPECTION V belt 2 Tighten the lock bolt A...

Страница 1688: ...osition and or idler pulley installing position Belt tension A replaced 7 9 mm 0 276 0 354 in reused 9 11 mm 0 354 0 433 in B replaced 7 5 8 5 mm 0 295 0 335 in reused 9 0 10 0 mm 0 354 0 394 in with...

Страница 1689: ...s 65 degrees or more If not conduct the following procedures 1 through 4 1 Replace the crankshaft pulley bolts Crankshaft pulley bolt 12369AA011 2 Clean the crankshaft thread using an air gun 3 Tighte...

Страница 1690: ...ighten the bolts temporarily with tightening torque of 44 N m 4 5 kgf m 33 ft lb 4 Tighten the crankshaft pulley bolts keeping them in an angle between 45 degrees and 60 degrees NOTE Conduct the tight...

Страница 1691: ...lt cover C B INSTALLATION 1 Install the front belt cover C Tightening torque 5 N m 0 5 kgf m 3 6 ft lb 2 Install the belt cover RH B Tightening torque 5 N m 0 5 kgf m 3 6 ft lb 3 Install the belt cove...

Страница 1692: ...arrow mark which indicates rotation direction on timing belt fade away put new marks before removing the timing belt as follows 1 Turn the crankshaft using ST and align the alignment marks on cranksha...

Страница 1693: ...tate the intake and exhaust camshaft sprock et If the camshaft sprocket is rotated the in take and exhaust valve heads strike together and valve stems are bent 2 BELT IDLER AND AUTOMATIC BELT TENSION...

Страница 1694: ...sure until stopper pin is completely inserted 1 Attach the automatic belt tension adjuster assembly to the vertical pressing tool 2 Slowly move the adjuster rod down with a pressure of 294 N 30 kgf 66...

Страница 1695: ...with notch B on belt cover by turning the sprocket counterclockwise as viewed from front of engine 5 Align the single line mark A on intake cam shaft sprocket LH with notch B on belt cover by turning...

Страница 1696: ...he zero lift position to the position where the timing belt is to be installed at as small an angle as possible in order to prevent mutual interfer ence of intake and exhaust valve heads Do not allow...

Страница 1697: ...timing belt and sprockets are aligned 5 After ensuring that the marks on the timing belt and sprockets are aligned remove the stopper pin from tensioner adjuster 1 Arrow mark 4 54 5 tooth length 7 In...

Страница 1698: ...between timing belt and timing belt guide Clearance 1 0 0 5 mm 0 039 0 020 in 3 Tighten the bolts Tightening torque 10 N m 1 0 kgf m 7 2 ft lb Tightening torque 6 4 N m 0 7 kgf m 5 1 ft lb Tightening...

Страница 1699: ...ce of the cylinder Repeat this motion 2 or 3 times 2 With the adjuster rod moved all the way up apply a pressure of 294 N 30 kgf 66 lb to it Check the adjuster rod stiffness 3 If the the adjuster rod...

Страница 1700: ...07400 CAMSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH Except INTAKE LH Tightening torque 98 N m 10 kgf m 72 4 ft lb NOTE Do not confuse the right and left side camshaft sprockets intake side during installation The cam shaf...

Страница 1701: ...ATION 1 Install the crankshaft sprocket 2 Install the camshaft sprocket Ref to ME H4DOSTC 55 INSTALLATION Camshaft Sprocket 3 Install the timing belt assembly Ref to ME H4DOSTC 49 INSTALLATION Tim ing...

Страница 1702: ...racket 8 Remove the belt cover No 2 LH 9 Remove the belt cover No 2 RH 10 Disconnect the ignition coil connector 11 Remove the ignition coil 12 Remove the rocker cover and gasket 13 Loosen the intake...

Страница 1703: ...lure to do so may cause excess packing to come out and flow toward oil seal resulting in oil leaks Fluid packing Part No 004403007 THREE BOND 1215 or equivalent 2 Apply engine oil to cap bearing surfa...

Страница 1704: ...e gasket is properly positioned during installation 5 Install the ignition coil 6 Connect the ignition coil connector 7 Similarly install the parts on right hand side 8 Install the belt cover No 2 RH...

Страница 1705: ...east two stages in alphabetical sequence shown in the figure and then tighten to specified torque Do not turn the camshaft Tightening torque T1 10 N m 1 0 kgf m 7 2 ft lb T2 20 N m 2 0 kgf m 14 5 ft l...

Страница 1706: ...1 457 in 6 Measure the thrust clearance of camshaft with dial gauge If the clearance exceeds the limit re place the caps and cylinder head as a set If neces sary replace the camshaft Standard 0 015 0...

Страница 1707: ...er head and cylinder block 12 Similarly remove the right side cylinder head B INSTALLATION 1 Install the cylinder head and gaskets on cylinder block NOTE Use new cylinder head gaskets Be careful not t...

Страница 1708: ...LATION Crankshaft Pulley 10 Install the V belt Ref to ME H4DOSTC 42 INSTALLATION V belt C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove the valve shims and valve lifters 2 Compress the valve spring and remove the valve spring...

Страница 1709: ...Intake valve oil seal 9 Valve lifter 2 Intake valve 6 Valve spring 10 Exhaust valve oil seal 3 Cylinder head 7 Retainer 11 Intake valve guide 4 Valve spring seat 8 Retainer key 12 Exhaust valve guide...

Страница 1710: ...PECTION 1 CYLINDER HEAD 1 Make sure that no crack or other damage exists In addition to visual inspection inspect the impor tant areas by means of red check 2 Measure the warping of the cylinder head...

Страница 1711: ...2350 in Exhaust 5 945 5 960 mm 0 2341 0 2346 in 1 Place the cylinder head on ST1 with the combustion chamber upward so that valve guides enter the holes in ST1 2 Insert the ST2 into valve guide and p...

Страница 1712: ...ide becomes lustrous and the reamer does not chips use a new reamer or remedy the reamer 8 Recheck the contact condition between valve and valve seat after replacing the valve guide 4 INTAKE AND EXHAU...

Страница 1713: ...E NOTE Apply engine oil to oil seal before force fitting Differentiate between the intake valve oil seal and exhaust valve oil seal by noting their difference in color Color of rubber part Intake Blac...

Страница 1714: ...wing 1 Wearing rubber gloves remove the dam aged valve from the cylinder head 2 Prepare a large receptacle bucket or other container in a well ventilated location and fill the receptacle with water at...

Страница 1715: ...E H4DOSTC 62 REMOVAL Cylinder Head Assembly 10 Remove the clutch disc and cover MT vehi cles Ref to CL 15 REMOVAL Clutch Disc and Cover 11 Remove the flywheel MT vehicles Ref to CL 20 REMOVAL Flywheel...

Страница 1716: ...flat bladed screwdriver as shown in the fig ure when removing the oil pump NOTE Be careful not to scratch the mating surface of cyl inder block and oil pump ME 00138 1 Service hole plug 3 Circlip 5 Se...

Страница 1717: ...ER AT vehicles NOTE Be careful not to confuse the original combination of piston piston pin and cylinder 27 Similarly remove the piston pins from 3 and 4 pistons 28 Remove the bolts which connect cyli...

Страница 1718: ...using a hammer handle NOTE Do not confuse the combination of crankshaft bear ings Press the bearing at the end opposite to lock ing lip 35 Draw out each piston from cylinder block using a wooden bar o...

Страница 1719: ...he crankshaft on 2 and 4 cylinder block 3 Apply fluid packing to the mating surface of 1 and 3 cylinder block and position it on 2 and 4 cylinder block Fluid packing Part No 004403007 THREE BOND 1215...

Страница 1720: ...tical sequence 7 Further tighten the RH side bolts E J to 90 in alphabetical sequence 8 Tighten the 8 mm and 6 mm cylinder block con necting bolts in alphabetical sequence shown in the figure Tighteni...

Страница 1721: ...osition the upper rail gap at G in the figure NOTE Ensure ring gaps do not face the same direction Ensure ring gaps are not within the piston skirt area 14 Installing the circlip Install the circlips...

Страница 1722: ...ad center ST1 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET 3 Apply a coat of engine oil to the pistons and cylinders and insert pistons in their cylinders us ing ST2 ST2 398744300 PISTON GUIDE NOTE Piston front mark f...

Страница 1723: ...pply a coat of engine oil to the piston pin and insert piston pin into piston and connecting rod through service hole 3 Using the ST install the circlip ST 499897200 PISTON CIRCLIP PLIERS NOTE Use new...

Страница 1724: ...m 0 65 kgf m 4 7 ft lb 19 Install the oil strainer and O ring Tightening torque 10 N m 1 0 kgf m 7 ft lb 20 Install the oil strainer stay 21 Apply fluid packing to the matching surfaces and then insta...

Страница 1725: ...nd Cover 26 Installation of oil pump 1 Discard the front oil seal after removal Re place with a new one using the ST ST 499587100 OIL SEAL INSTALLER 2 Apply fluid packing to the matching surface of oi...

Страница 1726: ...assembly Ref to ME H4DOSTC 62 INSTALLATION CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY 34 Install the oil level gauge guide and tighten the attaching bolt left side only 35 Install the rocker cover 36 Install the cranksha...

Страница 1727: ...connecting rod cap and bearing in order to prevent confusion 3 Remove the piston rings using the piston ring ex pander 4 Remove the oil ring by hand NOTE Arrange the removed piston rings in proper or...

Страница 1728: ...a piston ring expander E INSPECTION 1 CYLINDER BLOCK 1 Visually check for cracks and damage Especial ly inspect the important parts by means of red lead check 2 Check the oil passages for clogging 3 I...

Страница 1729: ...m 0 0020 in 3 When the piston is to be replaced due to general or cylinder wear determine a suitable sized piston by measuring the piston clearance 4 How to measure the outer diameter of each pis ton...

Страница 1730: ...on one cyl inder only nor use an oversize piston for one cylin der only 2 If the cylinder inner diameter exceeds the limit after boring and honing replace the crank case NOTE Immediately after rebori...

Страница 1731: ...on piston be careful of each rail s direction 2 Clean up the piston ring groove and piston ring 3 Squarely place the piston ring and oil ring in cyl inder and then measure the piston ring gap with a t...

Страница 1732: ...ecting rod bearing for scar peeling seizure melting wear etc 5 Measure the oil clearance on individual connect ing rod bearings by means of plastigauge If any oil clearance is not within specification...

Страница 1733: ...and check for cracks by means of red lead check etc and re place if defective 2 Measure the crankshaft bend and correct or re place if it exceeds the limit NOTE If a suitable V block is not available...

Страница 1734: ...13 0 0787 0 0793 1 486 1 498 0 0585 0 0590 0 03 0 0012 undersize Journal O D 59 962 59 978 2 3607 2 3613 59 962 59 978 2 3607 2 3613 51 954 51 970 2 0454 2 0461 Bearing size Thickness at cen ter 2 017...

Страница 1735: ...p and relay A Lack of or insufficient fuel B Belt Defective B Defective timing B Compression Incorrect valve clearance C Loosened spark plugs or defective gasket C Loosened cylinder head bolts or defe...

Страница 1736: ...system Ref to EN H4DOSTC 2 Basic Diagnostic Procedure A Intake system Loosened or cracked intake duct A Loosened or cracked PCV hose A Loosened or cracked vacuum hose A Defective intake manifold gask...

Страница 1737: ...B Lubrication system Incorrect oil pressure B Cooling system Overheating C Over cooling C Others Malfunction of evaporative emission control system A 4 Surging Engine control system Ref to EN H4DOSTC...

Страница 1738: ...ctive gasket C Improper valve seating B Defective valve stem C Worn or broken valve spring C Worn or stuck piston rings cylinder and piston C Incorrect valve timing A Lubrication system Incorrect oil...

Страница 1739: ...rrect valve clearance B Loosened spark plugs or defective gasket C Loosened cylinder head bolts or defective gasket C Improper valve seating B Defective valve stem C Worn or broken valve spring C Worn...

Страница 1740: ...g Improper gasoline Clank when engine speed is medium 1 000 to 2 000 rpm Sound is reduced when fuel injector connector of noisy cyl inder is disconnected NOTE Worn crankshaft main bearing Worn bearing...

Страница 1741: ...ME H4DOSTC 96 MECHANICAL ENGINE NOISE MEMO...

Страница 1742: ...EXHAUST EX H4DOSTC Page 1 General Description 2 2 Front Exhaust Pipe 5 3 Center Exhaust Pipe 7 4 Joint Pipe 11 5 Rear Exhaust Pipe 12 6 Muffler 13 7 Variable Muffler Control Unit 14...

Страница 1743: ...lb 2 Upper exhaust manifold cover RH 7 Lower exhaust manifold cover LH T1 19 1 9 13 7 T2 35 3 6 26 0 3 Exhaust manifold RH 8 Exhaust manifold LH T3 39 4 0 28 9 4 Lower exhaust manifold cover RH 9 Upp...

Страница 1744: ...ft lb 6 Gasket 18 Muffler T1 4 5 0 46 3 3 7 Joint pipe LH 19 Control cable MT vehicles T2 18 1 8 13 0 8 Hanger bracket RH 20 Plug AT vehicles T3 23 2 3 16 6 9 Hanger bracket LH 21 Grommet T4 30 3 0 2...

Страница 1745: ...rom dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands because...

Страница 1746: ...pipe assembly with one hand remove the nuts which hold front ex haust pipe assembly to cylinder head exhaust port 7 Remove the front exhaust pipe assembly 8 Remove the covers from the exhaust manifold...

Страница 1747: ...lb 4 Install the exhaust manifold covers LH Tightening torque 19 N m 1 9 kgf m 13 7 ft lb 5 Install the lower exhaust manifold cover RH Tightening torque 19 N m 1 9 kgf m 13 7 ft lb 6 Connect the conn...

Страница 1748: ...Be careful the turbocharger cover and exhaust pipe are hot 7 Remove the bolts which install lower side of tur bocharger cover LH 8 Lower the vehicle 9 Remove the turbocharger cover RH 10 Remove the t...

Страница 1749: ...CAUTION Be careful not to pull down the center exhaust pipe 19 Remove the center exhaust pipe B INSTALLATION NOTE Replace the gaskets with new ones 1 Install the center exhaust pipe and temporarily t...

Страница 1750: ...ossmember 8 Tighten the bolt which holds center exhaust pipe bracket to transmission Tightening torque 30 N m 3 1 kgf m 22 4 ft lb 9 Tighten the bolts which hold center exhaust pipe to hanger bracket...

Страница 1751: ...e vehicle 14 Tighten the bolts which install under side of tur bocharger cover RH Tightening torque 7 4 N m 0 75 kgf m 5 4 ft lb 15 Tighten the bolts which install under side of tur bocharger cover LH...

Страница 1752: ...4DOSTC 7 REMOVAL Center Exhaust Pipe 6 Remove the turbocharger Ref to IN H4DOSTC 15 REMOVAL Turbocharger 7 Take off the joint pipe in the upward direction 2 SECONDARY SIDE 1 Remove the under cover 2 R...

Страница 1753: ...move the rear exhaust pipe B INSTALLATION NOTE Replace the gaskets with new ones 1 Install the rear exhaust pipe to muffler Tightening torque 48 N m 4 9 kgf m 35 4 ft lb 2 Install the rear exhaust pip...

Страница 1754: ...ler during remov al NOTE To facilitate removal apply a coat of SUBARU CRC to the mating area of rubber cushions in ad vance SUBARU CRC Part No 004301003 B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order o...

Страница 1755: ...ve the cable B 4 Disconnect the variable muffler control unit and connector C of actuator 5 Remove the variable muffler control unit actua tor and bracket as a unit B INSTALLATION Install in the rever...

Страница 1756: ...Radiator Sub Fan System 11 4 Engine Coolant 15 5 Water Pump 17 6 Thermostat 21 7 Radiator 23 8 Radiator Cap 27 9 Radiator Main Fan and Fan Motor 28 10 Radiator Sub Fan and Fan Motor 30 11 Reservoir Ta...

Страница 1757: ...eed Discharge pres sure pressure leak 6 000 rpm 225 4 kPa 23 0 mAq 75 5 ftAq Engine coolant temperature 85 C 185 F Impeller diameter 76 mm 2 99 in Number of impeller vanes 8 Pump pulley diameter 60 mm...

Страница 1758: ...hermostat case 5 Gasket Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Gasket 6 Heater by pass hose T1 First 12 1 2 8 7 Second 12 1 2 8 7 3 Thermostat 7 Coolant filler tank by pass hose 4 Water pump ASSY 8 Water...

Страница 1759: ...coolant filler tank cap 7 Engine coolant reservoir tank cap 19 Engine coolant hose Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 8 Overflow hose 20 Radiator lower bracket T1 3 4 0 35 2 5 9 Engine coolant reservo...

Страница 1760: ...from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands becau...

Страница 1761: ...499977400 AT model CRANK PULLEY WRENCH Used for fixing crankshaft pulley when loos ening and tightening crankshaft pulley bolts 18231AA010 CAMSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH Used for removing and installing ca...

Страница 1762: ...OTOR MAIN FAN RELAY F28 F16 F66 F27 1 2 F17 B100 F2 B72 1 2 8 9 NO 3 NO 18 NO 17 SBF 4 SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH B72 3 4 1 2 B137 BATTERY 17 28 B137 ECM F16 F17 2 1 F27 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 10 13 12 14 21...

Страница 1763: ...asure resistance between main fan motor connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F17 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied valve 5 Go to step 3 Repair open circuit...

Страница 1764: ...fuse terminal 9 CHECK FUSE 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove fuse No 18 from joint box 3 Check fuse Is the fuse blown out Fuse is blown out Replace fuse Repair open circuit in harness between ma...

Страница 1765: ...e of harness between main fan relay connector and ECM connec tor Connector terminal F66 No 7 B134 No 14 Is the measured value less than the speci fied valve 1 Go to step 14 Repair open circuit in harn...

Страница 1766: ...OTOR MAIN FAN RELAY F28 F16 F66 F27 1 2 F17 B100 F2 B72 1 2 8 9 NO 3 NO 18 NO 17 SBF 4 SBF 1 IGNITION SWITCH B72 3 4 1 2 B137 BATTERY 17 28 B137 ECM F16 F17 2 1 F27 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 10 13 12 14 21...

Страница 1767: ...switch to ON 5 Measure voltage between sub fan motor connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F16 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 2 Go t...

Страница 1768: ...ure voltage of harness between A C relay holder 20 A fuse terminal and chassis ground Connector terminal F27 No 3 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 10 V Repair open cir...

Страница 1769: ...etween sub fan motor and sub fan relay connector 13 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN SUB FAN RE LAY AND ECM 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ECM 3 Measure resistance of harness between s...

Страница 1770: ...0 rpm 5 If engine coolant level drops in radiator add en gine coolant to filler neck position 6 If engine coolant level drops from upper level of reservoir tank add engine coolant to upper level 7 Att...

Страница 1771: ...ntersects with the 40 curve of the necessary coolant concentra tion and read the scale on the vertical axis of the graph at height A The quantity of coolant to be drained is 2 1 liters 2 2 US qt 1 8 I...

Страница 1772: ...7 Remove bolt and clamps and then remove wa ter by pass pipe MT model 8 Disconnect radiator outlet hose A and heater hose B from water pump 9 Disconnect water by pass hose C and oil cool er hose D 10...

Страница 1773: ...sprocket by using ST ST 18231AA010 CAMSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH Intake side ST 499207400 CAMSHAFT SPROCKET WRENCH Exhaust side 22 Remove tensioner bracket 23 Remove left hand belt cover No 2 24 Remove wa...

Страница 1774: ...9 ft lb 8 Install automatic belt tension adjuster which ten sion rod is held with pin Ref to ME H4DOSTC 49 BELT IDLER AND AUTOMATIC BELT TEN SION ADJUSTER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION Timing Belt Assembly 9...

Страница 1775: ...T REPLACEMENT Engine Coolant C INSPECTION 1 Check water pump bearing for smooth rotation 2 Check water pump pulley for abnormalities 3 Using a dial gauge measure impeller runout in thrust direction wh...

Страница 1776: ...out the thermostat B INSTALLATION 1 Install the thermostat in the water pump and in stall the thermostat cover together with a gasket NOTE Replace gasket with a new one Thermostat must be installed wi...

Страница 1777: ...wa ter Raise water temperature gradually and mea sure the temperature and valve lift when the valve begins to open and when the valve is fully opened During the test agitate the water for even temper...

Страница 1778: ...T REPLACEMENT Engine Coolant 5 Disconnect connectors of radiator main fan A and sub fan B motor 6 Disconnect radiator outlet hose from thermostat cover 7 Disconnect ATF cooler hoses from radiator AT v...

Страница 1779: ...r 16 While slightly lifting radiator slide it to left 17 Lift radiator up and away from vehicle B INSTALLATION 1 Attach radiator mounting cushions to holes on the vehicle 2 Install radiator while fitt...

Страница 1780: ...iator inlet hose A and engine cool ant filler tank hose B to radiator 6 Install reservoir tank Tightening torque 4 9 N m 0 50 kgf m 3 6 ft lb 7 Connect overflow hose 8 Install air intake duct 9 Lift u...

Страница 1781: ...ission Fluid C INSPECTION 1 Remove radiator cap top off radiator and attach tester to radiator in place of cap 2 Apply a pressure of 157 kPa 1 6 kg cm2 23 psi to radiator to check if 1 Engine coolant...

Страница 1782: ...ps Radiator cap is functioning properly if it holds the service limit pressure for five to six seconds Standard pressure 93 123 kPa 0 95 1 25 kg cm2 14 18 psi Service limit pressure 83 kPa 0 85 kg cm2...

Страница 1783: ...vehicle 6 Remove air intake duct 7 Disconnect overflow hose 8 Remove reservoir tank 9 Remove radiator main fan motor assembly B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE When the main...

Страница 1784: ...nto shroud D ASSEMBLY Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly Tightening torque 4 4 N m 0 45 kgf m 3 3 ft lb Tightening torque 3 4 N m 0 35 kgf m 2 5 ft lb E INSPECTION 1 Connect battery positive...

Страница 1785: ...ub fan motor 5 Lower the vehicle 6 Remove air intake duct 7 Remove bolts which hold sub fan shroud to radi ator 8 Remove radiator sub fan shroud through the un der side of vehicle B INSTALLATION Insta...

Страница 1786: ...e in the reverse order of disassembly Tightening torque 4 4 N m 0 45 kgf m 3 3 ft lb Tightening torque 3 4 N m 0 35 kgf m 2 5 ft lb E INSPECTION 1 Connect battery positive terminal to terminal No 2 an...

Страница 1787: ...ller neck position 2 Remove bolts which install reservoir tank onto radiator main fan shroud 3 Remove reservoir tank B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 4 9N m 0 5...

Страница 1788: ...C 10 REMOVAL Air Cleaner 3 Remove the air cleaner element 4 Disconnect the engine coolant hoses from cool ant filler tank 5 Remove the bolts and nut which installs coolant filler tank 6 Disconnect the...

Страница 1789: ...ressure in exhaust system Clean or replace l Insufficient clearance between piston and cylinder Adjust or replace m Slipping clutch Repair or replace n Dragging brake Adjust o Improper transmission oi...

Страница 1790: ...e 1 General Description 2 2 Oil Pressure System 6 3 Engine Oil 8 4 Oil Pump 10 5 Oil Pan and Strainer 14 6 Oil Pressure Switch 18 7 Engine Oil Cooler 19 8 Engine Oil Filter 21 9 Engine Lubrication Sys...

Страница 1791: ...in Capacity at 80 C 176 F 600 rpm Discharge pressure 98 kPa 1 0 kg cm2 14 psi Discharge quantity 4 6 2 4 9 US qt 4 0 Imp qt min 5 000 rpm Discharge pressure 294 kPa 3 0 kg cm2 43 psi Discharge quanti...

Страница 1792: ...l pump case 21 O ring T5 69 7 0 51 7 Inner rotor 22 Oil strainer T6 6 4 0 65 4 7 8 Outer rotor 23 Gasket T7 25 2 5 18 1 9 Oil pump cover 24 Oil level gauge guide T8 44 4 5 33 10 Oil filter 25 Oil pan...

Страница 1793: ...or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands because each pa...

Страница 1794: ...ulley when loosening and tightening crankshaft pulley bolt 499977400 AT model CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH Used for stopping rotation of crankshaft pulley when loosening and tightening crankshaft pulley b...

Страница 1795: ...M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT B5 B8 B5 14 i1 B36 E2 E11 B21 OIL PRE...

Страница 1796: ...ressure switch 3 Turn ignition switch ON 4 Measure the voltage of harness between the combination meter connector and chas sis ground Connector terminal E11 No 1 Chassis ground Does the measured value...

Страница 1797: ...driving or while the engine is warm en gine oil level may show in the range between the F line and the notch mark This is caused by ther mal expansion of the engine oil 7 To prevent overfilling the en...

Страница 1798: ...ction and thus increasing cranking speed CAUTION When replenishing oil it does not matter if the oil to be added is a different brand from that in the engine however use oil having the ILSAC or API cl...

Страница 1799: ...aft position sensor 9 Remove V belts Ref to ME H4DOSTC 42 REMOVAL V belt 10 Remove rear side V belt tensioner 11 Remove crankshaft pulley by using ST ST 499977100 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH MT model ST...

Страница 1800: ...l pump Fluid gasket Part No 004403007 THREE BOND 1215 or equivalent 2 Replace O ring A with a new one 3 Apply engine oil to the inside of the oil seal 4 Be careful not to scratch oil seal when install...

Страница 1801: ...Install inner and outer rotors in their original po sitions 4 Install oil relief valve and relief valve spring 5 Install oil pump cover Tightening torque T1 5 N m 0 5 kgf m 3 6 ft lb T2 44 N m 4 5 kgf...

Страница 1802: ...y Side clearance Standard 0 02 0 07 mm 0 0008 0 0028 in Limit 0 12 mm 0 0047 in 4 OIL RELIEF VALVE Check the valve for fitting condition and damage and the relief valve spring for damage and deterio r...

Страница 1803: ...e duct 6 Remove the two clips B from air cleaner upper cover 7 Remove the air intake boot and air cleaner upper cover 8 Remove the intercooler Ref to IN H4DOSTC 13 REMOVAL Intercooler 9 Remove pitchin...

Страница 1804: ...while raising up engine 17 Insert oil pan cutter blade between cylinder block to oil pan clearance CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or similar tool in place of oil pan cutter 18 Remove oil strainer 1...

Страница 1805: ...Tightening torque 5 N m 0 5 kgf m 3 6 ft lb 5 Lower engine onto front crossmember 6 Tighten nuts which secure front cushion rubber onto front crossmember Tightening torque 69 N m 7 0 kgf m 51 ft lb 7...

Страница 1806: ...he clamp A which connects air intake boot to intake duct 15 Lock the two clips B to air cleaner upper cov er 16 Connect the connector to mass air flow sensor 17 Install front wheels 18 Connect battery...

Страница 1807: ...gasket to oil pressure switch threads Fluid gasket Part No 004403042 THREE BOND 1324 or equivalent 2 Install oil pressure switch onto engine block Tightening torque 25 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 1 ft lb 3 Conn...

Страница 1808: ...ontainer under the vehicle and remove the drain plug from oil pan 4 Drain the coolant 5 Remove the water by pass pipe between oil cooler and water pump 6 Remove the engine oil filter Ref to LU H4DOSTC...

Страница 1809: ...e order of removal Tightening torque T 54 N m 5 5 kgf m 40 ft lb CAUTION Always use a new O ring C INSPECTION 1 Check that the coolant passages are not clogged using an air blow method 2 Check the mat...

Страница 1810: ...hand being careful not to damage seal rubber 3 Tighten more approximately 2 3 to 3 4 turn af ter the seal rubber contacts the oil pump case Do not tighten excessively or oil may leak C INSPECTION 1 A...

Страница 1811: ...by pass valve of oil filter Clean or replace Malfunction of oil relief valve of oil pump Clean or replace Clogged oil passage Clean Excessive tip clearance and side clearance of oil pump rotor and gea...

Страница 1812: ...SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS SP H4DOSTC Page 1 General Description 2...

Страница 1813: ...SP H4DOSTC 2 SPEED CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A SPECIFICATION Specification of TURBO model is also described on SP H4SO Ref to SP H4SO 2 General De scription...

Страница 1814: ...IGNITION IG H4DOSTC Page 1 General Description 2 2 Spark Plug 5 3 Ignition Coil and Ignitor Assembly 8...

Страница 1815: ...ion A SPECIFICATIONS Item Designation Ignition coil and ignitor assembly Model FK0186 Ignition type Direct ignition Manufacturer DIAMOND Spark plug Type and manufacturer NGK PFR6G Thread size mm 14 P...

Страница 1816: ...IG H4DOSTC 3 IGNITION GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 Spark plug Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Ignition coil and ignitor ASSY T1 21 2 1 15 2 T2 16 1 6 11 7 IG 00001 1 T1 T2 T1 1 2 2 T2...

Страница 1817: ...from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands becaus...

Страница 1818: ...he connector from ignition coil 4 Remove the ignition coil 5 Remove the spark plugs with the spark plug sockets 2 LH SIDE 1 Disconnect the battery cables and then remove the battery and battery carrie...

Страница 1819: ...LH SIDE 1 Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque Spark plug 21 N m 2 1 kgf m 15 2 ft lb Tightening torque Ignition coil 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 11 7 ft lb NOTE The above torque should be o...

Страница 1820: ...ray brown spots and bluish burnt electrodes indicates engine overheating Moreover the appearance re sults from incorrect ignition timing loose spark plugs wrong selection of fuel hotter range plug etc...

Страница 1821: ...OSTC 5 REMOVAL Spark Plug B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 16 N m 1 6 kgf m 11 7 ft lb C INSPECTION Ignitor is integrated with the coil Therefore resis tance ca...

Страница 1822: ...STARTING CHARGING SYSTEMS SC H4DOSTC Page 1 General Description 2 2 Starter 6 3 Generator 14 4 Battery 17...

Страница 1823: ...5 V 7 7 V Current 300 A 400 A Torque 8 6 N 0 88 kgf 6 4 lb or more 16 0 N 1 63 kgf 11 8 lb or more Rotating speed 920 rpm or more 740 rpm or more Lock characteristics Voltage 4 V 3 5 V Current 650 A o...

Страница 1824: ...bearing 7 Internal gear ASSY 13 Armature 2 Front bracket 8 Shaft ASSY 14 Brush holder 3 Lever set 9 Shaft ASSY 15 Brush 4 Magnet switch ASSY 10 Ball 16 Sleeve bearing 5 Stopper set 11 Packing 17 Rear...

Страница 1825: ...H4DOSTC 4 STARTING CHARGING SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 GENERATOR 1 Pulley 4 Bearing retainer 7 Rear cover ASSY 2 Front cover 5 Ball bearing 8 Terminal 3 Ball bearing 6 Rotor SC 00147 1 2 3 4 5 6 7...

Страница 1826: ...ct them from dust or dirt Before removal installation or disassembly be sure to clarify the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hand...

Страница 1827: ...nd terminal from starter 4 Remove the starter from transmission B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 50 N m 5 1 kgf m 37 ft lb C DISASSEMBLY 1 STARTER ASSEMBLY 1 Lo...

Страница 1828: ...on the mounting surface of switch assembly 3 Remove both through bolts and brush holder screws and then detach the rear cover and brush holder 4 Remove the armature and yoke from front brack et 5 Rem...

Страница 1829: ...as follows 1 Remove the stopper from ring by lightly tap ping the stopper with an appropriate tool such as a fit socket wrench 2 Remove the ring stopper and clutch from shaft 2 BRUSH HOLDER Unlock me...

Страница 1830: ...r and clutch Ball at the armature shaft end Internal and planetary gears 1 When installing shaft assembly to front bracket be careful of the following Lever direction Internal gear position Packing po...

Страница 1831: ...use the iron sheet to vi brate and to be attracted to core If the iron sheet is attracted or vibrates the armature which is short circuited must be replaced or repaired 5 Armature ground test Using a...

Страница 1832: ...t in ohm Also check to be sure there is no continuity be tween terminal M and B Terminal Specified resistance S M Less than 1 S Ground Less than 1 M B More than 1 M 6 SWITCH ASSEMBLY OPERATION 1 Conne...

Страница 1833: ...8 PERFORMANCE TEST The starter should be submitted to performance tests whenever it has been overhauled to assure its satisfactory performance when installed on the engine Three performance tests no l...

Страница 1834: ...vehicles 7 7 V 16 0 N 1 63 kgf 3 59 lb Current Speed MT vehicles 300 A 920 rpm or more AT vehicles 400 A 740 rpm or more 3 Lock test With the starter stalled or not rotating measure the torque develop...

Страница 1835: ...bracket B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Check and adjust the V belt tension Ref to ME H4DOSTC 43 INSPECTION V belt C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove the four through bolts 2 Heat t...

Страница 1836: ...in dia length 4 to 5 cm 1 6 to 2 0 in wire through the hole shown in the figure CAUTION Be sure to remove the wire after reassembly 2 Install the ball bearing 1 Set the ball bearing on the front cover...

Страница 1837: ...test Check the resistance between slip rings using cir cuit tester If the resistance is not within specification replace the rotor assembly Specified resistance Approx 1 8 2 2 4 Insulation test Check...

Страница 1838: ...d to it while you are at the same time in contact with any other metallic portion of the vehicle be cause a short circuit will be caused 1 EXTERNAL PARTS Check for the existence of dirt or cracks on b...

Страница 1839: ...rent value specified by manufacturer or at approx 1 10 of battery s am pere hour rating 4 QUICK CHARGING Quick charging is a method in which the battery is charged in a short period of time with a rel...

Страница 1840: ...on Control Module TCM I O Signal 24 8 Data Link Connector 25 9 Subaru Select Monitor 26 10 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code 32 11 Inspection Mode 33 12 Clear Memory Mode 35 13 Compulsory Valve Operation C...

Страница 1841: ...baru Select Monitor or the OBD II general scan tool to data link con nector 3 Turn the ignition switch to ON and the Subaru Select Monitor or OBD II general scan tool switch to ON 4 Read the DTC on th...

Страница 1842: ...ferential gear oil level check Ref to AT 31 Differential Gear Oil 3 ATF leak check Ref to AT 30 Automatic Transmission Fluid 4 Differential gear oil leak check Ref to AT 31 Differential Gear Oil 5 Sta...

Страница 1843: ...Others Outdoor temperature C F Hot Warm Cool Cold Place Highway Suburbs Inner city Uphill Downhill Rough road Others Engine temperature Cold Warming up After warming up Any temperature Others Engine...

Страница 1844: ...l gauge c Intentional connecting or disconnecting of harness connectors or spark plug cords Yes No What d Intentional connecting or disconnecting of hoses Yes No What e Installing of parts other than...

Страница 1845: ...f this problem To measure the voltage and or resistance of individual sensors or all electrical control modules at the harness side connector use a tapered pin with a diameter of less than 0 64 mm 0 0...

Страница 1846: ...h might affect engine problems 1 BATTERY 1 Measure the battery voltage and specific gravity of electrolyte Standard voltage 12 V Specific gravity Above 1 260 2 Check the condition of the main and othe...

Страница 1847: ...timing control It also controls the AWD transfer clutch In other words the system detects various operating conditions from various input signals and sends output signals to shift sole noids 1 2 and...

Страница 1848: ...Electrical Components Location A LOCATION 1 ENGINE MODULE 1 Engine control module ECM 3 Read memory connector 2 CHECK ENGINE malfunction indi cator lamp MI 4 Test mode connector 5 Data link connector...

Страница 1849: ...ENSOR 1 Pressure sensor 4 Knock sensor 7 Mass air flow and intake air tem perature sensor 2 Engine coolant temperature sen sor 5 Camshaft position sensor 6 Crankshaft position sensor 8 Differential pr...

Страница 1850: ...EN H4DOSTC 11 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 00959 1 EN 00963 2 3 EN 00960 EN 00964 5 EN 00961 5 6 EN 00965 7 EN 00962 8 EN 00966...

Страница 1851: ...ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 1 Front oxygen A F sensor 3 Rear oxygen sensor 2 Front catalytic converter 4 Rear catalytic converter EN 00967 1 2 3 4 EN 00968 1 2 EN 00970 EN 00969...

Страница 1852: ...CAL COMPONENTS LOCATION SOLENOID VALVE ACTUATOR EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PARTS AND IGNITION SYSTEM PARTS 1 Solenoid box ASSY 3 Purge control solenoid valve 5 Fuel injector 2 Idle air control solenoid v...

Страница 1853: ...ef valve control solenoid valve 1 G Exhaust valve control solenoid valve For positive pressure B Filter E Exhaust valve control solenoid valve For negative pressure C Exhaust valve control duty sole n...

Страница 1854: ...EN H4DOSTC 15 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION EN 00974 2 EN 00976 3 EN 00975 4 EN 00977 5...

Страница 1855: ...S ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 1 Fuel pump 3 Fuel pump relay 5 Starter 2 Main relay 4 Fuel pump controller 6 Wastegate control solenoid valve EN 00978 2 6 5 4 3 1 EN 00979 1 EN 00982 2 EN 00980 3 EN...

Страница 1856: ...C 17 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION 2 TRANSMISSION MODULE 1 Transmission Control Module TCM for AT vehicles 2 AT diagnostic indicator light for AT vehicles EN 00985 1 2 EN 00879 1 A...

Страница 1857: ...cle speed sensor for AT vehicles 2 Front vehicle speed sensor for MT vehicles 3 Front vehicle speed sensor for AT vehicles 4 Torque converter turbine speed sensor 5 ATF temperature sensor for AT vehic...

Страница 1858: ...solenoid valve 1 4 Shift solenoid valve 2 5 Line pressure duty solenoid 6 Lock up duty solenoid 7 Transfer duty solenoid 8 2 4 brake duty solenoid 9 Low clutch timing solenoid valve 10 2 4 brake timin...

Страница 1859: ...7 0 0 0 9 Shield B135 26 0 0 GND sen sor B135 19 0 0 Front oxy gen A F sensor heater Signal 1 B137 4 0 1 0 0 1 0 Signal 2 B137 5 0 1 0 0 1 0 Rear oxygen sensor heater signal B136 13 0 1 0 0 1 0 Engine...

Страница 1860: ...n control 1 B136 24 0 13 14 Waveform 2 B136 23 0 13 14 Waveform 3 B136 22 0 13 14 Waveform 4 B136 21 0 13 14 Waveform Fuel injec tor 1 B137 1 10 13 1 14 Waveform 2 B136 6 10 13 1 14 Waveform 3 B136 5...

Страница 1861: ...han 1 More than 4 GND sensors B135 19 0 0 GND injectors B136 8 0 0 GND ignition system B136 18 0 0 GND power supply B136 17 0 0 B134 22 0 0 GND control systems B134 7 0 0 B134 15 0 0 GND oxygen sensor...

Страница 1862: ...ine Condition Data A ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION Measuring condition After engine is warmed up Gear position is in neutral position A C is turned OFF All accessory switches are turned OFF Content Specifi...

Страница 1863: ...H4DOSTC 24 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE TCM I O SIGNAL 7 Transmission Control Module TCM I O Signal A ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION Ref to AT 14 Transmission Control Module TCM I O Signa...

Страница 1864: ...lect Monitor signal CAUTION Do not connect any scan tools other than the OBD II general scan tools and Subaru Select Monitor because the circuit for the Subaru Se lect Monitor may be damaged EN 00037...

Страница 1865: ...iagnosis cable to data link connector CAUTION Do not connect scan tools except for the Subaru Select Monitor and OBD II general scan tool 5 Turn the ignition switch to ON engine OFF and Subaru Select...

Страница 1866: ...l Rear O2 Sensor V Short term fuel trim A F Correction 1 Knock sensor signal Knocking Signal deg Atmospheric absolute pressure signal Atmosphere Pressure mmHg or kPa or inHg or psig Intake manifold re...

Страница 1867: ...ON or OFF Supercharged pressure relief valve solenoid 1 signal Relief Valve Solenoid 1 ON or OFF Supercharged pressure relief valve solenoid 2 signal Relief Valve Solenoid 2 ON or OFF Exhaust gas posi...

Страница 1868: ...l trim B1 Long term fuel trim by front oxygen A F sensor Long term fuel trim B1 Intake manifold absolute pressure signal Mani Absolute Pressure mmHg or kPa or inHg or psig Engine speed signal Engine S...

Страница 1869: ...ehicle Speed 2 km h or MPH Engine speed signal Engine Speed rpm Automatic transmission fluid temperature signal ATF Temp C or F Throttle position signal Throttle Sensor Voltage V Gear position Gear Po...

Страница 1870: ...OTE For detailed operation procedure refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL For select monitor display details refer to the following Automatic transmission diagnosis indicator lamp AT Di...

Страница 1871: ...ed concerning diagnostic trouble codes refer to the List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to EN H4DOSTC 62 List of Diag nostic Trouble Code DTC 2 SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OBD MODE 1 On the Main Menu di...

Страница 1872: ...vent the vehicle from slipping due to vibration do not place any wooden blocks or similar items between the safety stands and the vehicle Since the rear wheels will also rotate do not place anything n...

Страница 1873: ...10 On the Engine Diagnosis display screen se lect the Dealer Check Mode Procedure and press YES key 11 When the Perform Inspection Dealer Check Mode is shown on the display screen press YES key 12 Per...

Страница 1874: ...to OFF NOTE For detailed operation procedure refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MAN UAL 2 SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OBD MODE 1 On the Main Menu display screen select the 2 Each System Check and...

Страница 1875: ...n the driver s side 2 Connect the diagnosis cable to data link connector CAUTION Do not connect scan tools except for the Subaru Select Monitor and OBD II general scan tool 6 Turn the ignition switch...

Страница 1876: ...he SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL Contents Display Compulsory fuel pump relay operation check Fuel Pump Relay Compulsory radiator fan relay operation check Radiator Fan Relay Compulsory air co...

Страница 1877: ...lfunction Indicator Lamp MI 3 Check that engine malfunction indicator lamp MI does not go off Ref to EN H4DOSTC 44 CHECK ENGINE MALFUNC TION INDICATOR LAMP MI DOES NOT GO OFF Engine Malfunction Indica...

Страница 1878: ...MI DOES NOT COME ON Engine Malfunction Indi cator Lamp MI 2 After starting the engine the MI goes out If it does not either the engine or emission control sys tem is malfunctioning 3 If the diagnosis...

Страница 1879: ...ECM i1 E E 1 4 37 34 36 38 15 i10 A i11 B i11 i10 B137 B157 B5 B10 COMBINATION METER 3 4 1 2 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 29 30 31 13 14 15 16 17 27 28 18 22 23 24 25 26 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17...

Страница 1880: ...the con nection of ECM connector 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINA TION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove the combination meter Ref to IDI 15 Combination Meter Assembly...

Страница 1881: ...repair if necessary NOTE Broken down ignition relay Blown out fuse No 5 If replaced fuse No 5 blows eas ily check the har ness for short circuit of harness between fuse No 5 and ignition relay connec...

Страница 1882: ...EN H4DOSTC 43 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MI MEMO...

Страница 1883: ...t in harness between combina tion meter and ECM connector Replace the ECM Ref to FU H4DOSTC 40 Engine Con trol Module EN 00928 BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH IGNITION RELAY SBF 4 SBF 1 No 5 B72 B72 B36 B137...

Страница 1884: ...EN H4DOSTC 45 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MI MEMO...

Страница 1885: ...i10 A i11 B A B B5 B10 COMBINATION METER B72 B22 B75 B134 B76 i10 B137 B157 B36 3 4 1 2 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 29 30 31 13 14 15 16 17 27 28 18 22 23 24 25 26 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1...

Страница 1886: ...or from ECM 3 Measure the resistance of harness between test mode connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B76 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to s...

Страница 1887: ...N METER B72 B22 B75 B134 B76 i10 B137 B157 B36 3 4 1 2 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 29 30 31 13 14 15 16 17 27 28 18 22 23 24 25 26 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3...

Страница 1888: ...3 Hz when test mode connector is connected 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CON NECTOR AND ENGINE GROUNDING TER MINAL 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect the connector from ECM 3 Measure the res...

Страница 1889: ...EN H4DOSTC 50 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP MI MEMO...

Страница 1890: ...circuit Ref to EN H4DOSTC 52 STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure 2 Inspection of ECM power supply and ground line Ref to EN H4DOSTC 56 CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND...

Страница 1891: ...4DOSTC 35 Clear Memory Mode and INSPECTION MODE Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00930 BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH STARTER MOTOR SBF 4 SBF 1 B72 B72 B14 B134 ECM E E 1 3 16 3 4 1 2 B...

Страница 1892: ...STARTER MOTOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect the terminal from starter motor 3 Measure the resistance of ground cable between ground cable terminal and engine ground Is the measured v...

Страница 1893: ...nector terminal and engine ground while turning ignition switch to ST Connector terminal B12 No 12 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 9 Repair open or gr...

Страница 1894: ...EN H4DOSTC 55 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE MEMO...

Страница 1895: ...2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 29 30 31 13 14 15 16 17 27 28 18 22 23 24 25 26 BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH MAIN RELAY SBF 4 SBF 1 SBF 5 B72 TO FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR A2 D8 D9 A22 C17 C8 C18 A7 A15 E1...

Страница 1896: ...ss than the speci fied value 5 Go to step 3 Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM connector and engine grounding terminal 3 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM Measure the voltage between ECM connecto...

Страница 1897: ...or and chassis ground Connector terminal B47 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 5 Go to step 9 Repair the open circuit between main relay and chassis ground 9 CHE...

Страница 1898: ...EN H4DOSTC 59 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE MEMO...

Страница 1899: ...134 B136 B46 R122 E E M 10 7 6 FUEL PUMP RELAY FUEL PUMP CONTROLLER FUEL PUMP SBF 5 B46 R122 B134 A B136 C R15 R57 R58 R2 ECM B98 B99 R58 B99 R3 BATTERY 1 3 5 4 A13 C16 3 4 1 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1...

Страница 1900: ...n mode FD01 For the procedure refer to Compulsory Valve Operation Check Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 36 Compulsory Valve Opera tion Check Mode Operating sound produced Go to step 2 Record the DTC Repair the...

Страница 1901: ...UIT HIGH INPUT Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P0112 Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input Ref to EN H4DOSTC 92 DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT Diagnostic P...

Страница 1902: ...POSITION SENSOR A CIRCUIT Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P0340 Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Bank 1 or Single Sensor Ref to EN H4DOSTC 142 DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SEN S...

Страница 1903: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P1230 Fuel Pump Controller Ref to EN H4DOSTC 194 DTC P1230 FUEL PUMP CONTROLLER Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC P1235 Intake Control Solenoid Valve C...

Страница 1904: ...to IM 17 DTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY Diag nostic Procedure with Trouble Code DTC P1572 IMM Circuit Failure Except Antenna Circuit Ref to IM 18 DTC P1572 IMM CIRCUIT FAILURE EXCEPT ANTENNA...

Страница 1905: ...aulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00933 BATTERY MAIN RELAY SBF 5 B47 1 2...

Страница 1906: ...harness between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B137 No 8 Chassis ground B137 No 9 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the specified value 5 Go to step 4 Repair the har...

Страница 1907: ...contact in ECM connector Go to step 7 7 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure the resistance between front oxy gen A F sensor connector terminals Terminals No 2 No...

Страница 1908: ...EN H4DOSTC 69 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1909: ...mory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00933 BATTERY MAIN RELAY SBF 5 B47 1 2 3 5 4 6 E E E3 3 8 9 4 5 19...

Страница 1910: ...urn the ignition switch to ON 4 Read the data of front oxygen A F sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value NOTE For detailed operation proc...

Страница 1911: ...on Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00934 BATTERY MAIN RELAY B47 1 2 3 5 4 6 E E E3 3 3 6 B22 B122 3 4 1 2 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 B22 B135 B136 B122 B47 T5 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19...

Страница 1912: ...Poor contact in ECM connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM 1 Start and idle the engine 2 Measure the voltage between ECM con nector and chassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 13 Chas...

Страница 1913: ...owing Open circuit in harness between main relay and rear oxygen sen sor connector Poor contact in rear oxygen sen sor connector Poor contact in coupling connector 7 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 1 Turn th...

Страница 1914: ...EN H4DOSTC 75 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1915: ...ion Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00934 BATTERY MAIN RELAY B47 1 2 3 5 4 6 E E E3 3 3 6 B22 B122 3 4 1 2 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 B22 B135 B136 B122 B47 T5 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 1...

Страница 1916: ...ry short circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor con nector 3 Turn the ignition switch to ON 4 Read the data of rear oxygen sensor heater current using Subaru Select Monitor Does the mea...

Страница 1917: ...ngine stalls Poor driving performance WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00951 B122 B3 B135 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15 26 27 28 16 17 18 19 20 21 BATTERY E B122 1 B3 MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR T...

Страница 1918: ...ss between mass air flow sen sor and ECM con nector Poor contact in mass air flow sen sor or ECM con nector Go to step 2 2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chas...

Страница 1919: ...K HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CONNECTOR Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B84 No 13 Chassis ground B135 No 27 Chassis ground B135 No...

Страница 1920: ...EN H4DOSTC 81 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1921: ...onduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00951 B122 B3 B135 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25...

Страница 1922: ...2 lb min or 0 3 4 58 V Even if MI lights up the circuit has returned to a nor mal condition at this time Go to step 2 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CONNECTOR 1 Turn the ignition...

Страница 1923: ...ty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00935 B122 PRESSURE SENSOR THROTTLE BODY...

Страница 1924: ...L FOR ECM Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B135 No 9 Chassis ground Does the measured value change by shaking harness and connector of ECM while monitor...

Страница 1925: ...pressure sensor connector 8 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR Measure the resistance of harness between intake manifold pressure sensor connector and engine ground Connector ter...

Страница 1926: ...EN H4DOSTC 87 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1927: ...lty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00935 B122 PRESSURE SENSOR THROTTLE BODY...

Страница 1928: ...y shaking harness and connector of ECM while monitor ing the value with voltage meter The value changes Repair the poor contact in ECM connector Contact SUBARU distributor service NOTE Inspection by D...

Страница 1929: ...tor Connector terminal B135 No 8 E21 No 1 B135 No 19 E21 No 2 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 7 Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and pressure sensor con...

Страница 1930: ...EN H4DOSTC 91 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1931: ...lear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00951 B122 B3 B135 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 1...

Страница 1932: ...ntact in joint connector 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect the connector from mass air flow and i...

Страница 1933: ...lear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00951 B122 B3 B135 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 1...

Страница 1934: ...10 V Repair the battery short circuit in har ness between mass air flow and intake air tempera ture sensor and ECM connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATU...

Страница 1935: ...tor terminal B3 No 5 Engine ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 5 Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Ref to FU H4DOSTC 33 Mass Air Flow and Intake Air...

Страница 1936: ...EN H4DOSTC 97 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1937: ...epair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00936 B122 B1...

Страница 1938: ...ECM Poor contact in coupling connector Poor contact in joint connector 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect the co...

Страница 1939: ...repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00936 B122 B...

Страница 1940: ...NT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect the connector from engine cool ant temperature sensor 3 Measure the voltage between engine cool ant temperature s...

Страница 1941: ...or contact in coupling connector Poor contact in joint connector 5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure the resistance...

Страница 1942: ...EN H4DOSTC 103 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1943: ...After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00937...

Страница 1944: ...hassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 4 5 V Go to step 4 Go to step 3 3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground Connector ter...

Страница 1945: ...CM connector and throttle posi tion sensor connector Connector terminal B135 No 7 E13 No 3 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 8 Repair the har ness and connec tor NOTE I...

Страница 1946: ...EN H4DOSTC 107 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1947: ...After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00937...

Страница 1948: ...Disconnect the connector from throttle posi tion sensor 3 Measure the resistance of harness between throttle position sensor connector and engine ground Connector terminal E13 No 2 Engine ground Is t...

Страница 1949: ...e WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00934 BATTERY MAIN RELAY B47 1 2 3 5 4 6 E E E3 3 3 6 B22 B122 3 4 1 2 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 B22 B135 B136 B122 B47 T5 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21...

Страница 1950: ...con nector Connector terminal B135 No 26 T6 No 4 Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 3 Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sen sor connector Go to step 4 4...

Страница 1951: ...IC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC P DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1 NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0172 Ref to EN H4DOSTC 114 DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 Diagnostic...

Страница 1952: ...EN H4DOSTC 113 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1953: ...ar the working area Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor 1 Release the fuel pressure 1 Disconnect the connector from fuel pump relay 2 Start the engine and run it until it stalls 3 After the engi...

Страница 1954: ...empera ture sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value NOTE For detailed operation procedure refer to the READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE Ref to EN H4DO...

Страница 1955: ...ntake manifold pressure sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor Is the value obtained when ambient tem perature is subtracted from intake air tem perature within the specified range NOTE For detaile...

Страница 1956: ...EN H4DOSTC 117 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1957: ...N H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00938 MAIN RELAY B47 1 2 3 5 4 6 BATTERY E B47 B137 F81 F44 B137 F81 WASTEGATE CONTR...

Страница 1958: ...nal F81 No 1 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 3 Repair the ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and waste gate control sole noid valve connector...

Страница 1959: ...pec ified value 10 V Go to step 6 Repair the open circuit in harness between main relay and waste gate control sole noid valve connector 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in wastegate control so...

Страница 1960: ...EN H4DOSTC 121 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1961: ...EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00938 MAIN RELAY B47 1 2 3 5 4 6 BATTERY E B47 B137 F81 F44 B137 F81 WASTEGATE CONT...

Страница 1962: ...tch to ON 4 Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B137 No 24 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair the battery short circuit in...

Страница 1963: ...20 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXHAUST VALVE...

Страница 1964: ...in har ness between ECM and exhaust valve control duty solenoid valve connector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EXHAUST VALVE CONTROL DUTY SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR Measure the resistance of harness be...

Страница 1965: ...alve and ECM connectors Is there poor contact in exhaust valve control duty solenoid valve and ECM connectors There is poor contact Repair the poor contact in exhaust valve control duty solenoid valve...

Страница 1966: ...EN H4DOSTC 127 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1967: ...220 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXHAUST VALV...

Страница 1968: ...assis ground Connector terminal B137 No 11 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair the battery short circuit in har ness between ECM and exhaust valve control du...

Страница 1969: ...ure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC W DTC P0264 CYLINDER 2 INJECTOR CIRCUIT LOW NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC P0270 Ref to EN H4DOSTC 132 DTC P0270 CYLINDER 4 INJECTOR CIRCUIT LOW Di...

Страница 1970: ...EN H4DOSTC 131 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1971: ...5 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00940 BATTERY FUEL INJECTORS MAIN RELAY E 4 1 2 SBF 5 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 9 10 11 12 1 2 1 2 7...

Страница 1972: ...Poor contact in coupling connector Poor contact in fuel injector con nector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR 1 Disconnect the connector from ECM 2 Measure the resistance of har...

Страница 1973: ...DTC 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM connector There is poor contact Repair the poor contact in ECM connector Inspection using General Diagnos tic...

Страница 1974: ...EN H4DOSTC 135 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1975: ...formance Knocking occurs CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspect...

Страница 1976: ...ontact in knock sensor con nector Poor contact in coupling connector 2 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR 1 Disconnect the connector from knock sen sor 2 Measure the resistance between knock sensor connector terminal...

Страница 1977: ...rformance Knocking occurs CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspec...

Страница 1978: ...Ref to FU H4DOSTC 31 Knock Sen sor Repair the ground short circuit in har ness between knock sensor con nector and ECM connector NOTE The harness be tween both con nectors is shielded Repair the short...

Страница 1979: ...tart CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAG...

Страница 1980: ...ECM connector NOTE The harness be tween both con nectors are shielded Repair the ground short circuit in harness together with shield Go to step 3 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANK SHAFT POSITION SENSOR A...

Страница 1981: ...f engine to start CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mod...

Страница 1982: ...r and ECM connector NOTE The harness be tween both con nectors are shielded Repair ground short circuit in harness togeth er with shield Go to step 3 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A...

Страница 1983: ...LEAR MEMORY MODE Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 Clear Memory Mode and INSPECTION MODE Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00944 SBF 4 SBF 1 B136 24 23 22 21 ECM No 11 E E 4 1 E31 E31 E32 E33...

Страница 1984: ...sconnect the connector from ignition coil ignitor assembly 3 Turn the ignition switch to ON 4 Measure the power supply voltage between ignition coil ignitor assembly connector and engine ground Connec...

Страница 1985: ...his case repair the following Open circuit in harness between ECM and ignition coil ignitor assembly connec tor Poor contact in coupling connector 6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IG NITION COIL IGNITO...

Страница 1986: ...EN H4DOSTC 147 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1987: ...ement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00945 MAIN RELAY B47 1 2 3 5...

Страница 1988: ...al E4 No 2 Engine ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 10 Repair the ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK...

Страница 1989: ...ed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 6 Repair the open circuit in harness between main relay and purge control solenoid valve connector 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in purge control sole...

Страница 1990: ...EN H4DOSTC 151 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1991: ...cement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00945 MAIN RELAY B47 1 2 3...

Страница 1992: ...No 16 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 4 Go to step 3 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM connector...

Страница 1993: ...AGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM connector There is poor contact Repair the poor contact in ECM connector Replace the ECM...

Страница 1994: ...EN H4DOSTC 155 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 1995: ...E SPEED SENSOR B134 B134 B56 B157 B157 ECM 38 37 1 No 15 B22 11 17 2 3 16 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 1 2 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1...

Страница 1996: ...ETER CONNECTOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect the connector from combination meter 3 Measure the resistance between ECM and combination meter Connector terminal B134 No 1 i10 No 11 Is...

Страница 1997: ...Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00947 BATTERY MAIN RELAY E E 6 4 5 3 2 1 10 IDLE AIR CONT...

Страница 1998: ...OID VALVE CONNECTOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect the connector from ECM 3 Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and idle air control solenoid valve connector Connector termin...

Страница 1999: ...d idle air control solenoid valve connectors Is there poor contact in ECM and idle air con trol solenoid valve connectors There is poor contact Repair the poor contact in ECM and idle air control sole...

Страница 2000: ...EN H4DOSTC 161 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2001: ...Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00947 BATTERY MAIN RELAY E E 6 4 5 3 2 1 10 IDLE AIR CONT...

Страница 2002: ...0 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair the battery short circuit in har ness between ECM and idle air control solenoid valve connector After repair replace th...

Страница 2003: ...t Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00930 BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH STARTER MOTOR SBF 4 SBF 1...

Страница 2004: ...he inhibitor switch in each position Does the starter motor operate when ignition switch to ON Operates Repair the battery short circuit in starter motor cir cuit After repair replace the ECM Ref to F...

Страница 2005: ...ar Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 OPERATION In spection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00948 B137 B47 E SBF 1 F26 F2 BATTERY GENERATOR MA...

Страница 2006: ...Go to step 4 Tighten the clamp of terminal 4 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM 1 Run the engine at idle 2 Measure the voltage between ECM con nector and chassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 1 Chassis g...

Страница 2007: ...ear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 OPERATION In spection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00948 B137 B47 E SBF 1 F26 F2 BATTERY GENERATOR M...

Страница 2008: ...Go to step 4 Tighten the clamp of terminal 4 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM 1 Run the engine at idle 2 Measure the voltage between ECM con nector and chassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 1 Chassis g...

Страница 2009: ...us idling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 OPERATION Inspection M...

Страница 2010: ...ured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 4 Repair ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and trans mission harness connector 4 CHECK TRANSMISSION HARNESS CON NECTOR 1 Disconnect con...

Страница 2011: ...OM Erroneous idling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 OPERATION In...

Страница 2012: ...4 CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from transmission harness 3 Measure resistance between transmission harness and connector terminals Connector termi...

Страница 2013: ...us idling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 OPERATION In spection...

Страница 2014: ...nd Is the measured value within the specified range 4 5 5 5 V Go to step 4 Go to step 5 4 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in ECM connector Is there poor contact in ECM connector There is poor co...

Страница 2015: ...rter motor grond line Poor contact in satrter motor con nector Poor contact in starter motor ground Starter motor 7 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector recepta...

Страница 2016: ...EN H4DOSTC 177 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2017: ...TOM Erroneous idling CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 OPERATION I...

Страница 2018: ...TCH Measure resistance between transmission har ness connector terminals Connector terminal T9 No 1 No 2 Is the measured value less than the specified value at except neutral position 1 Go to step 5 R...

Страница 2019: ...ntact in transmission harness connector Is there poor contact in transmission harness connector There is poor contact Repair poor con tact in transmis sion harness connector Contact SUBARU distributor...

Страница 2020: ...ts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY Does the Subar...

Страница 2021: ...rts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY Does the Suba...

Страница 2022: ...EN H4DOSTC 183 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2023: ...Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00933 BATTERY MAIN RELAY SBF 5 B47 1 2 3 5 4 6 E E E3 3 8 9 4 5 19 29 1...

Страница 2024: ...o 19 B18 No 4 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 2 Repair the har ness and connec tor NOTE In this case repair the following Open circuit in harness between ECM and fron...

Страница 2025: ...Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00933 BATTERY MAIN RELAY SBF 5 B47 1 2 3 5 4 6 E E E3 3 8 9 4 5 19 29...

Страница 2026: ...between ECM and front oxygen A F sen sor connector 3 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM 1 Connect the connector to ECM 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON 3 Measure the voltage between ECM con nector and chassi...

Страница 2027: ...ector and chassis ground Connector terminal B137 No 29 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 10 V Repair the battery short circuit in har ness between ECM and front oxygen...

Страница 2028: ...EN H4DOSTC 189 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2029: ...ode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00933 BATTERY MAIN RELAY SBF 5 B47 1 2 3 5 4 6 E E E3 3 8 9 4 5 19 29 18...

Страница 2030: ...WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY Does the Subaru Select Monitor indicate DTC P1134 DTC P1134 indicated Replace the ECM Ref to FU H4DOSTC 40 Engine Co...

Страница 2031: ...e CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode EN 01006 B122...

Страница 2032: ...r 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR Measure the resistance between differential pressure sensor and engine ground Connector terminal B221 No 3 engine ground Does the measure...

Страница 2033: ...G DIAGRAM EN 00932 B134 B136 B46 R122 E E M 10 7 6 FUEL PUMP RELAY FUEL PUMP CONTROLLER FUEL PUMP SBF 5 B46 R122 B134 A B136 C R15 R57 R58 R2 ECM B98 B99 R58 B99 R3 BATTERY 1 3 5 4 A13 C16 3 4 1 2 8 9...

Страница 2034: ...hassis ground Connector terminal R122 No 5 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 5 Go to step 3 Repair the har ness and connec tor NOTE In this case repair the following...

Страница 2035: ...troller and ECM Poor contact in fuel pump control ler and ECM con nector 6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP CONTROLLER AND ECM CONNECTOR Measure the resistance of harness between fuel pump controller a...

Страница 2036: ...EN H4DOSTC 197 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2037: ...20 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXHAUST VALVE...

Страница 2038: ...in har ness between ECM and intake air valve control solenoid valve connector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INTAKE AIR VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR Measure the resistance of harness betwee...

Страница 2039: ...valve and ECM connectors Is there poor contact in intake air valve control solenoid valve and ECM connectors There is poor contact Repair the poor contact in intake air valve control solenoid valve an...

Страница 2040: ...EN H4DOSTC 201 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2041: ...220 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXHAUST VALV...

Страница 2042: ...r terminal B137 No 12 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair the battery short circuit in har ness between ECM and intake air valve control solenoid valve conne...

Страница 2043: ...N 00939 B220 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXH...

Страница 2044: ...posi tive pressure connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EXHAUST VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POS ITIVE PRESSURE AND ECM CONNECTOR Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and exhaust v...

Страница 2045: ...d ECM connectors Is there poor contact in exhaust valve control solenoid valve positive pressure and ECM connectors There is poor contact Repair the poor contact in exhaust valve control sole noid val...

Страница 2046: ...EN H4DOSTC 207 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2047: ...N 00939 B220 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXH...

Страница 2048: ...1 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair the battery short circuit in har ness between ECM and exhaust valve control sole noid valve posi tive pressure connecto...

Страница 2049: ...N 00939 B220 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXH...

Страница 2050: ...connector and engine ground Connector terminal B136 No 3 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Repair the ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and exhaust valve...

Страница 2051: ...Repair the open circuit in harness between main relay and exhaust valve control sole noid valve nega tive pressure connector 6 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in exhaust valve control solenoid...

Страница 2052: ...EN H4DOSTC 213 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2053: ...N 00939 B220 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXH...

Страница 2054: ...l B136 No 3 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair the battery short circuit in har ness between ECM and exhaust valve control sole noid valve nega tive pressur...

Страница 2055: ...EN H4DOSTC 36 Compul sory Valve Operation Check Mode 2 Check the operation of exhaust control valve actuator Does the actuator rod operate correctly NOTE Actuator rod operates in approx 7 second cy c...

Страница 2056: ...acuum hoses 9 CHECK VACUUM HOSES BETWEEN SOLE NOID BOX AND SURGE TANK Are there cracks stuck or improper routing on vacuum hose There is no problem Go to step 10 Repair or replace the vacuum hoses 10...

Страница 2057: ...EN H4DOSTC 36 Compul sory Valve Operation Check Mode 2 Check the operation of exhaust control valve actuator Does the actuator rod operate correctly NOTE Actuator rod operates in approx 7 second cy cl...

Страница 2058: ...acuum hoses 9 CHECK VACUUM HOSES BETWEEN SOLE NOID BOX AND SURGE TANK Are there cracks stuck or improper routing on vacuum hose There is no problem Go to step 10 Repair or replace the vacuum hoses 10...

Страница 2059: ...9 B220 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXHAUST V...

Страница 2060: ...ircuit in har ness between ECM and relief valve control sole noid valve 1 con nector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN RELIEF VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1 AND ECM CONNECTOR Measure the resistance of harness b...

Страница 2061: ...lve 1 and ECM connectors Are there poor contact in relief valve control solenoid valve 1 and ECM connectors There are poor contacts Repair the poor contact in relief valve control sole noid valve 1 an...

Страница 2062: ...EN H4DOSTC 223 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2063: ...39 B220 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXHAUST...

Страница 2064: ...hassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 12 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair the battery short circuit in har ness between ECM and relief valve control so...

Страница 2065: ...9 B220 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXHAUST V...

Страница 2066: ...circuit in har ness between ECM and relief valve control sole noid valve 2 con nector 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN RELIEF VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2 AND ECM CONNECTOR Measure the resistance of harness...

Страница 2067: ...2 and ECM connectors Are there poor contact in ECM and relief valve control solenoid valve 2 and ECM connectors There are poor contacts Repair the poor contact in ECM and relief valve control solenoid...

Страница 2068: ...EN H4DOSTC 229 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2069: ...39 B220 B47 E BATTERY MAIN RELAY 3 B136 ECM SBF 5 5 2 1 4 6 B47 3 4 1 2 5 6 B220 SOLENOID BOX ASSY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A B C D E F A RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 2 B RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID 1 C EXHAUST...

Страница 2070: ...terminal B136 No 11 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Repair the battery short circuit in har ness between ECM and relief valve control sole noid valve 2 con nec...

Страница 2071: ...r or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00947 BATTERY MAI...

Страница 2072: ...lve gasket and throttle body gasket Disconnections of vacuum hoses Is there a fault in the air intake system There is no problem Go to step 3 Repair the air suc tion and leaks 3 CHECK THROTTLE CABLE D...

Страница 2073: ...nduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 Inspection Mode WIRING DIAGRAM EN 00930 BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH STARTER MOTOR SBF 4 SB...

Страница 2074: ...er motor operate when ignition switch to ST Operates Repair the har ness and connec tor NOTE In this case repair the following Open or ground short circuit in har ness between ECM and starter motor co...

Страница 2075: ...137 3 4 1 2 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 29 30 31 13 14 15 16 17 27 28 18 22 23 24 25 26 BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH MAIN RELAY SBF 4 SBF 1 SBF 5 B72 TO FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR A2 D8 D9 A22 C17 C8...

Страница 2076: ...EEN ECM AND MAIN FUSE BOX CONNECTOR 1 Disconnect the connector from ECM 2 Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B137 No 10 Chassis ground Does the measure...

Страница 2077: ...driving cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 OPERA...

Страница 2078: ...BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCM 3 Measure resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground Connector terminal B136 No 14 Chassi...

Страница 2079: ...e driving cycles with fault CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 33 OPER...

Страница 2080: ...n ECM and TCM connector After repair replace ECM Ref to FU H4DOSTC 40 Engine Con trol Module 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure voltage between ECM a...

Страница 2081: ...fault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive shift shock CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN...

Страница 2082: ...BARU distributor service NOTE Inspection by DTM is required be cause probable cause is deteriora tion of multiple parts 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Di...

Страница 2083: ...ault TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive shift shock CAUTION After repair or replacement of faulty parts conduct Clear Memory Mode Ref to EN H4DOSTC 35 OPERATION Clear Memory Mode and Inspection Mode Ref to EN...

Страница 2084: ...ECM con nector Contact SUBARU distributor service NOTE Inspection by DTM is required be cause probable cause is deteriora tion of multiple parts 4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM CONNECTOR 1 Turn i...

Страница 2085: ...ion sensor 10 Idle air control solenoid valve 3 Engine does not start engine stalls after inter nal combustion 1 ECM power supply 2 Pressure sensor 3 Engine coolant temperature sensor 4 Spark plug 5 I...

Страница 2086: ...ne torque control signal circuit 11 Ignition parts 1 8 Engine stalls or engine sags or hesitates at acceleration 1 Pressure sensor 2 Mass air flow and intake temperature sensor 3 Engine coolant temper...

Страница 2087: ...EN H4DOSTC 248 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE MEMO...

Страница 2088: ...nd diagnostics for guid ance of experienced mechanics Please peruse and utilize this manual fully to ensure complete repair work for satisfying our customers by keeping their vehicle in optimum condit...

Страница 2089: ......

Страница 2090: ...CONTROL SYSTEMS CS Page 1 General Description 2 2 Select Lever 8 3 Select Cable 12 4 MT Gear Shift Lever 15 5 MT Drive Select Lever 21 6 Drive Select Cable 23 7 General Diagnostic Table 25...

Страница 2091: ...CS 2 CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A SPECIFICATIONS Item Specification Swing torque of rod against lever N kgf lb 3 7 0 38 0 84 or less...

Страница 2092: ...etent spring 13 Indicator 23 Cover 4 Select lever ASSY 14 Blind 5 Spring pin 15 Cushion Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Arm ASSY 16 Guide plate T1 7 5 0 76 5 5 7 Bushing 17 Snap pin T2 13 1 3 9 4...

Страница 2093: ...cable 5 Bulb 17 Spring 29 Nut A 6 Guide plate 18 Rod 7 Lever 19 Clip Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 8 Spacer 20 Base plate T1 2 0 0 2 1 4 9 Bracket guide 21 Arm T2 7 5 0 76 5 5 10 Spring pin 22 Bu...

Страница 2094: ...over 3 Plate ASSY 13 Cushion rubber 23 Clamp 4 Lever 14 Bushing B 5 Bushing 15 Joint Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Bushing 16 Rod T1 7 5 0 76 5 5 7 Lock wire 17 Bracket T2 12 1 2 8 7 8 Boot 18 W...

Страница 2095: ...IPTION 4 DRIVE SELECT LEVER 1 Knob 6 Spring Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Cushion 7 Lever ASSY T1 1 6 0 16 1 2 3 Plate ASSY 8 Clip T2 18 1 8 13 0 4 Bushing 9 Clevis pin 5 Cable 10 Snap pin CS 00...

Страница 2096: ...BARU genuine grease etc or the equiv alent Do not mix grease etc with that of another grade or from other manufacturers Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Pl...

Страница 2097: ...ef to EI 34 REMOV AL Console Box 10 Disconnect the connectors then remove the four bolts to take out the select lever assembly from the body B INSTALLATION 1 Mount the select lever onto the vehicle bo...

Страница 2098: ...s If the following in spection reveals problems adjust the select cable and inhibitor switch Ref to CS 14 ADJUST MENT Select Cable and Ref to AT 50 AD JUSTMENT Inhibitor Switch 1 The engine starts ope...

Страница 2099: ...3 Remove the bulb and then remove the indicator NOTE Be careful not to break the bulb during removal 4 Remove the blind 5 Remove the clips and then remove the guide plate 6 Remove the screw 7 Remove t...

Страница 2100: ...on and Ref to CS 4 AT SELECT LEVER SPORT SHIFT MODEL COMPONENT General Description 3 Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly 4 After completion of fitting transfer the select le ver to range P...

Страница 2101: ...L Muffler 3 0 L model Ref to EX H6DO 5 REMOVAL Front Exhaust Pipe Ref to EX H6DO 8 REMOVAL Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H6DO 9 RE MOVAL Muffler 6 Remove center and rear exhaust pipes and muf fler T...

Страница 2102: ...ef to EX H4SOw oOBD 10 INSTALLATION Front Exhaust Pipe Ref to EX H4SOw oOBD 13 INSTALLATION Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H4SOw oOBD 14 INSTALLATION Muffler 3 0 L model Ref to EX H6DO 6 INSTALLATION...

Страница 2103: ...REMOVAL Rear Ex haust Pipe and Ref to EX H4DOSTC 13 RE MOVAL Muffler 3 Remove heat shield cover If equipped 4 Loosen the adjusting nut on each side 5 Turn adjusting nut B until it lightly touches the...

Страница 2104: ...r 2 0 L non turbo and 2 5 L with OBD models Ref to EX H4SO 9 REMOVAL Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H4SO 10 REMOVAL Muffler 2 0 L non turbo and 2 5 L without OBD models Ref to EX H4SOw oOBD 13 REMOVA...

Страница 2105: ...pin 2 Insert gear shift lever from room side NOTE After inserting rod and stay temporarily put them onto transmission mount 3 Lift up the vehicle 4 Mount cushion rubber on the body Tightening torque 1...

Страница 2106: ...4SOw oOBD 14 INSTALLATION Muffler 3 0 L model Ref to EX H6DO 8 INSTALLATION Rear Ex haust Pipe and Ref to EX H6DO 9 INSTAL LATION Muffler Turbo model Ref to EX H4DOSTC 12 INSTALLATION Rear Exhaust Pip...

Страница 2107: ...Remove bushing and cushion rubber from stay 6 Remove O ring then disconnect bushing B 7 Draw out spring pin then remove bushing A from gear shift lever A Lock wire B Stay A Rod B Lever C Stay A Snap r...

Страница 2108: ...n installing the spacer 4 Insert the gear shift lever into the boot hole 5 Install snap ring and stay to the bushing B 6 Tighten with lock wire to the extent that the boot will not come off NOTE Alway...

Страница 2109: ...and rod etc for deformation dam age and wear Repair or replace any defective part Determine defective parts by comparing with new parts 2 Check the swing torque of the rod in relation of the gear shi...

Страница 2110: ...able from lever assembly B INSTALLATION 1 Attach the drive select cable to the lever assem bly and secure with the clamp 2 Install drive select lever Tightening torque 18 N m 1 8 kgf m 13 0 ft lb 3 Se...

Страница 2111: ...ng D ASSEMBLY 1 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly Tightening torque 1 6 N m 0 16 kgf m 1 2 ft lb 2 Make sure the select lever moves smoothly E INSPECTION 1 Make sure the select lever moves...

Страница 2112: ...sole box Ref to EI 34 RE MOVAL Console Box 7 Remove the clamp 8 Remove the boot and insulator assembly 9 Remove cable from the under side of vehicle B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of re...

Страница 2113: ...n the nut 5 Make sure transmission is in HI position If isn t pull on cable to put transmission in HI position 6 Tighten the nut in the location where the cable end bolt stops naturally Tightening tor...

Страница 2114: ...TIC TABLE 7 General Diagnostic Table A INSPECTION Symptom Remedy Starter does not run Adjust select cable and inhibitor switch or inspect circuit Back up light does not light up Adjust select cable an...

Страница 2115: ...CS 26 CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE MEMO...

Страница 2116: ...F Temperature Sensor 67 18 Transfer Duty Solenoid and Valve Body 70 19 ATF Filter 73 20 Transmission Control Module TCM 76 21 ATF Cooler Pipe and Hose 78 22 Air Breather Hose 83 23 Oil Charger Pipe 84...

Страница 2117: ...ent pump Driving method Driven by engine Number of teeth Inner rotor 9 Outer rotor 10 Type 4 forward 1 reverse double row plan etary gears Multi plate clutch 3 sets Multi plate brake 2 sets One way cl...

Страница 2118: ...2 US qt 7 4 7 7 Imp qt Except for 2 0 L non TURBO model 9 3 9 6 2 9 8 10 1 US qt 8 2 8 4 Imp qt Lubrication system Forced feed lubrication with oil pump Oil Automatic transmission fluid above mention...

Страница 2119: ...16 12 13 15 1 Pitching stopper bracket 8 Oil drain pipe 15 Clip 2 O ring 9 Input shaft 16 Torque converter clutch case 3 Differential oil level gauge 10 O ring 4 Stay 11 Torque converter clutch ASSY T...

Страница 2120: ...ue N m kgf m ft lb 2 Oil pump cover 13 Test plug T1 7 0 7 5 1 3 Seal ring 14 Stud bolt T2 13 1 3 9 4 4 Thrust needle bearing 15 O ring T3 18 1 8 13 0 5 Drive pinion shaft 16 O ring T4 25 2 5 18 1 6 Ro...

Страница 2121: ...IPTION 3 TRANSMISSION CASE AND CONTROL DEVICE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 47 46 45 44 20 21 22 24 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 32 34 33 31 36 37 35 39 40 42 41 38 43 T4 T9 T5 T1 T10 T4 T9...

Страница 2122: ...od 8 Straight pin 28 Manual plate 47 Gasket 3 0 L and TURBO mod els 9 Return spring 29 Spring pin 10 Shaft 30 Detention spring 11 Parking pawl 31 Ball Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 12 Parking supp...

Страница 2123: ...ring 13 Side plate 24 ATF temperature sensor 4 O ring 14 Separate plate 25 Line pressure duty solenoid 5 Torque converter turbine speed sensor 15 Middle valve body 26 Low clutch timing solenoid 16 Se...

Страница 2124: ...17 18 19 20 21 1 High clutch drum 8 Spring retainer 15 Dish plate 2 Lip seal 9 Cover 16 Driven plate 3 D ring 10 Snap ring 17 Drive plate 4 Reverse clutch piston 11 Driven plate 18 Retaining plate 5...

Страница 2125: ...un gear 11 Thrust needle bearing 20 Spring retainer 3 Thrust needle bearing 12 Rear internal gear 21 2 4 brake piston 4 Snap ring 13 Washer 22 D ring 5 Front planetary carrier 14 Snap ring 23 D ring 6...

Страница 2126: ...ring 24 Retaining plate 3 Driven plate 14 One way clutch 25 Leaf spring 4 Dish plate 15 Outer snap ring 26 Drive plate 5 Snap ring 16 Thrust needle bearing 27 Driven plate 6 Cover 17 Seal ring 28 Dish...

Страница 2127: ...N GEAR MPT AT 00909 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 T 1 Seal ring 6 Snap ring Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Ball bearing 7 Ball bearing T 100 10 2 73 8 3 Reduction drive gear 8 Reduction driven gear 4 Redu...

Страница 2128: ...lutch LSD hub 27 Reduction driven gear 4 Needle bearing 16 Ball bearing 28 Snap ring 3 0 L model 5 Pinion gear 17 Revolution gear 29 Lock washer 6 Carrier 18 Driven plate Thick 30 Lock nut 7 Planetary...

Страница 2129: ...T1 T2 T1 1 Crown gear 8 O ring 15 Differential bevel gear 2 Pinion shaft 9 Differential side retainer 3 Differential case RH 10 Circlip Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 4 Straight pin 11 Lock plate...

Страница 2130: ...ring 19 Oil seal 2 Needle bearing 11 Transfer clutch piston 20 Dust cover 3 Snap ring 12 Rear drive shaft 21 Test plug 4 Pressure plate 13 Ball bearing 22 O ring 5 Drive plate 14 Seal ring 23 Clip 6 D...

Страница 2131: ...ck 10 Multi plate clutch LSD piston 19 O ring 2 Driven plate 11 D ring 20 Rear wheel sensor 3 Driven plate Thin 12 Gasket 4 Driven plate Thick 13 Multi plate clutch LSD pipe Tightening torque N m kgf...

Страница 2132: ...N 13 TRANSMISSION MOUNTING AT 00014 T2 T2 T4 T3 T5 T5 T1 1 2 3 4 1 Pitching stopper Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Rear cushion rubber T1 35 3 6 26 3 Transmission rear crossmember T2 39 4 0 29 4...

Страница 2133: ...careful not to burn your hands because each part on the vehicle is hot after running Use Subaru genuine gear oil grease etc or the equivalent Do not mix gear oil grease etc with that of another grade...

Страница 2134: ...OIL PRESSURE GAUGE ASSY Used for measuring oil pressure 498897200 ADAPTER Used oil pump housing when measuring reverse clutch pressure and line pressure 498897700 ADAPTER SET Used for measuring transf...

Страница 2135: ...SSY Used for supporting engine 1 ENGINE SUPPORT BRACKET 41099AA010 2 ENGINE SUPPORT 41099AA020 499977400 CRANKSHAFT PULLEY WRENCH Used for rotating crankshaft Used for 2 0 L model 49977100 CRANKSHAFT...

Страница 2136: ...earing outer race Used for removing front differential side retainer bearing outer ball race 498057300 INSTALLER Used for installing extension oil seal 498077000 REMOVER Used for removing differential...

Страница 2137: ...TALLER 499247400 499787000 WRENCH ASSY Used for removing and installing differential side retainer 398437700 DRIFT Used for installing converter case oil seal 398487700 INSTALLER Used for installing t...

Страница 2138: ...pring 498255400 PLATE Used for measuring backlash of hypoid gear 399893600 PLIERS Used for removing and installing clutch spring 498247001 MAGNET BASE Used for measuring gear backlash Used with DIAL G...

Страница 2139: ...with MAGNET BASE 498247001 498517000 REPLACER Used for removing front roller bearing 398623600 SEAT Used for removing spring of transfer clutch piston 499267300 STOPPER PIN Used for installing inhibi...

Страница 2140: ...Used for removing and installing drive pinion lock nut 398643600 GAUGE Used for measuring total end play extension end play and drive pinion height 498627100 SEAT Used for holding low clutch piston r...

Страница 2141: ...surface 398744300 GAUGE Use for measuring contact face between multi plate clutch end and transmission VTD model 499737000 PULLER Used for removing reduction driven gear assem bly 499737100 PULLER SE...

Страница 2142: ...937110 HOLDER Used for removing and installing drive pinion lock nut 498677100 COMPRESSOR Used for installing 2 4 brake snap ring 498437000 HIGH CLUTCH PISTON GUIDE Used for installing high clutch pis...

Страница 2143: ...9580100 INSTALLER Used for press fitting the ball bearing for transfer clutch 499797000 DIFFERENTIAL OIL SEAL INSTALLER Used for installing differential side retainer oil seal 398497701 SEAT Used for...

Страница 2144: ...AA010 SELECT MONI TOR KIT Troubleshooting for electrical systems ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS ST 899524100 1 2 ST24082AA210 ST22771AA010 TOOL NAME REMARKS Depth gauge Used for measurin...

Страница 2145: ...vel Remember that the addition of ATF to the up per limit mark when the transmission is cold will result in overfilling of ATF causing a trans mission failure 6 Check ATF level after raising ATF tempe...

Страница 2146: ...ON Directly after the engine has been running the differential gear oil is hot Be careful not to burn yourself Be careful not to spill the differential gear oil on exhaust pipe to prevent it from emit...

Страница 2147: ...ar 40 to 50 km h 25 to 31 MPH Check the 1st gear engine brake when shifting between 2 1 range while driving in the 2 range 2nd gear 20 to 30 km h 12 to 19 MPH 6 LOCK UP FUNCTION Check that engine spee...

Страница 2148: ...celerator pedal until the engine operates at full throttle 5 When the engine speed is stabilized record that speed quickly and release the accelerator pedal 6 Shift the select lever to N range and coo...

Страница 2149: ...lve not fully open Erroneous engine operation Torque converter clutch s one way clutch slipping Greater than specifications D Line pressure too low Low clutch slipping One way clutch malfunction R Lin...

Страница 2150: ...val between tests Make three measurements and take the average value 2 TEST METHODS 1 Fully apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine Check the idling speed A C OFF 3 Shift the select lever from N to...

Страница 2151: ...h foot and parking brakes with all wheels chocked Same as for stall test conditions Measure the line pressure when select lever is in R 2 with engine under stall conditions Measure the line pressure w...

Страница 2152: ...ARATION TOOL General Description 2 Connect the Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector 5 Check the line pressure in accordance with the following chart 3 EVALUATION Standard line pressure Range p...

Страница 2153: ...ssure Test ST 498897700 OIL PRESSURE ADAPTER SET ST 498575400 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE ASSY 2 EVALUATION MPT model NOTE If oil pressure is not produced or if it does not change in the AWD mode the transfer...

Страница 2154: ...e Cham ber 6 Remove intercooler TURBO model Ref to IN H4DOSTC 13 REMOVAL Intercool er 7 Remove air cleaner case stay Non TURBO model 8 Disconnect the following connectors 1 Transmission harness connec...

Страница 2155: ...olt which holds right upper side of transmission to engine Except 3 0 L model 3 0 L model 16 Lift up the vehicle 17 Remove under cover 18 Remove front center rear exhaust pipe and muffler Non TURBO mo...

Страница 2156: ...F to remove ATF drain plug 22 Disconnect ATF cooler hoses from pipes of transmission side and remove ATF level gauge guide 23 Remove propeller shaft Ref to DS 14 REMOVAL Propeller Shaft 24 Remove shif...

Страница 2157: ...te transmission assembly and rear cushion rubber B INSTALLATION 1 Install rear cushion rubber to transmission as sembly Tightening torque 39 N m 4 0 kgf m 29 ft lb 2 Install ST to torque converter clu...

Страница 2158: ...odel Ref to SC H6DO 6 INSTALLATION Start er 2 0 L TURBO model Ref to SC H4DOSTC 6 INSTALLATION Starter 3 Tighten bolt which holds right upper side of transmission to engine Tightening torque 50 N m 5...

Страница 2159: ...nt into housing 15 Connect stabilizer link to transverse link and tighten bolts Non TURBO model NOTE Discard loosened self locking nut and replace with a new one Tightening torque T1 30 N m 3 1 kgf m...

Страница 2160: ...nstall center exhaust pipe TURBO model Ref to EX H4DOSTC 8 INSTALLATION Cen ter Exhaust Pipe 25 Install under cover 26 Lower the vehicle 27 Install ATF level gauge 28 Connect the following connectors...

Страница 2161: ...Ref to EX H4SO 5 REMOVAL Front Exhaust Pipe Ref to EX H4SO 9 REMOVAL Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H4SO 10 RE MOVAL Muffler 2 0 L and 2 5 L without OBD models Ref to EX H4SOw oOBD 9 REMOVAL Front E...

Страница 2162: ...ust Pipe Ref to EX H4SO 9 INSTALLA TION Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H4SO 10 INSTALLATION Muffler Without OBD Ref to EX H4SOw oOBD 10 INSTALLATION Front Exhaust Pipe Ref to EX H4SOw oOBD 13 INSTALL...

Страница 2163: ...ear Ex haust Pipe and Ref to EX H4DOSTC 13 RE MOVAL Muffler 5 Remove the heat shield cover If equipped 6 Remove the propeller shaft Ref to DS 14 RE MOVAL Propeller Shaft 7 Using the ST remove the oil...

Страница 2164: ...continuity at equal points when the select lever is turned 1 5 in both directions from N range If there is continuity in one direction and the conti nuity in the other or if there is continuity at un...

Страница 2165: ...URBO and 2 5 L models Ref to IN H4SO 6 REMOVAL Air Cleaner Case 4 Remove air intake chamber 3 0 L model Ref to IN H6DO 6 REMOVAL Air Intake Cham ber 5 Remove intercooler 2 0 L non TURBO model Ref to I...

Страница 2166: ...the range select lever to parking position left side 15 Remove the inhibitor switch from transmission 16 Disconnect the inhibitor switch harness con nector from inhibitor switch A Range select lever B...

Страница 2167: ...gf m 18 1 ft lb 7 Install the washer and snap pin to range select lever 8 Install the front and center exhaust pipes Non TURBO model 2 0 L and 2 5 L with OBD models Ref to EX H4SO 6 INSTALLATION Front...

Страница 2168: ...d 2 5 L models Ref to IN H4SO 6 INSTALLATION Air Cleaner Case 14 Install air intake chamber 3 0 L model Ref to IN H6DO 6 INSTALLATION Air Intake Chamber 15 Install intercooler TURBO model Ref to IN H4...

Страница 2169: ...nter rear exhaust pipes and muffler Non TURBO model With OBD Ref to EX H4SO 5 REMOVAL Front Exhaust Pipe Ref to EX H4SO 9 REMOVAL Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H4SO 10 RE MOVAL Muffler Without OBD R...

Страница 2170: ...23 Disconnect each solenoid connector and re move ATF temperature sensor from control valve 24 Remove the harness assembly A Front vehicle speed sensor B Torque converter turbine speed sensor A Rear...

Страница 2171: ...les other than screw holes on transmission case Fluid packing THREE BOND 1217B Part No K0877YA020 5 Install the oil pan Tightening torque 5 N m 0 5 kgf m 3 6 ft lb 6 Install the front and rear vehicle...

Страница 2172: ...f to EX H4SOw oOBD 14 INSTALLATION Muffler 3 0 L model Ref to EX H6DO 6 INSTALLATION Front Ex haust Pipe Ref to EX H6DO 8 INSTALLA TION Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H6DO 9 INSTALLATION Muffler 12 I...

Страница 2173: ...REMOVAL When removing the rear vehicle speed sensor re fer to Front Vehicle Speed Sensor Ref to AT 54 REMOVAL Front Vehicle Speed Sensor B INSTALLATION When installing the rear vehicle speed sensor re...

Страница 2174: ...REMOVAL When removing the torque converter turbine speed sensor refer to Front Vehicle Speed Sensor Ref to AT 54 REMOVAL Front Vehicle Speed Sensor B INSTALLATION When installing the torque converter...

Страница 2175: ...ect each solenoid connector and re move ATF temperature sensor from control valve 9 Remove the control valve NOTE When removing the control valve body be careful not to interfere with transfer duty so...

Страница 2176: ...Apply proper amount of liquid gasket to the en tire oil pan mating surface Liquid gasket THREE BOND 1217B Part No K0877YA020 Bolt length mm in A 30 1 18 B 55 2 17 A Lock up duty solenoid Blue B Low c...

Страница 2177: ...om lower control valve body NOTE Arrange the removed bolts in good order to assem ble in the same place as disassembly because the bolts length are different 2 Remove the duty solenoids solenoids and...

Страница 2178: ...m middle valve body 7 Remove the middle valve body 8 Remove upper separator plate from middle valve body 9 Remove valve springs and four steel balls from upper valve body 10 Place a shop cloth to the...

Страница 2179: ...le in sepa rator plate and then install support plate and upper separator plate to middle valve body Tightening torque 8 N m 0 8 kgf m 5 8 ft lb 6 Insert six steel balls in their proper positions to m...

Страница 2180: ...positions 12 Tighten the bolts and nuts Tightening torque 8 N m 0 8 kgf m 5 8 ft lb A Lower separator plate B Lower valve body Bolt length mm in A 40 1 57 B 62 2 44 C 73 2 87 D 79 3 11 AT 00076 A B A...

Страница 2181: ...stall oil strainer to lower valve body Tightening torque 8 N m 0 8 kgf m 5 8 ft lb E INSPECTION Make sure that each component is free of harmful gouges cuts or dust Bolt length mm in A 12 0 47 B 62 2...

Страница 2182: ...SENSOR For removal of ATF temperature sensor refer to Front Vehicle Speed Sensor Ref to AT 54 RE MOVAL Front Vehicle Speed Sensor A Oil pan B Drain plug A Lock up duty solenoid Blue B Low clutch timin...

Страница 2183: ...1217B Part No K0877YA020 A Lock up duty solenoid Blue B Low clutch timing solenoid Gray C Line pressure duty solenoid Red D Shift solenoid 2 Yellow E Shift solenoid 1 Green F 2 4 brake timing solenoid...

Страница 2184: ...6 Install the oil pan Tightening torque 5 N m 0 5 kgf m 3 6 ft lb 7 Fill ATF up to the middle of the COLD side on level gauge by using the gauge hole Ref to AT 30 Automatic Transmission Fluid 8 Check...

Страница 2185: ...TURBO model Ref to EX H4DOSTC 7 REMOVAL Center Ex haust Pipe 9 Remove the rear exhaust pipe and muffler 2 0 L non TURBO and 2 5 L with OBD models Ref to EX H4SO 9 REMOVAL Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to...

Страница 2186: ...nstall the transfer duty solenoid and trans fer valve body Tightening torque T 8 N m 0 8 kgf m 5 8 ft lb 2 Connect the transfer duty solenoid connec tor 2 Install a new gasket and the extension case t...

Страница 2187: ...nt Ex haust Pipe Ref to EX H6DO 8 INSTALLA TION Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H6DO 9 INSTALLATION Muffler 7 Install center and rear exhaust pipes and muf fler TURBO model Ref to EX H4DOSTC 8 INSTALL...

Страница 2188: ...ttery 2 Lift up the vehicle 3 Remove front left mud guard Ref to EI 22 REMOVAL Mud Guard 4 Lower the vehicle 5 Release clamp of IN OUT of oil filter hose and remove hose from pipe NOTE Plug the pipe P...

Страница 2189: ...4 kgf m 10 1 ft lb Required torque setting T2 Tightening torque L1 ST length 0 078 m 3 07 in L2 Torque wrench length Example NOTE Align ST with torque wrench while tightening ATF filter ST 498545400 O...

Страница 2190: ...EL 1 Get new ATF filter and apply a thin coat of ATF to the oil seal 2 Install ATF filter Turn it by hand being careful not to damage oil seal 3 Using ST tighten ATF filter Calculate ATF filter torque...

Страница 2191: ...nd then disconnect the connector 3 Disconnect the connectors from transmission control module LHD model RHD model except for Europe RHD model for Europe 4 Remove the transmission control module A Tran...

Страница 2192: ...or Europe Tightening torque 7 5 N m 0 76 kgf m 5 5 ft lb RHD model for Europe Tightening torque 18 N m 1 8 kgf m 13 ft lb 2 Connect the connectors to transmission control module 3 Install in the rever...

Страница 2193: ...nd the hose to protect it Turn it with pli ers and then pull directly out with your hand 6 Disconnect ATF cooler hoses from pipes NOTE Do not remove with a screwdriver or other point ed tools When the...

Страница 2194: ...ect ATF cooler hoses from transmis sion NOTE Do not remove with a screwdriver or other point ed tools When the hose is difficult to remove wrap a shop cloth around the hose to protect it Turn it with...

Страница 2195: ...areful not to lose ball and spring used with retaining screw B INSTALLATION 1 EXCEPT 3 0 L MODEL 1 Install the oil cooler outlet and inlet pipes NOTE Be sure to use a new aluminum washer Tightening to...

Страница 2196: ...er cover 6 Install battery and washer tank 7 Fill ATF Ref to AT 30 Automatic Transmis sion Fluid NOTE Make sure there are no ATF leaks in joints between the transmission radiator pipes and hoses 2 3 0...

Страница 2197: ...tery and washer tank 9 Fill ATF Ref to AT 30 Automatic Transmis sion Fluid NOTE Make sure there are no ATF leaks in joints between the transmission radiator pipes and hoses C INSPECTION Repair or repl...

Страница 2198: ...all the air cleaner case 2 0 L non TURBO and 2 5 L models Ref to IN H4SO 6 INSTALLATION Air Cleaner Case 3 Install air intake chamber 3 0 L model Ref to IN H6DO 6 INSTALLATION Air Intake Chamber 4 Ins...

Страница 2199: ...from the flange face B INSTALLATION 1 Install the oil charger pipe with new O ring Tightening torque 41 N m 4 2 kgf m 30 4 ft lb 2 Install the air cleaner case 2 0 L non TURBO and 2 5 L models Ref to...

Страница 2200: ...clutch and then check the clip fits securely in its groove 3 Insert the input shaft while turning lightly by hand Normal protrusion A 50 55 mm 1 97 2 17 in 4 Holding the torque converter clutch assemb...

Страница 2201: ...ce of reduction drive gear with vaseline NOTE Install thrust needle bearing in the correct direction 2 Install new gasket 3 Install the extension case to the transmission case 4 Tighten bolts to secur...

Страница 2202: ...ghtly tapping the end of the rear drive shaft NOTE Be careful not to damage the oil seal in the exten sion 2 Remove the transmission clutch pipe without bending pipe 2 VTD MODEL 1 Remove snap ring usi...

Страница 2203: ...300 INSTALLER 2 Press in the dust cover 3 Install the transfer clutch pipe to extension case without bending pipe 4 Install the transfer clutch assembly to the case NOTE Be careful not to damage the s...

Страница 2204: ...1 2 and 3 ST1 398673600 COMPRESSOR ST2 498627100 SEAT ST3 398663600 PLIERS E INSPECTION Use forced air to make sure the transfer pipe and extension case routes are not clogged and do not leak Measure...

Страница 2205: ...tapping the end of the rear drive shaft B INSTALLATION 1 Select the thrust needle bearing 2 Install the transfer clutch assembly to the case 3 Tighten bolts to secure the case Tightening torque 25 N m...

Страница 2206: ...driven plates 4 Remove the snap ring with ST1 ST2 and ST3 and take out the return spring and transfer clutch piston seal ST1 399893600 PLIERS ST2 398673600 COMPRESSOR ST3 398623600 SEAT 5 Apply compr...

Страница 2207: ...ring to ST ST 499257300 SNAP RING OUTER GUIDE 6 Using ST1 and ST2 install snap ring to rear drive shaft ST1 499257300 SNAP RING OUTER GUIDE ST2 499247400 INSTALLER A Transfer clutch piston B Rear driv...

Страница 2208: ...CTION Transfer Clutch 10 Press fit a new ball bearing with ST ST 899580100 INSTALLER 11 Coat a new seal ring with vaseline and install it in the seal ring groove of the shaft NOTE Do not expand the se...

Страница 2209: ...H in both clockwise and counterclockwise directions for approx ten times each while repeating acceler ation and braking intermittently 2 If the tight corner braking still persists drive the vehicle ag...

Страница 2210: ...value B Thickness of special tool 15 mm 0 59 in L Distance between extension case edge and rear driveshaft edge 3 Using the special tool measure the distance 2 between the mating surface of transmissi...

Страница 2211: ...0 0217 Calculation when clearance is 0 25 mm 0 0098 in H 90 50 0 45 90 35 0 25 0 35 H 3 5630 0 0177 3 5571 0 0098 0 0138 After calculation the value of H becomes be tween 0 35 mm 0 0138 in and 0 55 mm...

Страница 2212: ...ool measure distance L from extension case joining surface to multi plate clutch LSD piston ST 398643600 Gauge L Measured value 15 mm L Measured value 0 59 in A Measured value B Special tool thickness...

Страница 2213: ...value 0 2 0 6 mm 0 008 0 024 in Limit value 1 6 mm 0 063 in If outside the standard value replace the plate set drive and driven plate Select a multi plate clutch LSD piston side adjustment plate that...

Страница 2214: ...AT 95 VTD MODEL ADJUSTMENT Transfer Clutch 2 Install drive plate and driven plate 3 Insert rear driveshaft into the center differential assembly 4 Join transmission case and extension case In stall re...

Страница 2215: ...s Make sure the clutch hub is oriented in the cor rect direction E INSPECTION Inspect parts to make sure there are no holes cuts and that they are not dusty Inspect extension end play and adjust it to...

Страница 2216: ...mission assembly from the ve hicle Ref to AT 39 REMOVAL Automatic Transmission Assembly 2 Remove rear vehicle speed sensor and sepa rate the transmission case and extension case Ref to AT 86 REMOVAL E...

Страница 2217: ...embly 2 VTD MODEL 1 Set the select lever to P range 2 Using a plastic hammer install reduction driven gear assembly 3 Using a plastic hammer install the center differ ential assembly 4 Install a new s...

Страница 2218: ...emove snap ring reduction driven gear 3 0 L model D ASSEMBLY 1 Install snap ring to reduction driven gear 3 0 L model 2 Using a press install a new ball bearing to re duction driven gear 3 Install sna...

Страница 2219: ...act the reduction drive gear ST1 499737100 PULLER ST2 899524100 PULLER SET B INSTALLATION 1 Install the reduction drive gear assembly NOTE Insert it fully into position until the bearing shoulder bott...

Страница 2220: ...Apply vaseline to outer surface of seal ring and shaft groove 4 Attach new seal rings E INSPECTION Rotate bearing by hand make sure it rotates smoothly Make sure that each component is free of harm fu...

Страница 2221: ...ALLATION 1 Install the center differential assembly with the shim s NOTE Insert the center differential assembly and shim s completely into the bearing shoulder bottom 2 Insert the rear driveshaft Ref...

Страница 2222: ...n gears and washers 4 Insert the shaft into the center differential as sembly 5 Install the snap ring 6 Using a press install a new ball bearing into the center differential assembly ST 498077000 REMO...

Страница 2223: ...parking pawl return spring and shaft B INSTALLATION 1 Install the parking pawl shaft and return spring 2 Install the reduction drive gear Ref to AT 104 INSTALLATION Reduction Drive Gear 3 Install the...

Страница 2224: ...the oil charger pipe Ref to AT 84 REMOVAL Oil Charger Pipe 9 Remove the oil cooler inlet and outlet pipes Ref to AT 78 REMOVAL ATF Cooler Pipe and Hose 10 Lightly tapping the torque converter clutch...

Страница 2225: ...d gasket to the en tire torque converter clutch case mating surface Liquid gasket THREE BOND 1215 Part No 004403007 8 Install the torque converter clutch case assem bly without damaging bush and oil s...

Страница 2226: ...e not to damage the bushing Normal protrusion A 50 55 mm 1 97 2 17 in 15 Install the torque converter clutch assembly Ref to AT 85 INSTALLATION Torque Converter Clutch Assembly 16 Install the transmis...

Страница 2227: ...case and transmission case sections Ref to AT 109 RE MOVAL Torque Converter Clutch Case 10 Separate transmission case and extension case sections Ref to AT 86 REMOVAL Exten sion Case 11 Remove the red...

Страница 2228: ...il pump housing NOTE Be careful not to bend the shims Be careful not to force the pinion against the housing bore 2 Tighten four bolts to secure the roller bearing Tightening torque 40 N m 4 1 kgf m 3...

Страница 2229: ...tall the center differential carrier VTD mod el Ref to AT 106 INSTALLATION Center Differ ential Carrier 12 Combine the extension case with the transmis sion case and install vehicle speed sensor 1 rea...

Страница 2230: ...p rotor assembly to oil pump hous ing 2 Align both pivots with the pivot holes of the cov er and install the oil pump cover being careful not to apply undue force to the pivots Tightening torque 25 N...

Страница 2231: ...p clearance 0 02 0 15 mm 0 0008 0 0059 in 2 Side clearance Set a depth gauge to oil pump housing then measure oil pump housing to rotor clearances Side clearance 0 02 0 04 mm 0 0008 0 0016 in 3 If dep...

Страница 2232: ...h Attach the thrust needle bearing to the oil pump cover with vaseline 5 After correctly installing the new gasket to the case mating surface carefully install the oil pump housing assembly Be careful...

Страница 2233: ...rger pipe Ref to AT 84 REMOVAL Oil Charger Pipe 8 Remove the oil cooler inlet and outlet pipes Ref to AT 78 REMOVAL ATF Cooler Pipe and Hose 9 Separation of torque converter clutch case and transmissi...

Страница 2234: ...Ref to AT 83 IN STALLATION Air Breather Hose 10 Install the oil cooler inlet and outlet pipes Ref to AT 80 INSTALLATION ATF Cooler Pipe and Hose 11 Install the oil charger pipe with O ring 12 Insert t...

Страница 2235: ...rque wrench length Example ST1 498937110 HOLDER ST2 499787700 WRENCH ST3 499787500 ADAPTER NOTE Install ST2 to torque wrench as straight as possi ble 6 Measure the starting torque of the bearing Make...

Страница 2236: ...t lb 3 Rotate the drive pinion several times with ST1 and ST2 ST1 498937110 HOLDER ST2 499787700 WRENCH 4 Adjust the backlash between drive pinion and crown gear Ref to AT 128 ADJUSTMENT Front Differe...

Страница 2237: ...ctive action Increase thickness of drive pin ion height adjusting shim in order to bring drive pin ion close to crown gear Flank contact Checking item Backlash is too small Contact pattern Corrective...

Страница 2238: ...ontact pattern Corrective action Increase thickness of drive pin ion height adjusting shim in order to move drive pin ion close to crown gear 6 If tooth contact is correct mark the retainer posi tion...

Страница 2239: ...to AT 109 REMOVAL Torque Converter Clutch Case 10 Remove the seal pipe if it is attached 11 Remove the differential side retainer with ST NOTE Hold the differential case assembly by hand to avoid dama...

Страница 2240: ...12 Install the torque converter clutch assembly Ref to AT 85 INSTALLATION Torque Converter Clutch Assembly 13 Install the transmission assembly to the vehi cle Ref to AT 42 INSTALLATION Automatic Tran...

Страница 2241: ...rely attach two claws to outer race set ST to side retainer ST 398527700 PULLER ASSY 5 Return removed claw to the original position and install pin and split pin 6 Hold the shaft of ST to avoid removi...

Страница 2242: ...through the access window of the case ST1 498247001 MAGNET BASE ST2 498247100 DIAL GAUGE NOTE Measure the backlash by applying a pinion tooth between two bevel gear teeth Fix bevel pinion gear in pla...

Страница 2243: ...ht contact is felt NOTE Screw in the RH side slightly deeper than the LH side ST 499787000 WRENCH ASSY 2 Remove the oil pump housing 3 Thoroughly remove the liquid gasket from the case mating surface...

Страница 2244: ...drive pinion a few times Tight en the RH retainer 1 3 4 notches further This sets the preload Finally secure the retainer with its lock plate NOTE Turning the retainer by one tooth changes the backla...

Страница 2245: ...or from stay 6 Disconnect the air breather hose 7 Remove the oil charger pipe Ref to AT 84 REMOVAL Oil Charger Pipe 8 Remove the oil cooler inlet and outlet pipes Ref to AT 78 REMOVAL ATF Cooler Pipe...

Страница 2246: ...er clutch case assem bly to the transmission case assembly Ref to AT 110 INSTALLATION Torque Converter Clutch Case 8 Insert inhibitor switch and transmission connec tor into stay 9 Install air breathe...

Страница 2247: ...verter Clutch Assembly 14 Install the transmission assembly to the vehi cle Ref to AT 42 INSTALLATION Automatic Transmission Assembly C DISASSEMBLY 1 Remove the snap ring and take out the retaining pl...

Страница 2248: ...ll high clutch piston to reverse clutch piston 3 Install reverse clutch to high clutch drum Align the groove on the reverse clutch piston with the groove on the high clutch drum during installa tion 4...

Страница 2249: ...the driven plate drive plate retain ing plate to high clutch drum 9 Install snap ring to high clutch drum 10 Apply compressed air intermittently to check for operation 11 Measure the clearance betwee...

Страница 2250: ...table high clutch retaining plate 4 Inspect clearance between retaining plate and snap ring Reverse clutch At this time do not press down retaining plate Standard value 0 5 0 8 mm 0 020 0 031 in Allow...

Страница 2251: ...t and outlet pipes Ref to AT 78 REMOVAL ATF Cooler Pipe and Hose 9 Remove rear vehicle speed sensor and sepa rate the transmission case and extension case Ref to AT 86 REMOVAL Extension Case 10 Remove...

Страница 2252: ...tall carefully while rotating the low clutch and planetary gear assembly slowly paying special at tention not to damage the seal ring 2 Install the pressure plate driven plate drive plate retaining pl...

Страница 2253: ...nd transmission con nector into stay 13 Install air breather hose Ref to AT 83 IN STALLATION Air Breather Hose 14 Install oil cooler pipes Ref to AT 80 INSTAL LATION ATF Cooler Pipe and Hose 15 Instal...

Страница 2254: ...sher and thrust needle bearing 5 Take out rear internal gear 6 Remove the snap ring from the low clutch drum A Snap ring B Low clutch drum A Front planetary carrier B Low clutch drum A Rear sun gear B...

Страница 2255: ...the one way clutch inner race to the low clutch drum and apply compressed air to remove the low clutch piston 10 Remove the one way clutch inner race 11 Remove the one way clutch after taking out the...

Страница 2256: ...ST3 498437100 LOW CLUTCH PISTON GUIDE 6 Install the dish plate driven plates drive plates and retaining plate and secure with the snap ring 7 Check the low clutch for operation 1 Remove one way clutc...

Страница 2257: ...rusion of washer and hole of rear planetary carrier 13 Install rear planetary carrier to low clutch drum 14 Install thrust needle bearing in the correct di rection A Rear internal gear B Washer A Rear...

Страница 2258: ...race and plate and secure with the snap ring 21 Set the inner race Make sure that the forward clutch is free in the clockwise direction and locked in the counterclockwise direction as viewed from the...

Страница 2259: ...NT Oil Pump 2 Place the same thickness of shim on both sides to prevent retaining plate from tilting 3 Inspect clearance between retaining plate and operation of the low clutch Standard value 0 7 1 1...

Страница 2260: ...f to AT 86 REMOVAL Extension Case 10 Remove the reduction drive gear MPT model Ref to AT 104 REMOVAL Reduction Drive Gear 11 Remove the center differential carrier VTD model Ref to AT 106 REMOVAL Cent...

Страница 2261: ...nstall the 2 4 brake piston and 2 4 brake retain er by aligning hole of 2 4 brake retainer and hole of transmission case 3 Install 2 4 brake piston return spring to transmis sion case A 2 4 brake pist...

Страница 2262: ...iven plate retaining plate and snap ring 7 Install a new 2 4 brake oil seal to transmission case 8 After all 2 4 brake component parts have been installed blow in air intermittently and confirm the op...

Страница 2263: ...ATION Reduction Drive Gear 20 Install the center differential carrier VTD mod el Ref to AT 106 INSTALLATION Center Differ ential Carrier 21 Insert inhibitor switch and transmission con nector into sta...

Страница 2264: ...T Oil Pump 1 Inspect the clearance between the retaining plate and the snap ring NOTE Select a retaining plate with a suitable value from the following table so that the clearance becomes the standard...

Страница 2265: ...ransmission case and extension case sections Ref to AT 86 REMOVAL Exten sion Case 11 Remove the reduction driven gear Ref to AT 101 REMOVAL Reduction Driven Gear 12 Remove the reduction drive gear MPT...

Страница 2266: ...ion case Tightening torque 25 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 1 ft lb 3 Place transmission case with the front facing up 4 Install thrust needle bearing 5 Installation of the low reverse brake Install dish plate dri...

Страница 2267: ...e gear MPT model 16 Install the center differential carrier VTD mod el Ref to AT 106 INSTALLATION Center Differ ential Carrier 17 Install the extension case to the transmission case Ref to AT 86 INSTA...

Страница 2268: ...to the inner race ST 398497701 ADAPTER 2 Apply vaseline to the groove of the inner race and to the seal ring 3 Install two seal rings to one way clutch inner race 2 ONE WAY CLUTCH OUTER RACE 1 Install...

Страница 2269: ...clockwise direction and locked in the counterclockwise direction as viewed from the front of the vehicle E INSPECTION Make sure the snap ring is not worn and the seal rings are not damaged Measure the...

Страница 2270: ...ate transmission case and extension case sections Ref to AT 86 REMOVAL Exten sion Case 11 Remove the reduction drive gear Ref to AT 104 REMOVAL Reduction Drive Gear 12 Remove the center differential c...

Страница 2271: ...ke 9 Install 2 4 brake piston retainer and return spring to transmission case Ref to AT 146 IN STALLATION 2 4 Brake 10 Install planetary gear and low clutch assembly to transmission case Install caref...

Страница 2272: ...y hand At this time not to damage the bushing Normal protrusion A 50 55 mm 1 97 2 17 in 24 Install the torque converter clutch assembly Ref to AT 85 INSTALLATION Torque Converter Clutch Assembly 25 In...

Страница 2273: ...Ref to AT 83 REMOVAL Air Breather Hose 6 Disconnect inhibitor switch connector from stay 7 Wrap vinyl tape around the nipple attached to the air breather hose 8 Remove pitching stopper bracket 9 Remo...

Страница 2274: ...ase to its original position 7 Install pitching stopper bracket Tightening torque 41 N m 4 2 kgf m 30 4 ft lb 8 Install inhibitor switch and adjust the inhibitor switch Ref to AT 49 Inhibitor Switch 9...

Страница 2275: ...rter clutch assembly Ref to AT 85 INSTALLATION Torque Converter Clutch Assembly 13 Install the transmission assembly to the vehi cle Ref to AT 42 INSTALLATION Automatic Transmission Assembly C INSPECT...

Страница 2276: ...21 7 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 24 8 Inspection Mode 26 9 Clear Memory Mode 27 10 POWER Indicator Light Display 28 11 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 29 12 Diagnostic Procedure for POWER In...

Страница 2277: ...m 2 CHECK POWER INDICATOR LIGHT Turn ignition switch to ON Does not the POWER indicator light light up Indicator light flashes Go to step 4 Go to step 3 3 CHECK POWER INDICATOR LIGHT 1 Turn ignition s...

Страница 2278: ...ef to AT 27 WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION Clear Memory Mode Without Subaru Select Monitor Ref to AT 27 WITHOUT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION Clear Memory Mode 4 Perform the inspection mode Re...

Страница 2279: ...OPERATION Clear Memory Mode Without Subaru Select Monitor Ref to AT 27 WITHOUT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION Clear Memory Mode 4 Perform the inspection mode Ref to AT 26 Inspection Mode 5 Calling u...

Страница 2280: ...Various Others Place Highway Suburbs Inner city Uphill Rough road Others Outdoor temperature Hot Warm Cool Cold Vehicle speed km h MPH Malfunction indicator lamp MIL Continuously lit Not lit Select le...

Страница 2281: ...4 mm 0 025 in in order to avoid poor contact Do not insert the pin more than 0 65 mm 0 0256 in B INSPECTION 1 BATTERY Measure battery voltage and specific gravity of electrolyte Standard voltage 12 V...

Страница 2282: ...G Stop the engine while checking operation of se lect lever Without SPORT shift With SPORT shift 6 POWER SWITCH Make sure that POWER indicator light in combina tion meter comes ON when turning power s...

Страница 2283: ...RIDGE Troubleshooting for electrical systems 22771AA030 SELECT MONITOR KIT Troubleshooting for electrical systems English 22771AA030 Without printer German 22771AA070 Without printer French 22771AA080...

Страница 2284: ...1 Engine control module ECM 4 Transmission control module TCM 7 Data link connector 2 POWER indicator light AT diag nostic indicator light Except 3 0 L and TURBO model 8 Vehicle dynamic control modul...

Страница 2285: ...AT 10 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION AT 00323 1 AT 00764 2 AT 00765 3 AT 00766 4 AT 00767 5 AT 00768 6 AT 00769 7 AT 00770 8...

Страница 2286: ...sensor Except 3 0 L model 4 Inhibitor switch 7 Torque converter turbine speed signal 5 Rear vehicle speed sensor with out VDC system or SPORT shift 2 Throttle sensor 3 0 L model 8 ATF temperature sens...

Страница 2287: ...AT 12 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION AT 00631 1 AT 00635 2 AT 00632 3 5 AT 00636 3 6 AT 00633 4 AT 00637 7 AT 00634 8...

Страница 2288: ...lenoid 1 4 Low clutch timing solenoid 7 2 4 brake timing solenoid 2 Solenoid 2 5 Lock up duty solenoid 8 Transfer duty solenoid 3 Line pressure duty solenoid 6 2 4 brake duty solenoid 9 Sport shift so...

Страница 2289: ...nge Less than 1 Select lever in any other than R range More than 8 D range switch B55 4 Select lever in D range Less than 1 Select lever in any other than D range More than 8 3 range switch B55 5 Sele...

Страница 2290: ...ON 8 11 Cruise set signal B55 22 When cruise control is set SET lamp ON Less than 1 When cruise control is not set SET lamp OFF More than 6 5 Torque control signal 1 B56 5 Ignition switch ON with eng...

Страница 2291: ...ift B55 21 ABS switch ON Less than 1 ABS switch OFF 6 5 15 Sensor ground line 1 B54 20 0 Less than 1 Sensor ground line 2 B55 9 0 Less than 1 System ground line B56 19 0 Less than 1 B54 21 Sensor grou...

Страница 2292: ...SPORT shift mode OFF More than 4 SPORT shift mode with 2nd and 3rd gear Less than 1 SPORT shift indicator with SPORT shift B56 4 SPORT shift mode OFF More than 4 SPORT shift mode with 1st and 3rd gear...

Страница 2293: ...S TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE TCM I O SIGNAL B SCHEMATIC AT 00772 1 2 3 4 5 7 6 8 9 12 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 17 14 13 16 15 18 21 20 19 10 11 38 39 46 40 41 42 43 44 45 47 48 49 52...

Страница 2294: ...e 26 N range indicator light 10 ABS control module without VDC system 27 D range indicator light 50 POWER switch 28 3 range indicator light 51 HOLD switch 11 VDC control module with VDC system 29 2 ra...

Страница 2295: ...L MODULE TCM I O SIGNAL C MEASUREMENT Only for models with VDC system measure input output signal voltage 1 WAVEFORM A Can communication line B Terminal No B56 No 9 B55 No 9 C Terminal No B56 No 18 B5...

Страница 2296: ...S key after displayed the informa tion of transmission type 9 On the Transmission Diagnosis display screen select the Diagnostic Code s Display and press the YES key 10 On the Diagnostic Code s Displa...

Страница 2297: ...or OFF Stop lamp switch signal Stop Light Switch ON or OFF Shift up signal with SPORT shift Up Switch ON or OFF Shift down signal with SPORT shift Down Switch ON or OFF SPORT shift mode with SPORT shi...

Страница 2298: ...sion Control System and press the YES key 3 Press the YES key after displayed the informa tion of transmission type 4 On the Transmission Diagnosis display screen select the Clear Memory and press the...

Страница 2299: ...OTE Blinks every 0 125 1 8 seconds until ignition switch is turned OFF Indicator light blinks at every 4 Hz interval Go to step 2 Repair power sup ply and ground cir cuit Ref to AT 34 CHECK POWER SUPP...

Страница 2300: ...icates a ten and the short segment 0 2 sec on signifies a one 2 WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR Refer to Subaru Select Monitor for information about how to obtain and understand trouble codes Ref to AT 21...

Страница 2301: ...g or tie down hooks to prevent the lateral runout of front wheels Do not abruptly depress release clutch pedal or accelerator pedal during works even when engine is operating at low speeds since this...

Страница 2302: ...These trouble codes can be cleared by removing the specified Remove TCM connector at least 2 min utes CLEAR MEMORY Remove TCM connector B56 TCM connector is located in the line to the mem ory back up...

Страница 2303: ...be determined by a DTC during on board diagnostics operation Problems which occurred previously can also be identified through the memory function If the POWER indicator does not show a problem althou...

Страница 2304: ...s open or shorted output signal circuit Ref to AT 72 DTC 71 SHIFT SOLENOID 1 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 72 Shift solenoid 2 Detects open or shorted output signal circuit Ref...

Страница 2305: ...i12 C i1 B36 NO 5 BATTERY IGNITION RELAY T7 B12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 TCM B55 B B56 C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B55 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7...

Страница 2306: ...9 4 CHECK FUSE No 5 Remove fuse No 5 Is the fuse No 5 blown out Fuse is blown Replace fuse No 5 If replaced fuse No 5 is blown out easily repair short circuit in har ness between fuse No 5 and combi n...

Страница 2307: ...onnector or harness may be the cause Repair harness or con nector in TCM Replace TCM Ref to AT 76 Transmission Con trol Module TCM 9 CHECK SUBARU SELECT MONITOR Do you have Subaru Select Monitor Subar...

Страница 2308: ...AT 33 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR POWER INDICATOR LIGHT MEMO...

Страница 2309: ...CTOR F2 B100 B11 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 3 4 17 18 19 20 B40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 TCM B54 A B56 C B54 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B56 1...

Страница 2310: ...OWER SUPPLY CIR CUIT 1 Turn ignition switch to ON engine OFF 2 Measure ignition power supply voltage between TCM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B54 No 23 Chassis ground B54 No 24 Chas...

Страница 2311: ...sion ground Connector terminal T4 No 16 Transmission ground Is the measured value less than the specified value 1 Go to step 8 Repair open circuit in harness between transmis sion and transmis sion gr...

Страница 2312: ...AT 37 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR POWER INDICATOR LIGHT MEMO...

Страница 2313: ...ATA LINK CONNECTOR LINE END CHECK CONNECTOR SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR F2 B100 B11 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 3 4 17 18 19 20 B40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 TCM B54 A...

Страница 2314: ...ed normally Are the name and year of the system dis played on the select monitor Name and year are displayed Go to step 6 Go to step 4 4 CHECK COMMUNICATION OF SELECT MONITOR 1 Turn ignition switch to...

Страница 2315: ...ctor terminal B56 No 15 B40 No 10 Is the measured value less than the specified value 0 5 Go to step 9 Repair harness and connector between TCM and data link connec tor 9 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWE...

Страница 2316: ...AT 41 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR SELECT MONITOR COMMUNICATION MEMO...

Страница 2317: ...MPTOM No lock up after engine warm up POWER indicator light remains on when vehicle speed is 0 WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00775 9 30 H6T H4N 17 ECM B55 TCM H4N H6T EXCEPT 3 0L MODEL AND TURBO MODEL 3 0L MODEL...

Страница 2318: ...tage between TCM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B55 No 17 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 5 V Even if POWER indicator lights up the circuit has r...

Страница 2319: ...H DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC 7 CONFIRM DTC 11 Replace ECM with a new one Does the diag nostic trouble code DTC appear again after the memory has been cleared DTC11 is displayed Replace TCM Ref to AT...

Страница 2320: ...AT 45 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2321: ...e any trouble There is a trouble Repair the ground terminal and or ground circuit of ECM Go to step 2 2 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND ECM 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect the c...

Страница 2322: ...r indicator light lights up the cir cuit has returned to a normal condi tion at this time A temporary poor contact of the con nector or harness may be the cause Repair harness or connector in the TCM...

Страница 2323: ...IAGNOSIS Input signal circuit of TCM to ATF temperature sensor is open or shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive shift shock WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00776 11 20 11 12 ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR B54 B11 T4 TCM B11 TR...

Страница 2324: ...between TCM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B54 No 20 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and...

Страница 2325: ...ctor terminal B54 No 11 No 20 Is the measured value within the specified range 0 4 0 9 V Even if POWER indicator lights up the circuit has returned to a nor mal condition at this time Tempo rary poor...

Страница 2326: ...AT 51 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2327: ...18 19 20 21 B135 B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 5 4 6 7 8 2 1 9 3 10 22 23 11 12 13 14 15 24 25 26 27 16 17 18 28 29 19 20 21 30...

Страница 2328: ...3 14 15 16 B136 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 29 30 31 13 14 15 16 17 27 28 18 22 23 24 25 26 E13 1 2 3 B252 B83 1 2 7 8 9 5 6...

Страница 2329: ...BD model B134 No 7 Engine ground B134 No 35 Engine ground B135 No 21 Engine ground B136 No 5 Engine ground B136 No 16 Engine ground B136 No 26 Engine ground B137 No 14 Engine ground TURBO model B134 N...

Страница 2330: ...ition sensor connec tor Connector terminal Except 3 0 L model B55 No 3 E13 No 3 3 0 L model B55 No 3 E13 No 2 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 6 Repair open circuit in...

Страница 2331: ...ce of harness between TCM and ECM connector Connector terminal Non TURBO without OBD model B54 No 2 B136 No 15 Non TURBO with OBD model B54 No 2 B135 No 3 TURBO model B54 No 2 B135 No 9 3 0 L model B5...

Страница 2332: ...voltage between TCM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B54 No 2 Chassis ground Is the measured value within the specified range 4 8 5 3 V Even if POWER indicator lights up the circuit ha...

Страница 2333: ...CODE DTC E DTC 33 FRONT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DIAGNOSIS The vehicle speed signal is abnormal The circuit in combination meter is faulty The harness connector between TCM and vehicle speed sensor is in...

Страница 2334: ...6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1...

Страница 2335: ...tance of harness between TCM and transmission connector Connector terminal B54 No 10 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Repair short circuit in harness...

Страница 2336: ...rness may be the case Repair harness or connector in the front vehicle speed sensor circuit Go to step 11 9 CHECK FRONT VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR USING OSCILLOSCOPE 1 Connect all connectors 2 Lift up the v...

Страница 2337: ...nce between front and rear wheels may light the ABS warning light but this indicates no malfunction When AT control di agnosis is finished perform the ABS memory clearance procedure of on board diagno...

Страница 2338: ...AT 63 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2339: ...r shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive shift shock WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00780 14 15 8 9 B11 B53 T4 TCM B55 NT TB 1 2 3 SENSOR TORQUE SHIELD JOINT CONNECTOR CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED B55 B11 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14...

Страница 2340: ...TCM and transmission connector Connector terminal B55 No 9 B11 No 15 Is the measured value less than the specified value 1 Go to step 4 Repair open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission con...

Страница 2341: ...ometer with Subaru Select Monitor indications Is the revolution value same as the tachom eter reading shown on the combination meter Same as tachometer value Even if POWER indicator lights up the circ...

Страница 2342: ...AT 67 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2343: ...BO with OBD model B56 No 14 B136 No 18 B56 No 15 B136 No 1 3 0 L model and TURBO model B56 No 14 B134 No 18 B56 No 5 B134 No 19 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 2 Repa...

Страница 2344: ...ETWEEN TRANS MISSION AND BODY Check installing condition of ground line in transmission and body Is there any dirt or rust at ground line installing point Remove dirt and rust Go to step 6 6 CHECK GRO...

Страница 2345: ...switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connectors from TCM and ECM 3 Measure resistance of harness between TCM and ECM connector Connector terminal 2 0 L and 2 5 L without OBD model B54 No 1 B136 No 11 2 0 L and...

Страница 2346: ...if POWER indicator lights up the circuit has returned to a nor mal condition at this time A tempo rary poor contact of the connector or harness may be the cause Repair harness or con nector in the TCM...

Страница 2347: ...OLENOID 1 DIAGNOSIS Output signal circuit of shift solenoid 1 is open or shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM Does not shift WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00583 22 TRANSMISSION B54 TCM AT5 1 T4 B11 SHIFT SOLENOID 1 B54 1 2 7...

Страница 2348: ...nector terminals Connector terminal T4 No 1 No 16 Is the measured value within the specified range 10 16 Go to step 4 Go to step 7 4 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED FROM TCM 1 Connect connectors to TCM an...

Страница 2349: ...S CONNECTOR BETWEEN SHIFT SOLENOID 1 AND TRANSMISSION Measure resistance of harness between shift solenoid 1 and transmission connector Connector terminal AT5 No 1 T4 No 1 Is the measured value less t...

Страница 2350: ...AT 75 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2351: ...OLENOID 2 DIAGNOSIS Output signal circuit of shift solenoid 2 is open or shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM Does not shift WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00584 5 TRANSMISSION B54 TCM AT6 SHIFT SOLENOID 2 B54 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3...

Страница 2352: ...16 Go to step 4 Go to step 6 4 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED FROM TCM 1 Connect connectors to TCM and transmis sion 2 Lift up or raise the vehicle and support with safety stand NOTE Raise all wheels off...

Страница 2353: ...enoids Duty Solenoids and ATF Temper ature Sensor 7 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN SHIFT SOLENOID 2 AND TRANSMISSION Measure resistance of harness between shift solenoid 2 and transmission connector...

Страница 2354: ...AT 79 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2355: ...DIAGNOSIS Output signal circuit of low clutch timing solenoid is open or shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive shift shock WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00585 15 TRANSMISSION B54 TCM AT 9 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID...

Страница 2356: ...erminals Connector terminal T4 No 3 No 16 Is the measured value within the specified range 10 16 Go to step 4 Go to step 7 4 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED FROM TCM 1 Connect connectors to TCM and transm...

Страница 2357: ...LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID AND TRANSMISSION Measure resistance of harness between low clutch timing solenoid and transmission con nector Connector terminal AT9 No 1 T4 No 3 Is the measured value less...

Страница 2358: ...AT 83 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2359: ...D DIAGNOSIS Output signal circuit of 2 4 brake timing solenoid is open or shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive shift shock WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00586 16 TRANSMISSION B54 TCM AT8 4 T4 B11 2 4 BRAKE TIMING SO...

Страница 2360: ...or terminals Connector terminal T4 No 4 No 16 Is the measured value within the specified range 10 16 Go to step 4 Go to step 7 4 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED FROM TCM 1 Connect connectors to TCM and tr...

Страница 2361: ...noid circuit There is poor contact Repair poor con tact Replace TCM Ref to AT 76 Transmission Con trol Module TCM 7 CHECK 2 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID IN TRANSMISSION 1 Remove transmission connector fro...

Страница 2362: ...on ground Connector terminal T4 No 4 Transmission ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Even if POWER indicator lights up the circuit has returned to a nor mal condition at thi...

Страница 2363: ...onnector Connector terminal B54 No 9 B11 No 5 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 2 Repair open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission con nector 2 CHECK HARNESS...

Страница 2364: ...below 0 C 32 F drive the vehicle until the ATF reaches its oper ating temperature 3 Turn ignition switch to ON engine OFF 4 Move select lever to N 5 Throttle is fully closed 6 Measure voltage between...

Страница 2365: ...en 3 Read line pressure duty solenoid data using Subaru Select Monitor Is line pressure duty solenoid data less than the specified value 25 Even if POWER indicator lights up the circuit has returned t...

Страница 2366: ...ansmission connector 12 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TRANSMISSION AND LINE PRESSURE DUTY SOLENOID Measure resistance of harness between trans mission connector and transmission ground Connector ter...

Страница 2367: ...ector Connector terminal B54 No 18 B11 No 9 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 2 Repair open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission con nector 2 CHECK HARNESS C...

Страница 2368: ...0 C 32 F drive the vehicle until the ATF reaches its oper ating temperature 3 Turn ignition switch to ON engine OFF 4 Move select lever to N 5 Throttle is fully closed 6 Measure voltage between TCM co...

Страница 2369: ...d line pressure duty solenoid data using Subaru Select Monitor Is line pressure duty solenoid data less than the specified value 25 Even if POWER indicator lights up the circuit has returned to a nor...

Страница 2370: ...mission con nector 12 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TRANSMISSION AND 2 4 BRAKE DUTY SO LENOID Measure resistance of harness between trans mission connector and transmission ground Connector terminal...

Страница 2371: ...IAGNOSIS Output signal circuit of lock up duty solenoid is open or shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM No lock up after engine warm up WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00589 7 TRANSMISSION B54 TCM AT3 13 T4 B11 LOCK UP DUTY SOL...

Страница 2372: ...fied value 1 Go to step 3 Repair open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission con nector 3 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND TRANSMISSION Measure resistance of harness connector between...

Страница 2373: ...When AT control di agnosis is finished perform the ABS memory clearance procedure of on board diagnostics system Ref to ABS 22 Clear Memory Mode or Ref to VDC 25 Clear Memory Mode 5 Measure voltage b...

Страница 2374: ...ABS memory clearance procedure of on board diagnostics system Ref to ABS 22 Clear Memory Mode or Ref to VDC 25 Clear Memory Mode Is lock up duty solenoid data the specified value 95 Go to step 9 Go t...

Страница 2375: ...UTY SOLENOID AND TRANS MISSION Measure resistance of harness between lock up duty solenoid and transmission connector Connector terminal T4 No 13 AT3 No 1 Is the measured value less than the specified...

Страница 2376: ...AT 101 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2377: ...SIS Output signal circuit of SPORT shift solenoid is open or shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM Engine brake is effective at D 3 2 ranges WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00663 14 TRANSMISSION B54 TCM AT10 SPORT SHIFT SOLENOID...

Страница 2378: ...sure resistance of harness between TCM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B54 No 14 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 3 Repair short circuit...

Страница 2379: ...sis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1V Even if POWER indicator lights up the circuit has returned to a nor mal condition at this time A tempo rary poor contact of the conne...

Страница 2380: ...ssion con nector 9 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN SPORT SHIFT SOLENOID AND TRANSMIS SION Measure resistance of harness between SPORT shift solenoid connector and transmis sion ground Connector termin...

Страница 2381: ...AGNOSIS Output signal circuit of transfer duty solenoid is open or shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM Excessive braking in tight corners WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00590 6 TRANSMISSION B54 TCM AT4 6 T4 B11 TRANSFER DUTY...

Страница 2382: ...ied range 10 17 Go to step 4 Go to step 13 4 PREPARE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR Do you have a Subaru Select Monitor Subaru Select Monitor is avail able Go to step 7 Go to step 5 5 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITT...

Страница 2383: ...d data of transfer duty solenoid using Subaru Select Monitor Transfer duty solenoid is indicated in Is transfer duty solenoid data within the specified range Approx 60 70 Even if POWER indicator light...

Страница 2384: ...epair poor con tact Replace TCM Ref to AT 76 Transmission Con trol Module TCM 13 CHECK TRANSFER DUTY SOLENOID IN TRANSMISSION 1 Lift up the vehicle and place safety stand 2 Drain automatic transmissio...

Страница 2385: ...nnector terminal T4 No 6 Transmission ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Even if POWER indicator lights up the circuit has returned to a nor mal condition at this time A tem...

Страница 2386: ...AT 111 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2387: ...3 4 5 6 B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 9 18 1 4 6 3 B234 TCM B56 83 81 VDC CM F87 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14...

Страница 2388: ...t in harness between TCM and VDCCM and poor contact in cou pling connector 4 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND VDCCM Measure resistance of harness between TCM and VDCCM connector Connector termi...

Страница 2389: ...as shown in figure Go to step 9 Repair poor con tact in VDCCM 9 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM USING OSCILLOSCOPE 1 Set oscilloscope to TCM connector termi nals Connector terminal Positive probe B56 No 18...

Страница 2390: ...AT 115 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2391: ...aking WIRING DIAGRAM AT 00785 19 20 B24 A19 B11 T4 TCM B54 A B55 B NT TB 7 8 9 SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR REAR VEHICLE B55 B11 SPEED SENSOR B54 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 3 4 17...

Страница 2392: ...ANSMISSION Measure resistance of harness between TCM and chassis ground Connector terminal B55 No 24 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Repair short cir...

Страница 2393: ...USING SUBARU SELECT MONITOR 1 Connect connectors to TCM and transmis sion 2 Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector 3 Lift up or raise the vehicle and place safety stands NOTE Raise all w...

Страница 2394: ...cates no malfunction When AT control di agnosis is finished perform the ABS memory clearance procedure of on board diagnostics system Ref to ABS 22 Clear Memory Mode or Ref to VDC 25 Clear Memory Mode...

Страница 2395: ...AT 120 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2396: ...orm the ABS memory clearance procedure of on board diagnostics system Ref to ABS 22 Clear Memory Mode or Ref to VDC 25 Clear Memory Mode Does the transmission gear correspond to the gear which is show...

Страница 2397: ...24 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 E C3 A16 O5 F45 B62 6 8 C2 B20 i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7...

Страница 2398: ...ed value 1 Go to step 4 Repair open circuit in harness between TCM and FWD switch con nector 4 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND FWD SWITCH Measure resistance of harness connector between TCM an...

Страница 2399: ...ween TCM and chassis ground to make sure that circuit does not short Connector terminal B56 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 10 Repair short circui...

Страница 2400: ...f ABS switch light up LED lights up Check ABS switch circuit Ref to ABS 118 DTC 44 ABS AT CON TROL NON CON TROLLED Diagnostics Chart with Subaru Select Monitor and Ref to ABS 120 DTC 44 ABS AT CONTROL...

Страница 2401: ...s depressed does ON displayed ON is displayed Go to step CHECK POWER MODE SWITCH Ref to AT 128 CHECK POWER MODE SWITCH Diag nostic Procedure for No diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Go to step 2 2 CHECK KIC...

Страница 2402: ...S CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND KICK DOWN SWITCH Measure resistance of harness connector between TCM and chassis ground Connector terminal B55 No 11 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the speci...

Страница 2403: ...4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 COMBINATION METER i10 A i11 B i12 C i1 B36 B12 H6L A8 B6 H4N C3 B5 P5 POWER H6R...

Страница 2404: ...sconnect connector from power switch 3 Measure resistance of harness connector between power switch and chassis ground Connector terminal B133 No 4 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the s...

Страница 2405: ...ON with engine OFF 3 Measure signal voltage for TCM while turn ing power switch OFF Connector terminal B55 No 23 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 10...

Страница 2406: ...AT 131 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR NO DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2407: ...B1 B2 B3 B4 B11 B12 B5 A14 A22 A21 A20 A19 A16 A15 H4 H6 H4 H6 C3 A8 B5 P4 M5 L4 L5 O4 N4 M4 i10 i11 i12 A i1 B36 B C NO 5 15A BATTERY IGNITION RELAY T7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Страница 2408: ...he D range is selected does N range LED light up LED lights up Go to step 40 Go to step 10 10 CHECK D RANGE SWITCH When the D range is selected does LED light up LED lights up Go to step 11 Go to step...

Страница 2409: ...ector 23 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connectors from TCM and inhibitor switch 3 Measure resistance of harness between TCM and in...

Страница 2410: ...IBITOR SWITCH 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connectors from TCM inhibitor switch and combination meter 3 Measure resistance of harness between TCM and chassis ground Connector terminal B5...

Страница 2411: ...L model and TURBO model B55 No 3 i11 No 2 3 0 L model and TURBO model B55 No 3 i10 No 22 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 65 Repair open circuit in harness between TCM...

Страница 2412: ...ange indicator light bulb from combination meter Is N range indicator light bulb OK Bulb is normal Go to step 39 Replace N range indicator light bulb Ref to IDI 14 Combination Meter Assembly 39 CHECK...

Страница 2413: ...65 43 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM 1 Position select lever to any other than D range 2 Measure voltage between TCM and chas sis ground Connector terminal B55 No 4 Chassis ground Does the measured value...

Страница 2414: ...ween TCM and inhibitor switch connector and poor contact in coupling connec tor 48 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Connect connector to TCM and inhibitor switch 3 Turn ignit...

Страница 2415: ...rt circuit in 3 range circuit 53 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from TCM and inhibi tor switch 3 Measure resistance of ha...

Страница 2416: ...1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connectors from TCM inhibitor switch and combination meter 3 Measure resistance of harness between TCM and chassis ground Connector terminal B55 No 6 Chassis...

Страница 2417: ...bination meter 2 Measure resistance of harness between TCM and combination meter Connector terminal Except 3 0 L model and TURBO model B55 No 7 i11 No 5 3 0 L model and TURBO model B55 No 7 i10 No 15...

Страница 2418: ...AT 143 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR NO DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2419: ...ON E E i11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 B55 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 COMBINATION METER i10 A i11 B i12 C i1 B36 A1...

Страница 2420: ...Measure resistance of harness connector between hold switch and chassis ground Connector terminal B133 No 4 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 5 Repair o...

Страница 2421: ...alue exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 10 Repair short circuit in harness between TCM hold switch and combination meter connector 10 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM 1 Connect connectors to TCM and...

Страница 2422: ...AT 147 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR NO DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2423: ...TROUBLE SYMPTOM No SPORT shift mode occurs Does not shift gears in SPORT shift mode WIRING DIAGRAM STEERING SHIFT SWITCH AT 00790 15 4 B55 TCM B237 SPORT SHIFT SWITCH B237 1 2 3 4 5 6 B55 1 2 7 8 9 5...

Страница 2424: ...ift switch side is pressed Lights up Go to Inspection of SPORT shift indicator proce dures Ref to AT 156 CHECK SPORT SHIFT INDICATOR Diagnostic Proce dure for No diag nostic Trouble Code DTC Go to ste...

Страница 2425: ...gnition switch to ON Engine is stopped 3 Move select lever to normal mode 4 Measure signal voltage for TCM Connector terminal B55 No 15 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified val...

Страница 2426: ...terminal B237 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 19 Repair short circuit in harness between SPORT shift switch con nector and TCM connector 19 CHECK...

Страница 2427: ...rness between SPORT shift switch con nector and TCM connector and poor contact in coupling connec tor 25 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM AND SPORT SHIFT SWITCH 1 Disconnect steering roll connector...

Страница 2428: ...or contact 31 CHECK harness connector between TCM and Steering roll connector 1 Disconnect connector from TCM 2 Measure harness resistance between TCM connector and steering roll connector Connector t...

Страница 2429: ...the speci fied value 1 The circuit is returned to a nor mal condition Temporary poor contact of the har ness may be the case Repair poor contact of steering roll connector and steering shift switch ha...

Страница 2430: ...AT 155 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE FOR NO DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2431: ...M AT 00791 BATTERY No 5 IGNITION RELAY i11 i10 i1 B36 B56 COMBINATION METER TCM E B5 A4 A8 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M...

Страница 2432: ...less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 4 Repair open circuit in harness between TCM and combination meter connector and poor contact in coupling connec tor 4 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN TCM A...

Страница 2433: ...DIAGRAM AT 00792 BATTERY No 5 IGNITION RELAY i12 i1 B36 B56 COMBINATION METER TCM E 13 12 21 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6...

Страница 2434: ...sis ground Connector terminal B56 No 21 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 2 Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and combination meter connector...

Страница 2435: ...oil level too high or too low Noise occurs while driving in D4 Final gear Low reverse brake Planetary gear Reduction gear Differential gear oil level too high or too low Engine stalls while shifting...

Страница 2436: ...does not start in D 3 or 2 range only engine stalls Reverse clutch Vehicle starts in R range only engine revving up Control valve Acceleration during standing starts is poor high stall rpm Control val...

Страница 2437: ...ve Lock up facing Engine speed signal Parking brake is not effected Select cable Select lever Parking mechanism Shift lever cannot be moved or is hard to move from P range ATF spurts out ATF level too...

Страница 2438: ...e duty solenoid Control valve 2 4 brake timing solenoid 2 4 brake ATF deterioration Engine performance Low clutch timing solenoid Low clutch Slippage occurs from 3rd to 4th gear TCM Throttle position...

Страница 2439: ...ward operation TCM Lock up duty solenoid Lock up facing Lock up damper Vibration occurs during turns tight corner braking phenome non TCM Front vehicle speed sensor Rear vehicle speed sensor Throttle...

Страница 2440: ...g acceleration or while driving on rough terrain Select cable Select lever Detent spring Manual plate System does not shift to SPORT shift mode SPORT shift mode switch Engine brake is not effected in...

Страница 2441: ...AT 166 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTICS SYMPTOM RELATED DIAGNOSTIC MEMO...

Страница 2442: ...r Case and Extension Case Assembly 47 10 Transfer Drive Gear 51 11 Transfer Driven Gear 53 12 Center Differential 55 13 Reverse Check Sleeve 56 14 Transmission Case 59 15 Main Shaft Assembly for Singl...

Страница 2443: ...780 0 825 0 738 Reverse 3 333 Auxiliary transmis sion gear ratio High 1 000 Low 1 447 1 196 Front reduction gear Final Type of gear Hypoid Gear ratio 3 900 3 700 3 900 4 111 Rear reduction gear Trans...

Страница 2444: ...275 0 0108 32295AA051 0 200 0 0079 32295AA091 0 300 0 0118 32295AA061 0 225 0 0089 32295AA101 0 500 0 0197 Main shaft rear plate Dimension A mm in Part No Mark 4 00 4 13 0 1575 0 1626 32294AA041 1 3 8...

Страница 2445: ...t No Thickness mm in Part No Thickness mm in 803020151 0 4 0 016 803020154 1 9 0 075 803020152 1 1 0 043 803020155 2 3 0 091 803020153 1 5 0 059 1st 2nd shifter fork Part No Mark Remarks 32804AA060 1...

Страница 2446: ...5 0 75 0 0295 803050066 0 80 0 0315 803050067 0 85 0 0335 803050068 0 90 0 0354 803050069 0 95 0 0374 803050070 1 00 0 0394 803050071 1 05 0 0413 803050072 1 10 0 0433 803050073 1 15 0 0453 803050074...

Страница 2447: ...MT 6 MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 TRANSMISSION CASE MT 00002 T 3 1 2 4 5 12 10 11 18 13 9 8 7 6 16 14 15 17...

Страница 2448: ...BO model 18 Oil level gauge TURBO model 4 Snap ring Outer 5 Speedometer driven gear 14 Oil seal Dual range Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Washer 15 Transmission case ASSY Dual range T 44 4 5 32 5...

Страница 2449: ...haft 19 Outer baulk ring 33 Washer 7 Key 20 Synchro cone 34 Lock washer 8 Woodruff key 21 Inner baulk ring 35 Lock nut 9 Drive pinion collar 22 2nd driven gear 10 Needle bearing 23 2nd driven gear bus...

Страница 2450: ...MT 9 MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 2451: ...L TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3 MAIN SHAFT ASSEMBLY SINGLE RANGE T MT 00380 1 2 3 4 4 9 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 18 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37...

Страница 2452: ...SOHC 19 Baulk ring 2 0 L SOHC 35 Lock nut 20 5th gear thrust washer 36 Reverse idler gear shaft 7 3rd synchro cone Except 2 0 L SOHC 21 5th needle bearing race 37 Straight pin 22 Needle bearing 38 Rev...

Страница 2453: ...LY DUAL RANGE MT 00381 3 4 4 T2 T3 T1 5 2 1 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 36 35 34 37 39 35 34 40 38 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 29 12 13 14 15 16...

Страница 2454: ...13 Snap ring Outer 28 43 4th baulk ring 73 Gasket 14 Oil squeeze 44 4th drive gear 74 Straight pin 15 Straight pin 45 4th needle bearing race 75 High low shifter fork 16 Snap ring Outer 28 46 Needle...

Страница 2455: ...nterlock plunger 18 Reverse shifter lever 3 Straight pin 11 1st 2nd fork rod 4 Reverse fork rod 12 3rd 4th shifter fork Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Checking ball plug 13 1st 2nd shifter fork T...

Страница 2456: ...Snap ring 8 Oil seal 23 Back up light switch 9 Snap ring Inner 24 Roller bearing Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 10 Reverse check plate 25 Transfer driven gear T1 6 4 0 65 4 7 11 Reverse check sprin...

Страница 2457: ...driven gear 9 Roller bearing 3 Pinion shaft 10 Differential case Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 4 Straight pin 11 Oil seal T1 25 2 5 18 1 5 Washer 12 Differential side retainer T2 62 6 3 45 6 6 Di...

Страница 2458: ...f m ft lb 2 Spacer 8 Cushion D T1 7 5 0 76 5 5 3 Cushion C 9 Center crossmember T2 35 3 6 26 4 Front plate 10 Rear plate T3 50 5 1 37 5 Dynamic damper Except Austra lia TURBO MT model 11 Front crossme...

Страница 2459: ...of another grade or from other manufacturers Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or safety stands at the specified points Apply gear oil ont...

Страница 2460: ...399780104 WEIGHT Used for measuring preload on roller bearing 498077000 5TH DRIVEN GEAR REMOVER Used for removing roller bearing of drive pinion shaft 498077300 CENTER DIFFER ENTIAL BEARING REMOVER Us...

Страница 2461: ...ypoid gear Used with DIAL GAUGE 498247100 498247100 DIAL GAUGE Used for measuring backlash between side gear and pinion and hypoid gear Used with MAGNET BASE 498247001 498427100 STOPPER Used for secur...

Страница 2462: ...mission main shaft lock nut 499277100 BUSHING 1 2 INSTALLER Used for installing 1st driven gear thrust plate and 1st 2nd driven gear bushing Used for installing roller bearing outer races to different...

Страница 2463: ...ling bearing cone of transfer driven gear extension core side 499787000 WRENCH ASSY Used for removing and installing differential side retainer 499827000 PRESS Used for installing speedometer oil seal...

Страница 2464: ...nsmission main shaft Used with REMOVER 899714110 499917500 DRIVE PINION GAUGE ASSY Used for adjusting drive pinion shim 499927100 HANDLE Used for fitting transmission main shaft 499937100 TRANSMISSION...

Страница 2465: ...nut 499987300 SOCKET WRENCH 50 Used for removing and installing driven gear assembly lock nut 899714110 REMOVER Used for fixing transmission main shaft drive pinion rear drive shaft 899864100 REMOVER...

Страница 2466: ...ER Used for removing and installing straight pin 899988608 SOCKET WRENCH 27 Used for removing and installing drive pinion lock nut 398497701 ADAPTER Used for installing roller bearing onto differen ti...

Страница 2467: ...aft 899824100 PRESS Used for installing speedometer shaft oil seal 499987100 SOCKET WRENCH 35 Used for removing and installing drive pinion lock nut 899984103 SOCKET WRENCH 35 Used for removing and in...

Страница 2468: ...acklash 498077400 REMOVER Used for removing synchronizer cone of main shaft Used for removing 5th driven gear of drive pin ion shaft 41099AA000 ENGINE SUPPORT BRACKET Used for supporting engine 1 ENGI...

Страница 2469: ...ner Bearing outer race 398643600 GAUGE Used for measuring total end play extension end play and drive pinion height 398177700 INSTALLER Used for installing bearing cone of transfer driven gear transfe...

Страница 2470: ...del 398663600 PLIERS Used for removing and installing input shaft snap ring For dual range model 499757001 SNAP RING GUIDE Used for installing snap ring OUT 25 For dual range model 899858600 RETAINER...

Страница 2471: ...ange model 899580100 INSTALLER Used when pressing ball bearings into input shaft For dual range model 399513600 INSTALLER Used when pressing ball bearings into input shaft For dual range model TOOL NA...

Страница 2472: ...ransmission gear oil is hot Be careful not to burn yourself Be careful not to splash transmission gear oil on exhaust pipe it may cause smoke or fire If transmission gear oil splashes to exhaust pipes...

Страница 2473: ...tercooler TURBO model Ref to IN H4DOSTC 13 REMOVAL Intercooler 7 Remove air cleaner case stay 8 Disconnect the following connectors 1 Neutral position switch connector 2 Back up light switch connector...

Страница 2474: ...ase bearing TURBO model 1 Remove the clutch operating cylinder from transmission 2 Remove the plug using 10 mm hexagon wrench 3 Screw the 6 mm dia bolt into the release fork shaft and remove it 4 Rais...

Страница 2475: ...Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H4SOw oOBD 14 REMOVAL Muffler Non TURBO with OBD Ref to EX H4SO 9 REMOVAL Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H4SO 10 REMOVAL Muffler TURBO model Ref to EX H4DOSTC 12 REMOV...

Страница 2476: ...main shaft is withdrawn from clutch cover 32 Separate transmission assembly and rear cushion rubber B INSTALLATION 1 Install clutch release bearing and lever to trans mission TURBO model Ref to CL 22...

Страница 2477: ...TC 6 INSTALLATION Starter 2 Tighten bolt which holds right upper side of transmission to engine Tightening torque 50 N m 5 1 kgf m 37 ft lb 8 Remove ST 9 Push the clutch release lever to fit bearing i...

Страница 2478: ...N m 3 1 kgf m 22 1 ft lb TURBO model Tightening torque 45 N m 4 6 kgf m 33 2 ft lb 16 Connect rod to the joint Tightening torque 18 N m 1 8 kgf m 13 0 ft lb 17 Connect stay to transmission bracket Tig...

Страница 2479: ...NSTALLATION Muffler 23 Install under cover 24 Install operating cylinder Tightening torque 37 N m 3 8 kgf m 27 5 ft lb Non TURBO model TURBO model 25 Connect the following connectors 1 Transmission gr...

Страница 2480: ...OBD Ref to EX H4SO 5 REMOVAL Front Exhaust Pipe Ref to EX H4SO 9 REMOVAL Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H4SO 10 RE MOVAL Muffler 4 Remove center rear exhaust pipe and muffler TURBO model Ref to EX H...

Страница 2481: ...oOBD 14 INSTALLATION Muffler With OBD Ref to EX H4SO 6 INSTALLATION Front Ex haust Pipe Ref to EX H4SO 9 INSTALLA TION Rear Exhaust Pipe and Ref to EX H4SO 10 INSTALLATION Muffler 6 Install center rea...

Страница 2482: ...L Muffler 4 Remove heat shield cover If equipped 5 Remove propeller shaft Ref to DS 14 REMOVAL Propeller Shaft 6 Using ST remove the oil seal ST 398527700 PULLER ASSY 7 Using ST and hammer install the...

Страница 2483: ...O model TURBO model 5 Lift up the vehicle 6 Remove back up light switch and neutral posi tion switch with harness 2 HIGH LOW SWITCH 1 Disconnect connector battery ground cable 2 Remove air intake duct...

Страница 2484: ...ble to the clamp 3 Connect connector high low switch 4 Install air intake duct and cleaner case Ref to IN H4SO 6 INSTALLATION Air Cleaner Case and Ref to IN H4SO 7 INSTALLATION Air Intake Duct 5 Conne...

Страница 2485: ...tion switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector high low switch 3 Measure resistance between HIGH LOW switch terminals 4 Replace defective parts if outside the standard value Gear shift position Terminal No...

Страница 2486: ...oval replace with a new one Ensure sensor mounting hole is clean and free of foreign matter Align tip end of key with key groove on end of speedometer shaft during installation 1 Hand tighten vehicle...

Страница 2487: ...et with a new one Tightening torque 44 N m 4 5 kgf m 32 5 ft lb 3 Attach transmission to ST ST 499937100 TRANSMISSION STAND SET 4 Rotating parts should be coated with oil prior to assembly 5 All disas...

Страница 2488: ...Install center differential and transfer driven gear into transfer case 2 Remove bearing cone from the extension case assembly and install to taper roller bearing of the transfer driven gear 3 While p...

Страница 2489: ...on center differential 15 Apply proper amount of liquid gasket to the transfer case mating surface Liquid gasket THREE BOND 1215 Part No 004403007 Thrust washer 50 61 t Part No Thickness mm in 8030500...

Страница 2490: ...with extension case as sembly to transmission case Tightening torque 24 5 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 1 ft lb C DISASSEMBLY 1 TRANSFER CASE 1 Remove reverse check assembly Ref to MT 56 REMOVAL Reverse Check Sle...

Страница 2491: ...Install shift bracket to extension case Tightening torque 24 5 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 1 ft lb 3 Install transfer drive gear to extension case Ref to MT 51 INSTALLATION Transfer Drive Gear 2 TRANSFER CASE 1...

Страница 2492: ...driven gear 3 Install the extension case assembly 4 Install transfer case and extension case assem bly Ref to MT 47 INSTALLATION Transfer Case and Extension Case Assembly 5 Install back up light swit...

Страница 2493: ...l lubrication 2 Drive gear Replace drive gear in the following cases If their tooth surfaces and shaft are excessively broken or damaged 3 Measure clearance between snap ring and inner race of ball be...

Страница 2494: ...ring outer race from extension case and transfer case B INSTALLATION 1 Install bearing outer race to extension case and transfer case 2 Install transfer driven gear 3 Install transfer case and extensi...

Страница 2495: ...on 1 0 Imp ton 2 Using ST install roller bearing transfer case side ST 499757002 INSTALLER NOTE Do not apply pressure in excess of 10 kN 1 ton 1 1 US ton 1 0 Imp ton E INSPECTION 1 Bearings Replace be...

Страница 2496: ...xtension case as sembly Ref to MT 47 REMOVAL Transfer Case and Extension Case Assembly 5 Install the back up light switch and neutral posi tion switch Ref to MT 42 REMOVAL Switches and Harness 6 Insta...

Страница 2497: ...heck sleeve Tightening torque 6 4 N m 0 65 kgf m 4 7 ft lb 2 Install ball spring washer and plug to transfer case Tightening torque 10 N m 1 0 kgf m 7 2 ft lb 3 Install the shifter arm to transfer cas...

Страница 2498: ...eve NOTE Be sure the bent section of reverse check spring is positioned in the groove in check cam 2 Hook the bent section of reverse check spring over reverse check plate 3 Rotate cam so that the pro...

Страница 2499: ...to 1 ea between sleeve assembly and case to adjust the clearance NOTE Be careful not to break O ring when placing shim s When shim is removed the neutral position will move closer to reverse when shim...

Страница 2500: ...ft rear plate 6 Put vinyl tape around splines of right and left axle drive shafts to prevent damage to oil seal 7 Separate transmission case into right and left cases by loosening coupling bolts and n...

Страница 2501: ...EMOVAL Switches and Harness 6 Using ST drive out straight pin and remove high low shifter lever ST 398791700 STRAIGHT PIN REMOVER 2 NOTE When driving out straight pin remove it in the direc tion that...

Страница 2502: ...right and left roller bearing outer races Be careful not to damage retainer oil seal B INSTALLATION 1 SINGLE RANGE 1 Wipe off grease oil and dust on the mating sur faces of transmission cases with whi...

Страница 2503: ...ear and preload adjustment of roller bearing NOTE Support drive pinion assembly with ST ST 498427100 STOPPER 9 Place the transmission with case left side facing downward and put ST1 on bearing outer r...

Страница 2504: ...tened in Tighten lock plate NOTE Carry out this job on both upper and lower retain ers Tightening torque T 25 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 1 ft lb 18 Selecting of main shaft rear plate Ref to MT 73 ADJUSTMENT Mai...

Страница 2505: ...ace the transmission with case left side fac ing downward and put ST1 on bearing outer race 11 Screw retainer assembly into left case from the bottom with ST2 Fit ST3 on the transmission main shaft Sh...

Страница 2506: ...pping around retainer lightly with plastic hammer 17 Inspect and adjust backlash and tooth contact of hypoid gear Ref to MT 99 INSPECTION Front Differential Assembly 18 After checking the tooth contac...

Страница 2507: ...nock pin NOTE Align the end face of seal with surface A when in stalling oil seal 3 Install the drive pinion assembly Ref to MT 87 INSTALLATION Drive Pinion Shaft Assem bly 4 Install transmission case...

Страница 2508: ...mark engagement point on splines before hand Do not reuse ball bearing ST1 499757002 INSTALLER ST2 498077400 SYNCHRO CONE REMOV ER 6 Using ST1 and ST2 remove the rest of parts NOTE Replace sleeve and...

Страница 2509: ...ng insert 3 Install 4th needle bearing race onto transmission main shaft using ST1 ST2 and a press NOTE Do not apply pressure in excess of 10 kN 1 ton 1 1 US ton 1 0 Imp ton ST1 899714110 REMOVER ST2...

Страница 2510: ...on 1 1 US ton 1 0 Imp ton Face thrust washer in the correct direction ST1 899714110 REMOVER ST2 499877000 RACE 4 5 INSTALLER 7 Install bearing onto synchro cone 8 Install baulk ring and synchro cone o...

Страница 2511: ...Secure lock nuts in two places after tightening ST1 499987003 SOCKET WRENCH ST2 498937000 TRANSMISSION HOLDER Tightening torque 118 N m 12 0 kgf m 86 8 ft lb 2 EXCEPT 2 0 L SOHC 1 Assemble each sleev...

Страница 2512: ...ER ST2 499877000 RACE 4 5 INSTALLER 4 Install baulk ring needle bearing 4th drive gear and 4th gear thrust washer to transmission main shaft NOTE Align baulk ring and gear hub assembly with key groove...

Страница 2513: ...bearing After press fitting make sure synchro cone ro tates freely ST 499757002 INSTALLER 9 Install synchro cone stopper and snap ring to 5th Rev sleeve and hub assembly 10 Install the rest parts to...

Страница 2514: ...end face are dam aged When the ring inner surface is abnormally or par tially worn down When the contact surface of the synchronizer ring insert is scored or abnormally worn down 5 Shifting insert key...

Страница 2515: ...in 4 Install the drive pinion assembly Ref to MT 87 INSTALLATION Drive Pinion Shaft Assem bly 5 Install transmission case Ref to MT 61 IN STALLATION Transmission Case 6 Install transfer case with exte...

Страница 2516: ...d Do not reuse ball bearing ST1 499757002 INSTALLER ST2 498077400 SYNCHRO CONE REMOV ER 6 Using ST1 and ST2 remove the rest of parts NOTE Replace sleeve and hub with new ones Do not at tempt to disass...

Страница 2517: ...ASSY B High low baulk ring C Friction damper D Low input gear E Needle bearing F Input low gear spacer G Ball MT 00216 A B B F C D G E A High low coupling sleeve B Shifting insert C High low synchron...

Страница 2518: ...st washer to transmission main shaft NOTE Face thrust washer in the correct direction 5 Drive ball bearing onto the rear section of trans mission main shaft using ST1 ST2 and a press ST1 899714110 REM...

Страница 2519: ...tion of trans mission main shaft NOTE Align groove in baulk ring with shifting insert 11 Tighten lock nuts to the specified torque using ST1 and ST2 NOTE Secure lock nuts in two places after tightenin...

Страница 2520: ...ion open ends of spring 120 apart 2 Install 3rd drive gear inner baulk ring outer baulk ring synchro cone sleeve and hub assembly for 3rd needle bearing on transmission main shaft NOTE Align groove in...

Страница 2521: ...2 499877000 RACE 4 5 INSTALLER 6 Using ST1 and ST2 install the 5th gear thrust washer and 5th needle bearing race onto the rear section of transmission main shaft NOTE Face thrust washer in the correc...

Страница 2522: ...aring Face the grooved side toward input gear Align high low baulk ring s groove with shifting in sert 14 Install new snap ring to the rod section of trans mission main shaft using ST1 and ST2 NOTE Se...

Страница 2523: ...ce if the cone that contacts the baulk ring is rough or damaged Correct or replace if the inner surface or end face is damaged 4 Baulk ring Replace the ring in the following cases When the inner surfa...

Страница 2524: ...ve pinion assembly Ref to MT 87 INSTALLATION Drive Pinion Shaft Assem bly 5 Install the transmission case Ref to MT 61 INSTALLATION Transmission Case 6 Install the transfer case with extension case as...

Страница 2525: ...in selecting a suitable snap ring ST1 899580100 INSTALLER ST2 399513600 INSTALLER 2 Install snap ring on input shaft 3 Inspect clearance between ball bearing and snap ring Ref to MT 85 INSPECTION Inpu...

Страница 2526: ...Gears Replace gears with new ones if their tooth sur faces are broken damaged or excessively worn Correct or replace if the cone that contacts the baulk ring is rough or damaged Correct or replace if...

Страница 2527: ...clearance between snap ring and ball bearing Clearance 0 0 12 mm 0 0 0047 in If the measurement is not within specifications se lect suitable snap ring A Snap ring Snap ring Part No Thickness mm in 80...

Страница 2528: ...right hand transmission main case without shim and tighten bearing mounting bolts 4 Inspection and adjustment of ST NOTE Loosen the two bolts and adjust so that the scale indicates 0 5 correctly when...

Страница 2529: ...N Manual Transmission Assembly C DISASSEMBLY NOTE Attach a cloth to the end of driven shaft on the fric tional side of thrust needle bearing during disas sembly or reassembly to prevent damage 1 Strai...

Страница 2530: ...Remove the key 9 Remove 2nd driven gear inner baulk ring syn chro cone and outer baulk ring 10 Remove 1st driven gear 2nd gear bushing gear and hub using ST1 and ST2 NOTE Replace gear and hub if nece...

Страница 2531: ...th to the end of driven shaft to pre vent damage When press fitting align oil holes of shaft and bush ST1 499277200 INSTALLER ST2 499587000 INSTALLER 5 Install 2nd driven gear inner baulk ring synchro...

Страница 2532: ...nut at two points 11 Using spring balancer check that starting torque of roller bearing is 0 1 to 1 5 N 0 01 to 0 15 kgf 0 02 to 0 33ft 12 Install roller bearing onto drive pinion NOTE When installing...

Страница 2533: ...ecked for smooth rotation be fore the drive pinion assembly is disassembled In this case because a preload is working on the bearing its rotation feels like it is slightly dragging unlike the other be...

Страница 2534: ...deformed excessively worn or defective in any way 6 Oil seal Replace the oil seal if the lip is deformed hard ened damaged worn or defective in any way 7 O ring Replace the O ring if the sealing face...

Страница 2535: ...following table Repeat steps 1 through 4 to adjust starting torque 6 Recheck that starting torque is within specified range then clinch lock nut at four positions A Adjusting washer No 1 B Adjusting...

Страница 2536: ...ot to damage retainer oil seal 7 Remove differential side retainers using ST ST 499787000 WRENCH ASSY 8 Remove side bearing outer race from transmis sion case B INSTALLATION 1 Install differential sid...

Страница 2537: ...which it was removed 2 Loosen twelve bolts and remove hypoid driven gear 3 Drive out straight pin from differential assembly toward hypoid driven gear ST 899904100 REMOVER 4 Pull out pinion shaft and...

Страница 2538: ...it Ref to MT 100 ADJUST MENT Front Differential Assembly NOTE Be sure the pinion gear tooth contacts adjacent gear teeth during measurement ST1 498247001 MAGNET BASE ST2 498247100 DIAL GAUGE Standard...

Страница 2539: ...axle shaft in differential case and hold it with outer snap ring 28 Using a thickness gauge measure clearance between the shaft and case is within specifications NOTE It it is not within specificatio...

Страница 2540: ...maged excessively worn or seized The roller bearing on the drive pinion shaft has a worn or damaged roller path There is damage wear or seizure of the differ ential bevel pinion differential bevel gea...

Страница 2541: ...t side case 3 TOOTH CONTACT OF HYPOID GEAR Check tooth contact of hypoid gear as follows Ap ply a uniform thin coat of red lead on both tooth sur faces of 3 or 4 teeth of the hypoid gear Move the hypo...

Страница 2542: ...eeth contact with following table Tooth contact Checking item Tooth contact pattern is slightly shifted toward to toe side under no load rotation When loaded contact pattern moves toward heel Face con...

Страница 2543: ...Checking item Contact areas is small Contact pattern Corrective action Increase thickness of drive pin ion adjusting shim in order to bring drive pinion close to driven gear Heel contact Outside end...

Страница 2544: ...shaft and press fit oil seal with ST NOTE Use new oil seal if it has been removed ST 899824100 or 499827000 PRESS 2 Install vehicle speed sensor Ref to MT 45 IN STALLATION Vehicle Speed Sensor 3 Insta...

Страница 2545: ...ft and secure with straight pin NOTE Be sure to install reverse idler shaft from the rear side 2 Inspect and adjust clearance between reverse idler gear and transmission case wall Ref to MT 104 INSTAL...

Страница 2546: ...rse idler gear and shaft for dam age Replace if damaged D ADJUSTMENT 1 Select the appropriate reverse shifter lever from the table below and adjust until the gap between the reverse idler gear and tra...

Страница 2547: ...hen pulling out straight pin remove it toward the inside of the case so that it does not hit against the case 11 Drive out straight pin and pull out 1 2 fork rod and shifter fork 12 Remove outer snap...

Страница 2548: ...n Shaft As sembly 13 Install transmission case Ref to MT 61 IN STALLATION Transmission Case 14 Install transfer case with extension case as sembly Ref to MT 47 INSTALLATION Transfer Case and Extension...

Страница 2549: ...0 0 051 in Clearance B 1st 2nd to 3rd 4th 0 4 1 4 mm 0 016 0 055 in A 3rd drive gear B Coupling sleeve C 4th drive gear 3rd 4th shifter fork Part No Mark Remarks 32810AA061 1 Approach to 4th gear by 0...

Страница 2550: ...Install the following parts in main case Right side and push the shaft perfectly into case Counter gear shaft Two counter gear washers Two needle bearings Counter gear collar Counter gear Straight pin...

Страница 2551: ...ON AND DIFFERENTIAL COUNTER GEAR D ADJUSTMENT Selection of snap ring If the measurement is not with in the specification select suitable snap ring Snap ring Part No Thickness mm in 031319000 1 50 0 05...

Страница 2552: ...stopper or loose ness of installation bolt Tighten or replace b Loose engine mounting bolts Tighten or replace c Worn fork shifter broken shifter fork rail spring Replace d Worn or damaged ball bearin...

Страница 2553: ...the differential and hypoid gear always appear as noise problems Therefore noise is the first indication of the trouble However noises from the engine muffler tire exhaust gas bear ing body etc are ea...

Страница 2554: ...Disc and Cover 15 3 Flywheel 20 4 Release Bearing and Lever 22 5 Operating Cylinder 25 6 Master Cylinder 27 7 Clutch Pipe and Hose 29 8 Clutch Fluid 30 9 Clutch Fluid Air Bleeding 31 10 Clutch Pedal...

Страница 2555: ...rivet head mm in Wear limit 0 3 0 012 Limit for deflection mm in 1 0 0 039 at R 107 4 21 Clutch release lever ratio 1 6 Clutch pedal Full stroke mm in 130 135 5 12 5 31 Model Australia 2 0 L Turbo Clu...

Страница 2556: ...AND AUSTRALIA NON TURBO MODELS 1 Clutch release lever seal 6 Release bearing Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Retainer spring 7 Clutch cover T1 15 7 1 6 11 6 3 Pivot 8 Clutch disc T2 72 7 3 52 8 4...

Страница 2557: ...STRALIA NON TURBO MODELS 1 Clutch release lever sealing 6 Clutch release bearing Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Retainer spring 7 Clutch cover T1 15 7 1 6 11 6 3 Pivot 8 Clutch disc T2 72 7 3 52...

Страница 2558: ...1 Clutch release lever sealing 6 Clutch cover Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Clutch release lever 7 Clutch disc T1 15 7 1 6 11 6 3 Clutch release lever shaft 8 Flywheel T2 44 4 5 32 5 4 Plug T3 7...

Страница 2559: ...E NON TURBO MODEL LHD Model 1 Master cylinder ASSY 6 Washer Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Clutch pipe 7 Operating cylinder T1 8 0 8 5 8 3 Clamp T2 15 1 5 10 8 4 Bracket T3 18 1 8 13 0 5 Clutch h...

Страница 2560: ...h hose Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Bracket A 8 Washer T1 8 0 8 5 8 3 Master cylinder ASSY 9 Operating cylinder T2 15 1 5 10 8 4 Clutch pipe T3 18 1 8 13 0 5 Clamp T4 25 2 5 18 1 6 Bracket B T5...

Страница 2561: ...Clip 7 Clutch hose Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Bracket A 8 Washer T1 8 0 8 5 8 3 Master cylinder ASSY 9 Operating cylinder T2 15 1 5 10 8 4 Clutch pipe T3 18 1 8 13 0 5 Clamp T4 25 2 5 18 1 6...

Страница 2562: ...YLINDER NON TURBO MODEL 1 Reservoir cap 6 Return spring Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Reservoir tank 7 Piston T 10 1 0 7 3 Oil seal 8 Push rod 4 Straight pin 9 Piston stop ring 5 Master cylinder...

Страница 2563: ...rvoir cap 7 Gasket Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Reservoir tank 8 Return spring T1 10 1 0 7 3 Oil seal 9 Piston T2 46 6 4 75 34 4 4 Straight pin 10 Push rod 5 Master cylinder 11 Piston stop ring...

Страница 2564: ...16 Assist bushing 27 Clutch switch With cruise control 6 Brake pedal 17 Assist rod B 7 Clevis pin 18 Spring A If equipped Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 8 Brake pedal spring 19 Rod If equipped T1...

Страница 2565: ...ing A If equipped 19 Adjusting bolt 4 Bushing C 12 Rod If equipped 5 Clutch clevis pin 13 Bushing B If equipped Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Assist rod A 14 Clip If equipped T1 8 0 8 5 8 7 Clip...

Страница 2566: ...s hot after running Use SUBARU genuine fluid grease etc or the equivalent Do not mix fluid grease etc with that of another grade or from other manufacturers Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolt...

Страница 2567: ...tion of flywheel when loos ening tightening bolt etc 499747100 CLUTCH DISC GUIDE Used when removing and installing clutch disc to flywheel 499057000 TORX PLUS Used for removing and installing flywheel...

Страница 2568: ...ving clutch cover 2 EXCEPT EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA NON TURBO MODELS AND TURBO MOD EL 1 Remove transmission assembly from vehicle body Ref to MT 32 REMOVAL Manual Trans mission Assembly 2 Install ST on fl...

Страница 2569: ...ST end into the pilot bearing NOTE When installing clutch disc be careful its direction ST 499747100 CLUTCH DISC GUIDE 2 Install clutch cover on flywheel and tighten bolts to the specified torque NOT...

Страница 2570: ...cleaning fluid Europe and Australia Non Turbo models Except Europe and Australia Non Turbo models and Turbo model 2 Hardened facing Correct by using emery paper or replace 3 Oil soakage on facing Rep...

Страница 2571: ...d torsion spring fail ure Replace defective parts Europe and Australia Non Turbo models Except Europe and Australia Non Turbo models and Turbo model 2 CLUTCH COVER NOTE Visually check for the followin...

Страница 2572: ...face of pres sure plate 4 Loose strap plate setting bolt 5 Worn diaphragm sliding surface Europe and Australia Non Turbo models Except Europe and Australia Non Turbo models and Turbo model A Pressure...

Страница 2573: ...utch Disc and Cover 3 Using ST remove flywheel ST 498497100 CRANKSHAFT STOPPER B INSTALLATION 1 EUROPE AND AUSTRALIA NON TURBO MODELS 1 Install flywheel and ST ST 498497100 CRANKSHAFT STOPPER 2 Tighte...

Страница 2574: ...ND TURBO MODEL INSTALLATION Clutch Disc and Cover 4 Install transmission assembly Ref to MT 35 INSTALLATION Manual Transmission Assem bly C INSPECTION CAUTION Since this bearing is grease sealed and i...

Страница 2575: ...ing a flat type screwdriver B INSTALLATION 1 NON TURBO MODEL NOTE Before or during assembling lubricate the following points with a light coat of grease Contact surface of lever and pivot Contact surf...

Страница 2576: ...release bearing tab 3 Apply grease to the specified points Spline FX2200 Part No 000040901 Shaft SUNLIGHT 2 Part No 003602010 4 Insert the release fork shaft into release fork NOTE Make sure the cutou...

Страница 2577: ...ent when servicing the clutch 1 Check the bearing for smooth movement by ap plying force in the radial direction Radial direction stroke 1 4 mm 0 055 in 2 Check the bearing for smooth rotation by appl...

Страница 2578: ...Turbo model Turbo model 4 Remove operating cylinder from transmission Non Turbo model Turbo model B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Before installing operating cylinder ap...

Страница 2579: ...cylinder en sure that clutch operates properly Ref to CL 31 Clutch Fluid Air Bleeding C INSPECTION 1 Check operating cylinder for damage If operat ing cylinder is damaged replace it 2 Check operating...

Страница 2580: ...ilt B INSTALLATION 1 Install master cylinder to body and install clutch pipe to master cylinder CAUTION Check that pipe is routed properly Tightening torque T1 15 N m 1 5 kgf m 10 8 ft lb T2 18 N m 1...

Страница 2581: ...40M Part No 004404003 2 To assemble the master cylinder reverse the se quence of disassembly procedure Tightening torque T 10 N m 1 0 kgf m 7 ft lb E INSPECTION If any damage deformation wear swelling...

Страница 2582: ...TALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Bleed clutch fluid Ref to CL 31 Clutch Fluid Air Bleeding Tightening torque T1 15 N m 1 5 kgf m 10 8 ft lb T2 18 N m 1 8 kgf m 13 0 ft lb C INSPE...

Страница 2583: ...clutch reser voir tank filled with brake fluid to eliminate entry of air Clutch pedal operating must be very slow For convenience and safety it is advisable to have two men working The amount of brake...

Страница 2584: ...te cloth when loosening it to prevent brake fluid from being splashed over surrounding parts NOTE During bleeding operation keep the clutch reser voir tank filled with brake fluid to eliminate entry o...

Страница 2585: ...operating cylinder when performing this procedure 6 Repeat these steps until there are no more air bubbles in the vinyl tube CAUTION Cover the bleeder with waste cloth when loos ening it to prevent b...

Страница 2586: ...ble from PHV NOTE Carefully protect boot and inner cable from damage when disconnecting PHV cable 7 Remove nut which secures clutch master cylin der 8 Remove bolts and nuts which secure brake and clu...

Страница 2587: ...it with a new one Never fail to cover outer cable end with boot Be careful not to kink accelerator cable Always use new clevis pins 2 Adjust clutch pedal Ref to CL 37 ADJUST MENT Clutch Pedal 3 Adjus...

Страница 2588: ...4 Remove clutch pedal from clutch pedal bracket 5 Remove following parts B to G from clutch ped al bracket A as shown in figure A Pin B Lever A Clutch pedal B Bushing A Clip If equipped B Bushing S I...

Страница 2589: ...Install pad stopper bushing C spacer and bushing to clutch pedal 3 Install rod S spring S bushing S clip bushing clutch switch and bushing C to clutch pedal brack et 4 Install clutch pedal to pedal b...

Страница 2590: ...st 1 Ensure that the clutch pedal contacts stop per bolt when releasing the clutch pedal 2 Ensure that the clutch pedal contacts clutch pedal bracket stopper when fully depressing the clutch pedal 5 T...

Страница 2591: ...Ref to CL 40 IN STALLATION Clutch Switch 2 RHD MODEL 1 Measure the full stroke amount of clutch pedal NOTE Measure the length between seat cushion front end and center portion of clutch pedal Slide t...

Страница 2592: ...lengthen arrow direction as shown in the figure 8 Move the clevis pin in lateral direction to ensure it moves smoothly 9 Tighten the push rod lock nut Tightening torque Clutch stopper nut 10 N m 1 0 k...

Страница 2593: ...l 4 Connect clutch switch connector C INSPECTION 1 Check the clutch switch continuity If continuity is not as specified replace the switch 1 Disconnect the clutch switch connector 2 Measure the resist...

Страница 2594: ...n shifting into the first gear However because much trou ble of this sort is due to defective synchronization mecha nism carry out the test as described after Method of testing Ref to CL 42 DIAGNOSTIC...

Страница 2595: ...e Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK GEAR NOISE 1 Start the engine 2 Disengage the clutch and shift quickly from neutral to reverse in idling condition Is an abnormal noise heard from the transmission gears Go...

Страница 2596: ...Please peruse and utilize this manual fully to ensure complete repair work for satisfying our customers by keeping their vehicle in optimum condition When replacement of parts during repair work is ne...

Страница 2597: ......

Страница 2598: ...FS Page 1 General Description 2 2 Wheel Alignment 6 3 Front Transverse Link 14 4 Front Ball Joint 16 5 Front Strut 17 6 Front Stabilizer 21 7 Front Crossmember 22 8 Front Support Arm 23 9 General Dia...

Страница 2599: ...lerance 0 30 0 05 0 05 0 25 0 15 Caster 3 05 2 50 2 40 3 10 Toe in 0 3 mm 0 0 12 in Each toe angle 0 15 Kingpin angle 14 15 14 15 13 30 14 30 Wheel arch height Tolerance 12 24 mm 0 47 0 94 in 388 mm 1...

Страница 2600: ...ont 22 Dust cover T6 50 5 1 37 8 Ball joint 23 Helper T7 55 5 6 41 9 Transverse link 24 Coil spring T8 70 7 1 51 10 Cotter pin 25 Damper strut T9 100 10 2 74 11 Front bushing 26 Adjusting bolt T10 125...

Страница 2601: ...nstallation disassembly and replacement Use SUBARU genuine grease etc or the equiv alent Do not mix grease etc with that of another grade or from other manufacturers Be sure to tighten fasteners inclu...

Страница 2602: ...000 PLATE 2 28199AC010 BOLT 927680000 INSTALLER REMOVER SET Used for replacing transverse link bushing 927760000 STRUT MOUNT SOCKET Used for disassembling and assembling strut and shock mount TOOL NAM...

Страница 2603: ...tire run out ball joint excessive play wear tie rod end excessive play wear wheel bearing excessive play right and left wheel base imbalance steering link part deformed excessive play suspension part...

Страница 2604: ...l 5 Measure distance between measuring point A and center of wheel Model for Australia 431 12 24 mm 16 97 0 47 0 94 in 1 Front fender 4 Front wheel arch height 7 Measuring point 2 Outer rar quarter 5...

Страница 2605: ...cription Rear Ref to RS 2 SPECIFICATIONS General Description Front Camber Adjustment 1 Loosen two self locking nuts located at lower front portion of strut CAUTION When adjusting bolt needs to be loos...

Страница 2606: ...f the wheel and then in stall the wheel alignment gauge ST 927380002 ADAPTER 3 Follow the wheel alignment gauge operation manual to measure the caster angle NOTE Refer to the SPECIFICATIONS for the ca...

Страница 2607: ...s line up with front sides at height corresponding to center of spindles 4 Measure distance B between left and right marks Toe in can then be obtained by the follow ing equation A B Toe in Adjustment...

Страница 2608: ...cking nut on inner side of link rear CAUTION When loosening or tightening adjusting bolt hold bolt head and turn self locking nut Discard loosened self locking nut and re place with a new one 2 Turn a...

Страница 2609: ...lly in toe out direction in order to make thrust angle adjust ment 3 When left and right adjusting bolts are turned in crementally by one graduation in the same direc tion the thrust angle will change...

Страница 2610: ...EEL ALIGNMENT Thrust angle r 2 Right rear wheel toe in angle Left rear wheel toe in angle NOTE Here use only positive toe in values from each wheel to substitute for and in the equation 1 Front 2 Body...

Страница 2611: ...dy NOTE These bolts should be tightened to such an extent that they can still move back and forth in the oblong shaped hole in the bracket which holds the bush ing 2 Install bolts used to connect tran...

Страница 2612: ...Install front bushing in correct direction as shown in figure 2 REAR BUSHING 1 Install rear bushing to transverse link and align aligning marks scribed on the two 2 Tighten self locking nut CAUTION D...

Страница 2613: ...ud end then insert new cotter pin and bend it around castle nut 4 Install front wheel C INSPECTION 1 Measure free play of ball joint by the following procedures Replace with a new one when the free pl...

Страница 2614: ...curing strut mount to body B INSTALLATION 1 Install strut mount at upper side of strut to body and tighten with nuts Tightening torque 20 N m 2 0 kgf m 14 5 ft lb 2 Position aligning mark on camber ad...

Страница 2615: ...While holding the piston rod end with finger tips move the rod up and down 4 If the piston rod moves at least 10 mm 0 39 in in the former step purge air from the strut 3 Air purging procedure 1 Place...

Страница 2616: ...iston rod Measure the play as follows Fix outer shell and fully extend the rod Set a dial gauge at the end of the rod L 10 mm 0 39 in then apply a force of W 20 N 2 kgf 4 lb to threaded portion With t...

Страница 2617: ...fore disposal of strut Before handling gas filled struts be sure to wear goggles to protect eyes from gas oil and or filings 1 Place the gas filled strut A on a flat and level surface with piston rod...

Страница 2618: ...ligning it with paint mark on stabilizer Ensure that bushing and stabilizer have the same identification colors when installing 2 Always tighten rubber bushing location when wheels are in full contact...

Страница 2619: ...r along with steering gearbox CAUTION When removing crossmember downward be careful that tie rod end does not interfere with SFJ boot B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION A...

Страница 2620: ...up plate 5 Remove the two nuts at both ends of the arm re spectively B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque Front support arm to crossmember 30 N m 3 1 kgf m 22 1 ft...

Страница 2621: ...r replace coil springs with new ones 4 Fault in operation of damper strut and or shock absorber Replace 5 Damage or deformation of strut mount and or shock absorber mount Replace 6 Unsuitability of ma...

Страница 2622: ...Description 2 2 Wheel Alignment 8 3 Rear Stabilizer 9 4 Rear Arm 10 5 Link Upper 14 6 Rear Shock Absorber 16 7 Link Front 18 8 Link Rear 19 9 Support Sub Frame Front 21 10 Rear Sub Frame 22 11 Helper...

Страница 2623: ...sion parts and connections for deformities replace with new ones as required Model Sedan Wagon OUTBACK TURBO 2 0 L 2 0 L 2 5 L Except Australia Australia Australia Rear Camber Tolerance 0 45 0 30 0 20...

Страница 2624: ...k front T5 65 6 6 48 7 Link rear 21 Rear sub frame T6 80 8 2 59 8 Adjusting bolt 22 Support sub frame RH T7 120 12 2 88 9 Link rear bushing 23 Support sub frame LH T8 150 15 3 111 10 Adjusting washer...

Страница 2625: ...ESCRIPTION 2 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 Mount 4 Coil spring Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Rubber seat upper 5 Shock absorber T1 30 3 1 22 4 3 Dust cover 6 Self locking nut T2 35 3 6 26 T3 160 16 3 118 RS...

Страница 2626: ...g bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or safety stands at the specified points Apply grease onto sliding or revolution surfaces before installation Before installing O rings or sna...

Страница 2627: ...g 20099AE020 INSTALLER REMOVER SET Used for replacing rear arm front bushing 20099AE040 INSTALLER REMOVER SET Used for replacing rear arm rear bushing 20099AE030 HELPER SOCKET WRENCH Used for replacin...

Страница 2628: ...shock mount TOOL NAME REMARKS Alignment gauge Used for wheel alignment measurement Turning radius gauge Used for wheel alignment measurement Toe in gauge Used for toe in measurement Transmission jack...

Страница 2629: ...rear wheel alignment must be mea sured and or adjusted at once to obtain accuracy Measure and or adjust the rear wheel alignment to gether with the front Follow the procedure in FS section Wheel Align...

Страница 2630: ...se order of removal NOTE Ensure that bushing and stabilizer have the same identification colors when installing CAUTION Discard old self locking nut and replace with a new one Tightening torque Stabil...

Страница 2631: ...t Bearing 4 Remove bolt securing parking brake cable clamp to rear arm 5 Remove bolt securing brake hose to rear arm 6 Remove bolt securing ABS sensor to rear arm 7 Suspend the back plate from sub fra...

Страница 2632: ...ar ing 4 Install bolt securing ABS sensor to rear arm 5 Install bolt securing brake hose to rear arm 6 Install bolt securing parking brake cable clamp to rear arm 7 Place jack furnished with vehicle u...

Страница 2633: ...f bushing then press bushing out of position 2 REAR BUSHING Using ST C and bearing puller press rear bushing out of place ST C 20099AE040INSTALLER REMOVER SET D ASSEMBLY 1 FRONT BUSHING 1 Using ST A B...

Страница 2634: ...ress bushing into rear arm ST C D 20099AE040INSTALLER REMOVER SET 1 Insert bushing into bore in ST D 2 Set ST C ST D and bearing puller in posi tion as shown in the figure and press bushing into posit...

Страница 2635: ...of removal observing the following instructions CAUTION Using transmission jack support rear arm horizontally install link upper and tighten nuts to specified torque Tighten nut when installing adjust...

Страница 2636: ...press bushing into place ST 20099AE010 INSTALLER REMOVER CAUTION Outer bushing has a directional design Be sure to install bushing with longer inner hous ing side facing vehicle rear E INSPECTION Vis...

Страница 2637: ...loor mat Wagon mod el 3 Detach trunk mat Sedan model 4 Roll up the trunk side trim Sedan model 5 Remove bolt securing shock absorber to rear arm 6 Use a jack to support the shock absorber 7 Remove nut...

Страница 2638: ...n model 7 Install trunk mat Sedan model NOTE Check wheel alignment and adjust if necessary C DISASSEMBLY For disassembly of shock absorber refer to proce dures outlined under front strut as a guide Re...

Страница 2639: ...single unit B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal observing the following instructions CAUTION Using transmission jack support rear arm horizontally install link front and tighten nut...

Страница 2640: ...stabilizer link 5 Use transmission jack to support rear arm hori zontally 6 Remove bolt securing link rear to rear arm 7 Scribe an alignment mark on link rear adjusting bolt and sub frame 8 Remove bol...

Страница 2641: ...Tighten nut when installing adjusting bolt Replace self locking nut NOTE Check wheel alignment and adjust if necessary C DISASSEMBLY Using ST A B press bushing out of place ST A B 20099AE000INSTALLER...

Страница 2642: ...ar sub frame 2 Remove support sub frame front B INSTALLATION 1 Install in reverse order of removal Tightening torque Support sub frame front to rear arm bracket 80 N m 8 2 kgf m 59 ft lb Support sub f...

Страница 2643: ...rame 8 Remove support sub frame front 9 After removing bolts remove sub frame and support sub frame from vehicle body B INSTALLATION 1 Install in reverse order of removal 2 For installation and tighte...

Страница 2644: ...e vehicle support it with safety stands rigid racks 2 Using ST remove helper ST 20099AE030 HELPER SOCKET WRENCH B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 32 N m 3 3 kgf...

Страница 2645: ...r replace coil springs with new ones 4 Fault in operation of damper strut and or shock absorber Replace 5 Damage or deformation of strut mount and or shock absorber mount Replace 6 Unsuitability of ma...

Страница 2646: ...WHEEL AND TIRE SYSTEM WT Page 1 General Description 2 2 Tire 4 3 Steel Wheel 5 4 Aluminum Wheel 6 5 Wheel Balancing 7 6 T type Tire 8 7 Full Wheel Cap 9 8 General Diagnostic Table 10...

Страница 2647: ...70 D16 16 4T 50 mm 1 97 in Tire size Tire inflation pressure kPa kg cm2 psi Light load Full load Trailler towing 2 0 L model Front and Rear 195 60R15 88V Ft 220 2 2 32 Rr 210 2 1 30 Ft 220 2 2 32 Rr...

Страница 2648: ...71 oz 28101AA041 25 g 0 88 oz 28101AA051 30 g 1 06 oz 28101AA061 35 g 1 23 oz 28101AA071 40 g 1 41 oz 28101AA081 45 g 1 59 oz 28101AA091 50 g 1 76 oz 55 g 1 94 oz 28101AA111 60 g 2 12 oz Balance weigh...

Страница 2649: ...read is found 2 When the tread wear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread 3 When extremely biased wear on tire tread can been seen after replacing tire check wheel align ment Ref to FS 6...

Страница 2650: ...tightening torque 88 N m 9 kgf m 65 ft lb CAUTION Tighten the wheel nuts in two or three steps by gradually increasing the torque and working diagonally until the specified torque is reached For drum...

Страница 2651: ...heir appearance and safety do the following 1 Do not damage aluminum wheels during remov al disassembly installation wheel balancing etc After removing aluminum wheels place them on a rubber mat etc 2...

Страница 2652: ...justing the wheel balance 4 Use genuine balance weights CAUTION Balance weights are available for use with any of 14 to 17 inch wheels Service limit A Weight for steel wheel 2 16 mm 0 085 in Weight fo...

Страница 2653: ...eater than 80 km h 50 MPH Drive as slowly as possible and avoid pass ing over bumps B REPLACEMENT Refer to Removal and Installation of Steel Wheel for removal installation of T type tires Ref to WT 5...

Страница 2654: ...over inserted between openings in the cap B INSTALLATION Align the valve hole in the wheel cap with the valve on the wheel and secure the wheel cap by tapping four points by hand C INSPECTION 1 Check...

Страница 2655: ...mptom Possible cause Remedy Front wheel shimmy Worn or improperly inflated of tire Replace Wheel is out of balance Adjustment Abnormal tire wear Improperly inflated of tire Replace Sways pitches Worn...

Страница 2656: ...cription 2 2 Differential Gear Oil 22 3 Front Differential 23 4 Rear Differential for T type 24 5 Rear Differential for VA type 41 6 Rear Differential Front Oil Seal 58 7 Rear Differential Front Membe...

Страница 2657: ...ralia Except Australia Rear differential type VA type T type XJ T1 JP With LSD T2 VB Gear ratio Number of gear teeth 4 111 37 9 3 900 39 10 4 111 37 9 3 700 37 10 Oil capacity 0 8 2 0 8 US qt 0 7 lmp...

Страница 2658: ...85W 80W 75W 90 25 30 5 0 22 15 23 32 86 59 77 5 Front and rear bearing preload at companion flange bolt hole N kgf lb New bearing T type 19 6 28 4 2 0 2 9 4 4 6 4 VA type 12 7 32 4 1 3 3 3 2 9 7 3 Us...

Страница 2659: ...in 38336AA160 1 613 mm 0 0635 in 38336AA050 1 625 mm 0 0640 in 38336AA170 1 638 mm 0 0645 in 38336AA060 1 650 mm 0 0650 in 38336AA180 1 663 mm 0 0655 in 38336AA070 1 675 mm 0 0659 in 38336AA190 1 688...

Страница 2660: ...Pinion height adjusting shim 383495200 3 09 mm 0 1217 in 383505200 3 12 mm 0 1228 in 383515200 3 15 mm 0 1240 in 383525200 3 18 mm 0 1252 in 383535200 3 21 mm 0 1264 in 383545200 3 24 mm 0 1276 in 383...

Страница 2661: ...eload adjusting washer 19 Side gear Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Differential carrier 20 Pinion mate gear T1 10 3 1 05 7 6 7 Front bearing 21 Pinion mate gear washer T2 29 4 3 00 21 7 8 Collar...

Страница 2662: ...sting spacer 15 Side bearing retainer shim Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Bearing preload adjusting washer 16 Side bearing retainer T1 10 3 1 05 7 6 6 Differential carrier 17 Side oil seal T2 29...

Страница 2663: ...r 18 Side gear thrust washer 6 Differential carrier 19 Side gear Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 7 Front bearing 20 Pinion mate gear T1 25 2 5 18 1 8 Collar 21 Pinion shaft lock pin T2 34 3 5 25 3 9...

Страница 2664: ...FFERENTIAL MOUNTING SYSTEM 1 Rear differential front member 5 Sub frame Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Protector T1 65 6 6 48 3 Rear differential member plate T2 70 7 1 51 4 Rear differential ASS...

Страница 2665: ...ause each part on the vehicle is hot after running Use SUBARU genuine gear oil grease etc or the equivalent Do not mix gear oil grease etc with that of another grade or from other manufacturers Be sur...

Страница 2666: ...HANDLE Used for installing front and rear bearing cone 398477702 DRIFT Used press fitting the bearing cone of differential carrier front 398217700 ATTACHMENT SET Stand for rear differential carrier di...

Страница 2667: ...k nut 398467700 DRIFT Used for removing pinion pilot bearing and front bearing cone 399780104 WEIGHT Used for installing front bearing cone pilot bear ing companion flange 899580100 INSTALLER Used for...

Страница 2668: ...ing backlash between side gear and pinion and hypoid gear Used with DIAL GAUGE 498247100 498247100 DIAL GAUGE Used measuring backlash between side gear and pinion hypoid gear Used with MAGNET BASE 498...

Страница 2669: ...Used for installing rear bearing cone For T type 398457700 ATTACHMENT Used for removing side bearing retainer For T type 398477703 DRIFT 2 Used for press fitting the bearing race rear of differential...

Страница 2670: ...DUMMY SHAFT Used for adjusting pinion height and preload For T type 398507703 DUMMY COLLAR Used for adjusting pinion height and preload For T type 398517700 REPLACER Used for removing rear bearing co...

Страница 2671: ...usting pinion height For T type 398527700 PULLEY ASSY Used for removing oil seal and side bearing cup For T type 399527700 PULLER SET Used for extracting side bearing cone 1 BOLT 2 PULLER 3 HOLDER 4 A...

Страница 2672: ...oil seal For T type 398237700 GAUGE Used for installing side bearing For T type 28099PA100 DRIVE SHAFT REMOVER Used for removing rear drive shaft from rear differential For T type 498175500 INSTALLER...

Страница 2673: ...type 498447100 INSTALLER Used for installing oil seal For VA type 399520105 SEAT Used for removing side bearing cone Used with PULLER SET 899524100 For VA type 498485400 DRIFT Used for installing side...

Страница 2674: ...ed for press fitting the bearing race front of differential carrier For VA type 498447150 DUMMY SHAFT Used for adjusting pinion height and pre load For VA type 32285AA000 DUMMY COLLAR Used for adjusti...

Страница 2675: ...for removing side bearing race Used with SEAT 499705404 For VA type 899874100 INSTALLER Used for installing companion flange For VA type 899524100 DIFFERENTIAL BEARING PULLER SET Used for removing si...

Страница 2676: ...OSE TOOLS TOOL NAME REMARKS Transmission Jack Used for assembly disassembly of rear differential Puller Used for removal of side bearing retainer T type Thickness Gauge Used for measuring clearance Ti...

Страница 2677: ...NOTE Apply fluid packing to drain plug in T type VA type uses a new aluminum gasket Fluid packing THREE BOND 1105 Part No 004403010 or equivalent Tightening torque T type 49 0 N m 5 0 kgf m 36 2 ft lb...

Страница 2678: ...ferential A NOTE 1 AT MODEL For front differential of automatic transmission re fer to AT section Ref to AT 124 Front Differen tial 2 MT MODEL For front differential of manual transmission refer to MT...

Страница 2679: ...r If equipped 9 Remove propeller shaft Ref to DS 14 REMOVAL Propeller Shaft 10 Prepare a transmission jack and a band 11 Loosen self locking nuts connecting rear differ ential to rear crossmember 12 R...

Страница 2680: ...ut axle shaft from rear differential NOTE If axle shaft is difficult to remove from rear differen tial use ST to remove it ST 28099PA100 DRIVE SHAFT REMOVER 21 Take down transmission jack 22 Secure re...

Страница 2681: ...rear dif ferential stud bolt is properly inserted into rear crossmember bushing 8 After rear differential stud bolt has been inserted into rear crossmember bushing raise transmission jack to make jac...

Страница 2682: ...19 Tighten filler plug NOTE Apply fluid packing to plug Fluid packing THREE BOND 1105 Part No 04403010 or equivalent Tightening torque 49 0 N m 5 0 kgf m 36 2 ft lb C DISASSEMBLY To detect real cause...

Страница 2683: ...TION Be careful not to hit the teeth against the case 7 Remove O ring from side bearing retainer 8 Remove oil seal from side bearing retainer 9 When replacing side bearing pull bearing cup from side b...

Страница 2684: ...E The gears as well as thrust washers should be marked or kept separated left and right and front and rear 14 Hold companion flange with ST and remove drive pinion nut ST 498427200 FLANGE WRENCH 15 Ex...

Страница 2685: ...Y NOTE Assemble in the reverse order of disassembling Check and adjust each part during assembly Keep the shims and washers in order so that they are not misinstalled Thoroughly clean the surfaces on...

Страница 2686: ...justing spacer and washer front bearing cone ST2 companion flange and washer and drive pinion nut ST1 398507702 DUMMY SHAFT ST2 398507703 DUMMY COLLAR 5 Turn ST1 with hand to make it seated and tighte...

Страница 2687: ...tween the case and ST2 ST1 398507702 DUMMY SHAFT ST2 398507701 DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER GAUGE Preload adjusting washer Part No Thickness mm in 383705200 2 59 0 1020 383715200 2 57 0 1012 383725200 2 55 0...

Страница 2688: ...ng cone into case with ST1 ST2 and ST3 ST1 398507703 DUMMY COLLAR ST2 399780104 WEIGHT ST3 899580100 INSTALLER T Thickness of pinion height adjusting shim mm in To Thickness of shim temporarily insert...

Страница 2689: ...ge bearing ST1 899874100 INSTALLER ST2 399780104 WEIGHT 9 Install new self locking nut fix companion flange with ST and then tighten ST 498427200 FLANGE WRENCH Tightening torque 181 N m 18 5 kgf m 134...

Страница 2690: ...7700 DRIFT NOTE When replacing bearing cone replace it with bear ing cap as a set 13 Install bearing cup to side bearing retainer NOTE Press in while be careful not to scratch bearing cup and side bea...

Страница 2691: ...nge adjust side retainer shim with the following procedure When backlash is more than 0 20 mm 0 0079 in Reduce shim thickness on crown gear back in crease shim thickness on crown gear side When backla...

Страница 2692: ...2 When the contact pattern is incorrect read just according to the instructions given in TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN NOTE Be sure to wipe off red lead completely after adjust ment is completed Correct toot...

Страница 2693: ...ing item Contact area is small Contact pattern Corrective action Increase thickness of drive pin ion height adjusting shim in order to bring drive pin ion close to crown gear 19 If proper tooth contac...

Страница 2694: ...mate gear Replace if crack score or other defects are evi dent on tooth surface Replace if thrust washer contacting surface is worn or seized Slight damage of the surface can be corrected by oil ston...

Страница 2695: ...ef to DI 30 ASSEMBLY Rear Differ ential for T type 5 TOTAL PRELOAD Using a gauge check the turning resistance in crease Turning resistance increase 2 9 10 8 N 0 3 1 1 kgf 0 7 2 4 lb If the increase of...

Страница 2696: ...eld cover 9 Remove propeller shaft Ref to DS 14 REMOVAL Propeller Shaft 10 Prepare a transmission jack and a band 11 Loosen self locking nuts connecting rear differ ential to rear crossmember 12 Remov...

Страница 2697: ...lateral link bolt 21 Pull out axle shaft from rear differential NOTE If axle shaft is difficult to remove from rear differen tial use a tire lever to remove it 22 Take down transmission jack 23 Secure...

Страница 2698: ...rear dif ferential stud bolt is properly inserted into rear crossmember bushing 8 After rear differential stud bolt has been inserted into rear crossmember bushing raise transmission jack to make jack...

Страница 2699: ...l cause of trouble inspect the follow ing items before disassembling Tooth contact of crown gear and pinion and backlash Runout of crown gear at its back surface Turning resistance of drive pinion 1 S...

Страница 2700: ...SSY ST2 499705404 OUTER RACE PULLER SEAT 9 Remove oil seal from right and left holders with screwdriver 10 Extract bearing cone with ST1 and ST2 NOTE Do not attempt to disassemble the parts unless nec...

Страница 2701: ...ust washers should be marked or kept separated left and right and front and rear 14 Hold companion flange with ST and remove self locking nut ST 498427200 FLANGE WRENCH 15 Extract the companion flange...

Страница 2702: ...e reverse order of disassembling Check and adjust each part during assembly Keep the shims and washers in order so that they are not misinstalled Thoroughly clean the surfaces on which the shims washe...

Страница 2703: ...d and re use the used washer 5 Then install preload adjusting spacer and washer front bearing cone ST2 companion flange and washer and self locking nut ST1 498447150 DUMMY SHAFT ST2 32285AA000 DUMMY C...

Страница 2704: ...00 1 500 0 0591 38336AA120 1 513 0 0596 38336AA010 1 525 0 0600 38336AA130 1 538 0 0606 38336AA020 1 550 0 0610 38336AA140 1 563 0 0615 38336AA030 1 575 0 0620 38336AA150 1 588 0 0625 38336AA040 1 600...

Страница 2705: ...ion and press the rear bearing cone into position with ST ST 498175500 INSTALLER 4 Insert drive pinion into differential carrier install the previously selected bearing preload adjusting spacer and wa...

Страница 2706: ...and pinion mate shaft into differen tial case NOTE Apply gear oil on both sides of the washer and on the side gear shaft before installing Insert the pinion mate shaft into the differential case by al...

Страница 2707: ...00 DRIFT 12 Assemble holders 1 Install oil seal into right and left holders ST 498447100 AXLE SHAFT OIL SEAL IN STALLER 2 Install bearing race into right and left hold ers ST 398477702 BEARING OUTER R...

Страница 2708: ...carri er Align contact point of dial gauge with tooth face of crown gear and move crown gear while holding drive pinion still Read value indicated on dial gauge NOTE If measured backlash is not withi...

Страница 2709: ...correct read just according to the instructions given in TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN NOTE Be sure to wipe off red lead completely after adjust ment is completed Correct tooth contact Checking item Tooth con...

Страница 2710: ...cking item Contact area is small Contact pattern Corrective action Increase thickness of drive pin ion height adjusting shim in order to bring drive pin ion close to crown gear NOTE Be sure to wipe of...

Страница 2711: ...ling wear rust dragging during rotation abnormal noise or other defect is evident 4 Thrust washers of side gear and pinion mate gear Replace if seizure flaw abnormal wear or other defect is evident 5...

Страница 2712: ...t tooth contact between crown gear and drive pinion Ref to DI 47 ASSEMBLY Rear Differential for VA type F ADJUSTMENT 1 SIDE GEAR BACKLASH Adjust side gear backlash Ref to DI 47 ASSEMBLY Rear Different...

Страница 2713: ...es a new aluminum gasket Fluid packing THREE BOND 1105 Part No 004403010 or equivalent Tightening torque T type 49 N m 5 0 kgf m 36 2 ft lb VA type 34 N m 3 5 kgf m 25 3 ft lb 6 Jack up rear wheels an...

Страница 2714: ...nion flange 15 Tighten self locking nut within the specified torque range so that the turning resistance of com panion flange becomes the same as that before re placing oil seal ST 498427200 FLANGE WR...

Страница 2715: ...rential front member Tightening torque T1 65 N m 6 6 kgf m 48 ft lb T2 110 N m 11 2 kgf m 81 ft lb C INSPECTION 1 Check rear differential front member for dam age bend or corrosion If damage bend or c...

Страница 2716: ...r Loose bolts and nuts such as crown gear bolt Retighten Damage due to overloading Replace 4 Noises when starting or shifting gears NOTE Noises may be caused by differential as sembly universal joint...

Страница 2717: ...DI 62 DIFFERENTIALS GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE MEMO...

Страница 2718: ...4 4 Oil Seal 5 5 Transfer Drive Gear MT 6 6 Transfer Driven Gear MT 7 7 Reduction Drive Gear without VTD 8 8 Reduction Drive Gear with VTD 9 9 Reduction Driven Gear without VTD 10 10 Reduction Driven...

Страница 2719: ...TRANSFER CASE GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A NOTE For general description refer to AT section or MT section AT model Ref to AT 2 General Description MT model Ref to MT 2 General Descript...

Страница 2720: ...SFER CASE TRANSFER CASE AND EXTENSION FOR MT 2 Transfer Case and Extension for MT A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to MT section Ref to MT 47 Transfer Case and Extension Case...

Страница 2721: ...TC 4 TRANSFER CASE TRANSFER CLUTCH AND EXTENSION FOR AT 3 Transfer Clutch and Exten sion for AT A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to AT section Ref to AT 90 Transfer Clutch...

Страница 2722: ...C 5 TRANSFER CASE OIL SEAL 4 Oil Seal A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to AT section or MT section AT model Ref to AT 48 Extension Case Oil Seal MT model Ref to MT 41 Oil Seal...

Страница 2723: ...TC 6 TRANSFER CASE TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR MT 5 Transfer Drive Gear MT A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to MT section Ref to MT 51 Transfer Drive Gear...

Страница 2724: ...TC 7 TRANSFER CASE TRANSFER DRIVEN GEAR MT 6 Transfer Driven Gear MT A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to MT section Ref to MT 53 Transfer Driven Gear...

Страница 2725: ...TC 8 TRANSFER CASE REDUCTION DRIVE GEAR WITHOUT VTD 7 Reduction Drive Gear without VTD A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to AT section Ref to AT 104 Reduction Drive Gear...

Страница 2726: ...TC 9 TRANSFER CASE REDUCTION DRIVE GEAR WITH VTD 8 Reduction Drive Gear with VTD A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to AT section Ref to AT 104 Reduction Drive Gear...

Страница 2727: ...TC 10 TRANSFER CASE REDUCTION DRIVEN GEAR WITHOUT VTD 9 Reduction Driven Gear with out VTD A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to AT section Ref to AT 101 Reduction Driven Gear...

Страница 2728: ...TC 11 TRANSFER CASE REDUCTION DRIVEN GEAR WITH VTD 10 Reduction Driven Gear with VTD A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to AT section Ref to AT 101 Reduction Driven Gear...

Страница 2729: ...SE CENTER DIFFERENTIAL 11 Center Differential A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to AT or MT section AT model Ref to AT 106 Center Differential Carrier MT model Ref to MT 55 Cen...

Страница 2730: ...TC 13 TRANSFER CASE TRANSFER CLUTCH PRESSURE TEST 12 Transfer Clutch Pressure Test A NOTE For transfer clutch pressure work refer to AT sec tion Ref to AT 38 Transfer Clutch Pressure Test...

Страница 2731: ...FER CASE TRANSFER DUTY SOLENOID AND VALVE BODY 13 Transfer Duty Solenoid and Valve Body A NOTE For removal installation and inspection work refer to AT section Ref to AT 70 Transfer Duty So lenoid and...

Страница 2732: ...DRIVE SHAFT SYSTEM DS Page 1 General Description 2 2 Propeller Shaft 14 3 Front Axle 17 4 Hub Unit Bearing 23 5 Front Drive Shaft 28 6 Rear Drive Shaft 34 7 General Diagnostic Table 38...

Страница 2733: ...ATIONS 1 PROPELLER SHAFT Propeller shaft type DOJ type Front propeller shaft Joint to joint length L1 mm in AT 629 24 76 MT 688 27 09 Rear propeller shaft Joint to joint length L2 mm in 773 30 43 Outs...

Страница 2734: ...FT ASSEMBLY Model Type of drive shaft assembly SHAFT Boot band identification Shaft diameter Color 2 5 L MT BJ87 SFJ82 28 mm 1 10 in Pink Except 2 5 L MT BJ87 SFJ82 26 mm 1 02 in TURBO BJ87 SFJ82 26 m...

Страница 2735: ...2 5 L 3 0 L TURBO AT MT MT AT Without VDC AT With VDC Shaft 79AC 79AC RH 79AC LH 82AC RH 82AC LH No of identifica tion protrusion on shaft None 1 One 2 Two A 82AC RH D 79AC LH G Identification protru...

Страница 2736: ...DRIVE SHAFT SYSTEM GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 PROPELLER SHAFT 1 Propeller shaft Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Rear differential T1 31 3 2 23 1 3 Bushing T2 52 5 3 38 3 DS 00137 1 2 3 3 T...

Страница 2737: ...Hub 3 Outer race SFJ 12 Tone wheel 21 Axle nut Olive color 4 Snap ring 13 Baffle plate 5 Trunnion 14 Oil seal IN Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Free ring 15 Snap ring T 216 22 159 7 Circlip 16 B...

Страница 2738: ...b 2 Outer race DOJ 9 Boot DOJ 16 Axle nut Olive color 3 Snap ring 10 Boot BJ 4 Inner race 11 BJ ASSY Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Ball 12 Tone wheel T1 66 6 7 48 5 6 Cage 13 Hub unit bearing T2...

Страница 2739: ...careful not to burn your hands because each part on the vehicle is hot after running Use SUBARU genuine grease etc or the equiv alent Do not mix grease etc with that of another grade or from other man...

Страница 2740: ...sed for installing axle shaft into housing Used with ADAPTER 927390000 925091000 BAND TIGHTEN ING TOOL Used for tightening boot band A Jig for band B Ratchet wrench 926470000 AXLE SHAFT PULLER Used fo...

Страница 2741: ...for disassembling and assembling front housing bearing Used with HOUSING STAND 927400000 927140000 AXLE SHAFT PULLER PLATE Same as plate 2 included in AXLE SHAFT PULLER 926470000 927390000 ADAPTER Us...

Страница 2742: ...PULLER 927100000 927410000 OIL SEAL INSTALLER Used for installing oil seal into front housing Used with HOUSING STAND 927400000 398507703 DUMMY COLLAR Used for removing hub ASSY from hub unit 39952010...

Страница 2743: ...alling hub 927450000 HUB INSTALLER Used for installing hub unit into hub ASSY Used with BEARING SPACER 28499AE000 and HUB STAND 927080000 28099PA090 OIL SEAL PRO TECTOR Used for installing rear drive...

Страница 2744: ...ar differ ential 28099AC000 BOOT BAND PLI ERS Used for tightening front BJ boot band TOOL NAME REMARKS Puller Used for removing ball joint from knuckle arm Dial Gauge Used for inspecting propeller sha...

Страница 2745: ...ake 4 Jack up vehicle and support it with sturdy racks 5 Remove center exhaust pipes 6 Remove rear exhaust pipe and muffler 7 Remove heat shield cover 8 Put matching marks on propeller shaft and rear...

Страница 2746: ...Tube surfaces for dents or cracks 2 Splines for deformation or abnormal wear 3 Joints for non smooth operation or abnormal noise 4 Center bearing for free play noise or non smooth operation 5 Oil sea...

Страница 2747: ...runout with a dial gauge at the center of front and rear propeller shaft tubes Runout Limit 0 6 mm 0 024 in 4 CENTER BEARING FREE PLAY 1 Remove front and center exhaust pipes 2 Remove rear exhaust pip...

Страница 2748: ...heel bearings 5 Remove stabilizer link 6 Remove disc brake caliper from housing and suspend it from strut using a wire 7 Remove disc rotor from hub If disc rotor seizes up within hub drive disc rotor...

Страница 2749: ...ing bolt head remove bolts which connect housing and strut and disconnect housing from strut B INSTALLATION 1 While aligning alignment mark on camber ad justing bolt head connect housing and strut CAU...

Страница 2750: ...ged Be sure to tighten axle nut to specified torque Do not overtighten it as this may dam age wheel bearing 11 After tightening axle nut lock it securely 12 Install wheel and tighten wheel nuts to spe...

Страница 2751: ...Using ST2 press inner race to drive out outer bearing ST1 927400000 HOUSING STAND ST2 927100000 BEARING REMOVER CAUTION Do not remove outer race unless it is faulty Discard outer race after removal Do...

Страница 2752: ...s outer race when installing bear ing Be careful not to remove plastic lock from in ner race when installing bearing Charge bearing with new grease when outer race is not removed Specified grease SHEL...

Страница 2753: ...ening torque 18 N m 1 8 kgf m 13 0 ft lb 11 Attach hub to ST1 securely 12 Clean dust or foreign particles from the pol ished surface of hub 13 Using ST2 press bearing into hub by driving in ner race S...

Страница 2754: ...ABS sensor 7 Remove brake caliper from back plate and sus pend it from stabilizer using a piece of wire 8 Remove disc rotor from hub NOTE Before removing disc rotor mark the matching surface of hub an...

Страница 2755: ...3 Remove axle nut 4 Using ST1 and ST2 pull axle shaft into place ST1 922431000 AXLE SHAFT INSTALLER ST2 927390000 ADAPTER 5 Temporarily tighten axle nuts 6 Install disc rotor on hub 7 Install disc br...

Страница 2756: ...ore installing wheel on vehicle If wheel is installed and comes in contact with ground when axle nut is loose wheel bearings may be damaged Be sure to tighten axle nut to specified torque Do not overt...

Страница 2757: ...hammer hub bolts This may deform hub D ASSEMBLY 1 Using ST press new hub bolt into place CAUTION Ensure hub bolt closely contacts hub Use a 12 mm 0 47 in hole in the ST to pre vent hub bolt from tilt...

Страница 2758: ...DS 27 DRIVE SHAFT SYSTEM HUB UNIT BEARING E INSPECTION Check the removed parts for wear and damage If defective replace with new ones CAUTION If a bearing is faulty replace it as a hub unit bearing...

Страница 2759: ...d to remove use ST1 and ST2 ST1 926470000 AXLE SHAFT PULLER ST2 927140000 PLATE CAUTION Be careful not to damage oil seal lip and tone wheel when removing front drive shaft When front drive shaft is t...

Страница 2760: ...hten it as this may dam age wheel bearing 8 After tightening axle nut lock it securely C DISASSEMBLY 1 Place alignment marks on shaft and outer race 2 Remove SFJ boot band and boot CAUTION Be careful...

Страница 2761: ...t in a vise between wooden blocks CAUTION Do not place drive shaft directly in the vise use wooden block 12 Raise boot band claws by means of screwdriv er and hammer 13 Cut and remove the boot CAUTION...

Страница 2762: ...rease to shaft NOTE The inside of the larger end of BJ boot and the boot groove shall be cleaned so as to be free from grease and other substances 5 Install boot projecting portion to BJ groove 6 Set...

Страница 2763: ...40 g 1 06 to 1 41 oz to the entire inner surface of boot 18 Install SFJ boot taking care not to twist it CAUTION The inside of the larger end of SFJ boot and the boot groove shall be cleaned so as to...

Страница 2764: ...equal grease coating E INSPECTION Check the removed parts for damage wear corro sion etc If faulty repair or replace 1 DOJ Double Offset Joint Check seizure corrosion damage wear and ex cessive play...

Страница 2765: ...sert BJ into rear hub splines CAUTION Be careful not to damage tone wheel 2 Using ST1 and ST2 pull drive shaft into place ST1 922431000 AXLE SHAFT INSTALLER ST2 927390000 ADAPTER CAUTION Do not hammer...

Страница 2766: ...ase is a special grease grease for con stant velocity joint Do not confuse with other greases NOTE Disassemble exercising care not to lose balls 6 pcs 8 To remove the cage from the inner race turn the...

Страница 2767: ...nd fit snap ring with pliers NOTE Confirm that the snap ring is completely fitted in the shaft groove 5 Install cage which was previously fitted to inner race fixed upon shaft NOTE Fit the cage with t...

Страница 2768: ...ening boot exercise care so that the air within the boot is appropriate 15 Tighten band by using ST ST 925091000 BAND TIGHTENING TOOL NOTE Tighten band until it cannot be moved by hand 16 Tap on the c...

Страница 2769: ...ration increases in proportion to vehicle speed 1 Worn or damaged universal joint Replace 2 Unbalanced propeller shaft due to bend or dent Replace 3 Loose installation of propeller shaft Retighten 4 W...

Страница 2770: ...e 1 General Description 2 2 ABS Control Module and Hydraulic Control Unit ABSCM H U 6 3 ABS Sequence Control 9 4 Front ABS Sensor 12 5 Rear ABS Sensor 15 6 Front Tone Wheel 19 7 Rear Tone Wheel 20 8 G...

Страница 2771: ...mm 0 0173 0 0370 in ABS sensor resistance 1 25 0 25 k Marks of the harness Front LH Except OUTBACK Yellow OUTBACK Brown Front RH Except OUTBACK White OUTBACK Light blue Rear LH Yellow Rear RH White G...

Страница 2772: ...ENT 1 SENSOR 1 G sensor 5 Tone wheel Rear Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Clip 6 Housing T1 7 5 0 75 5 4 3 Rear ABS sensor LH 7 Front ABS sensor LH T2 33 3 3 24 4 ABS spacer 8 Tone wheel Front ABS...

Страница 2773: ...t 6 Front RH outlet Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Damper 7 Primary inlet T1 18 1 8 13 06 3 ABS control module and hydrau lic control unit 8 Rear LH outlet T2 33 3 3 24 9 Rear RH outlet T3 38 3 8...

Страница 2774: ...bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or safety stands at the specified points Before disconnecting electrical connectors of sensors or units be sure to disconnect ground ca ble from...

Страница 2775: ...id on vehicle body 8 Remove ABSCM H U ground terminal from bracket 9 Remove ABSCM H U from engine compart ment CAUTION ABSCM H U cannot be disassembled Do not attempt to loosen bolts and nuts Do not d...

Страница 2776: ...ng and compression and then the FR side performs de compression holding and compression 7 Read values indicated on the pressure gauge and check if the fluctuation of the values between decompression a...

Страница 2777: ...nit begins to work and check the fol lowing working sequence 1 The FL wheel performs decompression holding and compression in sequence and subsequently the FR wheel repeats the cycle 2 The RR wheel pe...

Страница 2778: ...MONITOR NOTE In the event of any trouble the sequence control may not be operative In such a case activate the sequence control referring to ABS SEQUENCE CONTROL WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR Ref to ABS 9...

Страница 2779: ...ve FR outlet valve RR inlet valve RR outlet valve RL inlet valve Pump motor Pressure of master cylinder Operational pressure of sequence control Operational pattern of sequence control Operational gui...

Страница 2780: ...s terminals When select monitor is not used 3 When the brake pedal is released during se quence control and the braking lamp switch is set to off 4 When brake pedal is depressed after ignition key is...

Страница 2781: ...CAUTION Be careful not to damage pole piece located at tip of the sensor and teeth faces during re moval Do not pull sensor harness during removal B INSTALLATION 1 Temporarily install front ABS senso...

Страница 2782: ...tions adjust the gap using spacer Part No 26755AA000 4 After confirmation of the ABS sensor clearance connect connector to ABS sensor 5 Connect connector to battery ground cable C INSPECTION 1 ABS SEN...

Страница 2783: ...sensor clearance B A ABS sensor standard clearance 0 3 0 8 mm 0 012 0 031 in NOTE If the clearance is outside specifications adjust the gap using spacer Part No 26755AA000 3 OUTPUT VOLTAGE Output volt...

Страница 2784: ...ift up the vehicle 3 Remove fuel tank cover 4 Disconnect rear ABS sensor connector 5 Remove rear sensor harness from clip on body side 6 Remove bolts which hold rear sensor harness brackets 7 Remove r...

Страница 2785: ...during removal B INSTALLATION 1 Install rear drive shaft to the vehicle Ref to DS 34 INSTALLATION Rear Drive Shaft 2 Temporarily install rear ABS sensor on rear arm CAUTION Be careful not to strike AB...

Страница 2786: ...cations adjust the gap using spacer Part No 26755AA000 5 After confirmation of the ABS sensor clearance connect connector to ABS sensor and install fuel tank cover 6 Connect connector to battery groun...

Страница 2787: ...sensor clearance B A ABS sensor standard clearance 0 44 0 94 mm 0 0173 0 0370 in NOTE If the clearance is outside specifications adjust the gap using spacer Part No 26755AA000 3 OUTPUT VOLTAGE Output...

Страница 2788: ...Refer to Front Drive Shaft because front tone wheel is integrated with front drive shaft Ref to DS 28 INSTALLATION Front Drive Shaft C INSPECTION Visually check tone wheels teeth 44 pieces for cracks...

Страница 2789: ...efer to Rear Drive Shaft because rear tone wheel is integrated with rear drive shaft Ref to DS 34 INSTALLATION Rear Drive Shaft C INSPECTION Visually check tone wheels teeth 44 pieces for cracks or de...

Страница 2790: ...Box 3 Disconnect connector from G sensor 4 Remove G sensor from body CAUTION Do not drop or bump G sensor B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Do not install G sensor in the w...

Страница 2791: ...terminal R70 No 2 No 3 Is the voltage within the specified value when G sensor is inclined backwards to 90 0 5 0 9 V G sensor is nor mal Replace G sensor 5 CHECK G SENSOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OF...

Страница 2792: ...l Module I O Signal 12 6 Subaru Select Monitor 16 7 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 19 8 Inspection Mode 21 9 Clear Memory Mode 22 10 ABS Warning Light Illumination Pattern 23 11 List of Diagnostics...

Страница 2793: ...which might influence the ABS problem Ref to ABS 8 INSPECTION General Description Is the component part that might influence the ABS problem normal Component part is normal Go to step 2 Repair or repl...

Страница 2794: ...nector Ref to ABS 28 Diag nostics Chart with Diagnosis Connector NOTE For diagnostic trouble code DTC list refer to List of Diagnostics Trouble Code DTC Ref to ABS 24 WITHOUT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR LIS...

Страница 2795: ...nostic trouble code DTC Ref to ABS 16 READ DIAGNOS TIC TROUBLE CODE DTC OPERA TION Subaru Select Monitor Confirm that no DTC is displayed Does ABS warning light remain off ABS warning light remains of...

Страница 2796: ...K ACC ON before starting engine START On after starting Engine is running On after starting Engine is stop Timing Immediately after ignition is ON Immediately after ignition starts When advancing km h...

Страница 2797: ...ity cannot be obtained or steering arm refuses to work when applying brakes Yes No When Vehicle turns to right Vehicle turns to left Spins Others b Directional stability cannot be obtained or steering...

Страница 2798: ...slope Others Condition a Brakes Deceleration g Continuous Intermittent b Accelerator Acceleration g Continuous Intermittent c Vehicle speed km h MPH Advancing Accelerating Reducing speed Low speed Tur...

Страница 2799: ...andard voltage 12 V or more Specific gravity Above 1 260 2 BRAKE FLUID 1 Check brake fluid level 2 Check brake fluid leakage 3 HYDRAULIC UNIT Check the hydraulic unit With brake tester Ref to ABS 8 CH...

Страница 2800: ...ng for electrical systems 22771AA030 SELECT MONITOR KIT Troubleshooting for electrical systems English 22771AA030 Without printer German 22771AA070 Without printer French 22771AA080 Without printer Sp...

Страница 2801: ...c control unit ABSCM H U 5 Data link connector for Subaru select monitor 8 ABS sensor 9 Wheel cylinder 2 Proportioning valve 6 Transmission control module only AT vehicle 10 G sensor 3 Diagnosis conne...

Страница 2802: ...ABS 11 ABS DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION ABS00302 1 ABS00305 4 10 ABS00303 ABS00306 7 8 ABS00304 3 5 ABS00307...

Страница 2803: ...d hydraulic control unit connector are as shown in the figure When the connector is removed from the ABSCM H U the connector switch closes the circuit between terminal No 22 and No 23 The ABS warning...

Страница 2804: ...1 2 23 Less than 1 5 V when the stop light is OFF and 10 15 V when the stop light is ON ABS warning light 2 22 23 Less than 1 5 V during 1 5 seconds when ignition switch is ON and 10 15 V after 1 5 se...

Страница 2805: ...ight outlet solenoid valve 21 Front left ABS sensor 4 Motor relay 14 Transmission control module only AT model 22 Front right ABS sensor 5 Motor 23 Rear left ABS sensor 6 Front left inlet solenoid val...

Страница 2806: ...ABS 15 ABS DIAGNOSTICS CONTROL MODULE I O SIGNAL C WAVEFORM ABS00110 ABS sensor Standard output voltage at 20 Hz 0 12 1 V Terminal No 9 10 11 12 7 8 14 15 0 V 20 Hz...

Страница 2807: ...the YES key 10 On the Diagnostic Code s Display display screen select the Current Diagnostic Code s or History Diagnostic Code s and press the YES key NOTE For detailed operation procedure refer to t...

Страница 2808: ...RU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL 4 ABS SEQUENCE CONROL Display screen Contents to be monitored Unit of measure FR Wheel Speed Wheel speed detected by the Front Right ABS sensor is displayed km h or...

Страница 2809: ...It appears on the select monitor display in volts 5 V Motor relay monitor Motor relay operation monitor signal ON Stop light switch Stop light switch signal OFF ABS signal to TCM ABS operation signal...

Страница 2810: ...rst These repeat for a maximum of 3 minutes NOTE When there are no diagnostic trouble codes DTC in memory only the start code 11 is shown When on board diagnosis of the ABS control module detects a pr...

Страница 2811: ...OSTICS READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC 2 WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR for information about how to obtain and understand diagnostic trouble codes DTC Ref to ABS 16 Subaru...

Страница 2812: ...GNOSTICS INSPECTION MODE 8 Inspection Mode A OPERATION Reproduce the condition under which the problem has occurred as much as possible Drive the vehicle at a speed more than 40 km h 25 MPH for at lea...

Страница 2813: ...e NOTE After diagnostics is completed make sure to clear memory Make sure only start code 11 is shown after memory is cleared 2 WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR for informatio...

Страница 2814: ...FF repair the ABS warning light circuit or diagnosis cir cuit Ref to ABS 28 Diagnostics Chart with Diagnosis Connector NOTE Even though the ABS warning light does not go out 1 5 seconds after it illum...

Страница 2815: ...nector 28 Rear left ABS sensor Ref to ABS 46 DTC 28 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR REAR LH Diagnostics Chart with Diagnosis Connector 29 Any one of four Ref to ABS 50 DTC 29 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL ANY ONE OF...

Страница 2816: ...T RIGHT ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL Diagnostics Chart with Subaru Select Moni tor 23 Open or short circuit in front left ABS sensor circuit Open or short circuit in front left ABS sensor circuit Ref to...

Страница 2817: ...8 DTC 44 ABS AT CONTROL NON CON TROLLED Diagnostics Chart with Subaru Select Monitor 44 ABS AT control Con trolled ABS AT control Con trolled Ref to ABS 120 DTC 44 ABS AT CONTROL CON TROLLED Diagnosti...

Страница 2818: ...ABS 27 ABS DIAGNOSTICS LIST OF DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 2819: ...M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1...

Страница 2820: ...chassis ground Connector terminal LHD B62 No 5 Chassis ground RHD B100 No 18 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 3 V Go to step 4 Repair warning light harness 4 CHECK...

Страница 2821: ...the speci fied value 3 V Go to step 8 Repair wiring har ness 8 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM H U Measure resistance between ABSCM H U and chassis ground Connector terminal F49 No 23 GND Is the measure...

Страница 2822: ...ABS 31 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 2823: ...4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27...

Страница 2824: ...than the speci fied value 0 5 Go to step 4 Repair harness connector between ABSCM H U and diagnosis connec tor 4 CHECK GENERATOR 1 Start the engine 2 Idle the engine 3 Measure voltage between generato...

Страница 2825: ...U 10 CHECK WIRING HARNESS Measure resistance between connector F45 or F2 and chassis ground Connector terminal LHD F45 No 5 Chassis ground RHD F2 No 18 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than...

Страница 2826: ...ABS 35 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 2827: ...N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17...

Страница 2828: ...OSIS LINE 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Connect diagnosis terminal B81 to diag nosis connector B82 No 8 3 Disconnect connector from ABSCM H U 4 Measure resistance between ABSCM H U connector and cha...

Страница 2829: ...ctor E DTC 23 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH FRONT LH NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 27 Ref to ABS 40 DTC 27 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR INPUT VOLTA...

Страница 2830: ...ABS 39 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 2831: ...RONT ABS SENSOR LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 9 10 11 12 1 2 1 2 1 4...

Страница 2832: ...n the speci fied value 1 V Go to step 3 Replace ABS sen sor Front Ref to ABS 12 Front ABS Sensor Rear Ref to ABS 15 Rear ABS Sensor 3 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS SEN SOR 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2...

Страница 2833: ...ci fied value 1 V Go to step 7 Repair harness between ABSCM H U and ABS sensor 7 CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS SENSOR Turn ignition switch to OFF Are the ABS sensor installation bolts tightened with the s...

Страница 2834: ...d DTC 23 F49 No 9 Chassis ground DTC 25 F49 No 14 Chassis ground DTC 27 F49 No 7 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 12 Repair harness between ABSCM H U a...

Страница 2835: ...Diagnostics Chart with Diagnosis Connector I DTC 24 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR FRONT LH NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 28 Ref to ABS 46 DTC 28 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR REAR LH Diagnostics Chart w...

Страница 2836: ...ABS 45 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 2837: ...RONT ABS SENSOR RH ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 9 10 11 12 1 2 1 2 1 4 7 8 1 2 5 6 14 15 1...

Страница 2838: ...itch ON 5 Rotate wheels and measure voltage at specified frequency Ref to ABS 15 WAVEFORM Control Module I O Signal NOTE When this inspection is completed the ABS control module sometimes stores the t...

Страница 2839: ...assis ground Rear RH No 1 Chassis ground Rear LH No 1 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 10 Replace ABS sen sor Front Ref to ABS 12 Front ABS Sensor Rear...

Страница 2840: ...is not installed near the sensor harness Go to step 16 Install the noise sources apart from the sensor har ness 16 CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT 1 Connect all connectors 2 Measure resistance between shield co...

Страница 2841: ...9 FRONT ABS SENSOR LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 9 10 11 12 1 2 1 2 1...

Страница 2842: ...eplace tire 3 CHECK WEAR OF TIRE Is the tire worn excessively Not worn excessively Go to step 4 Replace tire 4 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE Is the tire pressure correct Correct tire pressure Go to step 5 Adjus...

Страница 2843: ...other foreign matter ABS sensor piece or the tone wheel is not contaminated Go to step 10 Thoroughly remove dirt or other foreign mat ter 10 CHECK DAMAGE OF ABS SENSOR OR TONE WHEEL Are there broken...

Страница 2844: ...AGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR 13 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC APPEARANCE Are other DTC being output Other DTC is not indicated A temporary poor contact Proceed with the diagnosis corre sponding to t...

Страница 2845: ...Connector N DTC 33 ABNORMAL INLET SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT S IN ABSCM H U FRONT LH NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 37 Ref to ABS 56 DTC 37 ABNORMAL INLET SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT S IN ABSC...

Страница 2846: ...ABS 55 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 2847: ...NOSIS Faulty harness connector Faulty inlet solenoid valve in ABSCM H U TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00294 1 23 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 1 2 3 4 5 6...

Страница 2848: ...is ground Connector terminal F49 No 23 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 Go to step 3 Repair ABSCM H U ground harness 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there...

Страница 2849: ...Connector R DTC 34 ABNORMAL OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT S IN ABSCM H U FRONT LH NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 38 Ref to ABS 60 DTC 38 ABNORMAL OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT S IN ABS...

Страница 2850: ...ABS 59 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 2851: ...NOSIS Faulty harness connector Faulty outlet solenoid valve in ABSCM H U TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00294 1 23 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 1 2 3 4 5 6...

Страница 2852: ...is ground Connector terminal F49 No 23 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 Go to step 3 Repair ABSCM H U ground harness 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there...

Страница 2853: ...CM H U 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ABSCM H U 3 Measure resistance between ABSCM H U and chassis ground Connector terminal F49 No 23 Chassis ground Is the measured value l...

Страница 2854: ...oise sources such as an antenna installed near the sensor harness Noise source is not installed near the sensor harness Go to step 5 Install the noise sources apart from the sensor har ness 5 CHECK AB...

Страница 2855: ...source voltage of the ABSCM H U is low or high TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00294 1 23 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15...

Страница 2856: ...F49 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value within the specified range 10 17 V Go to step 4 Repair harness connector between battery ignition switch and ABSCM H U 4 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM H...

Страница 2857: ...YMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00310 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 31 3 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 TCM B...

Страница 2858: ...he specified value 1 V Go to step 4 Repair harness between TCM and ABSCM H U 4 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage between ABSCM H U connector and chassis gro...

Страница 2859: ...ion mode 5 Read out the DTC Is the same DTC still being output Same DTC is not indicated Go to step 10 Replace ABSCM H U Ref to ABS 6 ABS Control Mod ule and Hydraulic Control Unit ABSCM H U 10 CHECK...

Страница 2860: ...ABS 69 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 2861: ...NG DIAGRAM ABS00297 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 24 1 23 VALVE RELAY F49 MOTOR RELAY FR OUTLET...

Страница 2862: ...o to step 3 Repair ABSCM H U ground harness 3 CHECK VALVE RELAY IN ABSCM H U Measure resistance between ABSCM H U and terminals Terminals No 23 No 24 Does the measured value exceed the specified value...

Страница 2863: ...ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00298 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 25 1 23 26 VALVE REL...

Страница 2864: ...ECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM H U 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure resistance between ABSCM H U connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F49 No 23 Chassis ground Is the measured value less...

Страница 2865: ...ABS00311 2 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 B64 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 2 3 1 2 STOP LIGHT SWITCH B64 B65 WITHOUT C...

Страница 2866: ...ified range 10 15 V Go to step 3 Repair harness between stop light switch and ABSCM H U 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there poor contact in connector between stop light switch and ABSCM H U Th...

Страница 2867: ...SIS Faulty G sensor output voltage TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00312 F55 R70 F62 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT ABS G SENSOR F49 2 1 3 F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1...

Страница 2868: ...tween G sensor con nector terminals Connector terminal R70 No 1 No 3 Is the measured value within the specified range 4 75 5 25 V Go to step 4 Repair harness connector between G sensor and ABSCM H U 4...

Страница 2869: ...or terminal R70 No 2 No 3 Is the measured value within the specified range when G sensor is horizontal 2 1 2 5 V Go to step 10 Replace G sen sor Ref to ABS 21 G Sensor 10 CHECK G SENSOR Measure voltag...

Страница 2870: ...AGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR 14 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC APPEARANCE Are other DTC being output Other DTC is not indicated A temporary poor contact Proceed with the diagnosis corre sponding to t...

Страница 2871: ...S00313 BATTERY 1 23 20 5 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 NO 18 15A SBF 4 50A SBF 1 100A DATA LINK CONNECTOR 5 4 B40 21 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27...

Страница 2872: ...urn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect ABSCM H U connector 3 Check whether communication to other systems can be executed normally Are the name and year of the system dis played on the select monitor...

Страница 2873: ...ltage between ABSCM H U connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F49 No 1 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 11 Repair open circuit in harness be...

Страница 2874: ...BLE CODE DIAGNOSIS ABS warning light circuit is shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS warning light remains on NO TROUBLE CODE displayed on the select monitor NOTE When the ABS warning light is OFF and NO TROUB...

Страница 2875: ...J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4...

Страница 2876: ...and Hydraulic Control Unit ABSCM H U 4 CHECK WIRING HARNESS Measure resistance between connector F45 or F2 and chassis ground Connector terminal LHD F45 No 5 Chassis ground RHD F2 No 18 Chassis ground...

Страница 2877: ...ru Select Monitor D DTC 23 OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN FRONT LEFT ABS SENSOR CIRCUIT NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 27 Ref to ABS 88 DTC 27 OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN REAR LEFT ABS SENSOR C...

Страница 2878: ...ABS 87 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 2879: ...ABS SENSOR LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 9 10 11 12 1 2 1 2 1 4 7 8 1...

Страница 2880: ...Rear wheel 0 44 0 94 mm 0 0173 0 0370 in Go to step 4 Adjust the gap NOTE Adjust the gap us ing spacers Part No 26755AA000 If spacers cannot correct the gap re place worn sensor or worn tone wheel 4 C...

Страница 2881: ...lue 1 V Go to step 10 Replace ABS sen sor Front Ref to ABS 12 Front ABS Sensor Rear Ref to ABS 15 Rear ABS Sensor 10 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS SEN SOR 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage b...

Страница 2882: ...an the speci fied value 1 V Go to step 14 Repair harness between ABSCM H U and ABS sensor 14 CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS SENSOR Are the ABS sensor installation bolts tightened with the specified torque...

Страница 2883: ...nal DTC 21 F49 No 11 Chassis ground DTC 23 F49 No 9 Chassis ground DTC 25 F49 No 14 Chassis ground DTC 27 F49 No 7 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 19...

Страница 2884: ...s Chart with Subaru Select Monitor H DTC 24 FRONT LEFT ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 28 Ref to ABS 94 DTC 28 REAR LEFT ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL Diagnostic...

Страница 2885: ...R LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 9 10 11 12 1 2 1 2 1 4 7 8 1 2 5 6 14...

Страница 2886: ...ess Noise source is not installed near the sensor harness Go to step 5 Install the noise sources apart from the sensor har ness 5 CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Connect all conne...

Страница 2887: ...nspection is completed the AB SCM H U sometimes stores the trouble code 29 Connector terminal DTC 22 LHD F45 No 11 No 12 RHD F2 No 12 No 13 DTC 24 LHD F45 No 8 No 9 RHD F2 No 15 No 16 DTC 26 F55 No 5...

Страница 2888: ...1 Chassis ground Rear RH No 1 Chassis ground Rear LH No 1 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 17 Replace ABS sen sor Front Ref to ABS 12 Front ABS Sensor...

Страница 2889: ...is not installed near the sensor harness Go to step 23 Install the noise sources apart from the sensor har ness 23 CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT 1 Connect all connectors 2 Measure resistance between shield co...

Страница 2890: ...ABS 99 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 2891: ...R72 F49 FRONT ABS SENSOR LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 9 10 11 12 1...

Страница 2892: ...p 3 Replace tire 3 CHECK WEAR OF TIRE Is the tire worn excessively Not worn excessively Go to step 4 Replace tire 4 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE Is the tire pressure correct Correct tire pressure Go to step 5...

Страница 2893: ...on taminated by mud or other foreign matter ABS sensor piece or the tone wheel is not contaminated Go to step 10 Thoroughly remove mud or other foreign mat ter 10 CHECK DAMAGE OF ABS SENSOR OR TONE WH...

Страница 2894: ...AGNOSTICS CHART WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR 13 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC APPEARANCE Are other DTC being output Other DTC is not indicated A temporary poor contact Proceed with the diagnosis corre sponding to...

Страница 2895: ...ics Chart with Subaru Select Monitor M DTC 33 FRONT LEFT INLET VALVE MALFUNCTION NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 37 Ref to ABS 106 DTC 37 REAR LEFT INLET VALVE MAL FUNCTION Diagnostics...

Страница 2896: ...ABS 105 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 2897: ...Faulty harness connector Faulty inlet solenoid valve TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00294 1 23 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1...

Страница 2898: ...nector and chassis ground Connector terminal F49 No 23 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 Go to step 3 Repair ABSCM H U ground harness 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONN...

Страница 2899: ...ics Chart with Subaru Select Monitor Q DTC 34 FRONT LEFT OUTLET VALVE MALFUNCTION NOTE For the diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 38 Ref to ABS 110 DTC 38 REAR LEFT OUTLET VALVE MALFUNCTION Diagnostics...

Страница 2900: ...ABS 109 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 2901: ...Faulty harness connector Faulty outlet solenoid valve TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00294 1 23 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13...

Страница 2902: ...ssis ground Connector terminal F49 No 23 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 Go to step 3 Repair ABSCM H U ground harness 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is ther...

Страница 2903: ...ABSCM H U 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ABSCM H U 3 Measure resistance between ABSCM H U and chassis ground Connector terminal F49 No 23 Chassis ground Is the measured valu...

Страница 2904: ...such as an antenna installed near the sensor harness Noise source is not installed near the sensor harness Go to step 5 Install the noise sources apart from the sensor har ness 5 CHECK ABSCM H U 1 Tur...

Страница 2905: ...S Power source voltage of the ABSCM H U is low TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00294 1 23 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1...

Страница 2906: ...ssis ground Is the measured value within the specified range 10 15 V Go to step 4 Repair harness connector between battery ignition switch and ABSCM H U 4 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM H U 1 Turn igni...

Страница 2907: ...S Power source voltage of the ABSCM H U is high TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00294 1 23 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15...

Страница 2908: ...ssis ground Is the measured value within the specified range 10 17 V Go to step 4 Repair harness connector between battery ignition switch and ABSCM H U 4 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM H U 1 Turn igni...

Страница 2909: ...PTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00310 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 31 3 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 TCM B55...

Страница 2910: ...ctor terminal and chassis ground Connector terminal B55 No 21 Chassis ground Is the measured value within the specified range 10 15 V Go to step 5 Go to step 4 4 CHECK AT Is the AT functioning normall...

Страница 2911: ...OM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00310 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 31 3 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 TCM B55 2...

Страница 2912: ...Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Connect all connectors to TCM 3 Turn ignition switch to ON 4 Measure voltage between ABSCM H U connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F49 No 3 Chassis ground F4...

Страница 2913: ...IRING DIAGRAM ABS00297 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 24 1 23 VALVE RELAY F49 MOTOR RELAY FR OUTL...

Страница 2914: ...U connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F49 No 23 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 Go to step 3 Repair ABSCM H U ground harness 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN...

Страница 2915: ...IRING DIAGRAM ABS00297 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 24 1 23 VALVE RELAY F49 MOTOR RELAY FR OUTL...

Страница 2916: ...NECTORS Is there poor contact in connectors between generator battery and ABSCM H U There is no poor contact Go to step 3 Repair connector 3 CHECK ABSCM H U 1 Connect all connectors 2 Erase the memory...

Страница 2917: ...TOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00298 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 25 1 23 26 VALVE...

Страница 2918: ...ERATION Operate the sequence control Ref to ABS 9 ABS Sequence Control NOTE Use the diagnosis connector to operate the se quence control Can motor revolution noise buzz be heard when carrying out the...

Страница 2919: ...S does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00298 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 25 1 23 26 VALVE RELAY...

Страница 2920: ...nce control There is no poor contact Go to step 3 Replace ABSCM H U Ref to ABS 6 ABS Control Mod ule and Hydraulic Control Unit ABSCM H U 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Turn ignition switch to OFF...

Страница 2921: ...oes not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00298 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 25 1 23 26 VALVE RELAY F49...

Страница 2922: ...CK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM H U 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure resistance between ABSCM H U connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F49 No 23 Chassis ground Is the measured value less...

Страница 2923: ...NG DIAGRAM ABS00311 2 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT F49 B64 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 F49 2 3 1 2 STOP LIGHT SWITCH B64 B6...

Страница 2924: ...op lights circuit 4 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN HARNESS 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ABSCM H U 3 Depress brake pedal 4 Measure voltage between ABSCM H U connector and chassis gr...

Страница 2925: ...DIAGNOSIS Faulty G sensor output voltage TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00312 F55 R70 F62 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT ABS G SENSOR F49 2 1 3 F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7...

Страница 2926: ...poor contact Proceed with the diagnosis corre sponding to the DTC 5 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF G SENSOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Remove console box 3 Disconnect G sensor from body Do not disconnec...

Страница 2927: ...R Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals Connector terminal R70 No 2 No 3 Is the voltage between within the specified range when G sensor is inclined backwards to 90 0 5 0 9 V Go to step...

Страница 2928: ...ABS 137 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 2929: ...NOSIS Faulty G sensor output voltage TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00312 F55 R70 F62 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT ABS G SENSOR F49 2 1 3 F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Страница 2930: ...cated A temporary poor contact Proceed with the diagnosis corre sponding to the DTC 5 CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA 1 Select Freeze frame data on the select monitor 2 Read front right wheel speed on the sel...

Страница 2931: ...minal F49 No 6 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 V Go to step 13 Repair harness between G sensor and ABSCM H U 13 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there poor con...

Страница 2932: ...R70 No 2 No 3 Is the voltage within the specified range when G sensor is inclined forwards to 90 3 7 4 1 V Go to step 20 Replace G sen sor Ref to ABS 21 G Sensor 20 CHECK G SENSOR Measure voltage betw...

Страница 2933: ...SIS Faulty G sensor output voltage TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00312 F55 R70 F62 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT ABS G SENSOR F49 2 1 3 F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1...

Страница 2934: ...or contact Proceed with the diagnosis corre sponding to the DTC 5 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN G SENSOR OUT PUT HARNESS AND GROUND HARNESS 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from ABSCM H U...

Страница 2935: ...voltage within the specified range when G sensor is inclined backwards to 90 0 5 0 9 V Go to step 10 Replace G sen sor Ref to ABS 21 G Sensor 10 CHECK ABSCM H U 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Connec...

Страница 2936: ...ABS 145 ABS DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 2937: ...IS Faulty G sensor output voltage TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM ABS00312 F55 R70 F62 ABS CONTROL MODULE AND HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT ABS G SENSOR F49 2 1 3 F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 2938: ...1 G Sensor 4 CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR USING SE LECT MONITOR Read the select monitor display Is the G sensor output on the monitor display within the specified range when G sensor is inclined backwards...

Страница 2939: ...ined forwards to 90 3 7 4 1 V Go to step 11 Replace G sen sor Ref to ABS 21 G Sensor 11 CHECK G SENSOR Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals Connector terminal R70 No 2 No 3 Is the volt...

Страница 2940: ...ake dragging ABSCM H U solenoid valve ABS sensor Master cylinder Brake caliper piston Parking brake Axle wheels Brake pedal play Long brake pedal stroke Air in brake line Brake pedal play Vehicle pitc...

Страница 2941: ...ABS 150 ABS DIAGNOSTICS GENERAL DIAGNOSTICS TABLE MEMO...

Страница 2942: ...CCM 8 3 Hydraulic Control Unit H U 10 4 ABS Sequence Control 16 5 VDC Sequence Control 19 6 Yaw Rate and Lateral G Sensor 22 7 Steering Angle Sensor 26 8 Front ABS Sensor 27 9 Rear ABS Sensor 28 10 Fr...

Страница 2943: ...ness Front LH Except OUTBACK Yellow OUTBACK Brown Front RH Except OUTBACK White OUTBACK Light blue Rear LH Except OUTBACK Yellow OUTBACK Yellow Rear RH Except OUTBACK White OUTBACK White Yaw rate and...

Страница 2944: ...SCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 ABS SENSOR 1 Clip 5 Housing Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Rear ABS sensor 6 Front ABS sensor T 33 3 3 24 3 ABS spacer 7 Tone wheel Front 4 Tone wheel Rear VDC00069 7 6 3...

Страница 2945: ...YAW RATE AND LATERAL G SENSOR 3 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR 1 Yaw rate and lateral G sensor Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb T 7 5 0 76 5 5 VDC00070 1 T T 1 Steering angle sensor 2 Roll connector 3 Combina...

Страница 2946: ...TION 4 VDC CONTROL MODULE VDCCM LHD model RHD model 1 VDC control module Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb T 7 5 0 76 5 5 1 VDC control module Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb T 7 5 0 76 5 5 VDC00072...

Страница 2947: ...ay 10 Ground terminal T1 13 1 3 9 4 3 Valve relay 11 Front LH outlet T2 18 1 8 13 0 4 Cap 12 Secondary inlet T3 33 3 3 24 5 Bracket 13 Front RH outlet T4 38 3 9 28 6 Hydraulic control unit 14 Primary...

Страница 2948: ...olts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop jacks or safety stands at the specified points Before disconnecting electrical connectors of sensors or units be sure to disconnect ground ca ble from...

Страница 2949: ...s on the back side of the cov er 3 Remove three bolts which secure the fuse box onto body side then move the fuse box aside LHD model RHD model 4 Remove two bolts which install VDCCM onto body side br...

Страница 2950: ...being driven Also make sure there are no abnormalities of the VDC function or steering operation NOTE If it is not possible to drive the vehicle use SUBA RU SELECT MONITOR Ref to VDC 9 WITH SUBARU SE...

Страница 2951: ...ne compartment CAUTION Hydraulic unit cannot be disassembled Do not attempt to loosen bolts and nuts Do not drop or bump hydraulic unit Do not turn the hydraulic unit upside down or place it on its si...

Страница 2952: ...h mating receptacle 5 Connect connector to hydraulic unit 6 Install air intake duct 7 Connect ground cable to battery 8 Bleed air from the brake system 2 RELAY BOX 1 Install relay box and connector br...

Страница 2953: ...NOTE Wrap sealing tape around the pressure gauge 4 Bleed air from the pressure gauges 5 Perform ABS sequence control Ref to VDC 16 ABS Sequence Control 6 When the hydraulic unit begins to work and fir...

Страница 2954: ...ing remove the pressure gauges from caliper bodies 17 Connect the air bleeder screws to RL and RR caliper bodies 18 Bleed air from brake line 2 CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC UNIT ABS OPERATION WITH BRAKE TES...

Страница 2955: ...d compression meets the stan dard values Also check if any irregular brake pedal tightness is felt 8 Remove pressure gauges from FL and FR cali per bodies 9 Remove air bleeder screws from the RL and R...

Страница 2956: ...performs decompression holding and compression in sequence and subsequently the FR wheel repeats the cycle 2 The RR wheel performs decompression holding and compression in sequence and subsequently th...

Страница 2957: ...ECT MONITOR NOTE In the event of any trouble the sequence control may not be operative In such a case activate the sequence control referring to ABS SEQUENCE CONTROL WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR Ref to VD...

Страница 2958: ...ry suction valve FL outlet valve FL inlet valve FR outlet valve FR inlet valve RR outlet valve RR inlet valve RL outlet valve RL inlet valve Pump motor Pressure of master cylinder Pressure of RR wheel...

Страница 2959: ...s terminals When select monitor is not used 3 When the brake pedal is released during se quence control and the braking lamp switch is set to off 4 When brake pedal is depressed after ignition key is...

Страница 2960: ...n the brake pedal must not be depressed Engine must operate If the VDC sequence control does not start do the procedure over again 5 After completion of VDC sequence control turn ignition switch OFF 2...

Страница 2961: ...valve FL inlet valve FR outlet valve FR inlet valve RR outlet valve RR inlet valve RL outlet valve RL inlet valve Pump motor Pressure of master cylinder Pressure of RL wheel cylinder Pressure of FL w...

Страница 2962: ...is terminals When select monitor is not used 3 When the brake pedal is pressed during se quence control and the braking lamp switch is set to on 4 When brake pedal is depressed after ignition key is t...

Страница 2963: ...verse order of removal NOTE Do not install yaw rate and lateral G sensor in the wrong direction There is an arrow on the sensor showing which side faces the front of the vehicle CAUTION After completi...

Страница 2964: ...LATERAL G SEN SOR 1 Remove yaw rate and lateral G sensor from vehicle 2 Measure voltage between yaw rate and lat eral G sensor connector terminals Connector terminal R100 No 5 No 6 NOTE If the yaw rat...

Страница 2965: ...HECK YAW RATE AND LATERAL G SEN SOR 1 Remove console box 2 Remove yaw rate and lateral G sensor from vehicle Do not disconnect connector 3 Read the select monitor display NOTE If the yaw rate and late...

Страница 2966: ...MENT Control Module I O Sig nal Is the voltage within the specified range 2 1 V 2 9 V Go to step 2 Replace yaw rate and lateral G sen sor is normal 2 CHECK YAW USING OSCILLOSCOPE 1 Turn ignition switc...

Страница 2967: ...CAUTION After completion of installation procedure the following two position settings must be made Steering angle sensor center positioning Yaw rate and lateral G sensor 0 positioning These procedur...

Страница 2968: ...8 Front ABS Sensor A NOTE The ABS sensor installed on VDC equipped vehi cles is the same as the one on ABS equipped vehi cles Therefore for removal inspection and installation refer to ABS section Ref...

Страница 2969: ...9 Rear ABS Sensor A NOTE The ABS sensor installed on VDC equipped vehi cles is the same as the one on ABS equipped vehi cles Therefore for removal inspection and installation refer to ABS section Ref...

Страница 2970: ...VDC FRONT TONE WHEEL 10 Front Tone Wheel A NOTE As front tone wheel is integrated with front drive shaft refer to DS section for removal installation and inspection procedures Ref to DS 28 Front Drive...

Страница 2971: ...30 VDC REAR TONE WHEEL 11 Rear Tone Wheel A NOTE As rear tone wheel is integrated with rear drive shaft refer to DS section for removal installation and inspection procedures Ref to DS 34 Rear Drive S...

Страница 2972: ...tch assembly out from center console 5 Disconnect electric connectors and antenna feeder cord and then disconnect heater control unit 6 Remove screw and detach the bracket and then remove switch panel...

Страница 2973: ...C INSPECTION Check continuity between VDC off switch termi nals If NG replace VDC off switch Switch position Tester connection Specified condition OFF 6 5 More than 1 M ON 6 5 Less than 1 VDC00103 1...

Страница 2974: ...I O Signal 13 6 VDCCM Connector Cover 19 7 Subaru Select Monitor 20 8 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 23 9 Inspection Mode 24 10 Clear Memory Mode 25 11 Warning Light Illumination Pattern 26 12 List...

Страница 2975: ...TC Calling up diagnostic trouble code DTC Ref to VDC 23 WITHOUT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Is diagnostic trouble code DTC readable Can be read Go to step 3 Inspec...

Страница 2976: ...tic Trouble Code DTC Is only the start code issued Only start code indicated Complete the diagnosis Go to step 5 5 PERFORM THE DIAGNOSIS 1 Inspect using Diagnostics Chart with Diag nostic Connector Re...

Страница 2977: ...s diagnostic trouble code DTC is dis played DTC is indicated Go to step 3 Go to step 5 3 CHECK WARNING LIGHT Check lighting pattern of the warning light Ref to VDC 26 INSPECTION Warning Light Illumina...

Страница 2978: ...Code DTC Ref to VDC 29 WITH SUBARU SELECT MONI TOR LIST List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 2 Repair trouble cause 3 Perform the clear memory mode Ref to VDC 25 WITH SUBARU SELECT MONI TOR OPERATION C...

Страница 2979: ...o MPH When turning to right Steering angle deg Steering time sec When turning to left Steering angle deg Steering time sec When moving other electrical parts Parts name Operating condition VDC OFF ind...

Страница 2980: ...to km h MPH to MPH While traveling at a constant speed km h MPH When decelerating km h to km h MPH to MPH When turning to right Steering angle deg Steering time sec When turning to left Steering angle...

Страница 2981: ...re kPa Front LH tire kPa Rear RH tire kPa Rear LH tire kPa e Degree of wear Front RH tire Front LH tire Rear RH tire Rear LH tire f Steering wheel Sharp turn Slow turn Straight ahead operation Returne...

Страница 2982: ...cific gravity of electrolyte Standard voltage 12 V or more Specific gravity Above 1 260 2 BRAKE FLUID 1 Check brake fluid level 2 Check brake fluid leakage 3 HYDRAULIC UNIT Check the hydraulic unit VD...

Страница 2983: ...ng for electrical systems 22771AA030 SELECT MONI TOR KIT Troubleshooting for electrical systems English 22771AA030 Without printer German 22771AA070 Without printer French 22771AA080 Without printer S...

Страница 2984: ...portioning valve 9 VDC OFF indicator light 15 Yaw rate lateral G sensor 3 Engine control module 10 Steering angle sensor 16 Transmission control module 4 Master cylinder 11 Data link connector for SUB...

Страница 2985: ...VDC 12 VDC DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION VDC00156 6 7 8 9 VDC00169 11 VDC00166 5 VDC00157 17 VDC00167 1 18 VDC00170 12 13 VDC00168 15 VDC00171 10...

Страница 2986: ...ICAL SPECIFICATION NOTE The terminal numbers in the VDC control module connector are as shown in the figure When the connector is removed from the VDCCM the connector switch closes the circuit between...

Страница 2987: ...5 V pulse signal EAC 45 1 3 5 1 5 V pulse signal Revolution 9 1 10 1 5 V pulse signal Relay box Valve relay power supply 27 1 10 15 V when ignition switch is ON Valve relay coil 47 1 Less than 1 5 V w...

Страница 2988: ...4 1 Less than 1 5 V during 1 5 seconds when ignition switch is ON and 10 15 V after 1 5 seconds Diagnosis connector Terminal No 8 13 Terminal No 5 74 Select moni tor Data is received 11 1 Less than 1...

Страница 2989: ...noid valve 19 Primary pressure sensor 32 Yaw rate and lateral G sensor 7 Front left outlet solenoid valve 20 Secondary pressure sensor 33 Engine control module 8 Front right inlet solenoid valve 21 VD...

Страница 2990: ...easure input output signal voltage NOTE Measure with the VDCCM connector cover removed Ref to VDC 19 VDCCM Connector Cover 1 WAVEFORM VDC00184 65 64 20 ms V 3 2 1 0 5 0 V 2 1 2 9 V 0 5 10 1 2 67 64 2...

Страница 2991: ...VDC 18 VDC DIAGNOSTICS CONTROL MODULE I O SIGNAL VDC00185 V 4 0 4 0 2 5 V 83 1 81 1 1 5 V 5 ms 3 5 V 2 5 V 1 2 2 1 Can communication line 2 Terminal No...

Страница 2992: ...p cover 5 Remove screws securing connector cover CAUTION Do not allow harness to catch on adjacent parts during installation 6 Remove connector cover B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of rem...

Страница 2993: ...lection Menu display screen select the Brake Control System and press the YES key 8 Press the YES key after displayed the informa tion of engine type 9 On the Brake Diagnosis display screen select the...

Страница 2994: ...d Wheel speed detected by the Rear Left ABS sensor is displayed km h or MPH Steering angle sensor Steering wheel angle detected by the steering angle sensor is dis played deg Yaw rate sensor Vehicle s...

Страница 2995: ...urn the Subaru Se lect Monitor and ignition switch to OFF NOTE For detailed operation procedure refer to the SUB ARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL 4 FUNCTION CHECK Display screen Contents to be moni...

Страница 2996: ...s DTCs in memory only the start code 11 is shown When on board diagnosis of the VDC control module detects a problem the information up to a maximum of three will be stored in the EEP ROM as a diagnos...

Страница 2997: ...ION MODE 9 Inspection Mode A OPERATION Reproduce the condition under which the problem has occurred as much as possible Drive the vehicle at least ten minutes NOTE Make sure vehicle does not pull to o...

Страница 2998: ...e NOTE After diagnostics is completed make sure to clear memory Make sure only start code 11 is shown after memory is cleared 2 WITH SUBARU SELECT MONITOR Refer to SUBARU SELECT MONITOR for informa ti...

Страница 2999: ...cle wheel is stuck or free spinning for ap proximately 1 minute power transfer fluctuation to the remaining wheels will occur Power transfer conditions will differ from those occurring during normal v...

Страница 3000: ...Diagnostics Chart with Diagnosis Connector 27 Rear left ABS sensor Ref to VDC 50 DTC 27 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH REAR LH Diagnostics Chart with Diagnosis Connector 22...

Страница 3001: ...OLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT S SECONDARY CUT Diagnostics Chart with Diagno sis Connector 63 Primary suction valve Ref to VDC 68 DTC 63 ABNORMAL OUTLET AND SUCTION SOLE NOID VALVE CIRCUIT S PRIMARY SUCTION Di...

Страница 3002: ...DC 114 DTC 71 ABNORMAL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Diagnostics Chart with Diagnosis Connector 71 51 44 F87 No 27 lead circuit is open Ref to VDC 114 DTC 71 ABNORMAL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Diagnostics Chart w...

Страница 3003: ...tor 34 FL pressure reducing valve malfunction Front left outlet sole noid valve Ref to VDC 154 DTC 34 FL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE MALFUNCTION FRONT LEFT OUTLET VALVE MAL FUNCTION Diagnostics Chart with...

Страница 3004: ...UNCTION Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor 62 Normal opening valve 1 malfunction Secondary cut valve malfunction Ref to VDC 150 DTC 62 NORMAL OPENING VALVE 1 MALFUNCTION SECONDARY CUT VALVE MALFUNC...

Страница 3005: ...CEEDS SPECIFICATION SECOND ARY PRESSURE SENSOR Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor 74 Pressure sensor 1 off set is too big Primary pressure sen sor offset is too big Ref to VDC 269 DTC 74 PRESSURE S...

Страница 3006: ...orted VDC operating indicator light circuit is open or shorted VDC OFF indicator light circuit is open or shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM When ignition switch is turned ON engine OFF ABS warning light VDC war...

Страница 3007: ...79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H...

Страница 3008: ...47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6...

Страница 3009: ...r terminal ABS warning light F87 No 54 Chassis ground VDC warning light F87 No 53 Chassis ground VDC operating indicator light F87 No 32 Chassis ground VDC OFF indicator light F87 No 52 Chassis ground...

Страница 3010: ...INDICATOR LIGHTS 1 Connect connector to VDCCM 2 Turn ignition switch to ON Do ABS warning light VDC warning light VDC operating indicator light and VDC OFF indicator light turn on Turn s on A temporar...

Страница 3011: ...3 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33...

Страница 3012: ...value less than the speci fied value 0 5 Go to step 4 Repair harness connector between VDCCM and diagnosis con nector 4 CHECK WIRING HARNESS 1 Place a sheet of thick paper thickness 1 5 mm 0 059 in in...

Страница 3013: ...3 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 B36...

Страница 3014: ...5 6 7 8 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39...

Страница 3015: ...or shorted VDC OFF switch is shorted TROUBLE SYMPTOM When starting the engine and while VDC OFF indicator light is kept ON NOTE When pushing the VDC OFF switch for 10 seconds or more while revving th...

Страница 3016: ...79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H...

Страница 3017: ...7 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32...

Страница 3018: ...f Switch Is VDC OFF switch OK OK Go to step 4 Replace VDC OFF switch 4 CHECK WIRING HARNESS 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect VDCCM connector from VDCCM 3 Turn ignition switch to ON Does the...

Страница 3019: ...3 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 B36...

Страница 3020: ...47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6...

Страница 3021: ...CHECK DIAGNOSIS LINE 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Connect diagnosis terminal B81 to diag nosis connector B82 No 8 3 Disconnect connector from VDCCM 4 Measure resistance between VDCCM con nector an...

Страница 3022: ...nector G DTC 23 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH FRONT LH NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 27 Ref to VDC 50 DTC 27 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR INPUT VOLTAGE...

Страница 3023: ...2 B100 F55 R49 B15 R73 49 19 17 16 14 15 1 55 46 18 1 2 B6 2 1 R72 8 9 11 12 13 VDC CONTROL MODULE FRONT ABS SENSOR LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH LHD RHD REAR ABS SENSOR LH REAR ABS SENSOR RH F87 56 57 59 60...

Страница 3024: ...han the speci fied value 1 V Go to step 3 Replace ABS sen sor Front Ref to VDC 27 Front ABS Sensor Rear Ref to VDC 28 Rear ABS Sensor 3 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS SEN SOR 1 Turn ignition switch to ON...

Страница 3025: ...LATION OF ABS SENSOR Tightening torque 33 10 N m 3 3 1 0 kgf m 24 7 ft lb Are the ABS sensor installation bolts tightened securely Tightened securely Go to step 8 Tighten ABS sen sor installation bolt...

Страница 3026: ...the current diagnosis still being output Same DTC indicated Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM Go to step 12 12 CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROU BLE CODES APPEARANCE Are other diagno...

Страница 3027: ...agnosis Connector K DTC 24 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL FRONT LH NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 28 Ref to VDC 56 DTC 28 ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR ABNOR MAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL RE...

Страница 3028: ...VDC 55 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 3029: ...F55 R49 B15 R73 49 19 17 16 14 15 1 55 46 18 1 2 B6 2 1 R72 8 9 11 12 13 VDC CONTROL MODULE FRONT ABS SENSOR LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH LHD RHD REAR ABS SENSOR LH REAR ABS SENSOR RH F87 56 57 59 60 62 63...

Страница 3030: ...VDCCM Connector Cover 4 Connect the oscilloscope to the connector 5 Turn ignition switch ON 6 Rotate wheels and measure voltage at specified frequency Ref to ABS 15 WAVEFORM Control Module I O Signal...

Страница 3031: ...H No 1 Chassis ground Rear RH No 1 Chassis ground Rear LH No 1 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 10 Replace ABS sen sor Front Ref to VDC 27 Front ABS Sen...

Страница 3032: ...sources apart from the sensor har ness Go to step 16 16 CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT 1 Connect all connectors 2 Measure resistance between shield con nector and chassis ground Connector terminal RHD model DTC...

Страница 3033: ...2 F2 B100 F55 R49 B15 R73 49 19 17 16 14 15 1 55 46 18 1 2 B6 2 1 R72 8 9 11 12 13 VDC CONTROL MODULE FRONT ABS SENSOR LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH LHD RHD REAR ABS SENSOR LH REAR ABS SENSOR RH F87 56 57 59...

Страница 3034: ...sensor installation bolts tightened securely Tightened securely Go to step 6 Tighten ABS sen sor installation bolts securely 6 CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP Measure tone wheel to pole piece gap over entire per...

Страница 3035: ...30 Rear Tone Wheel Go to step 11 11 CHECK TONE WHEEL RUNOUT Measure tone wheel runout Is the measured value less than the specified value 0 05 mm 0 0020 in Go to step 12 Repair tone wheel Front Ref t...

Страница 3036: ...is Connector Q DTC 35 ABNORMAL INLET AND CUT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT S REAR RH INLET NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 62 Ref to VDC 64 DTC 62 ABNORMAL INLET AND CUT SOLE NOID VALVE CIRCUIT S...

Страница 3037: ...UNIT VDC5 F91 VDC CONTROL MODULE F87 FR OUTLET FR INLET RL OUTLET RL INLET RR OUTLET RR INLET PRIMARY CUT PRIMARY SECTION SECONDARY CUT PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SECONDARY SECT...

Страница 3038: ...connec tor and chassis ground Connector terminal DTC 31 VDC5 No 5 Chassis ground DTC 33 VDC5 No 8 Chassis ground DTC 35 VDC5 No 7 Chassis ground DTC 37 VDC5 No 6 Chassis ground DTC 61 VDC5 No 9 Chass...

Страница 3039: ...n VDCCM connec tor and chassis ground Connector terminal DTC 31 F87 No 30 Chassis ground DTC 33 F87 No 24 Chassis ground DTC 35 F87 No 23 Chassis ground DTC 37 F87 No 31 Chassis ground DTC 61 F87 No 2...

Страница 3040: ...No 24 VDC2 No 2 DTC 35 F87 No 23 VDC2 No 2 DTC 37 F87 No 31 VDC2 No 2 DTC 61 F87 No 25 VDC2 No 2 DTC 62 F87 No 26 VDC2 No 2 Is the measured value within the specified range 7 10 Go to step 9 Repair ha...

Страница 3041: ...ctor W DTC 36 ABNORMAL OUTLET AND SUCTION SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT S REAR RH OUTLET NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 64 Ref to VDC 70 DTC 64 ABNORMAL OUTLET AND SUCTION SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT...

Страница 3042: ...VDC 69 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 3043: ...LIC UNIT VDC5 F91 VDC CONTROL MODULE F87 FR OUTLET FR INLET RL OUTLET RL INLET RR OUTLET RR INLET PRIMARY CUT PRIMARY SECTION SECONDARY CUT PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SECONDARY...

Страница 3044: ...onnec tor and chassis ground Connector terminal DTC 32 VDC5 No 1 Chassis ground DTC 34 VDC5 No 4 Chassis ground DTC 36 VDC5 No 3 Chassis ground DTC 38 VDC5 No 2 Chassis ground DTC 63 VDC5 No 10 Chassi...

Страница 3045: ...ween VDCCM connec tor and chassis ground Connector terminal DTC 32 F87 No 3 Chassis ground DTC 34 F87 No 51 Chassis ground DTC 36 F87 No 50 Chassis ground DTC 38 F87 No 4 Chassis ground DTC 63 F87 No...

Страница 3046: ...o 51 VDC2 No 1 DTC 36 F87 No 50 VDC2 No 1 DTC 38 F87 No 4 VDC2 No 1 DTC 63 F87 No 29 VDC2 No 1 DTC 64 F87 No 2 VDC2 No 1 Is the measured value within the specified range 3 6 Go to step 9 Repair harnes...

Страница 3047: ...OM ABS does not operate VDC does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM VDC00143 VDC CONTROL MODULE 1 55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1...

Страница 3048: ...transmitter properly installed Tightened securely Go to step 4 Properly install the car telephone or the wireless trans mitter 4 CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE Are noise sources such as an antenna ins...

Страница 3049: ...operate VDC does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM VDC00144 VDC CONTROL MODULE 1 55 28 F87 SBF 1 GENERATOR SBF 4 IGNITION SWITCH F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13...

Страница 3050: ...between battery ignition switch and VDCCM 4 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF VDCCM 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure resistance between VDCCM con nector and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 1 Cha...

Страница 3051: ...11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 B135 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B134 B135 A...

Страница 3052: ...nd ECM 2 CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS Measure resistance between VDCCM connec tor and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 21 Chassis ground F87 No 43 Chassis ground F87 No 8 Chassis ground Does...

Страница 3053: ...VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM Go to step 8 8 CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROU BLE CODES APPEARANCE Are other diagnostic trouble codes being out put Other DTC indicated Proceed with the diagnosis corr...

Страница 3054: ...C DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR 11 CHECK ENGINE Is the engine functioning normally Operates properly Replace ECM Ref to FU H6DO 46 Engine Control Module Repair engine Step Val...

Страница 3055: ...231 VDC CONTROL MODULE F96 B225 F87 B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17...

Страница 3056: ...contact in TCM connectors There is poor contact Repair connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK TCM 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Connect all connectors 3 Erase the memory 4 Perform inspection mode 5 Read out...

Страница 3057: ...BACK Y Does the VDCCM identification mark agree with the vehicle specifications Agree Go to step 3 Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM 3 CHECK TCM SPECIFICATIONS Check the TCM identi...

Страница 3058: ...trouble code Is the same diagnostic trouble code as in the current diagnosis still being output Same DTC indicated Go to step 6 The original VDCCM has been faulty 6 CHECK VDCCM Is the same diagnostic...

Страница 3059: ...6 36 14 5 3 6 10 12 9 F87 YAW RATE AND LATERAL G SENSOR F55 R49 R100 VDC HYDRAULIC UNIT F91 VDC5 PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR F55 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 F91 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Страница 3060: ...ERY SHORT OF SENSOR AND HARNESS Measure voltage between VDCCM and chas sis ground Connector terminal F87 No 63 Chassis ground Lateral G sensor F87 No 78 Chassis ground Pressure sensor Is the measured...

Страница 3061: ...ON 2 Measure voltage between VDCCM and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 63 Chassis ground Lateral G sensor F87 No 78 Chassis ground Pressure sensor Is the measured value less than the speci f...

Страница 3062: ...VDC 89 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 3063: ...2 5 9 L 6 B231 VDC CONTROL MODULE F96 B225 F87 B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21...

Страница 3064: ...und Connector terminal F87 No 83 Chassis ground F87 No 81 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Repair or replace harness connec tor between VDCCM TCM and...

Страница 3065: ...een steering angle sensor terminals Connector terminal B231 No 1 No 2 Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 12 Go to step 11 11 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there p...

Страница 3066: ...VDC 93 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 3067: ...77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 H6 RH4 A24 A24 C11 A33 A25 A25 WO OO LH4 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B134 B136 A C H4 H6 4 CYLINDER ENGINE RHD MODEL 4...

Страница 3068: ...ue exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 3 Repair or replace ground short cir cuit between VDCCM and ECM 3 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage between VDC...

Страница 3069: ...RASE MEMORY 1 Connect all connectors 2 Erase the memory Can the memory be erased Can be erased Go to step 7 Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM 7 CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE 1 Perfo...

Страница 3070: ...VDC 97 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 3071: ...6 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 H6 RH4 A10 A10 WO OO LH4 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B...

Страница 3072: ...Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 Go to step 3 Repair harness connector between VDCCM and ECM 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there poor contact in connectors between VDC...

Страница 3073: ...19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 SBF 3 50A VDC7...

Страница 3074: ...OF VALVE RE LAY Measure resistance between valve relay termi nals Terminals No 30 No 87a Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Replace valve relay 4 CHECK CONTACT POINT...

Страница 3075: ...IN CONTROL CIR CUIT OF RELAY BOX 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector F90 from relay box 3 Measure resistance between relay box connector and valve relay installing point Connector ter...

Страница 3076: ...F87 No 47 Chassis ground F87 No 27 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 15 Repair harness between VDCCM and relay box and check all fuses 15 CHECK BATTERY...

Страница 3077: ...ground Connector terminal VDC1 No 2 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 V Go to step 21 Replace relay box Check fuse No 8 21 CHECK RESISTANCE OF INLET AND CUT SOLENO...

Страница 3078: ...nition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage between VDCH U con nector and chassis ground Connector terminal VDC2 No 2 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 V Go to step 26 Re...

Страница 3079: ...resistance between VDCCM con nector and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 30 Chassis ground F87 No 24 Chassis ground F87 No 23 Chassis ground F87 No 31 Chassis ground F87 No 26 Chassis ground F...

Страница 3080: ...IN CONNECTORS Is there poor contact in connector between VDCCM and VDCH U There is poor contact Repair connector Go to step 32 32 CHECK VDCCM 1 Connect all connectors 2 Erase the memory 3 Perform ins...

Страница 3081: ...VDC2 VDC1 4 6 86 1 85 30 30 86 85 87 5 VDC4 F90 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78...

Страница 3082: ...erminals No 30 No 87 Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 4 Replace motor relay 4 CHECK SHORT OF MOTOR RELAY Measure resistance between motor relay ter minals Terminals N...

Страница 3083: ...box connector Connector terminal VDC4 No 4 VDC7 No 86 Is the measured value less than the specified value 0 5 Go to step 10 Replace relay box 10 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTROL CIR CUIT OF RELAY BOX 1 R...

Страница 3084: ...d F87 No 10 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 16 Repair harness between VDCCM and relay box Check fuse SBF holder 16 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN HARNESS BE TW...

Страница 3085: ...OTOR OPERATION Operate the check sequence Ref to VDC 19 VDC Sequence Control Can motor revolution noise buzz be heard when carrying out the check sequence Noise heard Go to step 21 Replace VDCH U Ref...

Страница 3086: ...VDC 113 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 3087: ...B231 VDC CONTROL MODULE F96 B225 F87 B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 1...

Страница 3088: ...g angle sensor and chassis ground Connector terminal B231 No 4 Chassis ground Is the measured value within the specified range 10 15 V Go to step 6 Go to step 4 4 CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF VDCCM 1 Turn...

Страница 3089: ...DTC indicated Go to step 10 Go to step 9 9 CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROU BLE CODES APPEARANCE Are other diagnostic trouble codes being out put Other DTC indicated Proceed with the diagnosis corre sp...

Страница 3090: ...VDC 117 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 3091: ...67 66 70 64 10 11 9 F88 F55 R49 4 3 12 2 4 5 8 1 5 6 R100 6 F88 R100 F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51...

Страница 3092: ...nd lateral G sen sor securely 4 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF YAW RATE AND LATERAL G SENSOR 1 Turn ignition switch OFF 2 Disconnect connector from yaw rate and lateral G sensor 3 Turn ignition switch to ON 4...

Страница 3093: ...lace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM 10 CHECK HARNESS OF YAW RATE AND LAT ERAL G SENSOR 1 Disconnect connector from VDCCM 2 Measure resistance between VDCCM and yaw rate and lateral G sen...

Страница 3094: ...fied range 2 1 2 9 V Go to step 15 Replace yaw rate and lateral G sen sor Ref to VDC 22 Yaw Rate and Lateral G Sensor 15 CHECK YAW RATE AND LATERAL G SEN SOR 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Check oscil...

Страница 3095: ...67 66 70 64 10 11 9 F88 F55 R49 4 3 12 2 4 5 8 1 5 6 R100 6 F88 R100 F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51...

Страница 3096: ...Ref to VDC 22 Yaw Rate and Lateral G Sensor 4 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN YAW RATE AND LATERAL G SENSOR OUTPUT HARNESS AND GROUND HARNESS 1 Connect connector to yaw rate and lateral G sensor 2 Disconnect c...

Страница 3097: ...No 5 No 6 Is the measured value within the specified range when yaw rate and lateral G sensor is inclined 90 to left 3 3 3 7 V Go to step 10 Replace yaw rate and lateral G sen sor Ref to VDC 22 Yaw R...

Страница 3098: ...VDC 125 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR MEMO...

Страница 3099: ...76 F91 VDC5 F88 2 3 F88 F91 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40...

Страница 3100: ...r replace VDCCM connec tor Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM 4 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF PRESSURE SENSOR NOTE When this inspection is carried out DTC 51 AB NORMAL VALVE RELAY is memoriz...

Страница 3101: ...o 14 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 V Go to step 10 Repair harness between VDCH U and VDCCM 10 CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF PRESSURE SENSOR 1 Turn ignition switch t...

Страница 3102: ...V Go to step 15 Replace VDCH U Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM 15 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there poor contact in connector between VDCCM and pressure sensor There is poor contact Re...

Страница 3103: ...3 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64...

Страница 3104: ...sconnect VDCCM connector 3 Check whether communication to other systems can be executed normally Are the name and year of the system dis played on the select monitor Displayed Go to step 10 Go to step...

Страница 3105: ...11 Insert VDCCM connector into VDCCM until the clamp locks onto it 11 CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1 Turn ignition switch to ON engine OFF 2 Measure ignition power supply voltage between VDCCM connecto...

Страница 3106: ...with Select Monitor C DTC 23 FRONT LEFT ABS SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED BAT TERY NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 27 Ref to VDC 134 DTC 27 REAR LEFT ABS SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORTED BAT...

Страница 3107: ...5 R49 B15 R73 49 19 17 16 14 15 1 55 46 18 1 2 B6 2 1 R72 8 9 11 12 13 VDC CONTROL MODULE FRONT ABS SENSOR LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH LHD RHD REAR ABS SENSOR LH REAR ABS SENSOR RH F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65...

Страница 3108: ...0 0370 in Go to step 4 Adjust the gap NOTE Adjust the gap us ing spacers Part No 26755AA000 If spacers cannot correct the gap re place worn sensor or worn tone wheel 4 CHECK TONE WHEEL RUNOUT Measure...

Страница 3109: ...ue 1 V Go to step 10 Replace ABS sen sor Front Ref to VDC 27 Front ABS Sensor Rear Ref to VDC 28 Rear ABS Sensor 10 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS SEN SOR 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage be...

Страница 3110: ...ATION OF ABS SENSOR Are the ABS sensor installation bolts tightened securely Tightening torque 33 10 N m 3 3 1 0 kgf m 24 7 ft lb Tightened securely Go to step 15 Tighten ABS sen sor installation bolt...

Страница 3111: ...n the current diagnosis still being output Same pattern Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM Go to step 19 19 CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROU BLE CODES APPEARANCE Are other diagnostic...

Страница 3112: ...SIGNAL Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor G DTC 24 FRONT LEFT ABS SENSOR SIGNAL NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 28 Ref to VDC 140 DTC 28 REAR LEFT ABS SENSOR SIGNAL Diagnostics Chart wi...

Страница 3113: ...9 19 17 16 14 15 1 55 46 18 1 2 B6 2 1 R72 8 9 11 12 13 VDC CONTROL MODULE FRONT ABS SENSOR LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH LHD RHD REAR ABS SENSOR LH REAR ABS SENSOR RH F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28...

Страница 3114: ...urces apart from the sensor har ness Go to step 5 5 CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Connect all connectors 3 Measure resistance between shield con nector and chassis ground Connec...

Страница 3115: ...DTC 29 Connector terminal DTC 22 F87 No 14 No 15 DTC 24 F87 No 49 No 19 DTC 26 F87 No 18 No 46 DTC 28 F87 No 16 No 17 Is oscilloscope pattern smooth as shown in figure Smooth pattern Go to step 15 Go...

Страница 3116: ...17 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN VDCCM AND ABS SENSOR 1 Connect connector to ABS sensor 2 Disconnect connector from VDCCM 3 Measure resistance at VDCCM connector terminals Connector terminal DTC 22...

Страница 3117: ...ance between shield con nector and chassis ground Connector terminal DTC 22 F45 No 10 Chassis ground DTC 22 F2 No 17 Chassis ground DTC 24 F45 No 10 Chassis ground DTC 24 F2 No 17 Chassis ground Is th...

Страница 3118: ...VDC 145 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3119: ...100 F55 R49 B15 R73 49 19 17 16 14 15 1 55 46 18 1 2 B6 2 1 R72 8 9 11 12 13 VDC CONTROL MODULE FRONT ABS SENSOR LH FRONT ABS SENSOR RH LHD RHD REAR ABS SENSOR LH REAR ABS SENSOR RH F87 56 57 59 60 62...

Страница 3120: ...tallation bolts tightened securely Tightened securely Go to step 6 Tighten ABS sen sor installation bolts securely 6 CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP Measure tone wheel to pole piece gap over entire perimeter of...

Страница 3121: ...C 30 Rear Tone Wheel Go to step 11 11 CHECK TONE WHEEL RUNOUT Measure tone wheel runout Is the measured value less than the specified value 0 05 mm 0 0020 in Go to step 12 Repair tone wheel Front Ref...

Страница 3122: ...Monitor M DTC 35 RR HOLD VALVE MALFUNCTION REAR RIGHT INLET VALVE MAL FUNCTION NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 62 Ref to VDC 150 DTC 62 NORMAL OPENING VALVE 1 MAL FUNCTION SECONDARY CUT VAL...

Страница 3123: ...UNIT VDC5 F91 VDC CONTROL MODULE F87 FR OUTLET FR INLET RL OUTLET RL INLET RR OUTLET RR INLET PRIMARY CUT PRIMARY SECTION SECONDARY CUT PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SECONDARY SECT...

Страница 3124: ...onnec tor and chassis ground Connector terminal DTC 31 VDC5 No 5 Chassis ground DTC 33 VDC5 No 8 Chassis ground DTC 35 VDC5 No 7 Chassis ground DTC 37 VDC5 No 6 Chassis ground DTC 61 VDC5 No 9 Chassis...

Страница 3125: ...VDCCM connec tor and chassis ground Connector terminal DTC 31 F87 No 30 Chassis ground DTC 33 F87 No 24 Chassis ground DTC 35 F87 No 23 Chassis ground DTC 37 F87 No 31 Chassis ground DTC 61 F87 No 25...

Страница 3126: ...24 VDC2 No 2 DTC 35 F87 No 23 VDC2 No 2 DTC 37 F87 No 31 VDC2 No 2 DTC 61 F87 No 25 VDC2 No 2 DTC 62 F87 No 26 VDC2 No 2 Is the measured value within the specified range 7 10 Go to step 9 Repair harn...

Страница 3127: ...tor S DTC 36 RR PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE MALFUNCTION REAR RIGHT OUTLET VALVE MALFUNCTION NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 64 Ref to VDC 156 DTC 64 NORMAL CLOSING VALVE 1 MAL FUNCTION SECONDAR...

Страница 3128: ...VDC 155 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3129: ...IC UNIT VDC5 F91 VDC CONTROL MODULE F87 FR OUTLET FR INLET RL OUTLET RL INLET RR OUTLET RR INLET PRIMARY CUT PRIMARY SECTION SECONDARY CUT PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SECONDARY S...

Страница 3130: ...nec tor and chassis ground Connector terminal DTC 32 VDC5 No 1 Chassis ground DTC 34 VDC5 No 4 Chassis ground DTC 36 VDC5 No 3 Chassis ground DTC 38 VDC5 No 2 Chassis ground DTC 63 VDC5 No 10 Chassis...

Страница 3131: ...en VDCCM connec tor and chassis ground Connector terminal DTC 32 F87 No 3 Chassis ground DTC 34 F87 No 51 Chassis ground DTC 36 F87 No 50 Chassis ground DTC 38 F87 No 4 Chassis ground DTC 63 F87 No 29...

Страница 3132: ...51 VDC2 No 1 DTC 36 F87 No 50 VDC2 No 1 DTC 38 F87 No 4 VDC2 No 1 DTC 63 F87 No 29 VDC2 No 1 DTC 64 F87 No 2 VDC2 No 1 Is the measured value within the specified range 3 6 Go to step 9 Repair harness...

Страница 3133: ...ROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate VDC does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM VDC00143 VDC CONTROL MODULE 1 55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7...

Страница 3134: ...ransmitter properly installed Tightened securely Go to step 4 Properly install the car telephone or the wireless trans mitter 4 CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE Are noise sources such as an antenna insta...

Страница 3135: ...ate VDC does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM VDC00144 VDC CONTROL MODULE 1 55 28 F87 SBF 1 GENERATOR SBF 4 IGNITION SWITCH F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14...

Страница 3136: ...tor between battery ignition switch and VDCCM 4 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF VDCCM 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Measure resistance between VDCCM and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 1 Chassis gr...

Страница 3137: ...6 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 B135 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B134 B135 A B H6 RH4 WO B136 C LH4 OO RH4 B RH4 WO LH4 RH4 OO B134...

Страница 3138: ...onnector between VDCCM and ECM 3 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS Measure voltage between VDCCM connector and chassis ground Terminal F87 No 21 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the specifi...

Страница 3139: ...c trouble code A temporary poor contact 9 CHECK ECM 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage between ECM connector terminal and chassis ground Connector terminal H4 engine RHD without OBD model...

Страница 3140: ...VDC 167 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3141: ...6 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 B135 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B134 B135 A B H6 RH4 WO B136 C LH4 OO RH4 B RH4 WO LH4 RH4 OO B134...

Страница 3142: ...ween VDCCM and ECM 3 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS Measure voltage between VDCCM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 43 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the specified...

Страница 3143: ...ic trouble code A temporary poor contact 9 CHECK ECM 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage between ECM connector terminal and chassis ground Connector terminal H4 engine RHD without OBD model...

Страница 3144: ...VDC 171 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3145: ...6 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 B135 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B134 B135 A B H6 RH4 WO B136 C LH4 OO RH4 B RH4 WO LH4 RH4 OO B134...

Страница 3146: ...ween VDCCM and ECM 3 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS Measure voltage between VDCCM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 8 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the specified...

Страница 3147: ...c trouble code A temporary poor contact 9 CHECK ECM 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage between ECM connector terminal and chassis ground Connector terminal H4 engine RHD without OBD model...

Страница 3148: ...VDC 175 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3149: ...NTROL MODULE F96 B225 F87 B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 1...

Страница 3150: ...ntact in TCM connectors There is poor contact Repair connector Go to step 3 3 CHECK TCM 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Connect all connectors 3 Erase the memory 4 Perform inspection mode 5 Read out t...

Страница 3151: ...entification mark TCM identification mark LHD H4 engine model YZ RHD H4 engine model ZG LHD OUTBACK H4 enigne model ZB RHD OUTBACK H4 enigne model ZJ LHD OUTBACK H6 enigne model ZD RHD OUTBACK H6 enig...

Страница 3152: ...ouble code Is the same diagnostic trouble code as in the current diagnosis still being output Same DTC indicated Go to step 6 The original VDCCM has been faulty 6 CHECK VDCCM Is the same diagnostic tr...

Страница 3153: ...out of specification TROUBLE SYMPTOM ABS does not operate VDC does not operate Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK AT SYSTEM 1 Start the engine 2 Check AT system diagnostic trouble code Is the AT system diagnos...

Страница 3154: ...VDC 181 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3155: ...36 14 5 3 6 10 12 9 F87 YAW RATE AND LATERAL G SENSOR F55 R49 R100 VDC HYDRAULIC UNIT F91 VDC5 PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR F55 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 F91 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 3156: ...Y SHORT OF SENSOR AND HARNESS Measure voltage between VDCCM and chas sis ground Connector terminal F87 No 63 Chassis ground Lateral G sensor F87 No 78 Chassis ground Pressure sensor Is the measured va...

Страница 3157: ...N 2 Measure voltage between VDCCM and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 63 Chassis ground Lateral G sensor F87 No 78 Chassis ground Pressure sensor Is the measured value less than the speci fie...

Страница 3158: ...VDC 185 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3159: ...5 9 L 6 B231 VDC CONTROL MODULE F96 B225 F87 B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22...

Страница 3160: ...d Connector terminal F87 No 83 Chassis ground F87 No 81 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Repair or replace harness connec tor between VDCCM TCM and st...

Страница 3161: ...steering angle sensor terminals Connector terminal B231 No 1 No 2 Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 12 Go to step 11 11 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there poor...

Страница 3162: ...VDC 189 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3163: ...39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 H6 RH4 A24 A24 C11 A33 A25 A25 WO OO LH4 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B134 B136 A C H4 H6 4 CYLINDER ENGINE RHD MODEL 4 CYLINDER ENGINE LHD MODEL RH4 LH4...

Страница 3164: ...h to ON 2 Measure voltage between VDCCM and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 45 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 V Go to step 4 Repair or replace battery...

Страница 3165: ...IC TROUBLE CODE 1 Perform inspection mode 2 Read out the diagnostic trouble code Is the same diagnostic trouble code as in the current diagnosis still being output Same DTC indicated Replace ECM Ref t...

Страница 3166: ...VDC 193 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3167: ...1 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 H6 RH4 A24 A24 C11 A33 A25 A25 WO OO LH4 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B134 B136 A C H4 H6 4 CYLINDER ENGINE RHD MODEL 4 CYLINDER ENGINE LHD MODEL RH4 L...

Страница 3168: ...th OBD model B134 No 33 Chassis ground H4 engine LHD model B134 No 25 Chassis ground H6 engine model B136 No 11 Chassis ground Is the measured value within the specified range 10 15 V Go to step 4 Go...

Страница 3169: ...77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 H6 RH4 A24 A24 C11 A33 A25 A25 WO OO LH4 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B134 B136 A C H4 H6 4 CYLINDER ENGINE RHD MODEL 4...

Страница 3170: ...ctor terminal F87 No 75 Chassis ground F87 No 45 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 V Go to step 3 Repair or replace battery short cir cuit between VDCCM and ECM 3...

Страница 3171: ...Go to step 6 Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM 6 CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE 1 Perform inspection mode 2 Read out the diagnostic trouble code Is the same diagnostic trouble code a...

Страница 3172: ...VDC 199 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3173: ...77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 H6 RH4 A10 A10 WO OO LH4 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B13...

Страница 3174: ...s the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 Go to step 3 Repair harness connector between VDCCM and ECM 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there poor contact in connectors between VDCCM...

Страница 3175: ...14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 SBF 3 50A VDC7 VDC6 MOTOR RELAY VA...

Страница 3176: ...VALVE RE LAY Measure resistance between valve relay termi nals Terminals No 30 No 87a Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Replace valve relay 4 CHECK CONTACT POINT OF...

Страница 3177: ...CIR CUIT OF RELAY BOX 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector F90 from relay box 3 Measure resistance between relay box con nector and valve relay installing point Connector terminal VDC...

Страница 3178: ...ound Connector terminal VDC1 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 15 Replace relay box and check fuse No 8 15 CHECK RESISTANCE OF INLET AND CUT SOLENOI...

Страница 3179: ...exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 19 Repair harness between VDCH U and VDCCM 19 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN VDCCM AND VDCH U 1 Connect connector F91 to VDCH U 2 Measure resistance betwee...

Страница 3180: ...diagnostic trouble code as in the current diagnosis still being output Same DTC indicated Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM Go to step 23 23 CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROU BLE CODE...

Страница 3181: ...16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 SBF 3 50A VDC7 VDC6 MOTOR REL...

Страница 3182: ...esistance between valve relay terminals Terminals No 30 No 87 Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 4 Replace valve relay 4 CHECK CONTACT POINT OF VALVE RE LAY Measure res...

Страница 3183: ...relay box and check all fuses 9 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTROL SYSTEM HARNESS OF VALVE RELAY 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Measure voltage between VDCCM connec tor and chassis ground Connector termi...

Страница 3184: ...nnector terminal F87 No 30 Chassis ground F87 No 24 Chassis ground F87 No 23 Chassis ground F87 No 31 Chassis ground F87 No 26 Chassis ground F87 No 25 Chassis ground F87 No 3 Chassis ground F87 No 51...

Страница 3185: ...the memory 3 Perform inspection mode 4 Read out the diagnostic trouble code Is the same diagnostic trouble code as in the current diagnosis still being output Same DTC indicated Replace VDCCM Ref to...

Страница 3186: ...VDC 213 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3187: ...1 4 6 86 1 85 30 30 86 85 87 5 VDC4 F90 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77...

Страница 3188: ...measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 M Go to step 4 Replace relay box 4 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX Measure voltage between relay box connector and chassis ground Connector te...

Страница 3189: ...alue 1 V Go to step 9 Repair harness between VDCCM and relay box 9 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Turn ignition switch to OFF Is there poor contact in connector between VDCH U relay box and VDCCM Th...

Страница 3190: ...VDC 217 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3191: ...4 6 86 1 85 30 30 86 85 87 5 VDC4 F90 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 7...

Страница 3192: ...relay ter minals Terminals No 85 No 30 No 85 No 87 Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Go to step 4 Replace motor relay 4 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF RELAY BOX 1 Disconnect connector F8...

Страница 3193: ...nt and relay box connector Connector terminal VDC4 No 4 VDC7 No 86 Is the measured value less than the specified value 0 5 Go to step 9 Replace relay box 9 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTROL CIR CUIT OF RE...

Страница 3194: ...k fuse SBF holder 15 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN HARNESS BE TWEEN RELAY BOX AND VDCCM Measure voltage between VDCCM connector and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 10 Chassis ground Is the measured...

Страница 3195: ...CT MONITOR 19 CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROU BLE CODES APPEARANCE Are other diagnostic trouble codes being out put Other DTC indicated Proceed with the diagnosis corre sponding to the diagnostic trou...

Страница 3196: ...VDC 223 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3197: ...4 6 86 1 85 30 30 86 85 87 5 VDC4 F90 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75...

Страница 3198: ...Disconnect connector F89 from relay box 2 Disconnect connector from VDCCM 3 Turn ignition switch to ON 4 Measure voltage between relay box con nector and chassis ground Connector terminal F89 No 2 Ch...

Страница 3199: ...perate the check sequence Ref to VDC 19 VDC Sequence Control Can motor revolution noise buzz be heard when carrying out the check sequence Noise heard Go to step 8 Replace VDCH U Ref to VDC 8 VDC Cont...

Страница 3200: ...VDC 227 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3201: ...CONTROL MODULE F96 B225 F87 B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 1...

Страница 3202: ...K VDCCM 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Connect all connectors 3 Erase the memory 4 Perform inspection mode 5 Read out the diagnostic trouble code Is the same diagnostic trouble code as in the current...

Страница 3203: ...1 VDC CONTROL MODULE F96 B225 F87 B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18...

Страница 3204: ...agnostic trouble code Is the same diagnostic trouble code as in the current diagnosis still being output Same DTC indicated Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM Go to step 2 2 CHECK AN...

Страница 3205: ...NTROL MODULE F96 B225 F87 B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 1...

Страница 3206: ...HECK RUNNING FIELD Check if the vehicle was driven on banked road surfaces or sandy surfaces not dirt road surfaces Was the vehicle driven on banked road sur faces or sandy surfaces not dirt road sur...

Страница 3207: ...B231 VDC CONTROL MODULE F96 B225 F87 B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 1...

Страница 3208: ...NTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there poor contact in yaw rate sensor con nector There is poor contact Repair or replace VDCCM connec tor Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM 4 CHECK GROUND CIR...

Страница 3209: ...teering angle sensor 3 Erase the memory 4 Perform inspection mode 5 Read out the diagnostic trouble code Is the same diagnostic trouble code as in the current diagnosis still being output Same DTC ind...

Страница 3210: ...VDC 237 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3211: ...64 10 11 9 F88 F55 R49 4 3 12 2 4 5 8 1 5 6 R100 6 F88 R100 F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49...

Страница 3212: ...T OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR USING SELECT MONITOR 1 Drive the vehicle on a flat road 2 Stop the vehicle in a straight line 3 Select Current data display Save on the select monitor 4 Read steering angle...

Страница 3213: ...K ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROU BLE CODES APPEARANCE Are other diagnostic trouble codes being out put Other DTC indicated Proceed with the diagnosis corre sponding to the diagnostic trouble code The origi...

Страница 3214: ...VDC 241 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3215: ...63 67 66 70 64 10 11 9 F88 F55 R49 4 3 12 2 4 5 8 1 5 6 R100 6 F88 R100 F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50...

Страница 3216: ...to step 3 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there poor contact in yaw rate and lateral G sensor connector There is poor contact Repair or replace VDCCM connec tor Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Co...

Страница 3217: ...ON 2 Measure voltage between VDCCM and chassis ground Connector terminal F87 No 65 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 V Replace yaw rate and lateral G sen sor Ref...

Страница 3218: ...VDC 245 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3219: ...6 70 64 10 11 9 F88 F55 R49 4 3 12 2 4 5 8 1 5 6 R100 6 F88 R100 F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 4...

Страница 3220: ...3 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there poor contact in yaw rate and lateral G sensor connector There is poor contact Repair or replace VDCCM connec tor Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control M...

Страница 3221: ...d VDCCM 8 CHECK YAW RATE AND LATERAL G SEN SOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Install yaw rate and lateral G sensor to body 3 Remove VDCCM connector cover Ref to VDC 19 VDCCM Connector Cover 4 Connec...

Страница 3222: ...VDC 249 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3223: ...67 66 70 64 10 11 9 F88 F55 R49 4 3 12 2 4 5 8 1 5 6 R100 6 F88 R100 F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51...

Страница 3224: ...ound Is the measured value within the specified range 10 15 V Go to step 6 Go to step 4 4 CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF VDCCM 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from VDCCM 3 Remove cover f...

Страница 3225: ...less than the speci fied value 0 5 Go to step 10 Repair harness between yaw rate and lateral G sen sor and VDCCM 10 CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS Measure resistance between VDCCM and chassis ground Co...

Страница 3226: ...3 Connect all connectors 4 Turn ignition switch to ON 5 Measure voltage between yaw rate and lat eral G sensor connector terminals Connector terminal F87 No 66 No 64 Is the measured value within the...

Страница 3227: ...nostics Chart with Select Monitor AY DTC 73 ABNORMAL LATERAL G SENSOR OUTPUT NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 73 Ref to VDC 256 DTC 73 EXCESSIVE LATERAL G SENSOR SIGNAL Diagnostics Chart wit...

Страница 3228: ...VDC 255 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3229: ...63 67 66 70 64 10 11 9 F88 F55 R49 4 3 12 2 4 5 8 1 5 6 R100 6 F88 R100 F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50...

Страница 3230: ...step 3 Replace yaw rate and lateral G sen sor Ref to VDC 22 Yaw Rate and Lateral G Sensor 3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Turn ignition switch to OFF Is there poor contact in connector between VDCC...

Страница 3231: ...VDC00182 65 63 67 66 70 64 10 11 9 F88 F55 R49 4 3 12 2 4 5 8 1 5 6 R100 6 F88 R100 F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54...

Страница 3232: ...M Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM Go to step 4 4 CHECK ANY OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TROU BLE CODES APPEARANCE Are other diagnostic trouble codes being out put Other DTC indicated Proceed with the diagn...

Страница 3233: ...ensor from vehicle 3 Connect connector to yaw rate and lateral G sensor 4 Connect connector to VDCCM 5 Turn ignition switch to ON 6 Measure voltage between yaw rate and lat eral G sensor connector ter...

Страница 3234: ...the memory 3 Perform inspection mode 4 Read out the diagnostic trouble code Is the same diagnostic trouble code as in the current diagnosis still being output Same pattern Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8...

Страница 3235: ...RING DIAGRAM VDC00181 78 36 77 76 F91 VDC5 F88 2 3 F88 F91 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47...

Страница 3236: ...ace VDCCM connec tor Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM 4 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF PRESSURE SENSOR NOTE When this inspection is carried out DTC 51 AB NORMAL VALVE RELAY is memorized but...

Страница 3237: ...Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from VDCCM 3 Remove cover from VDCCM Ref to VDC 19 REMOVE VDCCM Connector Cover 4 Connect connector to VDCCM 5 Connect all connectors 6 Turn ignition...

Страница 3238: ...VDC 265 VDC DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS CHART WITH SELECT MONITOR MEMO...

Страница 3239: ...WIRING DIAGRAM VDC00181 78 36 77 76 F91 VDC5 F88 2 3 F88 F91 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46...

Страница 3240: ...or replace VDCCM connec tor Replace VDCCM Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM 4 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF PRESSURE SENSOR NOTE When this inspection is carried out DTC 51 AB NORMAL VALVE RELAY is memori...

Страница 3241: ...RE SENSOR 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 Disconnect connector from VDCCM 3 Remove cover from VDCCM Ref to VDC 19 REMOVE VDCCM Connector Cover 4 Connect connector to VDCCM 5 Connect all connectors 6 T...

Страница 3242: ...ECT MONITOR BE DTC 74 PRESSURE SENSOR 1 OFFSET IS TOO BIG PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR NOTE For diagnostic procedure refer to DTC 74 Ref to VDC 270 DTC 74 PRESSURE SENSOR 2 OFFSET IS TOO BIG SECONDARY PRES...

Страница 3243: ...C00181 78 36 77 76 F91 VDC5 F88 2 3 F88 F91 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76...

Страница 3244: ...Read pressure sensor output on the select monitor display Is the measured value within the specified range when brake pedal is depressed 0 48 0 72 V Go to step 3 Replace VDCH U Ref to VDC 8 VDC Contr...

Страница 3245: ...1 78 36 77 76 F91 VDC5 F88 2 3 F88 F91 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 7...

Страница 3246: ...terminal F91 No 13 Chassis ground F91 No 14 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 0 5 V Go to step 4 Repair harness between VDCH U and VDCCM 4 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF PRES...

Страница 3247: ...0 2 V Go to step 9 Replace VDCH U Ref to VDC 8 VDC Control Mod ule VDCCM 9 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS Is there poor contact in connector between VDCCM and pressure sensor There is poor contact...

Страница 3248: ...r Brake caliper Parking brake Axle wheels Brake pedal play Faulty steering angle sensor or improper neutral position Faulty yaw rate and lateral G sensor or improper installation Brake pads Brake pipe...

Страница 3249: ...uspension play or fatigue reduced damping Axle wheels Tire specifications wear and pressures Noise inside passenger compartment VDCCM Faulty steering angle sensor or improper neutral position Faulty y...

Страница 3250: ...ring angle sensor or improper neutral position Faulty yaw rate and lateral G sensor or improper installation Incorrect wiring or piping connections Power steering system Brake caliper Brake pads Disc...

Страница 3251: ...VDC 278 VDC DIAGNOSTICS GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC TABLE MEMO...

Страница 3252: ...embly 23 5 Rear Brake Pad 26 6 Rear Disc Rotor 27 7 Rear Disc Brake Assembly 29 8 Master Cylinder 32 9 Brake Booster 34 10 Proportioning Valve 39 11 Brake Fluid 40 12 Air Bleeding 42 13 Brake Hose 44...

Страница 3253: ...dimensions length width thickness 82 4 33 7 9 0 mm 3 244 1 327 0 354 in Clearance adjustment Automatic adjustment Master cyl inder Type Tandem Effective diameter 26 99 mm 1 1 16 in RHD without VDC 25...

Страница 3254: ...with VDC LHD Non turbo model Turbo model Brake pedal force Fluid pressure Fluid pressure Brake fluid pres sure without engine running 147 N 15 kgf 33 lb 686 kPa 7 kg cm2 100 psi 588 kPa 6 kg cm2 85 p...

Страница 3255: ...body 11 Pad clip 19 Adhesive shim Option code EC EK KA B4 MT 2 Air bleeder screw 12 Outer shim Option code KO K1 K4 KA Except B4 MT KS 3 Guide pin Green 4 Pin boot 13 Inner shim Option code KO K1 K4 K...

Страница 3256: ...Piston 19 Spring washer 32 Disc rotor 7 Piston boot 20 Parking brake lever 33 Bushing 8 Boot ring 21 Parking brake shoe Secondary 9 Lock pin Yellow 22 Parking brake shoe Primary Tightening torque N m...

Страница 3257: ...ER LHD models without VDC 1 Cap 6 Secondary piston Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Filter 7 Cylinder body T 14 1 4 10 1 3 Reservoir tank 8 Cylinder pin With ABS 4 Piston retainer 9 Seal 5 Primary...

Страница 3258: ...TION LHD model with VDC 1 Cap 6 Secondary piston Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Filter 7 Cylinder body T 14 1 4 10 1 3 Reservoir tank 8 Cylinder pin 4 C ring 9 Seal 5 Primary piston 10 Pin BR 002...

Страница 3259: ...del 1 Cap 6 Primary piston 11 Pin 2 Filter 7 Secondary piston 3 Reservoir tank 8 Cylinder body Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 4 Bracket 9 Cylinder pin With ABS T 14 1 4 10 1 5 Piston retainer 10 Se...

Страница 3260: ...RAL DESCRIPTION 4 HILL HOLDER 1 Clamp 4 Adjusting nut Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 PHV cable 5 Lock nut T1 3 5 0 35 2 5 3 PHV Pressure hold valve 6 To clutch pedal T2 18 1 8 13 0 BR 00121 1 1 2...

Страница 3261: ...AL DESCRIPTION 5 BRAKE PIPES AND HOSE LHD model BR 00209 AT MODEL MT MODEL 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 T2 T1 T1 T2 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T2 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T2 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T2 T2 T1 T1 T1 T1...

Страница 3262: ...lb 2 Proportioning valve 9 Rear brake pipe LH T1 15 1 5 10 8 3 Front brake hose RH 10 Rear brake hose rear LH T2 18 1 8 13 0 4 Front brake hose LH 11 Rear brake hose RH 5 Center brake pipe assembly 1...

Страница 3263: ...BRAKE GENERAL DESCRIPTION RHD model BR 00210 AT MODEL MT MODEL 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2...

Страница 3264: ...2 Proportioning valve 9 Rear brake pipe LH T1 15 1 5 10 8 3 Front brake hose RH 10 Rear brake hose rear LH T2 18 1 8 13 0 4 Front brake hose LH 11 Rear brake hose RH 5 Center brake pipe assembly 12 Re...

Страница 3265: ...ION 6 BRAKE BOOSTER 1 Push rod 5 Filter 9 Valve body 2 Return spring 6 Silencer 10 Plunger valve 3 Reaction disc 7 Operating rod 11 Diaphragm plate 4 Key 8 Poppet valve 12 Valve return spring 8 7 9 6...

Страница 3266: ...Assist spring 26 Lever 5 Brake pedal pad 16 Assist bushing 6 Brake pedal 17 Assist rod B Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 7 Clevis pin 18 Spring S T1 8 0 8 5 8 8 Brake pedal spring 19 Rod S T2 18 1 8...

Страница 3267: ...switch 6 Stopper Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Pedal bracket 7 Snap pin T1 8 0 8 5 8 3 Spacer 8 Brake pedal spring T2 18 1 8 13 0 4 Bushing 9 Brake pedal pad T3 29 3 0 21 7 5 Clevis pin 10 Brak...

Страница 3268: ...1 Stopper 7 Brake pedal pad Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Bushing 8 Brake pedal T1 8 0 8 5 8 3 Pedal bracket 9 Clevis pin T2 18 1 8 13 0 4 Stop light switch 10 Brake pedal spring T3 30 3 1 22 4...

Страница 3269: ...ket 7 Brake pedal pad Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Stop light switch 8 Brake pedal T1 8 0 8 5 8 3 Spacer 9 Snap pin T2 18 1 8 13 0 4 Bushing 10 Brake pedal spring T3 30 3 1 22 4 5 Clevis pin 6...

Страница 3270: ...ine grease etc or the equiv alent Do not mix grease etc with that of another grade or from other manufacturers Be sure to tighten fasteners including bolts and nuts to the specified torque Place shop...

Страница 3271: ...ote AS880N Part No 26298AC000 to the frictional portion between pad and pad clip 2 Apply thin coat of Molykote AS880N Part No 26298AC000 between pad and pad inner shim Option code KO K1 K4 KA Except B...

Страница 3272: ...n A wear indicator is provided on the inner disc brake pad If the pad wears down to such an ex tent that the end of the wear indicator contacts the disc rotor a squeaking sound is produced as the whee...

Страница 3273: ...el nuts 2 Set a dial gauge on the disc rotor Turn disc rotor to check runout NOTE Make sure that dial gauge is set 5 mm 0 20 in inward of rotor outer perimeter If disc rotor runout is above standard v...

Страница 3274: ...mud and foreign particles from caliper body assembly and support B INSTALLATION 1 Install disc rotor on hub 2 Install support on housing Tightening torque 78 N m 8 kgf m 58 ft lb CAUTION Replace pad c...

Страница 3275: ...orce piston out 5 Remove the piston seal from caliper body cylin der CAUTION Be careful not to scratch the inner surface of cylinder and piston seal groove 6 Remove the lock pin boot and guide pin boo...

Страница 3276: ...t 8 Apply a coat of specified grease to the lock pin and guide pin outer surface cylinder inner surface and boot grooves Grease NIGLUBE RX 2 Part No K0779GA102 9 Install the lock pin boot and guide pi...

Страница 3277: ...Rear Disc Rotor 3 Install pad on support 4 Install caliper body on support Tightening torque 39 N m 4 0 kgf m 28 9 ft lb NOTE If it is difficult to push piston during pad replace ment loosen air bleed...

Страница 3278: ...installing an 8 mm bolt in holes B on the rotor B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal 2 Adjust parking brake Ref to PB 11 ADJUST MENT Parking Brake Assembly C INSPECTION 1 Secure di...

Страница 3279: ...SC ROTOR 3 Measure disc rotor thickness NOTE Make sure that micrometer is set 5 mm 0 20 in in ward of rotor outer perimeter Disc rotor thickness A Standard value 10 mm 0 39 in Service limit 8 5 mm 0 3...

Страница 3280: ...tening torque 78 N m 8 0 kgf m 58 ft lb CAUTION Always replace the pads for both the left and right wheels at the same time Also replace pad clips if they are twisted or worn A wear indicator is provi...

Страница 3281: ...erior using brake fluid 2 Apply a coat of brake fluid to piston seal and fit piston seal in groove on caliper body 3 Apply a coat of brake fluid to the entire inner sur face of cylinder and outer surf...

Страница 3282: ...LUBE RX 2 Part No 003606000 8 Install guide pin boot on caliper body 9 Install lock pin boot on caliper body and insert lock pin sleeve into place E INSPECTION 1 Repair or replace faulty parts 2 Check...

Страница 3283: ...1 Remove pin with drift pin which secures reserve tank to master cylinder 2 Remove cylinder pin with magnetic pick up tool while pushing in primary piston 3 Pry up the pawl and remove the piston retai...

Страница 3284: ...cylinder E INSPECTION If any damage deformation wear swelling rust and other faults are found on the primary piston as sembly secondary piston assembly supply valve stopper or gasket replace the fault...

Страница 3285: ...ake booster installing nuts 5 Remove brake booster while shunning brake pipes NOTE Be careful not to drop brake booster Brake booster should be discarded if it has been dropped Use special care when h...

Страница 3286: ...s do not drag C INSPECTION 1 OPERATION CHECK WITHOUT GAUG ES CAUTION When checking operation be sure to securely apply the hand brake Checking without gauges This method cannot determine the exact por...

Страница 3287: ...gauges 2 OPERATION CHECK WITH GAUGES CAUTION When checking operation be sure to securely apply the hand brake Checking with gauges Connect gauges as shown in Figure After bleeding air from pressure g...

Страница 3288: ...eep engine running until a vacuum of 66 7 kPa 500 mmHg 19 69 in Hg point B is indicated on vacuum gauge while the pedal is still depressed 2 Stop engine and watch vacuum gauge If the vacuum drop range...

Страница 3289: ...standard value listed Model OUTBACK Except OUTBACK RHD without VDC RHD with VDC LHD Brake pedal force Fluid pressure Fluid pressure 147 N 15 kgf 33 lb 686 kPa 7 kg cm2 100 psi 588 kPa 6 kg cm2 85 psi...

Страница 3290: ...rtioning valve to brake pipe flare nut 15 N m 1 5 kgf m 10 8 ft lb Proportioning valve to bracket 18 N m 1 8 kgf m 13 0 ft lb C INSPECTION 1 Install oil pressure gauges to measure the mas ter cylinder...

Страница 3291: ...ately 500 m2 16 9 US fl oz 17 6 Imp fl oz for to tal brake system 1 Either jack up vehicle and place a safety stand under it or lift up vehicle 2 Remove both front and rear wheels 3 Draw out the brake...

Страница 3292: ...proximately 20 seconds At this time check pedal to see if it shows any unusual movement Visually inspect bleeder screws and brake pipe joints to make sure that there is no fluid leakage 12 Install whe...

Страница 3293: ...eration keep the brake reser voir tank filled with brake fluid to eliminate entry of air Brake pedal operation must be very slow For convenience and safety two people should do the work 1 Loosen wheel...

Страница 3294: ...ake pedal with a 490 N 50 kgf 110 lb load and measure the distance between the brake pedal and steering wheel With the brake pedal released measure the distance between the pedal and steering wheel ag...

Страница 3295: ...eform flare nut 2 Pull out clamp to remove brake hose 3 Remove bolt at strut and union bolt 2 REAR BRAKE HOSE 1 Separate brake pipe from brake hose NOTE Always use flare nut wrench and be careful not...

Страница 3296: ...hile holding hexagonal part of brake hose fit ting with a wrench tighten flare nut to the specified torque Tightening torque Brake pipe flare nut 15 N m 1 5 kgf m 10 8 ft lb 8 Bleed air from the brake...

Страница 3297: ...m wiring harness and con nectors are colored yellow Do not use electri cal test equipment on these circuits Be careful not to damage airbag system wir ing harness when servicing the center brake pipe...

Страница 3298: ...ention not to damage hexagonal head of flare nut by using pipe wrench without fail 5 Detach PHV along with support from side frame CAUTION Exercise utmost care to prevent foreign matter from entering...

Страница 3299: ...n of lever Grease SUNLIGHT 2 Part No 003602010 6 Be sure to bleed air from the brake system 7 Adjust PHV cable Ref to BR 49 Adjustment CAUTION After replacing PHV cable with new one oper ate clutch pe...

Страница 3300: ...higher inclination 1 If vehicle does not stop Tighten adjusting nut of PHV cable 2 If vehicle does not start properly Case A When hill holder is released later than engagement of clutch pedal Engine...

Страница 3301: ...ove clevis pins which secure lever to push rod and operating rod 7 Remove PHV adjusting nut and lock nut 8 Remove cable clamp and disconnect PHV ca ble from PHV CAUTION Carefully protect boot and inne...

Страница 3302: ...h secures brake pedal to brake booster operating rod Also disconnect stop light switch connector 5 Remove AT unit from brake panel 2 nuts 6 Remove two bolts and four nuts which secure brake pedal to p...

Страница 3303: ...topper 5 Remove the brake pedal pad RHD model NOTE For disassembly procedures refer to AT MODEL Ref to BR 52 AT MODEL DISASSEMBLY Brake Pedal 2 AT MODEL 1 Remove the brake switch 2 Unbolt and then rem...

Страница 3304: ...ling spacer Tightening torque T 29 N m 3 0 kgf m 21 7 ft lb 4 Set brake pedal position by adjusting position of stop light switch Pedal position L LHD 126 4 mm 4 98 in RHD 154 9 mm 6 10 in Tightening...

Страница 3305: ...02 in Brake pedal free play A 1 3 mm 0 04 0 12 in Depress brake pedal pad with a force of less than 10 N 1 kgf 2 lb 3 If it is not in specified value adjust it by adjusting brake booster operating ro...

Страница 3306: ...m 5 8 ft lb C INSPECTION 1 If stop light switch does not operate properly or if it does not stop at the specified position replace with a new one Specified position L 2 1 5 0 mm 0 079 0 059 0 in 2 Me...

Страница 3307: ...n the lock nut and adjust stop light switch po sition until the clearance A between threaded end of the stop light switch and the stopper becomes 0 3 mm 0 012 in Then tighten the lock nut 1 Stop light...

Страница 3308: ...ce the rear brake and cable system 3 Excessive pedal stroke 1 Entry of air into the hydraulic mechanism Bleed the air 2 Excessive play in the master cylinder push rod Adjust 3 Fluid leakage from the h...

Страница 3309: ...djust 5 Sealing of PHV is poor Replace entire PHV assembly 3 Shock is felt when starting 1 Poor adjustment of starting performance Adjust 2 When depressing the brake pedal strongly The stronger brake...

Страница 3310: ...PARKING BRAKE PB Page 1 General Description 2 2 Parking Brake Lever 6 3 Parking Brake Cable 7 4 Parking Brake Assembly 9 5 General Diagnostic Table 12...

Страница 3311: ...SPECIFICATIONS Type Mechanical on rear brakes drum in disc Effective drum diameter mm in 170 6 69 Lining dimensions length width thickness mm in 162 6 30 0 3 2 6 40 1 181 0 126 Clearance adjustment Ma...

Страница 3312: ...rut 14 Shoe hold down cup 3 Spring washer 9 Shoe guide plate 15 Shoe hold down spring 4 Lever 10 Primary return spring 16 Shoe hold down pin 5 Parking brake shoe Primary 11 Secondary return spring 17...

Страница 3313: ...mp Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Parking brake switch 8 Parking brake cable RH T1 5 9 0 60 4 3 3 Lock nut 9 Clamp Rear disc brake model only T2 18 1 8 13 0 4 Adjusting nut T3 32 3 3 24 5 Equaliz...

Страница 3314: ...hands because each part on the vehicle is hot after running Use SUBARU genuine grease etc or the equiv alent Do not mix grease etc with that of another grade or from other manufacturers Be sure to tig...

Страница 3315: ...USTMENT Parking Brake Lever C INSPECTION While pulling parking brake lever upward count the notches Lever stroke 7 to 8 notches when pulled with a force of 196 N 20 kgf 44 lb Incorrect adjust the park...

Страница 3316: ...able from rear brake Ref to PB 9 REMOVAL Parking Brake Assem bly 12 Pull out clamp from rear brake 13 Remove bolt and bracket from trailing link bracket 14 Remove bolt and clamp from rear floor 15 Det...

Страница 3317: ...the removed cable and replace if damaged rusty or malfunctioning 1 Check for smooth operation of the cable 2 Check the inner cable for damage and rust 3 Check the outer cable for damage bends and cra...

Страница 3318: ...hub drive disc rotor out by installing an 8 mm bolt in holes B on the rotor 5 Remove shoe return spring from parking brake assembly 6 Using a standard screwdriver remove front shoe hold down spring an...

Страница 3319: ...with right one NOTE Ensure that adjuster assembly is securely installed with screw in the left side facing vehicle front NOTE Ensure that shoe return spring is installed as shown in Figure 3 Adjust pa...

Страница 3320: ...using a slot type screw driver until brake shoe is in close contact with disc rotor 3 Turn back downward adjusting screw 3 or 4 notches 4 Install adjusting hole cover to back plate 2 LEVER STROKE 1 Re...

Страница 3321: ...e cause Remedy Brake drag Parking brake lever is maladjusted Adjustment Parking brake cable does not move Repair or replace Parking brake shoe clearance is maladjusted Adjustment Return spring is faul...

Страница 3322: ...Page 1 General Description 2 2 Steering Wheel 24 3 Universal Joint 25 4 Tilt Steering Column 28 5 Steering Gearbox LHD MODEL 31 7 Pipe Assembly 70 8 Oil Pump 79 9 Reservoir Tank 90 10 Power Steering...

Страница 3323: ...e Valve Power steering system Rotary valve Pump Power steering system Type Vane pump Oil tank Installed on body Output cm3 cu in rev 7 2 0 439 9 6 0 65 0 586 0 040 Relief pressure kPa kg cm2 psi 9 807...

Страница 3324: ...4 or less Turning resistance N kgf lb Within 30 mm 1 18 in from rack center in straight ahead position Less than 11 18 1 14 2 51 Maximum allowable value 12 7 1 3 2 9 Oil pump Power steering system Pul...

Страница 3325: ...Turbo model 1 Crossmember Pipe 5 mm 0 20 in 2 DOJ Shaft or joint 14 mm 0 55 in 3 DOJ Valve housing 11 mm 0 43 in 4 Pipe Pipe 2 mm 0 08 in 5 Stabilizer Pipe 5 mm 0 20 in 6 Exhaust pipe Pipe 15 mm 0 59...

Страница 3326: ...PS 5 POWER ASSISTED SYSTEM POWER STEERING GENERAL DESCRIPTION A Except 3 0 L and Turbo model B 3 0 L and Turbo model PS 00197 A B 9 8 1 6 4 3 2 7 5 11 12 10 A A A...

Страница 3327: ...STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN 1 Bushing 6 Steering wheel Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Seal 7 Airbag module T1 1 2 0 12 0 9 3 Steering shaft 8 Lower steering wheel cover T2 25 2 5 18 1 4 Steering ro...

Страница 3328: ...PS 7 POWER ASSISTED SYSTEM POWER STEERING GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEMO...

Страница 3329: ...9 10 10 58 59 57 57 61 62 12 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 60 19 19 19 19 51 50 34 32 20 21 23 25 22 24 26 27 36 29 30 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 56 55 54 53 52 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 31 28 35 33 37...

Страница 3330: ...Pulley 39 Castle nut T3 8 0 8 5 8 12 Oil pump 40 Dust seal T4 13 1 3 9 4 13 Bracket 41 Clip T5 15 1 5 10 8 14 Belt tension nut 42 Tie rod end T6 15 1 5 10 8 15 Bushing 43 Clip T7 15 7 1 6 11 6 16 Belt...

Страница 3331: ...2 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 8 10 11 10 11 12 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 39 40 27 26 34 28 29 30 31 32 33 36 37 38 35 41 42 43 24 44 24 25 46 25 47 48 49 50 51 34 35 45 52 52 55 56 53 54 T3 T12...

Страница 3332: ...k bracket 35 Lock washer T3 13 1 3 9 4 10 Pulley 36 Holder T4 15 7 1 6 11 6 11 Oil pump 37 Bushing T5 20 2 0 14 5 12 Bracket 38 Oil seal T6 22 2 2 15 9 13 Belt tension nut 39 Seal ring T7 24 2 4 17 4...

Страница 3333: ...0 L and Turbo model be cause it cannot be disassembled 1 Pulley 7 Cam ring 13 Rear body 2 Oil seal 8 Circlip 14 Pressure swtich 3 Front casing 9 Straight pin 15 Connector 4 O ring 10 Rotor 5 Socket 11...

Страница 3334: ...fy the failure Avoid unnecessary re moval installation disassembly and replacement Be careful not to burn your hands because each part on the vehicle is hot after running Use SUBARU genuine steering f...

Страница 3335: ...700000 WRENCH Used for removing and installing tie rod Apply this tool to rack 925711000 PRESSURE GAUGE Used for measuring oil pump pressure 926200000 STAND Used when inspecting characteristic of gear...

Страница 3336: ...000 SPANNER For the lock nut when adjusting backlash of gearbox Measurement of rotating resistance of gear box assembly 34199AE020 MOUNT Used for disassembling oil pump 34199AE030 INSTALLER Used for i...

Страница 3337: ...0 INSTALLER B Used for installing ball bearing into housing 926370000 INSTALLER A Used for installing valve assembly into valve housing assembly Used with STAND BASE 927630000 926390001 COVER REMOVER...

Страница 3338: ...leaking points 926400000 GUIDE Right side of rack when installing rack bush ing Used with GUIDE 927660000 927660000 GUIDE Right side of rack when installing rack bush ing Used with GUIDE 926400000 927...

Страница 3339: ...h INSTALLER B 927620000 34199AE060 INSTALLER Used for installing oil seal 34099FA120 INSTALLER REMOVER SEAL Used for installing valve housing oil seal Used with INSTALLER SEAL 34099FA130 Used for inst...

Страница 3340: ...30 INSTALLER SEAL Used for installing valve housing oil seal Used with INSTALLER AND REMOVER SEAL 34099FA120 926250000 GUIDE Used for installing holder ASSY into rack hous ing 927490000 INSTALLER A B...

Страница 3341: ...ving back up ring and oil seal 927520000 INSTALLER D Used for installing pinion bearing 927530000 INSTALLER E Used for installing pinion bearing 927570000 SPACER Used for installing pinion oil seal IL...

Страница 3342: ...ack and seal into housing assembly 34099FA030 INSTALLER REMOVER Used for removing and installing rack oil seal outer inner 34199AE010 INSTALLER Used for installing rack oil seal outer 34099FA060 PUNCH...

Страница 3343: ...for supporting housing assembly 34099FA080 PUNCH Used for removing caulking 34199AE090 PLUG WRENCH Used for removing plug 34199AE100 PLUG OIL SEAL REMOVER Used for removing plug oil seal ILLUSTRATION...

Страница 3344: ...EAL REMOVER Used for removing gearbox oil seal 34199AE130 GEARBOX OIL SEAL INSTALLER Used for installing gearbox oil seal TOOL NAME REMARKS Spring scale Used for measuring tightening torque Snap ring...

Страница 3345: ...2 Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Align matching marks on steering wheel and steer ing column Tightening torque 4 5 N m 4 5 kgf m 32 5 ft lb Column cover to steering wheel clearance 2 4...

Страница 3346: ...he short yoke side Raise universal joint to make sure the bolt is properly passing through the cutout at the ser rated section 4 Tighten bolt on the long yoke then that on the short yoke side Tighteni...

Страница 3347: ...ice limit Maximum load 5 49 N 0 56 kgf 1 23 lb or less Service limit Maximum load 5 49 N 0 56 kgf 1 23 lb or less Service limit Maximum load 8 43 N 0 86 kgf 1 90 lb or less Inspection Corrective actio...

Страница 3348: ...PS 27 POWER ASSISTED SYSTEM POWER STEERING UNIVERSAL JOINT Service limit Maximum load 8 43 N 0 86 kgf 1 90 lb or less 1 Short yoke PS 00037 1...

Страница 3349: ...R ASSISTED SYSTEM POWER STEERING TILT STEERING COLUMN 4 Tilt Steering Column A REMOVAL 1 Tilt steering column Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Universal joint T1 24 2 4 17 4 T2 25 2 5 18 1 PS 00201...

Страница 3350: ...ON 1 Set grommet to toe board 2 Insert end of steering shaft into toe board grom met 3 Tighten steering shaft mounting bolts under in strument panel Tightening torque 25 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 1 ft lb 4 Con...

Страница 3351: ...on switch harness be tween column cover mounting bosses Tightening torque 1 2 N m 0 12 kgf m 0 9 ft lb CAUTION Don t overtorque screw E INSPECTION 1 BASIC INSPECTION Measure overall length of steering...

Страница 3352: ...stle nut 6 Remove jack up plate and front stabilizer Ref to FS 21 REMOVAL Front Stabilizer 7 Remove one pipe joint at the center of gearbox and connect vinyl hose to pipe and joint Discharge fluid by...

Страница 3353: ...Be careful not to damage these pipes 4 Install universal joint Ref to PS 25 INSTAL LATION Universal Joint 5 Connect tie rod end and knuckle arm and tight en with castle nut Fit cotter pin into the nu...

Страница 3354: ...HD MODEL 13 Install jack up plate 14 Lower vehicle 15 Check fluid level in oil tank 16 After adjusting toe in and steering angle tight en lock nut on tie rod end Tightening torque 83 N m 8 5 kgf m 61...

Страница 3355: ...a wrench 32 mm 1 26 in width across flats or adjustable wrench remove tie rod CAUTION Check ball joint for free play and tie rod for bends Replace if necessary Check dust seals used with tie rod end b...

Страница 3356: ...N Do not reuse removed rack bushing and circlip 16 Insert ST from pinion housing side and remove oil seal using a press ST 34199AE050 OIL SEAL REMOVER NOTE Discard removed oil seal 2 CONTROL VALVE ASS...

Страница 3357: ...ly from valve housing using pipe of I D 44 to 46 mm 1 73 to 1 81 in and a press 7 Using ST and press remove oil seal and special bearing from valve housing ST 34099FA120 INSTALLER REMOVER SEAL CAUTION...

Страница 3358: ...ON Use only SUBARU genuine grease for gearbox Grease VALIANT GREASE M2 Part No 003608001 net 0 5 kg 1 1 lb 1 Force fit oil seal using ST ST 34199AE050 INSTALLER CAUTION Be careful not to damage or scr...

Страница 3359: ...on ring to prevent seal from being damaged 5 Insert rack assembly into rack housing from cyl inder side and remove ST after it has passed com pletely through oil seal NOTE Before inserting rack assemb...

Страница 3360: ...y a thin film of grease to sliding portion of rack shaft CAUTION When moving rack to stroke end without tie rod attached prevent shocks from being ap plied at the end Do not apply grease to threaded p...

Страница 3361: ...ahead direction 3 Apply grease to sleeve 4 Tighten adjusting screw by approx two threads 5 Apply liquid packing to at least 1 3 of entire perimeter of adjusting screw thread Liquid packing THREE BOND...

Страница 3362: ...tions of boots to the following portions in both sides of assembled steering gear box The groove on gearbox The groove on the rod Make sure that boot is installed without unusual inflation or deflatio...

Страница 3363: ...upper pipe D second Tightening torque 15 N m 1 5 kgf m 10 8 ft lb 2 CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY Specified steering grease VALIANT GREASE M2 Part No 003608001 1 Clean all parts and tools before reassembling...

Страница 3364: ...27620000 INSTALLER B NOTE Apply specified power steering fluid to oil seal and ST3 being careful not to damage oil seal lip Push oil seal until ST3 contacts housing end face 8 Remove ST3 and fit backi...

Страница 3365: ...oil seal at the inside might be damaged 18 Apply grease to sliding surface of sleeve and spring seat then insert sleeve into pinion housing Fit spring into sleeve screw pack grease inside of screw the...

Страница 3366: ...ue Lock nut 39 N m 4 0 kgf m 29 ft lb NOTE Hold adjusting screw with a wrench to prevent it from turning while tightening lock nut Make adjustment so that steering wheel can be rotated fully from lock...

Страница 3367: ...and pinion engage uniformly and smoothly with each other Refer to Service limit 2 Keeping rack pulled out all the way so that all teeth emerge check teeth for damage Even if abnormality is found in e...

Страница 3368: ...aluminum plates etc between vise and gearbox ST 926200000 STAND Sliding resistance of rack shaft Service limit 304 N 31 kgf 68 lb or less 3 RACK SHAFT PLAY IN RADIAL DIREC TION Right turn steering Ser...

Страница 3369: ...axial direction Service limit 0 5 mm 0 020 in or less On condition P 20 49 N 2 5 kgf 4 11 lb 5 TURNING RESISTANCE OF GEARBOX Using ST measure gearbox turning resistance ST 926230000 SPANNER Service li...

Страница 3370: ...to clean the gearbox hoses pipes and surrounding parts After completing repair work clean these ar eas again Oil leak check procedure and replacement parts NOTE Parts requiring replacement are describ...

Страница 3371: ...fter this op eration CAUTION If leakage from f is noted again The oil seal of pinion and valve assembly is damaged Replace pinion and valve assembly with a new one Or replace the oil seal and the part...

Страница 3372: ...er 10 Disconnect one pipe joint A from center of gearbox assembly and connect a vinyl hose to it While turning steering wheel to the left and right drain fluid through the hose Similarly drain fluid f...

Страница 3373: ...roll connector Ref to AB 19 ADJUSTMENT Roll Connector CAUTION Ensure that front wheels are set in straight for ward direction 10 Install steering wheel Ref to PS 24 INSTAL LATION Steering Wheel 11 Ins...

Страница 3374: ...ot to scratch rack surface as oil leaks may result 5 Using ST loosen lock nut ST 926230000 SPANNER 6 Tighten adjusting screw until it no longer tight ens 7 Using a wrench 32 mm width across flats or a...

Страница 3375: ...ce pipes and or flare nuts if damaged 10 Slide dust cover out CAUTION Be careful not to scratch housing or input shaft during dust cover removal Also do not al low foreign matter to enter housing inte...

Страница 3376: ...seal out ST 34099FA030 INSTALLER REMOVER CAUTION Block pipe connection of steering body to prevent fluid from flowing out Do not allow rack to come in contact with in ner wall of cylinder Otherwise c...

Страница 3377: ...out CAUTION Discard back up ring and oil seal after removal and replace with new ones ST 927580000 REMOVER 16 Using ST1 and ST2 repair cylinder s clinched sections ST1 34099FA080 PUNCH ST2 34099FA070...

Страница 3378: ...face Replace plug circumference O rings with new ones 19 Set ST on drawing dimension ST 34199AE120 GEARBOX OIL SEAL RE MOVER 20 Insert ST into gearbox while setting stopper in advance 21 By fixing 2 s...

Страница 3379: ...s shown Apply a coat of grease to needle bearing ST 926200000 STAND CAUTION Use a ST to support steering body Ensure that needle bearing is free from de fects If it is faulty replace steering body wit...

Страница 3380: ...r side ST 34199AE000 GUIDE Oil seal CAUTION Be sure to apply grease so that it covers the entire surface of rack gear teeth Do not allow grease to block air vent hole on rack 7 Slowly press inner side...

Страница 3381: ...9 Install holder from cylinder side of steering body Tightening torque 64 5 N m 6 5 0 5 kgf m 47 0 3 6 ft lb 10 Attach ST to rack cylinder Using a press in stall back up ring and oil seal NOTE Press S...

Страница 3382: ...eth of valve assembly and attach valve assembly CAUTION Be careful not to scratch oil seal on valve gear teeth Be careful not to scratch seal ring of valve circumference 14 Apply grease on oil seal ci...

Страница 3383: ...n sert sleeve into steering body Charge the adjusting screw with grease and then insert the spring into adjusting screw and install on steering body 18 Tighten the adjusting screw to specified torque...

Страница 3384: ...adjusting screw with a wrench to prevent it from turning while tightening lock nut 24 Extend the rack approx 40 mm 1 57 in be yond side of steering body 25 Install the tie rod and a new lock washer in...

Страница 3385: ...with clip small 30 After installing check the boot end is posi tioned into groove on tie rod 31 If the tie rod end was removed screw in the lock nut and tie rod end to screwed portion of tie rod and...

Страница 3386: ...and pinion engage uniformly and smoothly with each other Refer to Service limit 2 Keeping rack pulled out all the way so that all teeth emerge check teeth for damage Even if abnormality is found in ei...

Страница 3387: ...less Difference between left and right sliding resis tance Less than 20 3 RACK SHAFT PLAY IN RADIAL DIREC TION Right turn steering Service limit Less than 0 4 mm 0 016 in direction Less than 0 6 mm 0...

Страница 3388: ...0106 in or less On condition P 20 49 N 2 5 kgf 4 11 lb 5 TURNING RESISTANCE OF GEARBOX Using ST measure gearbox turning resistance ST 926230000 SPANNER Service limit Straight ahead position within 30...

Страница 3389: ...parts including damaged parts and spare parts damaged In actual disas sembly work accidental damage as well as inevita ble damage to some related parts must be taken into account and spare parts for...

Страница 3390: ...g from f The oil seal of rack housing is damaged Re place the oil seal and the parts that are dam aged during disassembly with new ones F ADJUSTMENT 1 Adjust front toe Standard of front toe IN 3 OUT 3...

Страница 3391: ...d counterclockwise Discharge fluid similarly from the other pipe CAUTION Improper removal and installation of parts often causes fluid leak trouble To prevent this clean the surrounding portions befor...

Страница 3392: ...ting pipes use two wrench es to prevent deformities Be careful to keep pipe connections free from foreign matter 7 Lower the vehicle 8 Remove intake duct 9 Remove bolt A Except 3 0 L and Turbo model D...

Страница 3393: ...th B INSTALLATION 1 Tighten bolt A CAUTION Visually check that hose between tank and pipe D is free from bending or twisting Except 3 0 L and Turbo model 3 0 L and Turbo model 1 Connect pipe D or retu...

Страница 3394: ...ue 7 4 N m 0 75 kgf m 5 4 ft lb 4 Tighten joint nut Tightening torque 15 N m 1 5 kgf m 10 8 ft lb 5 Connect pipe A and B Connect pipes A and B to four pipe joints of gear box Connect upper pipe B firs...

Страница 3395: ...f m 14 5 ft lb T2 24 N m 2 4 kgf m 17 4 ft lb 6 Install jack up plate 7 Connect battery ground cable 8 Feed the specified fluid NOTE Never start the engine before feeding the fluid oth erwise vane pum...

Страница 3396: ...lose to crossmember Pipe to crossmember clearance 10 mm 0 39 in min 2 Check that clearance between cruise con trol pump and power steering hose is at least 10 mm 0 39 in If it is not bend section B do...

Страница 3397: ...oil pump the fluid etc due to over heat So avoid to keep this kind of condition when servicing as well as driving Part name Inspection Remedy Pipe O ring fitting surface for damage Nut for damage Pip...

Страница 3398: ...ly no leakage This is because the flu id spilt during the last maintenance was not completely wiped off Be sure to wipe off spilt fluid thor oughly after maintenance A Except 3 0 L and Turbo model B 3...

Страница 3399: ...are nut or eye bolt Loosen and retighten if ineffective replace Poor insertion of hose poor clamping Retighten or replace clamp Damaged O ring or gasket Replace O ring or gasket pipe or hose with new...

Страница 3400: ...ow fluid from the hose end to come into contact with pulley belt To prevent foreign matter from entering the hose and pipe cover the open ends of them with a clean cloth 6 Remove bolts which install p...

Страница 3401: ...CAUTION Do not allow fluid from the hose end to come into contact with pulley belt To prevent foreign matter from entering the hose cover the open ends of them with a clean cloth 7 Remove bolts which...

Страница 3402: ...directly in the vise use soft pads and hold oil pump lightly to protect the pump 2 Tighten bolt which installs oil pump and switch bracket to bracket Tightening torque 37 3 N m 3 8 kgf m 27 5 ft lb Ti...

Страница 3403: ...l pulley belt cover bracket 11 Connect ground terminal of battery 12 Feed the specified power steering fluid Ref to PS 92 Power Steering Fluid CAUTION Never start the engine before feeding the fluid o...

Страница 3404: ...all pulley belt cover 8 Connect ground terminal of battery 9 Feed the specified power steering fluid Ref to PS 92 Power Steering Fluid CAUTION Never start the engine before feeding the fluid otherwise...

Страница 3405: ...inside the front casing Remove it completely by blowing com pressed air 5 Ensure that parts are free from rust Use specified hydraulic oil for rust prevention after cleaning and drying 6 Reverse the...

Страница 3406: ...eassembly procedures have been com pleted turn shaft by hand to ensure it turns smooth ly If it binds or other unusual conditions are evident disassemble again and check for foreign matter trapped on...

Страница 3407: ...s and side sur faces 7 Rotor 1 Wear and damage on sliding surfaces 2 Ridge wear on vane sliding grooves If light leaks with vane in slit against light source 3 Damage resulting from snap ring removal...

Страница 3408: ...ay of pulley shaft On condition P 9 8 N 1 0 kgf 2 2 lb Service limit Radial play Direction 0 4 mm 0 016 in or less Axial play Direction 0 6 mm 0 024 in or less 2 Ditch deflection of pulley Service lim...

Страница 3409: ...ing the measurement 1 REGULAR PRESSURE MEASUREMENT 1 Connect ST1 ST2 and ST3 ST1 92511000 PRESSURE GAUGE ST2 34099AC020 ADAPTER HOSE B ST3 34099AC010 ADAPTER HOSE A 2 Disconnect pressure hose from the...

Страница 3410: ...psi 4 If it is not within the specified value replace the oil pump 3 Measure working pressure 1 Using STs measure working pressure 2 Open valve 3 Measure working pressure of control valve by turning w...

Страница 3411: ...n fluid from the reservoir tank 2 Disconnect return hose and suction hose from reservoir tank CAUTION Do not allow fluid from the hose end to come into contact with pulley belt To prevent foreign matt...

Страница 3412: ...acket 2 Connect return hose and suction hose to reser voir tank 3 Feed the specified power steering fluid Ref to PS 92 Power Steering Fluid C INSPECTION Check reservoir tank for cracks breakage or dam...

Страница 3413: ...voir surface of oil pump read the fluid level on the COLD side 2 Check at temperature 80 C 176 F on res ervoir surface of oil pump read the fluid level on the HOT side C REPLACEMENT 1 Set the vehicle...

Страница 3414: ...n the tank leave it about half an hour and then do the step 5 all over again 8 Stop the engine and take out safety stands after jacking up vehicle again Then lower the vehicle and idle the engine 9 Co...

Страница 3415: ...iformity of pulley belt cross section Pulley belt touches to pulley bottom Poor revolution of pulleys except oil pump pulley Poor revolution of oil pump pulley Adjust or replace 2 Tire and rim Imprope...

Страница 3416: ...d power steering can be operated easily due to its light steering effort If doing so the disk rotates slightly and makes creaking noise The noise is generated by creaking between the disk and pads If...

Страница 3417: ...squeak intermittent or continuous While engine is running Maladjustment of pulley belt Damaged or charged pulley belt Unequal length of pulley belts Adjust or replace Replace two belts as a set Run o...

Страница 3418: ...than the specified value 2 26 N 0 23 kgf 0 51 lb Go to step 4 Check adjust and replace if neces sary 4 CHECK STEERING WHEEL EFFORT Measure steering wheel effort Is the fluctuation width less than the...

Страница 3419: ...1 61 kgf 3 55 lb or less in all positions within 20 difference between clock wise and counterclockwise Go to step 11 Readjust back lash and if ineffec tive replace bad parts 11 CHECK GEARBOX Measure...

Страница 3420: ...by keeping their vehicle in optimum condition When replacement of parts during repair work is needed be sure to use SUBARU genuine parts All information illustration and specifi cations contained in...

Страница 3421: ...2003 LEGACY SERVICE MANUAL QUICK REFERENCE INDEX BODY SECTION G2300GE7 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM CC CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS CC IMMOBILIZER DIAGNOSTICS IM...

Страница 3422: ...7 Heater Unit 30 8 Blower Motor Assembly 31 9 Heater Blower Resistor 32 10 Heater Core 33 11 Control Unit 34 12 Compressor 35 13 Condenser 37 14 Receiver Drier 39 15 Intake Unit 40 16 Flexible Hose 42...

Страница 3423: ...Air flow rate LHD model 300 m3 10 593 cu ft h Heat mode FRESH FULL HOT at 12 5 V RHD model 300 m3 10 593 cu ft h Max air flow rate LHD model 500 m3 17 655 cu ft h Temperature control switch FULL COLD...

Страница 3424: ...u in Expansion valve Type External equalizing Evaporator Type Single tank Dimensions W H T 235 224 60 mm 9 25 8 82 2 36 in Blower fan Fan type Sirocco fan Outer diameter width 150 75 mm 5 91 2 95 in P...

Страница 3425: ...xternally equalizing Evaporator Type Multi tank Dimensions W H T 214 4 195 58 mm 8 44 7 68 2 28 in Blower fan Fan type Sirocco fan Outer diameter width 150 75 mm 5 91 2 95 in Power consumption 220 W a...

Страница 3426: ...in Expansion valve Type Internal equalizing Evaporator Type Single tank Dimensions W H T 235 224 60 mm 9 25 8 82 2 36 in Blower fan Fan type Sirocco fan Outer diameter width 150 75 mm 5 91 2 95 in Po...

Страница 3427: ...ternally equalizing Evaporator Type Multi tank Dimensions W H T 214 4 195 58 mm 8 44 7 68 2 28 in Blower fan Fan type Sirocco fan Outer diameter width 150 75 mm 5 91 2 95 in Power consumption 220 W at...

Страница 3428: ...ator With AUTO A C model 16 Aspirator inlet With AUTO A C model 2 Side link 3 Vent lever 10 Mix lever 17 Foot door 4 Case A 11 Case D 5 DEF door 12 Mix door Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Vent do...

Страница 3429: ...nt door lever A 12 Heater core 20 Aspirator inlet With AUTO A C model 4 Vent door lever B 13 Mix door 5 DEF door lever 14 Foot door 6 Side link A 15 Foot duct Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 7 Foot...

Страница 3430: ...C 17 Blower motor 3 Door A 10 Blower plate 18 Fan 4 Intake unit case upper 11 Resistor 5 Thermistor With A C model 12 Evaporator With A C model Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 6 Block expansion valv...

Страница 3431: ...ower 2 Door lever 9 Block expansion valve With A C model 15 Drain hose 3 Intake unit case upper 4 Resistor 10 Evaporator With A C model Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 5 Door A 11 Thermistor With A...

Страница 3432: ...NERAL DESCRIPTION 3 CONTROL UNIT MANUAL A C A LHD model B RHD model 1 Switch 4 Base unit 7 Fan switch ASSY 2 Dial knob 5 Cover 8 Circuit ASSY 3 Control unit panel ASSY 6 Temperature control cable 9 Bu...

Страница 3433: ...ND A C GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 CONTROL UNIT AUTO A C A LHD model B RHD model 1 Control unit panel 4 Control unit case 7 Bulb 2 Circuit ASSY 5 Incar sensor 3 Electronic control unit 6 Aspirator hose AC 0...

Страница 3434: ...ITIONING UNIT LHD Model 1 Condenser 5 Hose Low pressure Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Pipe Condenser Receiver drier 6 Compressor T1 7 4 0 75 5 4 7 Hose High pressure T2 15 1 5 10 8 3 Receiver dr...

Страница 3435: ...CRIPTION RHD Model 1 Compressor 5 Pipe B Condenser C unit Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Hose High pressure 6 Condenser T1 5 5 0 56 4 1 3 Hose Low pressure T2 7 4 0 75 5 4 4 Pipe A Condenser C un...

Страница 3436: ...t 7 V belt Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Idler pulley adjuster 8 Compressor belt cover T1 7 4 0 75 5 4 3 Idler pulley T2 23 2 3 17 4 Compressor bracket main T3 23 0 2 35 17 0 5 Compressor T4 28...

Страница 3437: ...FC 12 refrigerant cannot be used in the HFC 134a A C system The HFC 134a refrigerant also cannot be used in the HFC 12 A C system If an incorrect or no refrigerant is used poor lu brication will resul...

Страница 3438: ...ll them Use a torque wrench to tighten the O ring fittings Over tightening will damage the O ring and tube end distortion If the operation is interrupted before completing a pipe connection recap the...

Страница 3439: ...ith a torque wrench If only one wrench is used to tighten the tightening torque will be excessive or insufficient This may cause a pipe distortion or gas leak resulting in damage to hoses and pipes Af...

Страница 3440: ...must also not be interchanged HFC 134a CFC 12 Tool screw type Millimeter size Inch size Valve type Quick joint type Screw in type Tools and Equipment Description Wrench Various WRENCHES will be requir...

Страница 3441: ...ringe A graduated plastic SYRINGE will be needed to add oil back into the system The syringe can be found at a pharmacy or drug store Vacuum pump A VACUUM PUMP in good working condition is necessary a...

Страница 3442: ...upply houses Electronic leak detector An ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR can be obtained from either a specialty tool supply or an A C equipment supplier Weight scale A WEIGHT SCALE such as an electronic cha...

Страница 3443: ...pair order High pressure side is unusually high Defective condenser fan motor Clogged condenser fan Too much refrigerant Air inside the system Defective receiver dryer Replace the fan motor Clean the...

Страница 3444: ...the operation manual attached to the refrigerant recovery system 1 Perform the compressor oil return operation Ref to AC 29 OPERATION Compressor Oil 2 Stop the engine 3 Make sure the valves on low hi...

Страница 3445: ...rmal tem perature if the system is evacuated using vacuum pump 1 Close all valves of manifold gauge 2 Install the low high pressure hoses to corre sponding service ports on vehicle CAUTION Be sure tha...

Страница 3446: ...applicable press a purge valve on mani fold gauge only for a couple of seconds to allow the air in the center hose to escape by the refriger ant 14 Make sure that the high pressure valve of man ifold...

Страница 3447: ...Engine running at 1 500 rpm Blower speed setting to Hi Temperature setting to MAX COOL Air inlet setting to RECIRC Window open 23 Open the low pressure valve and charge the specified amount of refrig...

Страница 3448: ...ned area of compressor and other joints on the compressor 7 Check the thermal limiter if equipped on the compressor housing 8 Check the compressor shaft seal at the area near the center of compressor...

Страница 3449: ...1 minute Stop the blower to check the ventilation grille on the instru ment panel While moving the tester closer to the grille run the blower for 1 or 2 seconds then stop it Check the grille at that p...

Страница 3450: ...control switch to HI 6 Leave in this condition for 10 minutes B REPLACEMENT NOTE If a component is replaced add an appropriate amount of compressor oil When replacing the compressor the new com press...

Страница 3451: ...the hoses 5 Remove A C unit Ref to AC 40 Intake Unit 6 Using a Torx wrench remove airbag control unit 7 Disconnect connector of airbag main harness near steering support beam 8 Loosen bolts and nuts...

Страница 3452: ...t stay and CRU unit stay 5 Disconnect connector of sunroof 6 Disconnect servo connector 7 Disconnect motor connector 8 Remove 3 screws 9 Disconnect aspirator pipe A and remove blow er motor B INSTALLA...

Страница 3453: ...ect power transistor connector 3 Loosen 2 screws to remove power transistor B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 MANUAL A C Measure switch resistance If NG replace the...

Страница 3454: ...OR AND A C HEATER CORE 10 Heater Core A REMOVAL 1 Remove heater unit Ref to AC 30 REMOV AL Heater Unit 2 Remove screws to separate heater unit case 3 Remove heater core B INSTALLATION Install in the r...

Страница 3455: ...m battery 2 Remove front cover A 3 Loosen 2 screws B to remove center panel C 4 Set temperature control switch to FULL HOT and disconnect temperature control cable from heater unit 5 Loosen screws to...

Страница 3456: ...p the engine 3 Using refrigerant recovery system discharge re frigerant Ref to AC 23 OPERATION Refriger ant Recovery Procedure 4 Disconnect ground cable from battery 5 Remove duct A 6 Disconnect low p...

Страница 3457: ...INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal 2 Replace O rings on low high pressure hoses with new ones then apply compressor oil 3 When replacing compressor adjust amount of compressor oil...

Страница 3458: ...the radiator panel CAUTION Be careful not to damage condenser fins If a damaged fin is found repair it using a thin screwdriver If condenser is replaced add appropriate amount of compressor oil to th...

Страница 3459: ...ND A C CONDENSER C INSPECTION 1 Confirm that no dust or insects are found on the condenser fins Air blow or flush fins with water as needed 2 Confirm that no oil leaks from condenser If a failure is f...

Страница 3460: ...Loosen mounting bolts C to remove receiver dryer CAUTION The receiver drier contains a desiccant After disconnecting receiver drier plug it to avoid moisture If receiver drier is replaced add appropri...

Страница 3461: ...5 Remove keyless unit and CRU unit 6 Disconnect sunroof connector 7 Disconnect servo motor connector 8 Disconnect heater blower power transistor con nector 9 Disconnect heater blower motor connector...

Страница 3462: ...ome screws and clips then separate intake unit case 2 Remove thermostat A and then detach evapo rator B 3 Remove the block expansion valve A from evaporator CAUTION If evaporator is replaced add appro...

Страница 3463: ...nnect hose from compressor 7 Remove low pressure hose A from the vehicle 8 Remove hose attaching bolts D 9 Disconnect hose from compressor 10 Disconnect hose from condenser 11 Disconnect high pressure...

Страница 3464: ...oint box 2 Main fuse box AC 00303 C H G B D E F A 1 2 4 cylinder engine model 6 cylinder engine model Main fan relay F Sub fan relay B A C relay A A Main fan relay 1 F Sub fan relay 1 G Main fan relay...

Страница 3465: ...RELAY AND FUSE B INSPECTION 3 4 Continuity exists 1 2 No continuity While applying battery voltage to the cable be tween 3 and 4 check continuity between 1 and 2 If no continuity exists replace the re...

Страница 3466: ...the pressure switch A LHD model B RHD model AC 00470 2 1 2 1 A B Tester con nection Operation Specified condition kPa kg cm2 psi High and low pressure switch 1 2 Turns OFF Increasing to 2 942 196 30...

Страница 3467: ...g to 2 940 196 29 98 2 00 426 28 Decreasing to 177 20 1 8 0 2 26 3 Turns ON Increasing to 216 or less 2 2 31 Decreasing to 2 350 196 23 97 2 00 341 28 Middle pressure switch 3 4 Turns OFF 1 370 120 13...

Страница 3468: ...nect ambient sensor connector 4 Remove ambient sensor from radiator lower panel B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Ref to AC 50 DTC 21 OR 21 AMBIENT SEN SOR Diagnostic...

Страница 3469: ...nect sunload sensor connector NOTE Be careful not to damage sensors and interior trims when removing them B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Ref to AC 56 DTC 25 OR 25...

Страница 3470: ...B 4 Loosen screw C to remove center panel D 5 Remove meter visor E 6 Loosen screws to remove grille 2 AIR VENT GRILLE PASSENGER SIDE 1 Remove grille using sharp edged screwdriver NOTE Wrap screwdrive...

Страница 3471: ...ter Duct A REMOVAL 1 Remove heater unit Ref to AC 30 REMOV AL Heater Unit 2 Remove front seat Ref to SE 7 REMOVAL Front Seat 3 Remove front side sill cover 4 Pull off floor mat to remove heater duct B...

Страница 3472: ...D A C HEATER VENT DUCT 24 Heater Vent Duct A REMOVAL 1 Remove instrument panel Ref to EI 35 RE MOVAL Instrument Panel Assembly 2 Remove nine screws 3 Remove heater vent duct B INSTALLATION Install in...

Страница 3473: ...ure switch A C switch Blower switch Wire harness Strange noise V Belt Magnet clutch Compressor Cold air not emitted Refrigerant V Belt Magnet clutch Compressor Pressure switch A C switch Blower switch...

Страница 3474: ...is Procedure LHD Model 14 6 Self Diagnosis Procedure RHD Model 18 7 Diagnostics for A C System Failure LHD Model 20 8 Diagnostics for A C System Failure RHD Model 32 9 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code...

Страница 3475: ...DIAGNOSIS SYS TEMS DO NOT OPERATE Diag nostics for A C System Failure RHD Model 2 CHECK DTC Check DTC Is DTC indicated DTC indicated LHD Ref to AC 50 Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trou ble Code...

Страница 3476: ...CHECK COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE 1 Turn A C switch ON 2 Set temperature at 18 C 65 F FULL COOL 3 Check compartment temperature changes Is the compartment temperature changed Compartment temperature chang...

Страница 3477: ...nds quickly A C system is OK LHD Ref to AC 24 COMPART MENT TEMPERA TURE DOES NOT CHANGE FROM SET TEMPERA TURE OR AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM DOES NOT RESPOND QUICKLY Diag nostics for A C System Failure LH...

Страница 3478: ...ness when servicing the A C control panel A C control module and junction box B INSPECTION Before performing diagnosis check the following items which might affect engine problems 1 BATTERY 1 Measure...

Страница 3479: ...IGERANT LINE Check contact for refrigerant line A 4 CONTROL LINKAGE 1 Check state of mode door control rod and link age 2 Check state of air mix door control rod and link age 3 Check state of intake d...

Страница 3480: ...85 F a DEF switch display illuminates b Outlet air temperature AUTO control Air flow AUTO control Outlet DEF Inlet FRESH Compressor ON 4 FRESH RECIRC switch FRESH RECIRC switch ON Changes from RECIRC...

Страница 3481: ...module 10 A C fuse 3 In vehicle sensor 7 Air mix door actuator 11 Mode door actuator 4 Sunload sensor 8 Intake door actuator 1 Ambient sensor 5 Evaporator sensor 9 Intake door actuator 2 Heater module...

Страница 3482: ...AC 9 HVAC SYSTEM AUTO A C DIAGNOSTICS ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LOCATION MEMO...

Страница 3483: ...ONTROL MODULE I O SIGNAL 4 A C Control Module I O Signal A ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION 1 LHD MODEL 1 A C control module 2 To i49 b 3 To i48 a AC 00361 10 20 9 19 8 18 7 17 6 16 5 15 4 14 3 13 2 12 1 11 8...

Страница 3484: ...uator a4 a3 BATT voltage AUTO mode positive at terminal a4 and negative at a3 temperature set at 18 C 65 F negative at terminal a4 and posi tive at a3 temperature set at 32 C 90 F Air mix door actuato...

Страница 3485: ...GNOSTICS A C CONTROL MODULE I O SIGNAL 2 RHD MODEL 1 A C control module 2 To i49 b 3 To i48 a AC 00316 10 20 9 19 8 18 7 17 6 16 5 15 4 14 3 13 2 12 1 11 8 16 7 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9 i49 To...

Страница 3486: ...BATT voltage AUTO mode positive at terminal b1 and negative at b11 temperature set at 18 C 65 F negative at terminal b1 and pos itive at b11 temperature set at 32 C 90 F Air mix door actuator P B R a...

Страница 3487: ...DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE LHD MODEL 5 Self Diagnosis Procedure LHD Model A OPERATION 1 Temperature control dial 3 FRESH RECIRC switch 5 MODE switch 2 AUTO switch 4 DEF switch AC 00317 OUT TEMP OUT TEMP BRIG...

Страница 3488: ...the sunload sensor in a place where it senses direct sunlight Is the DTC 20 indicated on indicator DTC 20 indicated Go to step 4 Perform diagnosis procedure accord ing to the dis played DTC Ref to AC...

Страница 3489: ...sured temperature Is a proper input signal value displayed in each sensor Proper input signal value dis played End Go to step 7 7 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in A C control module con nector...

Страница 3490: ...AC 17 HVAC SYSTEM AUTO A C DIAGNOSTICS SELF DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE LHD MODEL MEMO...

Страница 3491: ...AG NOSIS MODE 1 Turn ignition switch to OFF 2 While pushing AUTO and FRESH RECIRC switches turn ignition switch to ON 3 Make sure that all characters on the display blinks four times Can it be moved t...

Страница 3492: ...ERATION OF EACH ACTUATOR BLOWER FAN AND COMPRESSOR CLUTCH 1 After finishing sensor and potentiometer check modes display goes to actuator check mode when DEF switch is pushed 2 Operate the actuator di...

Страница 3493: ...OUBLE SYMPTOM Set temperature is not indicated on display switch LEDs are faulty and switches do not operate Self diagnosis system does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM AC 00318 A8 B2 B1 B12 i48 A i49 B AUT...

Страница 3494: ...TROL MODULE POWER CIRCUIT Measure voltage between A C control module connector terminal and chassis ground when turning ignition switch to ACC Connector terminal i49 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measu...

Страница 3495: ...1 SBF 4 i48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 i49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 A B 2 1 4 2 1 3 4 1 2 BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOWER MOTOR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY IGNITION SWITCH 2...

Страница 3496: ...terminals as follows Positive terminal of battery to terminal No 1 of blower fan motor relay Negative terminal of battery to terminal No 3 of blower fan motor relay 4 Measure resistance between No 2...

Страница 3497: ...6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 4 F17 F16 2 1 i49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Страница 3498: ...NTROL MODULE i48 A i49 B AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE B36 i1 1 F46 B108 REF TO EG LH6 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L...

Страница 3499: ...sured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 3 Repair harness for power supply line of the A C com pressor 3 CHECK SIGNAL VOLTAGE FROM A C RE LAY 1 Turn ignition switch to ON 2 Turn A C swi...

Страница 3500: ...chassis ground Connector terminal 4 CYLINDER MODEL F17 No 1 Chassis ground 6 CYLINDER MODEL F17 No 4 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 8 Repair harness b...

Страница 3501: ...No 4 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 1 Go to step 13 Repair harness between sub fan motor connector and chassis ground 13 CHECK POOR CONTACT Check poor contact in s...

Страница 3502: ...pirator duct connection 17 CHECK EACH ACTUATOR Check the actuators for proper operation using the self diagnostic function Ref to AC 14 OPERATION Self Diagnosis Procedure LHD Model Is the operation of...

Страница 3503: ...L D FRESH RECIRC DOES NOT CHANGE TROUBLE SYMPTOM FRESH RECIRC mode door does not change WIRING DIAGRAM AC 00365 A7 A15 B91 B201 i40 i49 B i48 A AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE 2 1 INTAKE DOOR ACTUATOR 7 8 B91...

Страница 3504: ...i48 No 7 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 V Go to step 5 Repair short circuit in harness between A C con trol module and intake door actua tor 5 CHECK HARNESS CONN...

Страница 3505: ...SIS SYSTEMS DO NOT OPERATE TROUBLE SYMPTOM Set temperature is not indicated on display switch LEDs are faulty and switches do not operate Self diagnosis system does not operate WIRING DIAGRAM AC 00366...

Страница 3506: ...T Measure voltage between A C control module connector terminal and chassis ground when turning ignition switch to ACC Connector terminal i48 No 3 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spe...

Страница 3507: ...B1 3 2 1 BPC 7 3 2 12 B2 1 2 i52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 B i49 3 4 1 2 i28 B80 B50 i20 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G...

Страница 3508: ...the measured value less than the specified value 1 Go to step 4 Repair harness between BPC and chassis ground 4 CHECK BPC Measure voltage between BPC connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B...

Страница 3509: ...pecified value 1 Go to step 9 Replace blower fan motor relay 9 CHECK BLOWER FAN MOTOR 1 Disconnect connector from blower fan motor 2 Connect battery positive terminal to ter minal No 1 negative termin...

Страница 3510: ...AC 37 HVAC SYSTEM AUTO A C DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR A C SYSTEM FAILURE RHD MODEL MEMO...

Страница 3511: ...3 2 12 B2 1 2 i52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 B i49 3 4 1 2 i28 B80 B50 i20 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K...

Страница 3512: ...ed of blower fan Connector terminal B1 No 2 Chassis ground Is the measured value same as the speci fied value LO Approx 0 5 V OFF Aprrox 5 V HI Approx 0 V Replace BPC Go to step 4 4 CHECK HARNESS BETW...

Страница 3513: ...to step 8 Repair harness between blower fan motor relay and A C control module 8 CHECK UNDER AUTO MODE 1 Connect all of removed relays and discon nected connectors 2 Start the engine and turn the A C...

Страница 3514: ...AC 41 HVAC SYSTEM AUTO A C DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS FOR A C SYSTEM FAILURE RHD MODEL D FRESH RECIRC DOES NOT CHANGE TROUBLE SYMPTOM FRESH RECIRC mode door does not change...

Страница 3515: ...is changed when pushing the FRESH RECIRC switch Does the mode selection change Mode selection changes Go to step 8 Go to step 2 AC 00368 BATTERY NO 17 SBF 1 SBF 4 IGNITION SWITCH B12 B2 i48 AUTO A C...

Страница 3516: ...ch 2 Measure voltage between A C control mod ule and chassis ground Connector terminal i49 No 2 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 1 V Go to step 6 Repair harness for...

Страница 3517: ...O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 4 F17 F16 2 1 i49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 i48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15...

Страница 3518: ...1 F44 B61 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5...

Страница 3519: ...value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 4 Repair harness for power supply line 4 CHECK A C RELAY 1 Remove A C relay in main fuse box 2 Check A C relay Ref to AC 44 INSPEC TION Relay and Fus...

Страница 3520: ...or 6 CYLINDER MODEL Connect battery positive terminal to termi nal No 1 2 3 and negative terminal to ter minal No 4 of main fan motor connector Does the main fan rotate Main fan motor rotates Go to st...

Страница 3521: ...4 of sub fan motor connector Does the sub fan motor rotate Sub fan motor rotates Go to step 15 Replace sub fan motor with a new one 15 CHECK EACH SENSOR AND POTENTIOME TER Check the sensors and poten...

Страница 3522: ...mbient sensor Open 21 Short 22 In vehicle sensor Open 22 Short 24 Evaporator sensor Open 24 Short 25 Sunload sensor Open 25 Short 26 Mode door actuator Open 26 Short DTC 30 31 32 33 34 35 Faulty Door...

Страница 3523: ...TO or ECON switch is ON WIRING DIAGRAM AC 00371 B17 B6 F78 F2 B100 B36 i1 2 1 AMBIENT SENSOR 9 8 E6 D6 F78 1 2 i49 B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D...

Страница 3524: ...between connector termi nals of A C control module Connector terminal i49 No 6 No 17 Is the measured value the same as speci fied value Approx 4 5 V Go to step 4 Go to step 6 4 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTO...

Страница 3525: ...DTC 22 OR 22 IN VEHICLE SENSOR TROUBLE SYMPTOM When turning AUTO switch to ON blower fan speed outlet port and inlet port is not changed If DTC 22 or 22 appears on the display replace the A C control...

Страница 3526: ...AC 53 HVAC SYSTEM AUTO A C DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC LHD MODEL MEMO...

Страница 3527: ...23 B17 B7 B88 B36 i1 3 1 EVAPORATION THRMO SWITCH J6 i49 B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2...

Страница 3528: ...sure voltage between A C control mod ule connector terminals Connector terminal i49 No 7 No 17 Is the measured value the same as speci fied value Approx 4 5 V Go to step 4 Go to step 6 4 CHECK HARNESS...

Страница 3529: ...sor identified that sunlight is at minimum Then A C system is controlled to HOT side NOTE When the sunload sensor is checked inside the passenger compartment or in the shade DTC 25 may ap pear on the...

Страница 3530: ...e less than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 3 Repair harness between A C con trol module and sunload sensor 3 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN A C CONTROL MODULE AND SUNLOAD SENSOR Measure resistance...

Страница 3531: ...32 33 34 OR 35 MODE DOOR ACTUATOR TROUBLE SYMPTOM Air flow outlet is not changed WIRING DIAGRAM AC 00372 B77 A i48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 B77 i40 B201 4 7 1 2 10 8 9 5 6 A6 A5 A1 A2 A1...

Страница 3532: ...Press the mode switch to VENT position and measure the voltage between auto A C control module and chassis ground when DEF is changed to VENT position Connector terminal i48 No 5 Chassis ground Is th...

Страница 3533: ...5 Chassis ground Is the measured value within specified value 5 V Go to step 9 Go to step 8 8 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE AND MODE DOOR AC TUATOR 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF 2...

Страница 3534: ...Connector terminal i48 No 10 B77 No 6 9 Is the measured value less than specified value 1 Replace the auto A C control mod ule Repair the har ness between auto A C control mod ule and mode door actuat...

Страница 3535: ...l i48 No 9 Chassis ground Is the measured value within specified value VENT BI LEVEL HEAT 5V D H DEF 0 V Go to step 19 Go to step 16 16 CHECK AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE SIG NAL POWER SUPPLY 1 Turn the ig...

Страница 3536: ...ode door actuator and chassis ground Connector terminal B77 No 10 Chassis ground Is the measured value less than specified value 1 Replace the mode door actuator Repair the har ness between auto A C c...

Страница 3537: ...AC 64 HVAC SYSTEM AUTO A C DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC LHD MODEL MEMO...

Страница 3538: ...c Trouble Code DTC RHD Model A DTC 21 OR 21 IN VEHICLE SENSOR TROUBLE SYMPTOM When turning AUTO switch to ON blower fan speed outlet port and inlet port is not changed NOTE If DTC 21 or 21 appears on...

Страница 3539: ...NG DIAGRAM AC 00373 A11 A10 F78 F2 B100 B36 i1 1 2 AMBIENT SENSOR 4 3 D6 E6 F78 1 2 i48 A B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4...

Страница 3540: ...een connector termi nals of A C control module Connector terminal i48 No 11 No 10 Is the measured value same as the speci fied value Approx 4 5 V Go to step 4 Go to step 6 4 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BE...

Страница 3541: ...L C DTC 23 OR 23 EVAPORATOR SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM AC 00374 A12 A10 A i52 2 1 EVAPORATION THRMO SWITCH BLOWER MODULE 9 10 i49 B i48 A AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE A i52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 i49...

Страница 3542: ...asure voltage between A C control mod ule connector terminals Connector terminal i48 No 12 No 10 Is the measured value same as the speci fied value Approx 3 3 V Go to step 4 Go to step 6 4 CHECK HARNE...

Страница 3543: ...ide Sensor identified that sunlight is at minimum Then A C system is controlled to HOT side NOTE When the sunload sensor is checked inside the passenger compartment or in the shade DTC 25 may ap pear...

Страница 3544: ...s than the speci fied value 1 Go to step 3 Repair harness between A C con trol module and sunload sensor 3 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN A C CONTROL MODULE AND SUNLOAD SENSOR Measure resistance of h...

Страница 3545: ...IX MOTOR POTENTIOMETER LINE WIRING DIAGRAM AC 00376 1 3 5 6 7 D i45 AIR MIX DOOR ACTUATOR 9 11 10 8 7 A10 A5 A6 B1 B11 HEATER MODULE AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE A i48 B i49 D 3 2 1 4 5 6 7 i49 1 2 3 4 5 6...

Страница 3546: ...the measured value same as the specified value Approx 1 2 k Go to step 4 Replace air mix door actuator 4 CHECK POTENTIOMETER Measure resistance for the signal line of the potentiometer when the lever...

Страница 3547: ...ween A C control module and air mix door actuator Connector terminal i49 No 1 D No 6 Is the measured value less than the specified value 1 Go to step 9 Repair harness between A C con trol module and a...

Страница 3548: ...AC 75 HVAC SYSTEM AUTO A C DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC RHD MODEL MEMO...

Страница 3549: ...MODEL F DTC 28 OR 29 MODE DOOR ACTUATOR POTENTIOMETER LINE WIRING DIAGRAM 1 3 5 6 7 E i45 MODE DOOR ACTUATOR 3 11 4 1 2 A10 A5 A14 A16 A8 HEATER MODULE AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE A i48 B i49 E 1 2 3 4 5...

Страница 3550: ...measured value same as the specified value Approx 1 2 k Go to step 4 Replace mode door actuator 4 CHECK POTENTIOMETER Measure resistance for the signal line of the potentiometer when the lever is in t...

Страница 3551: ...etween A C control module and mode door actuator Connector terminal i48 No 8 E No 7 Is the measured value less than the specified value 1 Go to step 9 Repair harness between A C con trol module and mo...

Страница 3552: ...s In vehicle ambient water temperature evaporator sunload etc Component parts Symptom Previous mode immediately before resetting operation is not retained in memory A C system fails to operate when IG...

Страница 3553: ...AC 80 HVAC SYSTEM AUTO A C DIAGNOSTICS SYMPTOM RELATED DIAGNOSTIC MEMO...

Страница 3554: ...s Airbag Module 13 6 Side Airbag Module 14 7 Main Harness 15 8 Side Airbag Harness 16 9 Airbag Control Module 17 10 Side Airbag Sensor 18 11 Roll Connector 19 12 Front Sub Sensor 20 13 Front Sub Senso...

Страница 3555: ...que N m kgf m ft lb 8 Side airbag harness T1 7 4 0 75 5 4 2 TORX bolt T30 9 Side airbag module T2 10 1 0 7 2 3 Airbag module ASSY Driver 10 Airbag main harness T3 20 2 0 14 5 4 Airbag module ASSY Pass...

Страница 3556: ...t may inflate If sensors airbag module airbag control module pretensioner and harness are deformed or dam aged replace them with new genuine parts When checking the system be sure to use a dig ital ci...

Страница 3557: ...the airbag system wire harness do not attempt to re pair using soldering equipment Be sure to replace the faulty harness with a new genuine part Install the wire harness securely with the speci fied...

Страница 3558: ...e vehicle including the front wheel apron front fender and front side frame re move parts and take utmost care not to apply paint or the flame of the welding burner directly to the front sub sensors a...

Страница 3559: ...module do not place any objects on it or pile airbag modules on top of each other If the airbag inflates for some reason when it is placed with its pad side facing downward or under any object a seri...

Страница 3560: ...TOOL 98299PA030 98299SA010 TEST HARNESS ADAPTER D Used for deplaying the driver s airbag module Used with DEPLOYMENT TOOL 98299PA030 Can not reuse 98299PA030 DEPLOYMENT TOOL Used for deploying the ai...

Страница 3561: ...locked 2 DRIVER S AIRBAG PASSENGER S AIR BAG SIDE AIRBAG FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS TO AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS AND PRETENSIONER 1 How to disconnect 1 Push lock arm A 2 With lock arm A pushed in move slide...

Страница 3562: ...UTION Be sure to insert the connector in until it locks Then pull on it gently to make sure that it is locked 4 FRONT SUB SENSOR SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR 1 How to disconnect Holding outer part A pull it in...

Страница 3563: ...ollowing and replace damaged parts with new parts Airbag module is cracked or deformed Harness and or connector is cracked deformed or open Lead wire is exposed Mounting bracket is cracked or deformed...

Страница 3564: ...r is scratched or cracked 9 MAIN HARNESS Check for the following and replace damaged parts with new parts Harness is open lead wire is exposed and cor rugated tube is noticeably cracked Connector is s...

Страница 3565: ...4 Using TORX BIT T30 remove two TORX bolts on side of steering wheel 5 Disconnect airbag connector on back of airbag module and then remove airbag module 6 Refer to CAUTION for handling of a removed...

Страница 3566: ...ch airbag connector from support beam bracket 5 Remove three bolts and then carefully remove airbag module 6 Refer to CAUTION for handling of a removed airbag module Ref to AB 3 CAUTION GENERAL DESCRI...

Страница 3567: ...e airbag module Ref to SE 9 DISASSEMBLY Front Seat B INSTALLATION Ref to SE 8 INSTALLATION Front Seat C INSPECTION CAUTION Refer to CAUTION in General Description before handling the airbag module Ref...

Страница 3568: ...E MOVAL Instrument Panel Assembly 4 Disconnect connector from airbag control mod ule 5 Disconnect front sub sensor connector blue from airbag main harness 6 Detach clips from steering support beam and...

Страница 3569: ...console box Ref to EI 34 REMOV AL Console Box 5 Roll up floor mat and then disconnect two 12 pin yellow connectors from airbag control module 6 Disconnect connector from side airbag sensor Ref to AB...

Страница 3570: ...witch OFF 2 Disconnect the ground cable from the battery and wait for at least 20 seconds before starting work 3 Remove console box Ref to EI 34 REMOV AL Console Box 4 Disconnect connector from airbag...

Страница 3571: ...Inner Trim 4 Remove Outer Belt FRONT Ref to SB 7 OUTER BELT FRONT REMOVAL Front Seat Belt 5 Remove bracket A and then remove cap B 6 Using E12 TORX remove two TORX nuts and then detach side airbag sen...

Страница 3572: ...eel Ref to PS 24 RE MOVAL Steering Wheel 7 Remove steering column cover 8 Remove screws and then remove roll connec tor B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Check for th...

Страница 3573: ...onds before starting work 3 Remove front bumper Ref to EI 14 REMOV AL Front Bumper 4 Disconnect connector from front sub sensor 5 Remove front sub sensor A B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order...

Страница 3574: ...ment Panel Assembly 4 Disconnect front sub sensor connector blue from airbag main harness 5 Remove front bumper Ref to EI 14 REMOV AL Front Bumper 6 Disconnect connector from front sub sensor 7 Remove...

Страница 3575: ...Leave it unattended for 40 min utes and then discard it Do not let water get on the deployed airbag module Wrap the deployed airbag module in an air tight vinyl bag and discard it If circumstances do...

Страница 3576: ...conds before starting work 3 Pull out the two stopper pins and lower the glove box 4 Disconnect airbag connectors AB9 and AB10 5 Short terminal to alligator clip furnished as de ployment tool 6 Connec...

Страница 3577: ...the front seat cushion 4 Adjust both the front seat and front seat backrest to center positions 5 Short terminal to alligator clip furnished as de ployment tool 6 Connect the deployment tool and adapt...

Страница 3578: ...nal Then de ploy the airbag module CAUTION After deployment the airbag module will be especially hot Leave it unattended for 40 min utes and then discard it Do not let water get on the deployed airbag...

Страница 3579: ...ration Wash your hands afterwards After deployment the airbag module will be especially hot Leave it unattended for 40 min utes and then discard it Do not let water get on the deployed airbag module W...

Страница 3580: ...en de ploy the airbag module CAUTION After deployment the airbag module will be especially hot Leave it unattended for 40 min utes and then discard it Do not let water get on the deployed airbag modul...

Страница 3581: ...n additional tire with the wheel on top and then fasten them tight with rope 10 Move the battery at least 5 m 16 ft from vehi cle and secure the nearby area Connect the de ployment tool alligator clip...

Страница 3582: ...he deployment tool and adapter A de ployment CAUTION The deployment tool should be kept shorted until just before deployment of the airbag mod ule 9 Connect adapter A deployment connector 2D to airbag...

Страница 3583: ...ool to the battery positive terminal Then de ploy the airbag module CAUTION After deployment the airbag module will be especially hot Leave it unattended for 40 min utes and then discard it Do not let...

Страница 3584: ...Electrical Components Location 15 5 Airbag Connector 17 6 Airbag Warning Light Illumination Pattern 19 7 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 20 8 Inspection Mode 21 9 Clear Memory Mode 22 10 Airbag Warn...

Страница 3585: ...o to Airbag Warning Light Fail ure Ref to AB 24 Airbag Warn ing Light Failure 3 Perform the diagnosis 1 Judge the possible cause from List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to AB 28 List of Diagnosti...

Страница 3586: ...Miles Vin No Date Problem Occurred Registration Year Weather Fine Cloudy Rainy Snowy Other Temperature C F Road Condition Level road Uphil Downhill Rough road Others Vehicle Operation Starting Idling...

Страница 3587: ...hicle immediately Airbag or pretensioner may in flate incorrectly or not inflate in collision If sensors airbag module airbag control module pretensioner and harness are deformed or dam aged replace t...

Страница 3588: ...ness do not attempt to re pair using soldering equipment Be sure to replace the faulty harness with a new genuine part Install the wire harness securely with the speci fied clips to avoid interference...

Страница 3589: ...r performing sheet metal work on the front part of the vehicle including the front wheel apron front fender and front side frame re move the front sub sensors and wire harness of the airbag system Whe...

Страница 3590: ...airbag module do not place any objects on it or pile airbag modules on top of each other If the airbag inflates for some reason when it is placed with its pad side facing downward or under any object...

Страница 3591: ...AL DESCRIPTION B INSPECTION Before diagnosing check the following items that might be related to the engine problem 1 BATTERY Measure battery voltage and specific gravity of electrolyte Standard volta...

Страница 3592: ...C PREPARATION TOOL CAUTION Be sure to use specified test harness F G H K and I or I2 when measuring voltage resistance etc of AIRBAG system component parts 1 TEST HARNESS F AB 00058 3F 5 6 1 2 3 4 5...

Страница 3593: ...AB 10 AIRBAG SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 TEST HARNESS G AB 00059 3G 3G 1 2 3 6 5 4 7 8 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1G 1G 2G PN 98299FC020 2G...

Страница 3594: ...AB 11 AIRBAG SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3 TEST HARNESS H AB 00060 PN 98299FA030 1H 2H 3H 1H 2H 3H 1 3 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 4 5 6 4 5 6 2...

Страница 3595: ...AB 12 AIRBAG SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 TEST HARNESS N AB 00064 2Q 2Q 1Q 1Q 1B 2B 1A 2A 1B 2B 1A 2A PN 98299SA000...

Страница 3596: ...35 36 37 27 28 29 30 31 32 38 39 40 5l 4l 3l 6l 2l 1l 1l 3l 1l 6l 2l 5l 4l 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 7 8 2 3 4 2 3 4 5 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819 32 27 21 38 41 45 42 4...

Страница 3597: ...esistor is used during diagnostics The airbag resistor has the same resistance as the airbag module and thus provides safety when used instead of the airbag module It also makes it possible to finish...

Страница 3598: ...belt pretensioner RH 6 Inflator Passenger Connec tor No AB1 AB2 AB3 AB6 AB7 AB8 AB9 AB10 AB11 AB12 AB13 AB14 Pole 12 2 2 28 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Color Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Black Yellow Yellow Yello...

Страница 3599: ...6 Inflator Passenger Connec tor No AB1 AB2 AB3 AB6 AB7 AB8 AB9 AB10 AB11 AB12 AB13 AB14 Pole 12 2 2 28 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Color Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Black Yellow Yellow Yellow Blue Blue Yellow Blu...

Страница 3600: ...it is locked 2 DRIVER S AIRBAG PASSENGER S AIR BAG SIDE AIRBAG FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS TO AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS AND PRETENSIONER 1 How to disconnect 1 Push lock arm A 2 With lock arm A pushed in move s...

Страница 3601: ...ard CAUTION Be sure to insert the connector in until it locks Then pull on it gently to make sure that it is locked 4 FRONT SUB SENSOR SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR 1 How to disconnect 1 Holding outer part A pul...

Страница 3602: ...N 6 Airbag Warning Light Illumi nation Pattern A INSPECTION Keep the ignition switch ON and confirm that the airbag warning light remains off approximately 6 seconds after being turned on 1 Airbag war...

Страница 3603: ...3 sec on indicates a one NOTE List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Ref to AB 28 List of Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Airbag Warning Light Failure Ref to AB 24 Airbag Warning Light Failure 4 Turn the ign...

Страница 3604: ...AB 21 AIRBAG SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS INSPECTION MODE 8 Inspection Mode A OPERATION Recreate the circumstance by referring to the con ditions described in the checklist...

Страница 3605: ...Once the memory is erased the warning light re turns to the normal flash rate 0 6 sec on The fail ure to recover the normal flash rate indicates that trouble parts still remain Having repaired such pa...

Страница 3606: ...AB 23 AIRBAG SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS CLEAR MEMORY MODE MEMO...

Страница 3607: ...part and confirm that the warning light operates properly When inspecting the airbag main harness disconnect the airbag module connector of the driver and passenger seats for safety reasons WIRING DIA...

Страница 3608: ...8 4 Pull out the two stopper pins and lower the glove box and disconnect connectors AB10 and AB9 5 Disconnect the connector AB6 from the airbag control module and connect the connector 1I in test harn...

Страница 3609: ...cting the airbag main harness disconnect the airbag module connector of the driver and passenger seats for safety reasons WIRING DIAGRAM IGNITION RELAY AB 00356 3 BATTERY AIRBAG INDICATOR LIGHT AIRBAG...

Страница 3610: ...e battery ground cable and wait more than 20 seconds 2 Disconnect the connector AB1 from B31 3 Connect the battery ground cable and turn the ignition switch ON Is the airbag warning light turned on Ai...

Страница 3611: ...ostic Chart with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 21 Provided Airbag control module is faulty Ref to AB 40 DTC 21 Diagnostic Chart with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 22 Provided Front airbag module and seat...

Страница 3612: ...rouble Code DTC 54 Provided Side airbag sensor LH is faulty Ref to AB 68 DTC 54 Diagnostic Chart with Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 55 Provided Side airbag module is inflated Ref to AB 68 DTC 55 Diagnos...

Страница 3613: ...ag system be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the ground cable from the battery and wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll controller...

Страница 3614: ...nd con nect the connector 1F in test harness F to connector AB8 4 Connect the airbag resistor to connector 3F in test harness F 5 Connect the battery ground cable and turn the ignition switch ON Does...

Страница 3615: ...esistance of the connector 2I in test harness I2 Connector terminal 2I No 1 No 4 2I No 4 Chassis ground 2I No 1 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Replace the airbag...

Страница 3616: ...AB 33 AIRBAG SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC CHART WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 3617: ...nition switch OFF disconnect the ground cable from the battery and wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconne...

Страница 3618: ...battery ground cable and wait more than 20 seconds 2 Disconnect two airbag resistors from the connectors 3K and 4K in test harness K 3 Remove lower cover and disconnect the connector AB3 from AB8 4 Di...

Страница 3619: ...witch OFF disconnect the ground cable from the battery and wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each...

Страница 3620: ...nnector AB8 5 Connect the airbag resistor to connector 3F in test harness F 6 Connect the battery ground cable and turn the ignition switch ON Does the airbag warning light operate prop erly Operates...

Страница 3621: ...n switch OFF disconnect the ground cable from the battery and wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect ea...

Страница 3622: ...airbag module Ref to AB 13 Passen ger s Airbag Mod ule Go to step 2 2 CHECK AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS 1 Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the battery ground cable and wait more than 20 seconds 2 Disc...

Страница 3623: ...e starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warning light operates properly Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK IF DTC...

Страница 3624: ...ger s airbag module Ref to AB 13 REMOVAL Passenger s Airbag Module Front sub sensor of both sides Ref to AB 20 REMOVAL Front Sub Sensor Front seat belt outer with pretensioner of both sides Ref to SB...

Страница 3625: ...B18 from the airbag control module Ref to AB 17 Airbag Control Module Check if rust or damage appear on the har ness connector and the control module connector Rust or damage on the har ness connector...

Страница 3626: ...AB 43 AIRBAG SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC CHART WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 3627: ...d wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warning light operates properly...

Страница 3628: ...s I2 to connector AB6 4 Connect the battery ground cable and turn the ignition switch ON 5 Measure the voltage between connector 2I in test harness I2 and chassis ground Connector terminal 2I No 3 Cha...

Страница 3629: ...d wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warning light operates properly...

Страница 3630: ...nector AB6 4 Connect the battery ground cable and turn the ignition switch ON 5 Measure the voltage between the connec tor 2I in test harness I2 and the chassis ground Connector terminal 2I No 6 Chass...

Страница 3631: ...cable from the battery and wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warni...

Страница 3632: ...onnector terminal 3I No 2 Chassis ground 3I No 4 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Replace the airbag control module Ref to AB 17 Airbag Control Module Go to step 3...

Страница 3633: ...ONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS RH 1 Connect connector 1F in test harness F to the connector AB15 2 Measure the resistance between connector 3H in test harness H and connector 3F in the test harness F Connecto...

Страница 3634: ...H Measure the resistance between connector 3H in test harness H and the chassis ground Connector terminal 3H No 3 Chassis ground 3H No 4 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified val...

Страница 3635: ...cable from the battery and wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warnin...

Страница 3636: ...ound Connector terminal 3I No 1 Chassis ground 3I No 3 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 1 M Replace the air bag control mod ule Ref to AB 17 Airbag Control Module Go t...

Страница 3637: ...rness 7 CHECK FRONT SUB SENSOR HARNESS LH 1 Connect connector 1F in test harness F to connector AB12 2 Measure the resistance between connector 3H in test harness H and connector 3F in test harness F...

Страница 3638: ...H Measure the resistance between connector 3H in test harness H and the chassis ground Connector terminal 3H No 3 Chassis ground 3H No 4 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified val...

Страница 3639: ...the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warning light operates properly When inspecting the airbag main harness disconnect the driver s airb...

Страница 3640: ...ness 3 Disconnect the connector AB18 from air bag control module Ref to AB 17 REMOVAL Airbag Control Module 4 Connect connector 1I in test harness I2 to connector AB18 5 Measure the resistance betwee...

Страница 3641: ...the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warning light operates properly When inspecting the airbag main harness disconnect the driver s airb...

Страница 3642: ...s 3 Disconnect the connector AB17 from the airbag control module Ref to AB 17 REMOVAL Airbag Control Module 4 Connect connector 1I in test harness I2 to connector AB17 5 Measure the resistance between...

Страница 3643: ...ag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warning light operates properly When inspecting the airbag main harness disconnect the driver s airbag modul...

Страница 3644: ...seat with side airbag module RH Ref to SE 7 Front Seat Go to step 2 2 CHECK SIDE AIRBAG HARNESS RH 1 Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the battery ground cable and wait more than 20 seconds 2 Di...

Страница 3645: ...ag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warning light operates properly When inspecting the airbag main harness disconnect the driver s airbag modul...

Страница 3646: ...ith side airbag module LH Ref to SE 7 Front Seat Go to step 2 2 CHECK SIDE AIRBAG HARNESS LH 1 Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the battery ground cable and wait more than 20 seconds 2 Disconne...

Страница 3647: ...the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warning light operates properly When inspecting the airbag main harness disconnect the driver s airb...

Страница 3648: ...7 Measure the resistance between connector 3I in test harness I2 and connector 3G in test harness G Connector terminal 3I No 17 3G No 2 3I No 18 3G No 4 3I No 19 3G No 1 3I No 20 3G No 5 Is the measu...

Страница 3649: ...the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect each part and confirm that the warning light operates properly When inspecting the airbag main harness disconnect the driver s airb...

Страница 3650: ...3 7 Measure the resistance between connector 3I in test harness I2 and connector 3G in test harness G Connector terminal 3I No 5 3G No 5 3I No 14 3G No 1 3I No 15 3G No 4 3I No 16 3G No 2 Is the measu...

Страница 3651: ...sensor LH is faulty When Code 53 is displayed the circuit within the side airbag sensor LH is faulty Replace the side airbag sensor LH Ref to AB 18 Side Airbag Sensor T DTC 55 This code is displayed w...

Страница 3652: ...AB 69 AIRBAG SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC CHART WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 3653: ...ion switch OFF disconnect the ground cable from the battery and wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect...

Страница 3654: ...isconnect the connectors AB17 and AB18 from the airbag control module Ref to AB 17 Airbag Control Module 5 Connect the connector 1I in test harness I2 to connector AB18 6 Measure the resistance betwee...

Страница 3655: ...ion switch OFF disconnect the ground cable from the battery and wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect...

Страница 3656: ...t the connectors AB17 and AB18 from the airbag control module Ref to AB 17 Airbag Control Module 5 Connect the connector 1I in test harness I2 to the connector AB17 6 Measure the resistance between co...

Страница 3657: ...switch OFF disconnect the ground cable from the battery and wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and sensor reconnect eac...

Страница 3658: ...at Belt Go to step 2 2 CHECK SIDE AIRBAG HARNESS RH 1 Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the battery ground cable and wait more than 20 seconds 2 Disconnect the airbag resistor from the test harn...

Страница 3659: ...witch OFF disconnect the ground cable from the battery and wait more than 20 seconds before starting to work Before replacing the airbag module roll connector control module and the sensor reconnect e...

Страница 3660: ...Seat Belt Go to step 2 2 CHECK SIDE AIRBAG HARNESS LH 1 Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the battery ground cable and wait more than 20 seconds 2 Disconnect the airbag resistor from the test ha...

Страница 3661: ...AB 78 AIRBAG SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC CHART WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC MEMO...

Страница 3662: ...SEAT BELT SYSTEM SB Page 1 General Description 2 2 Inspection Locations After a Collision 6 3 Front Seat Belt 7 4 Rear Seat Belt 9 5 Disposal of Pretensioner 12...

Страница 3663: ...eral Description A COMPONENT 1 FRONT SEAT BELT 1 Adjuster anchor ASSY 5 Outer belt ASSY Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Anchor cover T1 7 5 0 76 5 5 3 Webbing guide T2 30 3 1 22 4 Inner belt ASSY...

Страница 3664: ...SEAT BELT SEDAN BODY 1 Outer seat belt RH 5 Inner seat belt CENTER Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Outer seat belt CENTER 6 Inner seat belt LH T 30 3 1 22 3 Outer seat belt LH 7 Case center ELR 4...

Страница 3665: ...ON 3 REAR SEAT BELT WAGON BODY 1 Outer seat belt RH 4 Inner seat belt RH Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Outer seat belt CENTER 5 Inner seat belt LH T1 30 3 1 22 3 Outer seat belt LH T2 53 5 4 39...

Страница 3666: ...the pre tensioner If it is dented cracked or deformed re place it with a new one Do not use the airbag or pretensioner parts from other vehicles Always replace parts with new parts When handling a se...

Страница 3667: ...ONS AFTER A COLLISION 2 Inspection Locations After a Collision A INSPECTION Check for the following and then replace with new parts if necessary Center pillar lower garnish is discolored or cracked Wi...

Страница 3668: ...4 Remove bracket 5 Remove webbing guide 6 Remove anchor cover Loosen shoulder anchor bolt and then detach shoulder anchor from center pillar 7 Turn over the floor mat to remove bolt 8 Disconnect yell...

Страница 3669: ...reverse order of removal Tightening torque Refer to COMPONENT in General Descrip tion Ref to SB 2 FRONT SEAT BELT COMPONENT General Description C INSPECTION 1 OUTER BELT FRONT Check for the following...

Страница 3670: ...SEDAN BODY 1 Remove the rear seat cushion Ref to SE 17 SEDAN REMOVAL Rear Seat 2 Remove bolts and then detach inner belt 4 OUTER BELT SIDE WAGON BODY 1 Remove rear quarter trim Ref to EI 40 WAG ON REM...

Страница 3671: ...ound 2 OUTER BELT CENTER SEDAN BODY Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION During installation make sure that seat belts are not twisted After installation make sure that seat belts can be sm...

Страница 3672: ...he following and replace with new parts if necessary Seat belt is slackened bent or frayed Seat belt is abnormally wound or extended 3 INNER BELT SEDAN BODY Check for the following and replace with ne...

Страница 3673: ...the deployed the pretensioner in an airtight vinyl bag and then discard it B OPERATION 1 DEPLOYING WHILE INSTALLED IN VE HICLE 1 Fold backrest all the way forward and then move front seat all the way...

Страница 3674: ...and wait for more than 20 seconds before starting work 3 Remove outer belt front Ref to SB 7 RE MOVAL Front Seat Belt 4 Cut off seat belt as close to retractor as possible 5 Short terminal to alligat...

Страница 3675: ...cle and secure the nearby area Connect the deployment tool alligator clip to the battery minus terminal 11 Connect the other terminal of deployment tool to the battery plus terminal Then deploy preten...

Страница 3676: ...Headlight Assembly 15 13 Headlight Bulb 17 14 Front Turn Signal Light Bulb 18 15 Parking Light Bulb 19 16 Front Fog Light Assembly 20 17 Front Fog Light Bulb 21 18 Rear Combination Light Assembly 22 1...

Страница 3677: ...parts and switches All airbag system wiring harnesses and connectors are yellow Do not use electric test equipment on these circuits Be careful not to damage the airbag system wiring harness when ser...

Страница 3678: ...LINDER NON TURBO ENGINE MODEL SCHEMATIC Clearance Light and Illumination Light System Ref to WI 257 RHD 6 CYLINDER ENGINE AND TURBO ENGINE MODEL SCHEMATIC Clear ance Light and Illumination Light Syste...

Страница 3679: ...INE MODEL Ref to WI 262 RHD 6 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL SCHEMATIC Front Fog Light System B INSPECTION 1 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH Measure front fog light switch resistance 2 FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY Measure fro...

Страница 3680: ...h ON 2 Turn on the headlight or front fog light 3 Push the rear fog light switch and check if the rear fog light turns on 2 REAR FOG LIGHT RELAY Measure rear fog light relay resistance between termina...

Страница 3681: ...Signal Light and Hazard Light System B INSPECTION 1 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Ref to LI 11 INSPECTION Combination Switch Light 2 HAZARD SWITCH Measure hazard switch resistance 3 TURN SIGNAL HAZARD MODULE Co...

Страница 3682: ...up light switch resistance 2 INHIBITOR SWITCH A T Measure inhibitor switch resistance Switch position Terminal No Standard When shift lever is set in reverse position 1 and 2 Less than 1 Other positio...

Страница 3683: ...ef to WI 273 WAGON MODEL SCHEMATIC Stop Light System B INSPECTION 1 STOP LIGHT SWITCH Measure stop light switch resistance A Without cruise control B With cruise control Switch position Terminal No St...

Страница 3684: ...2 REAR GATE LATCH SWITCH Measure rear gate latch switch 3 TRUNK ROOM LIGHT SWITCH Measure trunk room light switch A Front door switch B Rear door switch Switch position Terminal No Standard When door...

Страница 3685: ...TOR 1 Turn on the headlights 2 Confirm the headlight beam level is lowered by changing the switch position to 0 1 2 3 4 5 2 HEADLIGHT BEAM LEVELER SWITCH Connect battery headlight beam leveler switch...

Страница 3686: ...ight 2 DIMMER AND PASSING SWITCH LHD model and RHD model with rear fog light RHD model without rear fog light LI 00009 LI 00010 A LHD model and RHD model with rear fog light B RHD model without rear f...

Страница 3687: ...RHD model with rear fog light RHD model without rear fog light Switch position Terminal No Standard Left 1 and 2 Less than 1 Neutral More than 1 M Right 2 and 3 Less than 1 Switch position Terminal No...

Страница 3688: ...teering Wheel 3 Remove steering column cover 4 Remove combination switch Ref to LI 11 RE MOVAL Combination Switch Light Ref to WW 8 REMOVAL Combination Switch Wiper 5 Loosen 3 screws 6 Disconnect conn...

Страница 3689: ...14 LIGHTING SYSTEM COMBINATION BASE SWITCH ASSEMBLY 2 PARKING SWITCH Measure parking switch resistance Switch position Terminal No Standard OFF 2 and 4 Less than 1 ON 1 and 4 Less than 1 1 2 3 4 LI 00...

Страница 3690: ...ground cable from battery 2 Remove duct A when right side headlight is re moved 3 Disconnect headlight bulb connector 4 Remove three bolts and disconnect connectors and then detach headlight assembly...

Страница 3691: ...is fully charged Bounce the vehicle several times to normalize the suspension Make certain that someone is seated in the driv er s seat Turn the headlights on and then adjust the low beam pattern to t...

Страница 3692: ...Dust moisture etc entering the headlight may affect its the performance 1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove duct A when right side headlight is re moved 3 Remove back cover A 4 Disconnect...

Страница 3693: ...bly Ref to LI 15 RE MOVAL Headlight Assembly 2 Turn the socket and remove the bulb B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 Visually check the bulb for blow out 2 Check th...

Страница 3694: ...LI 15 RE MOVAL Headlight Assembly 2 Turn the socket and remove the bulb B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 Visually check the bulb for blow out 2 Check the bulb spe...

Страница 3695: ...move mounting bolts and then detach fog light assembly 2 OUTBACK 1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Turn stone guard counterclockwise and then re move it 3 Remove mounting bolts 4 Remove two cli...

Страница 3696: ...fog light bulb 2 OUTBACK 1 Remove fog light assembly Ref to LI 20 OUTBACK REMOVAL Front Fog Light Assem bly 2 Disconnect harness connector 3 Loosen screws and turn the bulb assembly counterclockwise...

Страница 3697: ...ove three nuts and then detach rear combi nation light while disconnecting connector 2 WAGON 1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove two rear quarter trim covers 3 Remove two nuts and then rem...

Страница 3698: ...rear finisher light 5 Remove ten nuts and then detach rear finisher light from trunk lid 2 WAGON 1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove rear gate trim A Ref to EI 44 RE MOVAL Rear Gate Trim 3...

Страница 3699: ...e rear combination light assembly Ref to LI 22 WAGON REMOVAL Rear Combination Light Assembly 2 Turn the socket and remove the bulb B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1...

Страница 3700: ...emove the bulb 2 WAGON 1 Open rear gate lower trim cover 2 Turn the socket and remove the bulb B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 Visually check the bulb for blow ou...

Страница 3701: ...assembly Ref to LI 22 WAGON REMOVAL Rear Combination Light Assembly 2 Remove the light cover mounting screws then detach the cover 3 Turn the socket and remove the bulb B INSTALLATION Install in the r...

Страница 3702: ...ocket and remove the bulb 2 WAGON 1 Open rear gate lower trim cover 2 Turn the socket and remove the bulb B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 Visually check the bulb...

Страница 3703: ...crew A and then remove the lens B SEDAN WAGON 2 Remove the bulb B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 Visually check the bulb for blow out 2 Check the bulb specificatio...

Страница 3704: ...connect ground cable from battery 2 Remove cap a by prying on the edge with a screwdriver 3 Remove screws b and then detach cover c 4 Remove screws d and then detach high mounted stop light while disc...

Страница 3705: ...2 Pull out the light from body while pushing it in di rection of vehicle front 3 Disconnect harness connector and remove the light B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1...

Страница 3706: ...pot light B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 SPOT LIGHT BULB 1 Visually check the bulb for blow out 2 Check the bulb specification Ref to LI 2 SPECIFICATIONS General...

Страница 3707: ...Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 ROOM LIGHT BULB 1 Visually check the bulb for blow out 2 Check the bulb specification Ref to LI 2 SPECIFICATIONS General Description 3 If NG repl...

Страница 3708: ...STALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 LUGGAGE ROOM LIGHT BULB 1 Visually check the bulb for blow out 2 Check the bulb specification Ref to LI 2 SPECIFICATIONS General Descr...

Страница 3709: ...attery 2 Disconnect harness connectors and remove trunk room light B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 Visually check the bulb for blow out 2 Check the bulb specifica...

Страница 3710: ...x Ref to EI 32 REMOVAL Glove Box 3 Disconnect harness connector 4 Remove glove box light B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 Visually check the bulb for blow out 2 Ch...

Страница 3711: ...move the lens then detach the bulb B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 Visually check the bulb for blow out 2 Check the bulb specification Ref to LI 2 SPECIFICATIONS...

Страница 3712: ...and Washer System 7 3 Combination Switch Wiper 8 4 Wiper Blade 10 5 Washer Tank and Motor 11 6 Front Wiper Arm 12 7 Front Wiper Motor and Link 13 8 Front Washer Nozzle 14 9 Rear Wiper Arm 15 10 Rear W...

Страница 3713: ...1 General Description A SPECIFICATIONS Front wiper motor Input 12 V 72 W or less Rear wiper motor Input 12 V 36 W or less Front washer motor Pump type Centrifugal Input 12 V 36 W or less Rear washer m...

Страница 3714: ...S GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 FRONT WIPER 1 Wiper rubber 4 Wiper link Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Wiper blade ASSY 5 Wiper motor T1 6 0 0 61 4 4 3 Wiper arm T2 20 2 0 14 5 WW 00057 1 1 2...

Страница 3715: ...AR WIPER 1 Wiper rubber 6 Cushion Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Wiper blade ASSY 7 Spacer B T1 5 9 0 6 4 3 3 Wiper arm 8 Nut T2 7 4 0 75 5 4 4 Wiper motor 9 Cap T3 7 8 0 8 5 8 5 Spacer A 10 Wipe...

Страница 3716: ...S GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3 WASHER TANK 1 Washer nozzle 5 Front washer motor Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Washer hose 6 Rear washer motor T 6 0 0 61 4 4 3 Washer tank 7 Grommet 4 Washer tank cap WW...

Страница 3717: ...al parts and switches Wire harnesses and connectors of all airbag sys tem are yellow color Do not use a tester on these circuits Care must be taken when installing the piping hose so that no bending j...

Страница 3718: ...R RHD MODEL Ref to WI 327 RHD MODEL SCHEMATIC Wiper and Washer System Rear B INSPECTION Symptom Repair order Wiper and washers do not operate 1 Wiper fuse F B No 14 15 2 Combination switch 3 Wiper mot...

Страница 3719: ...onnector terminal LHD model and RHD model with rear fog light If continuity is not as specified replace the switch WW 00004 WW 00045 Switch position Terminal No Standard FRONT OFF 7 and 16 Less than 1...

Страница 3720: ...voltage from after the second time the wiper stops If operation is not as specified replace the switch Switch position Terminal No Standard FRONT OFF 3 and 12 Less than 1 INT 3 and 12 Less than 1 LO...

Страница 3721: ...er from the blade assembly D ASSEMBLY 1 Insert the wiper rubber onto the blade so that the stopper is in the position shown at the bottom of the wiper arm 2 Make sure the wiper rubber is securely fast...

Страница 3722: ...INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C DISASSEMBLY Remove washer motor from tank D ASSEMBLY 1 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly 2 Confirm that water does not leak from inst...

Страница 3723: ...op posite 1 Install in the reverse order of removal 2 Operate wiper once 3 Align wiper blade to ceramic print point mark A of front window pane Tightening torque Refer to COMPONENT in General Descrip...

Страница 3724: ...Descrip tion Ref to WW 3 FRONT WIPER COM PONENT General Description C INSPECTION 1 When battery is connected to terminal of con nectors confirm that motor operates at low speed 2 When battery is conn...

Страница 3725: ...liquid sprayer Ref to WW 14 ADJUSTMENT Front Washer Nozzle C INSPECTION Make sure the nozzle and hose are not clogged Make sure the hose is not bent D ADJUSTMENT NOTE Adjustment positions for left ha...

Страница 3726: ...ON 1 Install in the reverse order of removal 2 Operate rear wiper once 3 Align blade to rear defogger heat wire A Tightening torque Refer to COMPONENT in General Descrip tion Ref to WW 4 REAR WIPER CO...

Страница 3727: ...wiper cushion with the arrow mark facing up as shown in the figure Tightening torque Refer to COMPONENT in General Descrip tion Ref to WW 4 REAR WIPER COM PONENT General Description C INSPECTION 1 Con...

Страница 3728: ...ver or other tool and re move the washer nozzle B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal 2 Adjust the position of the washer liquid sprayer Ref to WW 17 ADJUSTMENT Rear Washer Nozzle C...

Страница 3729: ...LLATION 1 WAGON Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 WAGON 1 Turn the rear wiper switch to ON 2 Apply battery voltage to the rear terminals 8 and 2 and then inspect the voltage of 6...

Страница 3730: ...ral Description 2 2 Radio System 3 3 Cigarette Lighter System 4 4 Radio Body 5 5 Front Speaker 6 6 Front Tweeter 7 7 Rear Speaker 8 8 Woofer 9 9 Speaker Amplifier 10 10 Antenna 11 11 Antenna Amplifier...

Страница 3731: ...ttery ground cable Otherwise the memory will be erased Reassemble in reverse order of disassembly un less otherwise indicated Adjust parts to the given specifications Connect connectors and hoses secu...

Страница 3732: ...wer supply for radio 2 Check radio ground 3 Remove radio for repair A specific speaker does not operate 1 Check speaker 2 Check output circuit between radio and speaker Radio generates noise with engi...

Страница 3733: ...ET 4 ENTERTAINMENT CIGARETTE LIGHTER SYSTEM 3 Cigarette Lighter System A SCHEMATIC 1 CIGARETTE LIGHTER Ref to WI 233 SCHEMATIC Front Accessory Power Supply System...

Страница 3734: ...Remove two screws B and hook D then re move center panel C while disconnecting connec tor 4 Remove fitting screws and slightly pull radio out from center console 5 Disconnect electric connectors and a...

Страница 3735: ...Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove front door trim Ref to EI 30 REMOV AL Front Door Trim 3 Remove front speaker mounting screws 4 Disconnect harness connector and remove front speaker B IN...

Страница 3736: ...T FRONT TWEETER 6 Front Tweeter A REMOVAL 1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove gusset cover 3 Disconnect harness connector and remove tweeter B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of...

Страница 3737: ...1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove rear door trim Ref to EI 31 REMOV AL Rear Door Trim 3 Remove rear speaker mounting screws 4 Disconnect harness connector and remove rear speaker B INSTA...

Страница 3738: ...1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove rear shelf trim Ref to EI 45 Remov al Rear Shelf Trim 3 Remove woofer mounting screws 4 Disconnect harness connector and then re move woofer B INSTALLA...

Страница 3739: ...REMOVAL 1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove passenger s seat Ref to SE 7 RE MOVAL Front Seat 3 Disconnect harness connector 4 Remove mounting nuts and then detach speak er amplifier B INS...

Страница 3740: ...be A and press the foil B against the wire C with your finger To locate the broken point move the probe along the antenna wire B REPAIR 1 Clean antenna wire and the surrounding area with a cloth dampe...

Страница 3741: ...to EI 40 WAGON REMOVAL Rear Quarter Trim 3 Disconnect harness connector and terminal 4 Remove mounting screw and detach antenna amplifier B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPE...

Страница 3742: ...o Standard 1 a and Amplifier Less than 1 1 b and Amplifier More than 100 k 1 c and Amplifier Less than 1 1 d and Amplifier More than 100 k 2 and Amplifier More than 100 k 3 and Amplifier More than 100...

Страница 3743: ...arette Lighter A REMOVAL 1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove center panel Ref to ET 5 REMOV AL Radio Body 3 Disconnect harness connectors and remove cig arette lighter B INSTALLATION Insta...

Страница 3744: ...COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COM Page 1 General Description 2 2 Horn System 3 3 Horn 4 4 Horn Switch 5...

Страница 3745: ...COM 2 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A PREPARATION TOOL 1 GENERAL TOOLS TOOL NAME REMARKS Circuit Tester Used for measuring resistance and voltage...

Страница 3746: ...m B INSPECTION 1 HORN RELAY Measure horn relay resistance between terminals indicated in table below while connecting terminal No 4 to battery positive terminal and terminal No 3 to battery ground ter...

Страница 3747: ...emove horn bracket mounting bolt A 3 Disconnect harness connector and remove horn assembly B B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION With 12 V direct current supply between...

Страница 3748: ...Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove the driver s airbag module Ref to AB 12 Driver s Airbag Module 3 Remove horn switch from steering wheel as shown B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse ord...

Страница 3749: ...COM 6 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HORN SWITCH MEMO...

Страница 3750: ...bly 16 8 Rear Door Glass 17 9 Rear Regulator and Motor Assembly 18 10 Windshield Glass 19 11 Rear Gate Glass 22 12 Rear Quarter Glass 24 13 Rear Window Glass 26 14 Roof Window Glass 27 15 Inner Rearvi...

Страница 3751: ...GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A COMPONENT 1 FIXED GLASS SEDAN 1 Windshield glass 4 Rearview mirror mount 7 6 light glass 2 Dam rubber 5 Locate pin 3 Molding 6 Rear window glass GW 00080 2...

Страница 3752: ...RRORS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 FIXED GLASS WAGON 1 Windshield glass 4 Rearview mirror mount 7 Rear quarter glass 2 Dam rubber 5 Locate pin 8 Locate pin 3 Molding 6 Fastener 9 Rear gate glass GW 00081 1 2...

Страница 3753: ...MIRRORS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3 FRONT DOOR GLASS 1 Glass 4 Regulator ASSY Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Door sash Front 5 Motor ASSY T1 7 35 0 75 5 4 3 Door sash Rear T2 14 1 4 10 1 GW 00082 1 2...

Страница 3754: ...S MIRRORS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 REAR DOOR GLASS 1 Glass 4 Regulator ASSY Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Door sash Front 5 Motor ASSY T1 7 35 0 75 5 4 3 Door sash Rear T2 14 1 4 10 1 GW 00083 1 2...

Страница 3755: ...GW 6 GLASS WINDOWS MIRRORS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5 MIRRORS 1 Outer mirror 3 Mount 5 Mirror 2 Rearview mirror 4 Spring GW 00084 1 2 3 4 5...

Страница 3756: ...connected always conduct an operational check after connecting them again Avoid impact and damage to the glass C PREPARATION TOOL TOOL NAME REMARKS Circuit Tester Used for checking voltage and continu...

Страница 3757: ...Ref to WI 286 RHD MODEL SCHEMATIC Power Window System B INSPECTION Symptom Repair order All power windows does not operate 1 Fuse SBF 6 F B No 18 2 Power window circuit breaker 3 Power window relay 4...

Страница 3758: ...w Defogger System A SCHEMATIC Ref to WI 296 SCHEMATIC Rear Window Defogger System B INSPECTION Symptom Repair order Rear window defogger does not operate 1 Fuse M B No 1 2 Rear defogger relay 3 Defogg...

Страница 3759: ...DEICER SYSTEM 4 Windshield Wiper Deicer System A SCHEMATIC Ref to WI 328 SCHEMATIC Wiper Deicer System B INSPECTION Symptom Repair order Wiper deicer does not operate 1 Fuse F B No 18 19 2 Wiper deice...

Страница 3760: ...or System 2 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RHD MODEL Ref to WI 299 RHD MODEL SCHEMATIC Remote Controlled Rearview Mirror System B INSPECTION Symptom Repair order All function does not operate 1 Fuse F B No 4 2...

Страница 3761: ...33 REMOV AL Outer Mirror Assembly 7 Remove gusset 8 Operate the power window switch to move glass to the position shown in the figure and then re move the two nuts from service holes 9 Take out door g...

Страница 3762: ...mm 0 39 to 0 59 in from fully closed position While applying outward pressure of 45 5 N 4 59 0 51 kgf 10 1 1 1 lb F to upper edge of glass above midpoint of two outer stabilizers press inner stabilize...

Страница 3763: ...ts alternately step by step to obtain dimensions shown below cross sec tion A NOTE If two nuts are loosened at the same time sash moves back and forth Therefore when one nut is adjusted secure the oth...

Страница 3764: ...f one sash to the maximum amount and the other to the minimum amount is not permitted Such adjustment may result in application of exces sive load to regulator 11 After adjustments tighten nuts 12 Aft...

Страница 3765: ...L Front Door Glass 5 Disconnect motor connector 6 Loosen four bolts and two nuts to pull out regu lator assembly 7 Loosen screws to remove motor assembly B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order...

Страница 3766: ...e different in dimension Special notes for rear glass are given below 1 Adjust glass position using the following dimen sions as a guide line NOTE If dimensions are smaller than the given dimen sions...

Страница 3767: ...ing nut 5 Remove front sash 6 Disconnect motor connector 7 Loosen four bolts and two nuts to remove regu lator assembly 8 Loosen screws to remove motor assembly B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse...

Страница 3768: ...ng face and edge of windshield glass to cut the adhesive layer NOTE Because matching pins are bonded to the corners of glass use piano wire to cut the pin 2 USING PIANO WIRE 1 Remove cowl panel Ref to...

Страница 3769: ...to make uniform clearance between body and glass in four corners 6 Place locating pins A and body on glass 7 Remove glass from body 8 Fit molding mark B to notch A of ceramic print 9 Apply primer to a...

Страница 3770: ...stand for about 24 hours NOTE For minimum drying time and time the vehicle must be left standing before driving after bonding follow instructions or instruction manual from the adhe sive manufacturer...

Страница 3771: ...glass is not allowed B INSTALLATION 1 Apply adhesive evenly to the glass attachment area 2 Insert the glass clip pin into the rear gate hole and after pushing on the area around the clip pin to secur...

Страница 3772: ...cle must be left standing before driving after bonding follow in structions or instruction manual from the adhesive manufacturer When a vehicle is returned to the user tell him or her that the vehicle...

Страница 3773: ...ove glass in the same procedure as for windshield glass Ref to GW 19 REMOVAL Windshield Glass 2 WAGON Remove glass in the same procedure as for windshield glass Ref to GW 19 REMOVAL Windshield Glass 1...

Страница 3774: ...imum drying time and time the vehicle must be left standing before driving after bonding follow instructions or instruction manual from the adhe sive manufacturer 4 After curing of adhesive pour water...

Страница 3775: ...t rear defogger terminals 4 After completion of all work allow vehicle to stand for about 24 hours NOTE For minimum drying time and time the vehicle must be left standing before driving after bonding...

Страница 3776: ...7 GLASS WINDOWS MIRRORS ROOF WINDOW GLASS 14 Roof Window Glass A REMOVAL Ref to SR 6 REMOVAL Sunroof Lid B INSTALLATION Ref to SR 6 INSTALLATION Sunroof Lid C ADJUSTMENT Ref to SR 6 ADJUSTMENT Sunroof...

Страница 3777: ...rror base 90 degrees clockwise or coun terclockwise to remove it 2 Remove spring from mirror base CAUTION Be careful not to damage the mirror surface B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of rem...

Страница 3778: ...power window main switch 2 Disconnect connectors from power window main switch and mirror switch 2 SUB SWITCH Remove two hooks A of switch panel to remove power window sub switch and disconnect conne...

Страница 3779: ...OFF 3 and 7 and 1 Less than 1 DOWN 7 and 9 3 and 1 Less than 1 AUTO DOWN 7 and 9 3 and 1 Less than 1 Switch position Terminal No Standard UP 9 and 5 1 and 4 Less than 1 OFF 1 and 5 and 4 Less than 1...

Страница 3780: ...ors at the back of heater control unit 1 AUTO A C LHD RHD 2 MANUAL A C LHD RHD Switch position Terminal No Standard OFF More than 1 M ON i48 13 and i49 12 Less than 1 Switch position Terminal No Stand...

Страница 3781: ...e lead of voltmeter to positive termi nal of voltmeter and then move negative lead along the wire up to the negative terminal end If voltage changes from zero to several volts during movement of lead...

Страница 3782: ...ter Mirror Assembly A REMOVAL 1 Remove door trim Ref to EI 30 REMOVAL Front Door Trim 2 Remove sealing cover to disconnect mirror con nector 3 Loosen screws to remove mirror assembly B INSTALLATION In...

Страница 3783: ...battery voltage is applied to terminals Mirror heater not equipped model If NG replace the mirror Mirror heater equipped model If NG replace the mirror Switch position Terminal No OFF UP 1 and 3 DOWN...

Страница 3784: ...bladed screwdriver without sharp edg es to lift the mirror out of the mirror holder A Also remove the connector from the back of mirrors with heaters 4 Warm the area around the mirror holder A with a...

Страница 3785: ...ONTROL MIRROR SWITCH 21 Remote Control Mirror Switch A REMOVAL 1 Remove power window main switch panel 2 Remove four hook to remove remote control mir ror switch B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse...

Страница 3786: ...If NG replace the switch GW 00134 4 3 2 6 9 8 7 1 Switch position Terminal No Standard OFF More than 1 M UP 7 and 4 2 and 1 Less than 1 DOWN 7 and 2 4 and 1 Less than 1 LEFT 9 and 4 2 and 1 Less than...

Страница 3787: ...WIPER DEICER 22 Wiper Deicer A INSPECTION Refer to INSPECTION under Rear Window Defog ger Ref to GW 32 INSPECTION Rear Window Defogger B REPAIR Refer to REPAIR under Rear Window Defogger Ref to GW 32...

Страница 3788: ...MODEL Remove radio bracket and then remove wiper de icer switch Ref to ET 5 REMOVAL Radio Body B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Move wiper deicer switch to each pos...

Страница 3789: ...GW 40 GLASS WINDOWS MIRRORS WIPER DEICER SWITCH MEMO...

Страница 3790: ...BODY STRUCTURE BS Page 1 General Description 2 2 Datum Points 3 3 Datum Dimensions 10...

Страница 3791: ...BS 2 BODY STRUCTURE GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A PREPARATION TOOL TOOL NAME REMARKS Tram tracking gauge Used for measuring dimen sion Tape measure Used for measuring dimen sion...

Страница 3792: ...hole at front pillar lower portion M6 88 Retainer attaching square hole at side rail outer 8 8 mm 0 31 0 31 in 64 Center pillar LWR gauge hole 16 mm 0 63 in dia 19 Retainer attaching hole at side rai...

Страница 3793: ...floor side attaching hole 13 mm 0 51 in dia 99 Rear combination light mounting hole 8 mm 0 31 in dia 83 Rear skirt outer burring hole 20 mm 0 79 in dia 93 Rear panel inner trim attaching hole UPR 8 m...

Страница 3794: ...LH 12 mm 0 47 in dia 51 Front side frame Ft gauge hole 20 mm 0 79 in dia 55 Crossmember front floor gauge hole M10 59 Frame rear floor side gauge hole 30 mm 1 18 in dia 52 Front side frame Ft gauge h...

Страница 3795: ...BS 6 BODY STRUCTURE DATUM POINTS BS 00486 51 52 50 BS 00490 9 BS 00487 53 56 55 54 BS 00491 57 58 BS 00488 46 59 BS 00492 BS 00489 1 BS 00493 8 9 10...

Страница 3796: ...BS 7 BODY STRUCTURE DATUM POINTS BS 00494 6 7 BS 00498 13 14 BS 00495 11 BS 00499 47 49 72 34 BS 00496 3 4 5 60 BS 00500 48 BS 00497 43 BS 00501 11 10...

Страница 3797: ...BS 8 BODY STRUCTURE DATUM POINTS BS 00502 70 BS 00506 67 BS 00503 65 41 46 BS 00507 40 38 39 BS 00504 45 BS 00508 42 24 BS 00505 12 17 BS 00509 25...

Страница 3798: ...BS 9 BODY STRUCTURE DATUM POINTS BS 00510 18 19 16 BS 00513 41 BS 00511 64 20 15 22 BS 00514 70 26 BS 00512 44 36 23 BS 00515 21...

Страница 3799: ...all the di mensions When using a tape measure carefully measure dimensions without letting the tape measure sag or twist Measure the linear dimensions between cores of holes Suffixes RH and LH indica...

Страница 3800: ...H to 3 RH 897 35 31 10 RH to 3 LH 1 679 66 10 10 RH to 8 RH 504 19 84 10 LH to 3 RH 1 679 66 10 10 LH to 8 LH 504 19 84 8 RH to 8 LH 1 398 55 04 9 RH to 9 LH 1 020 40 16 8 RH to 10 LH 1 519 59 80 6 RH...

Страница 3801: ...1 1170 46 06 47 1 85 545 21 46 1180 46 46 1813 71 38 159 6 26 253 9 96 68 2 68 623 24 53 51 52 9 54 53 55 23 0 91 150 5 91 56 57 50 50 51 51 52 52 53 54 56 57 58 59 59 58 57 56 54 53 51 52 9 53 53 9 5...

Страница 3802: ...BS 13 BODY STRUCTURE DATUM DIMENSIONS MEMO...

Страница 3803: ...BS 14 BODY STRUCTURE DATUM DIMENSIONS 3 WINDSHIELD AND DOORS BS 00101 21 81 19 88 89 87 23 85 82 20 64 12 17 67 10 11 67 16 18 19 24 42 44 36 23 22 20 64 14 13 82...

Страница 3804: ...60 33 86 81 to 23 RH 812 31 97 20 LH to 24 LH 860 33 86 81 to 23 LH 812 31 97 19 RH to 23 RH 899 35 39 82 LH to 21 LH 1 019 40 12 19 LH to 23 LH 899 35 39 82 RH to 21 LH 1 606 63 23 20 RH to 36 RH 1 5...

Страница 3805: ...53 41 to 25 1 290 50 79 40 RH to 40 LH 1 392 54 80 41 to 12 1 228 48 35 41 to 38 1 639 64 53 41 to 21 RH 940 37 01 41 to 39 RH 1 642 64 65 41 to 21 LH 940 37 01 41 to 39 LH 1 642 64 65 41 to 17 RH 1 2...

Страница 3806: ...BS 17 BODY STRUCTURE DATUM DIMENSIONS MEMO...

Страница 3807: ...BS 18 BODY STRUCTURE DATUM DIMENSIONS 5 TRUNK LID AND REAR GATE BS 00103 72 34 48 70 47 46 41 49 43 45 46 99 97 84 94 81 90 91 94 99 84 22 83 93 86 91 92 81 38 82 46 97 95 21 100 100...

Страница 3808: ...2 RH to 94 LH 1 710 67 32 48 to 46 LH 1 191 46 89 22 LH to 94 RH 1 710 67 32 70 RH to 70 LH 1 215 47 83 38 to 97 RH 3 100 122 05 72 RH to 72 LH 1 320 51 97 38 to 97 LH 3 227 127 05 81 to 38 2 351 92 5...

Страница 3809: ...BS 20 BODY STRUCTURE DATUM DIMENSIONS MEMO...

Страница 3810: ...ATION DRIVER INFO IDI Page 1 General Description 2 2 Combination Meter System 4 3 Combination Meter Assembly 14 4 Speedometer 18 5 Tachometer 19 6 Fuel Gauge 20 7 Water Temperature Gauge 21 8 Ambient...

Страница 3811: ...light 12 V 1 4 W HI beam indicator light 12 V 1 4 W Door open warning light LED Seat belt warning light LED Brake fluid and parking brake warning light 12 V 1 4 W FWD indicator light 12 V 1 4 W AIRBA...

Страница 3812: ...ight 12 V 1 4 W ABS warning light 12 V 1 4 W Check engine warning light Malfunc tion indicator light 12 V 1 4 W HI beam indicator light 12 V 1 4 W Door open warning light 12 V 2 0 W LCD back light Sea...

Страница 3813: ...ssion control module 2 Harness 3 Speedometer MT Ref to IDI 6 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION Combi nation Meter System AT Ref to IDI 7 CHECK TRANSMIS SION CONTROL MODULE INSPEC TION Combination...

Страница 3814: ...ssis ground Connector terminal Standard meter i12 No 7 Chassis ground Luminiscent meter i10 No 9 Chassis ground i12 No 1 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the specified value 10 V Go to st...

Страница 3815: ...switch to ON 4 Measure voltage between vehicle speed sensor connector and engine ground Connector terminal B17 No 3 Engine ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 3...

Страница 3816: ...red value same as the speci fied value 0 V 5 V Go to step 2 Check transmis sion control mod ule Ref to AT 2 Basic Diagnostic Procedure 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSMIS SION CONTROL MODULE AND COMBINA...

Страница 3817: ...Ref to EN H4SOw oOBD 2 Basic Diagnostic Proce dure or Ref to EN H4DOSTC 2 Basic Diagnostic Proce dure or Ref to EN H6DO 2 Basic Diagnostic Procedure or Ref to EN H6DO 2 Basic Diagnostic Procedure 2 CH...

Страница 3818: ...vel Sensor or Ref to FU H4SOw oOBD 62 REMOVAL Fuel Sub Level Sensor or Ref to FU H4DOSTC 62 REMOVAL Fuel Sub Level Sensor or Ref to FU H6DO 68 REMOVAL Fuel Sub Level Sensor 2 Measure the resistance be...

Страница 3819: ...Connector terminal R58 No 6 R59 No 2 Is the measured value less than the specified value 10 Go to step 5 Repair wiring har ness 5 CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between...

Страница 3820: ...connector from engine coolant temperature sensor and combination meter 3 Measure resistance between engine cool ant temperature sensor harness connector and combination meter harness connector Connect...

Страница 3821: ...Sensor Is the ambient sensor OK Ambient sensor is OK Go to step 3 Replace the ambi ent sensor 3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN AMBIENT SENSOR AND COMBINATION METER 1 Disconnect connector from combination meter...

Страница 3822: ...ctor B and combination meter con nector A Connector terminal Printed circuit connector B No 1 Combination meter connector A No 7 Printed circuit connector B No 2 Combination meter connector A No 7 Is...

Страница 3823: ...Loosen screws C to remove center panel D 5 Remove meter visor E NOTE The following illustration is for LHD model The lay out for RHD model is symmetrically opposite 6 Remove screws of combination met...

Страница 3824: ...ger prints on the glass surface and meter surfaces 1 STANDARD METER 1 Disengage claw F to remove case B from back cover A 2 Disengage claw G to remove meter glass E reflector D and window plate C from...

Страница 3825: ...and window plate E from case C 4 Remove connector cover and release connector lock by pulling both end of it disconnect FPC Flex ible Printed Circuit connector P 5 Pull up claw N on back cover A with...

Страница 3826: ...23 HOLD 24 LCD IDI00031 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 Water temperature gauge ring 2 Tachometer and water temperature gauge ring 3 ABS 4 VDC 5 Oil pressure 6 Check e...

Страница 3827: ...Ref to IDI 15 DISASSEMBLY Combination Meter As sembly B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Measure speedometer resistance If NG replace speedometer and fuel gauge assem...

Страница 3828: ...Ref to IDI 15 DISASSEMBLY Combination Meter Assembly B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Measure tachometer resistance If NG replace tachometer and water temperature g...

Страница 3829: ...ISASSEMBLY Combination Meter As sembly B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Measure fuel gauge resistance If NG replace speedometer and fuel gauge assem bly If OK replac...

Страница 3830: ...IDI 15 DISASSEMBLY Combination Meter Assembly B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Measure water temperature gauge resistance If NG replace tachometer and water temperat...

Страница 3831: ...d cable from battery 3 Disconnect ambient sensor connector 4 Remove ambient sensor from radiator lower panel B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Measure ambient sensor...

Страница 3832: ...SEATS SE Page 1 General Description 2 2 Front Seat 7 3 Rear Seat 17...

Страница 3833: ...SE 2 SEATS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 General Description A COMPONENT 1 FRONT SEAT SE 00197 b a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 10 10 10 10 9 10 10 11 12 13 13 14 T2 T1 T2 T1 T1 T3 T1 T2 T2 T2 T1 T1 A B...

Страница 3834: ...lide rail inner ASSY T1 30 3 1 22 a 8 way power seat 8 Slide rail outer ASSY T2 53 5 4 39 b 6 way power seat 9 Hinge ASSY T3 10 1 0 7 1 Seat back pad 10 Hinge cover 2 Headrest 11 Rod 3 Seat back board...

Страница 3835: ...SE 4 SEATS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 REAR SEAT SEDAN 1 Backrest 3 Cushion Tightening troque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Head restraint T 24 5 2 50 18 1 SE 00251 1 2 2 2 3 T...

Страница 3836: ...ON 3 REAR SEAT WAGON 1 Cover 5 Backrest RH Tightening troque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Cushion RH 6 Backrest LH T1 10 1 0 7 2 3 Cushion LH 7 Head restraint T2 24 5 2 50 18 1 4 Hook T3 33 3 40 24 1 SE 00198 1...

Страница 3837: ...ON B CAUTION When removing front seat from a side airbag load ed vehicle follow cautions given in the airbag sec tion C PREPARATION TOOL 1 GENERAL TOOL TOOL NAME REMARKS Long Nose Pliers Used for remo...

Страница 3838: ...nnect connectors of seat heater and seat belt warning Seat heater equipped seat 8 Remove two bolts at rear side of seat rail 9 Move seat to full rear end 10 Remove two bolts at front side of seat rail...

Страница 3839: ...11 Remove front seat from vehicle B INSTALLATION 1 STANDARD SEAT 1 Install in the reverse order of removal 2 Place slide rail rear inner on location bolts A 3 Tighten the four bolts of slide rail NOT...

Страница 3840: ...nd remove hog rings using a plier 5 Remove clamp of side airbag wire harness Side airbag equipped seat 6 Remove clamp of seat heater wire harness Seat heater equipped seat 7 Turn cover and cushion and...

Страница 3841: ...t pad 14 Remove clamp of airbag wire harness on back side of seat Side airbag equipped seat 15 Remove the two cap nuts and then remove side airbag module assembly Side airbag equipped seat 16 Remove r...

Страница 3842: ...r wire harness Seat heater equipped seat 20 Remove hog rings A Tilt type seat Non tilt type seat Leather type seat 21 Remove cushion cover 22 Remove cushion pad 23 Remove clip pins and remove seat lif...

Страница 3843: ...slide rail 28 Remove 4 screws and then remove hinge Non tilt type seat 29 Remove 2 bolts and then remove slide rail Non tilt type seat 30 Remove connecting wire 2 POWER SEAT 1 Remove seats from vehicl...

Страница 3844: ...ag equipped seat 6 Remove clamp of seat heater wire harness Seat heater equipped seat 7 Turn cover and cushion and remove the two bolts from hinge 8 Remove hinge screw cover and screws and re move sea...

Страница 3845: ...irbag equipped seat 15 Remove the two cap nuts and then remove side airbag module assembly Side airbag equipped seat 16 Remove the 4 bolts of seat hinge assembly and then remove seat cushion 17 Remove...

Страница 3846: ...seat switch connector on the underside of the cover and remove the hinge cover 6 way power seat Remove the reclining lever cover and screw dis connect the power seat switch connector on the un dersid...

Страница 3847: ...type standard seat 2 POWER SEAT 1 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly NOTE Do not contaminate or damage cover While installing hog rings prevent seat from get ting wrinkled Make sure the conn...

Страница 3848: ...and then remove rear floor front mat 5 Remove bolts and nuts of bracket hinge 6 Remove rear seat backrest 2 SEDAN 1 Slightly raise front of cushion while pushing down on cushion in the direction of A...

Страница 3849: ...per back side of the rear seat backrest to the body hook 2 Tighten the bolt and install the backrest 3 Hook and fasten the seat cushion to the hook on the lower part of the rear seat backrest Tighteni...

Страница 3850: ...ings 6 Remove backrest hook 7 Remove hook at bottom 8 Remove 4 pawls 9 Remove 8 hog rings A 10 Remove the hog rings A on front side of cush ion pad Armrest equipped seat 11 Remove cover When disassemb...

Страница 3851: ...cushion mat 15 Remove hook and then remove frame 16 Remove hog rings A and then remove cover Separated type seat 2 SEDAN 1 Remove the rear seat from the vehicle Ref to SE 17 REMOVAL Rear Seat 2 Remove...

Страница 3852: ...and then remove the seat cover D ASSEMBLY 1 WAGON 1 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly NOTE Do not contaminate or damage cover While installing wire rings prevent seat from get ting wrinkle...

Страница 3853: ...SE 22 SEATS REAR SEAT MEMO...

Страница 3854: ...23 9 Rear Outer Handle 24 10 Rear Door Latch Assembly 25 11 Rear Door Lock Actuator 26 12 Rear Gate Outer Handle 27 13 Rear Gate Latch Assembly 28 14 Rear Gate Latch Lock Actuator 29 15 Trunk Lid Loc...

Страница 3855: ...OCK ASSEMBLY 1 Inner remote ASSY 6 Striker Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Inner remote cover 7 Door outer handle T1 6 4 0 65 4 7 3 Bell crank 8 Key cylinder T2 7 35 0 75 5 4 4 Auto door lock actu...

Страница 3856: ...ey cylinder 6 Rear gate outer handle Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Cable 7 Rear gate actuator T1 7 5 0 76 5 5 3 Striker 8 Rear gate latch T2 25 2 5 18 1 4 Trunk lid lock ASSY T3 18 1 8 13 0 5 Tr...

Страница 3857: ...CRIPTION 3 HOOD LOCK AND REMOTE OPENERS 1 Hood lock ASSY 4 Cover Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Lever ASSY 5 Pull handle ASSY T1 6 4 0 65 4 7 3 Cable 6 Striker T2 32 3 3 23 9 SL 00116 HOOD SEDAN...

Страница 3858: ...S GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM NOTE IMM ECM location for RHD model is symmetrically opposite 1 Antenna 3 Immobilizer control module IMM ECM 2 Immobilizer indicator light LED bulb 4 Transpo...

Страница 3859: ...SL 6 SECURITY AND LOCKS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5 KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM 1 Keyless entry control module 2 Rear gate latch switch Wagon 3 Door switch SL 00117 1 2 3...

Страница 3860: ...if so designated Connect connectors and hoses securely during reassembly After reassembly ensure all functional parts operate smoothly Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the electrical parts...

Страница 3861: ...System 4 Check the door lock actuator and the circuit Ref to SL 10 CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUA TOR AND CIRCUIT INSPECTION Door Lock Control System Door lock switch knob does not operate Check the door lock...

Страница 3862: ...epair harness Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK DOOR LOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT 1 Disconnect the keyless entry control mod ule harness connector 2 Measure the resistance between the har ness connector terminal and c...

Страница 3863: ...lue exceed the specified value 10 V Go to step 2 Replace the key less entry control module 2 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL Measure the voltage between the harness con nector terminal of keyless entry control mo...

Страница 3864: ...is unlocked Empty 8 Empty 9 Empty 10 Room light Ignition switch illumina tion 11 OUTPUT 0 V is detected when pressing the transmitter OPEN button 0 V is detected when any door is open Turn signal lig...

Страница 3865: ...TE If the door lock control system does not operate when using the door lock switch check the door lock control system Ref to SL 8 INSPECTION Door Lock Control System 1 Check the transmitter battery R...

Страница 3866: ...6 in the main fuse box Is the fuse blown The fuse is not blown Check power sup ply and ground cir cuit Ref to SL 13 CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT INSPECTION Keyless Entry Sys tem Replace the...

Страница 3867: ...ground Connector terminal B176 No 2 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 2 Repair harness and or connec tor 2 REGISTRATION CONNECTOR INPUT VOLT AGE INSPE...

Страница 3868: ...und Rear gate B176 No 4 chassis ground Is the measured value less than the specified value when all doors and rear gate are closed 10 V The door switch is OK Go to step 3 3 CHECK DOOR SWITCH 1 Disconn...

Страница 3869: ...nnector terminal and chassis ground Connector terminal B176 No 1 chassis ground Is the measured value same as the speci fied value 0 V The key warning switch is OK Go to step 4 4 CHECK KEY WARNING SWI...

Страница 3870: ...n or short between keyless entry control mod ule and turn signal lights Replace the key less entry control module Step Value Yes No 1 CHECK ROOM LIGHT OPERATION Make sure the room light illuminates wh...

Страница 3871: ...c ified value 10 V Go to step 2 Check harness for open circuit or shorts between the ignition switch illumination and fuse 2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION AND KEYLESS EN TRY CONTR...

Страница 3872: ...g cover Ref to EB 13 RE MOVAL Front Sealing Cover 3 Remove the two rod joints 4 Remove the screw and detach the front inner remote B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Make sure...

Страница 3873: ...2 Remove the two bolts Remove the front outer handle A CAUTION Do not use excessive force to remove the door panel This will deform it B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Make...

Страница 3874: ...r remote Ref to SL 19 REMOVAL Front Inner Remote 5 Remove the front door glass Ref to GW 12 REMOVAL Front Door Glass 6 Remove three nuts and detach the front door sash Rear 7 Remove the three screws a...

Страница 3875: ...ck ac tuator B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Make sure the lock works properly after installation C INSPECTION 1 Disconnect the door lock actuator harness con nector 2 Conn...

Страница 3876: ...Sealing Cover 3 Remove the two rod joints 4 Remove the screw and detach the inner remote B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Make sure the inner remote works properly after in...

Страница 3877: ...Inner Remote 4 Remove the rear door latch assembly Ref to SL 25 REMOVAL Rear Door Latch Assembly 5 Remove the two bolts and nut Remove the rear outer handle CAUTION Do not use excessive force to remo...

Страница 3878: ...f to EB 16 RE MOVAL Rear Sealing Cover 4 Remove the rear inner remote Ref to SL 23 REMOVAL Rear Inner Remote 5 Remove the three screws and bolt 6 Disconnect the connector Remove the rear door latch as...

Страница 3879: ...ac tuator B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Make sure the lock works properly after installation C INSPECTION 1 Disconnect the door lock actuator harness con nector 2 Connec...

Страница 3880: ...m 2 Remove the rear gate latch rod 3 Remove the nut holding the rear gate outer han dle and then remove the rear gate outer handle B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Make sure...

Страница 3881: ...e the rear gate key cylinder rod 4 Remove the rear gate outer handle Ref to SL 27 REMOVAL Rear Gate Outer Handle 5 Remove the three bolts 6 Remove the two connectors and pull out the latch B INSTALLAT...

Страница 3882: ...tor B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Make sure the lock works properly after installation C INSPECTION 1 Disconnect the door lock actuator harness con nector 2 Connect the b...

Страница 3883: ...the lock assembly Remove the lock assembly B B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE Apply grease to parts that rub Make sure the lock works properly after installa tion C INSPECT...

Страница 3884: ...tall in the reverse order of removal NOTE Apply grease to parts that rub Make sure the release cable works properly after installation C ADJUSTMENT Loosen the bolt Adjust the lock assembly while movin...

Страница 3885: ...opener pull handle 5 Remove the striker from the trunk lid 6 Remove the cable from the striker 3 FUEL FLAP OPENER 1 Remove the rear seat Ref to SE 17 REMOV AL Rear Seat 2 Remove the center pillar lowe...

Страница 3886: ...anel to left and remove B INSTALLATION 1 HOOD OPENER Install in the reverse order of removal 2 TRUNK LID OPENER Install in the reverse order of removal 3 FUEL FLAP OPENER Install in the reverse order...

Страница 3887: ...ON 1 Remove the instrument panel lower cover 2 Remove the lower column cover 3 Unfasten the hold down clip which secures the harness and disconnect the connector of the igni tion switch from the body...

Страница 3888: ...2 Remove the rod clamp Replace the key cylin der 2 TRUNK LID 1 Remove the trunk trim Ref to EI 47 REMOV AL Trunk Lid Trim 2 Remove the rod clamp Remove the lock plate Replace the key cylinder 3 REAR G...

Страница 3889: ...e for LHD models The positions for RHD models are symmetrically opposite 1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove instrument panel lower cover Ref to EI 35 REMOVAL Instrument Panel Assembly 3 D...

Страница 3890: ...nstrument panel lower cover Ref to EI 35 REMOVAL Instrument Panel Assembly 3 Remove screws separate upper column cover and lower column cover 4 Disconnect immobilizer antenna connector A from immobili...

Страница 3891: ...ery 2 Remove glove box Ref to EI 32 REMOVAL Glove Box 3 Remove nut then remove keyless entry control module B and the other electrical control module A while disconnecting connector 4 Disconnect keyle...

Страница 3892: ...equiva lent D REPLACEMENT 1 TRANSMITTER REGISTRATION NOTE A maximum of 3 transmitters can be registered for each individual vehicle 1 Remove the side sill cover at the driver s side then connect the...

Страница 3893: ...SL 40 SECURITY AND LOCKS KEYLESS TRANSMITTER MEMO...

Страница 3894: ...SUNROOF T TOP CONVERTIBLE TOP SUNROOF SR Page 1 General Description 2 2 Sunroof Control System 5 3 Sunroof Lid 6 4 Sunroof Assembly 7 5 Sunroof Motor 11 6 Sunroof Switch 14...

Страница 3895: ...escription A COMPONENT 1 SEDAN 1 Glass lid 6 Sunroof bracket Front Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Guide rail cover 7 Motor cover T 7 4 0 75 5 4 3 Sunshade 8 Motor ASSY 4 Drain tube 9 Frame ASSY 5...

Страница 3896: ...SCRIPTION 2 WAGON 1 Glass lid Front 5 Frame ASSY Front Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Glass lid Rear 6 Drain tube T1 7 4 0 75 5 4 3 Sunshade 7 Cover T2 1 5 0 15 1 1 4 Frame ASSY Rear 8 Frame brac...

Страница 3897: ...rd memory contents before disconnecting the battery ground cable Otherwise the memory will be erased Reassemble in reverse order of disassembly un less otherwise indicated Adjust parts to the given sp...

Страница 3898: ...heck gears and bearings for wear 3 Check cables for wear 4 Check cable pipe for deformities Failure of sunroof Motor operates properly 1 Check guide rail for foreign particles 2 Check guide rail for i...

Страница 3899: ...sun shade 2 Remove covers A then remove nuts B 3 Remove the sunroof lid carefully B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION When installing sunroof lid be careful not to pinch the...

Страница 3900: ...ove room lamp harness clip A 6 Disconnect sunroof harness connector 7 Remove motor cover 8 Remove sunroof brackets front A and rear B 9 Remove nuts then detach the sunroof frame 2 WAGON FRONT 1 Discon...

Страница 3901: ...m Ref to EI 42 WAGON REMOVAL Roof Trim 3 Remove rear sunroof lid Ref to SR 6 SEDAN AND WAGON REAR REMOVAL Sunroof Lid 4 Disconnect drain tubes A from rear sunroof frame 5 Disconnect sunroof harness co...

Страница 3902: ...or more C DISASSEMBLY 1 SEDAN AND WAGON FRONT 1 Remove sunroof frame 2 Remove rail stoppers A 3 Pull out the sunshade A from sunroof frame 2 WAGON REAR 1 Remove rear sunroof frame 2 Remove sunroof mo...

Страница 3903: ...scale to measure force required to move the sunshade Force required to move rear sunshade Less than 24 5 4 9 N 2 5 0 5 kgf 5 5 1 1 lb NOTE Considerable force is required to start sunshade moving so t...

Страница 3904: ...g screw 2 WAGON 1 Completely close the front and rear sunroof then tilt up the front sunroof to the most upper po sition 2 Disconnect ground cable from battery 3 Remove rear sunroof lid Ref to SR 6 SE...

Страница 3905: ...when installing sunroof motor 1 Check the matching mark A of sunroof motor 2 Confirm the matching mark A of sunroof brack et link 3 Install sunroof motor 4 After installing the motor reconfirm the ma...

Страница 3906: ...of Open 6 Close sunroof 150 mm 5 91 in away from completely closed position Closed 7 Completely close sunroof Closed Operation Switch position 1 Completely close front and rear sunroof Closed 2 Tilt u...

Страница 3907: ...INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION 1 SEDAN Measure sunroof switch resistance 2 WAGON Measure sunroof switch resistance SR 00039 A B Switch position Terminal No Standard...

Страница 3908: ...0 Side Sill Spoiler 29 11 Front Door Trim 30 12 Rear Door Trim 31 13 Glove Box 32 14 Roof Rail 33 15 Console Box 34 16 Instrument Panel Assembly 35 17 Upper Inner Trim 38 18 Lower Inner Trim 39 19 Rea...

Страница 3909: ...Bumper face Except OUTBACK 6 Cover Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Bumper face OUTBACK 7 Toeing hook cover Except OUT BACK T1 30 3 1 22 3 Bumper beam T2 17 7 1 8 13 0 4 Side stay 8 Toeing hook co...

Страница 3910: ...GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2 REAR BUMPER SEDAN 1 Bumper beam 4 Side stay Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Side bracket 5 Hook T1 93 9 5 69 3 Bumper face 6 Bracket T2 7 4 0 75 5 4 T3 2 0 2 1 4 EI 00403 1...

Страница 3911: ...IPTION 3 REAR BUMPER WAGON 1 Bumper beam 4 Bumper face OUTBACK Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Side bracket 5 Side stay T1 93 9 5 96 3 Bumper face Except OUTBACK 6 Hook T2 7 4 0 75 5 4 T3 2 0 2 1...

Страница 3912: ...CK 3 Side protector Front fender 7 Side protector Side sill B OUTBACK 4 Side protector Front door 1 Front side protector 5 Side protector Rear door Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Rear side protec...

Страница 3913: ...A Front door 3 Weatherstrip upper 8 Weatherstrip lower B Rear door 4 Clip 9 Upper trim C Rear gate 5 Pad 10 Side trim 1 Gusset cover 6 Trim panel 11 Lower trim 2 Bracket 7 Power window switch cover E...

Страница 3914: ...1 Side sill rear lower cover 2 Center pillar upper trim 7 Trunk side trim 12 Front pillar lower trim 3 Rear pillar upper trim 8 Rear pillar lower trim 13 Side sill front lower cover 4 Rear shelf trim...

Страница 3915: ...lower trim 11 Center pillar lower trim 2 Center pillar upper trim 7 Lid 12 Side sill rear lower cover 3 Rear pillar upper trim 8 Rear skirt trim 13 Front pillar lower trim 4 Rear rail trim 9 Hook 14 S...

Страница 3916: ...itch panel 3 Hook 13 Console box 23 Meter visor 4 Grille side P 14 Rear ash tray 24 Grille vent D 5 Grille vent P 15 Console lid 25 Grille center 6 Glove box panel 16 Console cover 7 Glove box lid 17...

Страница 3917: ...EI 10 EXTERIOR INTERIOR TRIM GENERAL DESCRIPTION 9 INNER ACCESSORIES 1 Hook 2 Sun visor 3 Assist grip EI 00293 1 2 3...

Страница 3918: ...ver Used for removal of trim Adhesive remover Used for removal of side protector Primer Used for installation of side protector Infrared lamp Used for disassembly assembly of side protector Tow sided...

Страница 3919: ...lle A REMOVAL 1 Open hood 2 Loosen bolts and nuts to remove front grill B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque A Nut 4 4 1 5 N m 0 45 0 15 kgf m 3 3 1 1 ft lb B Bolt...

Страница 3920: ...FRONT UNDER COVER 3 Front Under Cover A REMOVAL 1 Lift up the vehicle 2 Loosen bolts and clips to remove under cover B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening torque 18 4 N m 1...

Страница 3921: ...he mud gruand 4 Remove clip at bottom of bumper 5 Remove clip A and pull out bumper slightly 6 Disconnect electrical connector of fog light to re move bumper 7 Remove bumper beam B INSTALLATION Instal...

Страница 3922: ...r Solid paint Hardener PB Thinner T 301 Mixing ratio Main agent vs hardener 4 1 Viscosity 10 13 sec 20 C 68 F Film thickness 35 45 Spraying pressure 245 343 kPa 2 5 3 5 kg cm2 36 50 psi Use section bl...

Страница 3923: ...Kit NRM Pro cess No Process name Job contents 1 Cleaning Clean the area to be repaired using water 2 Sanding Grind the repairing area with 500 sand paper in a feathering motion 3 Finish Resin section...

Страница 3924: ...nd the side just opposite the beveled area with sand paper 40 to 60 and clean using a sol vent Temporarily spot weld the side using a PP welding rod and heater gun 1 Welded spot Use heater gun and PP...

Страница 3925: ...ating Apply a coat of primer surfacer to the repaired area two or three times at an interval of 3 to 5 min utes Recommended surfacer UPS 300 Flex Primer No 303 UPS 300 Exclusive hardener NPS 725 Exclu...

Страница 3926: ...ng pressure 245 343 kPa 2 5 3 5 kg cm2 36 50 psi 22 Drying Allow the coated surface to dry at 20 C 68 F for two hours or 60 C 140 F for 30 minutes NOTE Do not allow the temperature to exceed 80 C 176...

Страница 3927: ...trunk rear trim 4 Remove hook A to pull off rear side of trunk side trim 5 Remove two nuts from each side to remove rear bumper 6 Loosen clips to remove upper beam A from bumper face 2 WAGON 1 Lift u...

Страница 3928: ...guide pin B securely Tightening torque Refer to COMPONENT in General Descrip tion Ref to EI 3 REAR BUMPER SE DAN COMPONENT General Description 2 WAGON 1 Install in the reverse order of removal 2 Fit s...

Страница 3929: ...IOR TRIM MUD GUARD 6 Mud Guard A REMOVAL 1 Jack up the vehicle 2 Remove screws and clips to remove mud guard B INSTALLATION Insert hook into body and tighten it with screw and clip A Except OUTBACK B...

Страница 3930: ...23 EXTERIOR INTERIOR TRIM PROTECTOR 7 Protector A REMOVAL 1 Except OUTBACK NOTE Pay attention to the position of clips a c A Section A B Section B C Section C EI 00297 A B B A A C A A A A A a b c A B...

Страница 3931: ...move clip a and bolt b NOTE Pay attention to the position of clip C A Section A C Section C E Section E B Section B D Section D EI 00298 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A D A A A A A A A A A A A B...

Страница 3932: ...tape is hard to remove heat to ap proximately 40 C 104 F 4 Apply an even coat of adhesive remover to the two sided tape Recommended adhesive remover SUMITOMO 3M4000 or equivalent CAUTION Do not apply...

Страница 3933: ...to 40 to 60 C 104 to 140 F and rear surface of side pro tector to 20 to 30 C 68 to 86 F 3 Remove tack paper from two sided paper While aligning clips with holes in body panel attach two sided tape to...

Страница 3934: ...ood 2 Remove wiper arm Ref to WW 12 REMOV AL Front Wiper Arm 3 Remove front panel seal 4 Remove clips A and cowl side panel C Loos en clips D on six positions and remove cowl side panel B INSTALLATION...

Страница 3935: ...connector a of high mounted stop light 3 Remove mounting nut of rear spoiler to remove rear spoiler B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal 2 Clean mounting surfaces of trunk lid and...

Страница 3936: ...9 EXTERIOR INTERIOR TRIM SIDE SILL SPOILER 10 Side Sill Spoiler A REMOVAL Remove clips 1 on front 6 on lower 1 on side re move side spoiler B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal EI 00...

Страница 3937: ...tch panel to remove power window main switch 3 Disconnect electrical connectors from power window main switch and mirror switch 4 Remove three screws and clips 5 Remove gusset cover Disconnect electri...

Страница 3938: ...o remove upper hook Pull down it to remove lower claw Re move inner remote cover 2 Remove two hook A of switch panel to remove power window sub switch and disconnect electrical connector 3 Remove thre...

Страница 3939: ...EI 32 EXTERIOR INTERIOR TRIM GLOVE BOX 13 Glove Box A REMOVAL 1 Remove stoppers 2 Loosen screws to remove glove box B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal EI 00177 EI 00178...

Страница 3940: ...of Rail A REMOVAL 1 Remove roof trim Ref to EI 42 REMOVAL Roof Trim 2 Remove five mounting nuts and then detach roof rail carefully B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal Tightening to...

Страница 3941: ...OX 15 Console Box A REMOVAL 1 Remove shift knob A MT model and front cov er B 2 Remove tray A and console cover B 3 Remove console box A B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal 1 Hook p...

Страница 3942: ...ons for RHD model are symmetrically op posite 1 Disconnect ground cable from battery 2 Remove lower cover 3 Remove lower column cover and disconnect harness connectors to steering column 4 Remove stee...

Страница 3943: ...er side 11 Set temperature control switch A to FULL HOT and then disconnect temperature control ca ble from bottom of heater unit Manual A C equipped model NOTE Do not move the switch and link when in...

Страница 3944: ...re assembly When storing the removed instrument panel place it standing up on the floor B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be careful not to snag the harness NOTE When set...

Страница 3945: ...e center pillar upper trim C B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to securely hook pawls of inner trim panel to body flange NOTE When installing center pillar upper t...

Страница 3946: ...on Ref to SE 17 REMOVAL Rear Seat then remove side sill rear upper cover C For wagon Rise rear seat cushion then remove side sill rear upper cover C 4 Remove side sill rear lower cover D 5 Remove cent...

Страница 3947: ...Ref to EI 49 RE MOVAL Luggage Floor Mat 3 Remove rear skirt trim A 4 Remove rear quarter lower trim mounting volts screws and clips then remove the trim B 5 Remove rear mole C 6 Remove rear quarter up...

Страница 3948: ...EI 41 EXTERIOR INTERIOR TRIM SUN VISOR 20 Sun Visor A REMOVAL Remove mounting screws then detach sun visor A and hook B B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal EI 00200 A B...

Страница 3949: ...RE MOVAL Upper Inner Trim 8 Remove rear window mole A of both sides 9 Remove screw B of rear quarter lower trim shown in the figure 10 Remove rear quarter upper trim C of both sides 11 Remove clips an...

Страница 3950: ...ower trim shown in the figure 10 Remove rear quarter upper trim D of both sides 11 Remove rear rail trim E 12 Remove cover B while detaching snap lock carefully Put the rear center seat belt tongue A...

Страница 3951: ...not to damage clips or their holes 1 Remove clips and detach rear gate lower trim A 2 Remove caps and screws and then detach high mounted stop light cover A 3 Remove rear gate upper trim A B INSTALLAT...

Страница 3952: ...Ref to SE 17 SE DAN REMOVAL Rear Seat 3 Remove inner seat belt RH then disconnect in ner seat belt RH A and outer seat belt center B 4 Detach rear shelf trim through each rear outer seat belt from sli...

Страница 3953: ...TRIM TRUNK TRIM 24 Trunk Trim A REMOVAL 1 Remove clips and then detach trunk rear trim A 2 Remove luggage hook B and clips then detach trunk side trim C B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of...

Страница 3954: ...EI 47 EXTERIOR INTERIOR TRIM TRUNK LID TRIM 25 Trunk Lid Trim A REMOVAL Remove clips and detach trunk lid trim A B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal EI 00300...

Страница 3955: ...ower Inner Trim 5 Remove clips from floor mat NOTE When pulling out edge do not pull mat alone pull mat together with edge Ply off two steel clips on side sill front cover and one on side sill rear co...

Страница 3956: ...49 EXTERIOR INTERIOR TRIM LUGGAGE FLOOR MAT 27 Luggage Floor Mat A REMOVAL Remove clips then detach rear floor mats and box es B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal 1 Clips EI 00218...

Страница 3957: ...EI 50 EXTERIOR INTERIOR TRIM TRUNK ROOM MAT 28 Trunk Room Mat A REMOVAL Draw out trunk room mat B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal EI 00219...

Страница 3958: ...ODY PANELS EB Page 1 General Description 2 2 Front Hood 9 3 Fender Panel 10 4 Front Door Panel 11 5 Front Sealing Cover 13 6 Rear Door Panel 14 7 Rear Sealing Cover 16 8 Trunk Lid Panel 17 9 Rear Gate...

Страница 3959: ...cification A A 1 Front fender and 2 front door 4 6 1 0 mm 0 181 0 039 in B B 2 Front door and 3 rear door 5 1 1 0 mm 0 201 0 039 in C C 3 Rear door and 4 rear quarter 4 6 1 0 mm 0 181 0 039 in D D 5 D...

Страница 3960: ...GENERAL DESCRIPTION B COMPONENT 1 FRONT HOOD 1 Front hood 5 Buffer A Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Seal Front hood 6 Buffer B T1 24 5 2 5 18 1 3 Hinge 7 Plug 4 Buffer C 8 Seal ASSY EB 00039 1 2...

Страница 3961: ...ghtening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Weatherstrip Outer 8 Door checker T1 7 35 0 75 5 4 3 Clip Weatherstrip outer 9 Lower hinge T2 18 1 8 13 4 Stabilizer Lifter 10 Upper hinge T3 30 3 1 22 5 Stabilizer O...

Страница 3962: ...Outer 6 Bracket Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Clip Weatherstrip outer 7 Sealing cover T1 7 35 0 75 5 4 3 Stabilizer Outer 8 Door checker T2 18 1 8 13 4 Stabilizer Inner 9 Lower hinge T3 30 3 1...

Страница 3963: ...EXTERIOR BODY PANELS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4 TRUNK LID PANEL 1 Torsion bar 4 Hinge ASSY Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Trunk lid 5 Cover T1 18 1 8 13 3 Weatherstrip T2 14 1 4 10 EB 00042 1 2 3 4 5...

Страница 3964: ...L DESCRIPTION 5 REAR GATE PANEL 1 Gas stay 4 Buffer Rear gate Tightening torque N m kgf m ft lb 2 Hinge 5 Buffer cover T1 7 5 0 76 5 5 3 Rear gate 6 Buffer Back door T2 14 1 4 10 1 T3 25 2 5 18 1 1 2...

Страница 3965: ...S 2 GENERAL TOOL ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 925610000 WRENCH Used for removing and installing door hinge 927780000 REMOVER Used for removing and installing trunk torsion bar TOOL NAM...

Страница 3966: ...the reverse order of removal 2 Adjust clearance between hood and fender Clearance must be equal at both sides Tightening torque 24 5 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 ft lb C ADJUSTMENT 1 Use hinge mounting holes to...

Страница 3967: ...4 Remove front bumper face Ref to EI 14 RE MOVAL Front Bumper 5 Remove headlights Ref to LI 15 REMOVAL Headlight Assembly 6 Remove mud guard Ref to EI 22 REMOVAL Mud Guard 7 Remove bolts and clips to...

Страница 3968: ...to protect it from damage 9 Remove checker bolts 10 Remove door side bolts for upper and lower hinges to remove door 11 Using special tool remove body side bolts for upper and lower hinges and remove...

Страница 3969: ...TERIOR BODY PANELS FRONT DOOR PANEL 3 Loosen screw A and tap striker B using plas tic hammer to adjust striker CAUTION Do not use impact wrench Welding area on striker nut plate is easily broken EB 00...

Страница 3970: ...over gets broken replace it with a new one B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal 2 When replacing sealing cover use butyl tape 3 Press sealer applied area firmly to prevent any floa...

Страница 3971: ...Support the door with the jack to protect it 8 Remove checker bolts 9 Remove door side bolts for upper and lower hinges to remove door 10 Using special tool remove body side bolts for upper and lower...

Страница 3972: ...R BODY PANELS REAR DOOR PANEL 3 Loosen screw A and tap striker B using plas tic hammer to adjust striker CAUTION Do not use an impact wrench The welding area on the striker nut plate is easily broken...

Страница 3973: ...gets broken replace it with a new one B INSTALLATION 1 Install in the reverse order of removal 2 When replacing sealing cover use butyl tape 3 Press sealer applied area firmly to prevent any floating...

Страница 3974: ...inge link ST 927780000 REMOVER CAUTION During removal and installation carefully han dle torsion bar It will generate reactive force 3 Remove right left torsion bars B INSTALLATION 1 TRUNK LID 1 Insta...

Страница 3975: ...washer hose from rear gate 11 Using a support support the rear gate while re moving gas stay mounting bolts NOTE When the rear gate is released it may hit and dam age the body To prevent this place a...

Страница 3976: ...fully ex tended and secure body side on vise stand Drill a hole in 2 to 3 mm 0 08 to 0 12 in diameter at a point 10 to 200 mm 0 39 to 7 87 in from door side and bleed gas stay completely CAUTION Gas...

Страница 3977: ...EB 20 EXTERIOR BODY PANELS REAR GATE PANEL MEMO...

Страница 3978: ...OL SYSTEM CC Page 1 General Description 2 2 Actuator 4 3 Cruise Control Module 6 4 Cruise Control Main Switch 7 5 Cruise Control Command Switch 8 6 Stop and Brake Switch 9 7 Clutch Switch 10 8 Inhibit...

Страница 3979: ...ion are for LHD vehicles Cruise control actuator and cruise contorol module loca tion for RHD vehicles are symmetically opposite 1 Actuator 4 Cruise control main switch 7 Cruise control module 2 Inhib...

Страница 3980: ...ontents before disconnecting the battery ground cable Otherwise the memory will be erased Reassemble parts in the reverse order of disas sembly unless otherwise indicated Adjust parts to specification...

Страница 3981: ...cable end to throttle cam and then remove cable from throttle cam 4 Remove actuator attaching bolts 5 Remove actuator while disconnecting connec tor LHD RHD B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse orde...

Страница 3982: ...SYSTEM ACTUATOR C INSPECTION Measure cruise control actuator resistance If NG replace cruise control actuator Terminal No Standard 4 and 1 Approx 5 4 and 2 Approx 5 4 and 5 Approx 5 3 and 6 Approx 39...

Страница 3983: ...ery 2 Remove glove box Ref to EI 32 REMOVAL Glove Box 3 Remove nut then remove cruise control module A and the other electrical control module B while disconnecting connector 4 Disconnect cruise contr...

Страница 3984: ...fting screws and slightly pull radio and switch assembly out from center console 6 Disconnect electric connectors and antenna feeder cord and then disconnect heater controlunit 7 Remove screw and deta...

Страница 3985: ...odule 5 Disconnect airbag module connector on back of airbag module 6 Remove horn switch from steering wheel as shown 7 Disconnect horn and cruise control command switch connector then remove cruise c...

Страница 3986: ...to BR 55 REMOVAL Stop Light Switch B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Measure the brake switch A and stop light switch B resistance If NG replace stop and brake switch...

Страница 3987: ...r from the clutch switch and then remove the switch Ref to CL 40 RE MOVAL Clutch Switch B INSTALLATION Install in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Measure clutch switch resistance If NG repla...

Страница 3988: ...and then remove the switch Ref to AT 50 REMOV AL Inhibitor Switch B INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal C INSPECTION Measure inhibitor switch resistance If NG replace inhibit...

Страница 3989: ...CC 12 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM INHIBITOR SWITCH...

Страница 3990: ...stic Procedure 2 2 General Description 4 3 Electrical Components Location 7 4 Cruise Control Module I O Signal 8 5 Subaru Select Monitor 10 6 Diagnostics Chart with Symptom 12 7 List of Diagnostic Tro...

Страница 3991: ...ECK VEHICLE SPEED IS HELD WITHIN SET SPEED Make sure vehicle speed is held within set speed Is vehicle speed held within set speed 3 km h 2 MPH Vehicle speed is held within set speed Go to step 6 Go t...

Страница 3992: ...E CONTROL RELEASE OP ERATION Check cruise control release operation Is cruise control released after clutch pedal has been depressed MT Cruise control is released Finish the diag nostics Go to symptom...

Страница 3993: ...ng harness is routed near the cruise control module and cruise control command switch CAUTION All airbag system wiring harness and con nectors are colored yellow Do not use electri cal test equipment...

Страница 3994: ...d tool CARTRIDGE Troubleshooting for electrical systems 22771AA030 SUBARU SELECT MONITOR KIT Troubleshooting for electrical systems English 22771AA030 Without printer German 22771AA070 Without printer...

Страница 3995: ...ator cable A when the cruise control throttle is moved by hand If NG check throttle cam 4 THROTTLE CAM Check that the throttle cam moves smoothly If NG repair throttle cam 5 CABLE FREE PLAY Check that...

Страница 3996: ...cles Cruise control actuator and cruise control module locations for RHD vehicles are symmetrically opposite Cruise control main switch location is different depending on destination CC 00095 1 2 3 4...

Страница 3997: ...present when command switch is released Main power supply 11 Battery voltage is present when main switch is turned ON 0 volt is present when main switch is turned OFF Ignition switch 12 Battery voltag...

Страница 3998: ...ly Approx 5 and 0 volt pulse signals are alternately input to cruise control mod ule Stop light switch 20 Turn ignition switch to OFF Then check that Battery voltage is present when brake pedal is dep...

Страница 3999: ...ed by the driver but also the cancel condition input by the driver The content of memory is cleared when igni tion switch or cruise main switch is turned OFF 2 Real time diagnosis The real time diagno...

Страница 4000: ...to OFF 3 REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS 1 Connect select monitor 2 Turn ignition switch and cruise control main switch to ON 3 Turn Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON 4 On the Main Menu display screen select the...

Страница 4001: ...ACTUATOR MOTOR CLUTCH Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code 4 Vehicle speed does not increase or does not return to set speed after RESUME ACCEL switch has been pressed 1 Check RESUME ACCEL switch Ref t...

Страница 4002: ...MT 1 Check clutch switch Ref to CC 22 CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH MT Diag nostics Chart with Symptom 2 Check motor drive sys tem Ref to CC 32 DTC 35 AND 36 ACTUATOR MOTOR Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code...

Страница 4003: ...3 NO 18 SBF 4 i19 SMJ CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH i19 1 3 4 5 6 2 B94 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A...

Страница 4004: ...terminal B94 No 12 Chassis ground Does the measured value exceed the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 2 Check fuse No 18 in fuse relay box Check harness for open or short between cruise control module...

Страница 4005: ...and cruise control main switch is turned to ON WIRING DIAGRAM M2 B2 A2 1 11 15 12 6 i1 B36 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE B94 BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH 6 1 5 3 NO 18 SBF 4 i19 SMJ CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH i19...

Страница 4006: ...se control main switch and fuse relay box 2 CHECK CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH CIRCUIT 1 Turn ignition switch OFF 2 Disconnect cruise control module harness connector 3 Measure resistance between cruise...

Страница 4007: ...F2 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE B94 BATTERY 5 M B NO 6 S1 B100 B94 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 F2 RESUME ACCEL SWITCH CANCEL SWITCH SET COAST SWITCH HORN SWITCH 4 B68 HORN RELAY STEERI...

Страница 4008: ...en RESUME ACCEL switch is not pressed 0 V and when RESUME ACCEL switch is pressed 10 V Go to step 3 Go to step 4 3 CHECK CANCEL SWITCH CIRCUIT Measure voltage between harness connector terminal and ch...

Страница 4009: ...E SYMPTOM Cruise control cannot be set WIRING DIAGRAM CC 00080 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE B65 BRAKE SWITCH STOP LIGHT SWITCH STOP LIGHT SWITCH AND BRAKE SWITCH CLUTCH SWITCH MT 2 1 4 3 BATTERY F B NO 16 SB...

Страница 4010: ...ound Does the measured value exceed the specified value 10 V Go to step 3 Check harness for open or short between stop light brake switch and cruise control module AT Check clutch switch and the cir c...

Страница 4011: ...Cruise control cannot be set WIRING DIAGRAM CC 00080 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE B65 BRAKE SWITCH STOP LIGHT SWITCH STOP LIGHT SWITCH AND BRAKE SWITCH CLUTCH SWITCH MT 2 1 4 3 BATTERY F B NO 16 SBF 1 SBF 2...

Страница 4012: ...ess for open or short between clutch switch and cruise control module 2 CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH CIRCUIT 1 Turn cruise control main switch and ignition switch OFF 2 Disconnect stop light switch and brake s...

Страница 4013: ...TOR SWITCH AT TROUBLE SYMPTOM Cruise control cannot be set WIRING DIAGRAM CC 00098 4 12 11 B94 12 7 T3 B14 T7 B12 STARTER MOTOR INHIBITOR SWITCH AT CRUISE CONTROL MODULE B12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12...

Страница 4014: ...o to step 2 Check harness for open or short between inhibitor switch and cruise control module 2 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH CIRCUIT 1 Turn cruise control main switch and ignition switch OFF 2 Disconnect s...

Страница 4015: ...d via control module relay when main switch is ON Ref to CC 31 DTC 28 WIRING HARNESS OPENED Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code 35 Motor drive system is abnormal Motor output circuit is open or shorte...

Страница 4016: ...f cruise control module TROUBLE SYMPTOM Cruise control is canceled and memorized cruise speed is also canceled Once cruise control is canceled cruise control cannot be set until the ignition switch an...

Страница 4017: ...control cannot be set Cancelled immediately WIRING DIAGRAM CRUISE CONTROL MODULE B17 B94 GE 3 1 2 BATTERY M B NO 5 C17 AT 19 6 B94 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 IGNITION RELAY VE...

Страница 4018: ...vehicle speed sensor harness connector terminal and cruise control module harness connector terminal Connector terminal B17 No 1 B94 No 19 Is the measured value less than the speci fied value 10 Go t...

Страница 4019: ...ss than the speci fied value 10 Go to step 7 Repair harness 7 CHECK TRANSMISSION CONTROL MOD ULE 1 Connect harness connector to transmission control module 2 Lift up the vehicle and support with safet...

Страница 4020: ...the specified value 1 250 Go to step 2 Charge or replace battery Go to step 2 2 CHECK FUSES CONNECTORS AND HAR NESSES Check the condition of the main and other fuses and harnesses and connectors Also...

Страница 4021: ...DIAGNOSIS Open or poor contact of cruise control actuator motor TROUBLE SYMPTOM Cruise control cannot be set Cancelled immediately WIRING DIAGRAM CC 00083 B94 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1...

Страница 4022: ...value 10 Go to step 3 Repair harness 3 MEASURE RESISTANCE OF ACTUATOR Measure resistance of cruise control actuator motor Terminals No 4 No 1 No 4 No 2 No 4 No 5 Is the measured value same as the spe...

Страница 4023: ...AGNOSIS Open or poor contact of cruise control actuator motor clutch TROUBLE SYMPTOM Cruise control cannot be set Cancelled immediately WIRING DIAGRAM CC 00083 B94 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15...

Страница 4024: ...fied value 10 Go to step 3 Repair harness 3 MEASURE RESISTANCE OF ACTUATOR CLUTCH Measure resistance of cruise control actuator clutch Terminals No 3 No 6 Is the measured value same as the specified...

Страница 4025: ...ge and disengage improperly Cable and inner gear are OK Replace cruise control actuator Ref to CC 4 Actuator Check the cruise control cable adjustment Ref to CC 6 CABLE FREE PLAY INSPECTION General De...

Страница 4026: ...l Components Location 5 4 Immobilizer Control Module I O Signal 6 5 Subaru Select Monitor 7 6 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 8 7 Clear Memory Mode 9 8 Diagnostic Procedure for Immobilizer Indicator...

Страница 4027: ...MINATION OF IMMOBILIZER INDICATOR LIGHT Turn ignition switch ON Does immobilizer indicator light illuminate Immobilizer indicator light illu minates Check immobi lizer indicator light circuit Ref to I...

Страница 4028: ...ng turned ON or OFF while diagnostic items are being checked do not allow keys with different ID codes close to the ignition switch If ignition key is in a key holder remove it from holder before carr...

Страница 4029: ...tool CARTRIDGE Troubleshooting for electrical systems 22771AA030 SELECT MONITOR KIT Troubleshooting for electrical systems English 22771AA030 Without printer German 22771AA070 Without printer French...

Страница 4030: ...OMPONENTS LOCATION 3 Electrical Components Location A LOCATION NOTE IMM ECM location for RHD model is symmetrically opposite 1 Antenna 3 Immobilizer control module IMM ECM 2 Immobilizer indicator ligh...

Страница 4031: ...IM 6 IMMOBILIZER DIAGNOSTICS IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE I O SIGNAL 4 Immobilizer Control Module I O Signal A SCHEMATIC Ref to WI 236 SCHEMATIC Immobilizer System...

Страница 4032: ...cord them 2 READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DTC FOR ENGINE Refer to Read Diagnostic Trouble Code for infor mation about how to indicate DTC Ref to IM 8 Read Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 3 INTERFACE CHECK...

Страница 4033: ...ter displayed information of engine type 4 On the Engine Diagnosis display screen se lect the Diagnostic Code s Display and then press the YES key 5 On the Diagnostic Code s Display display screen sel...

Страница 4034: ...layed information of engine type 4 On the Engine Diagnosis display screen se lect the Clear Memory and then press the YES key 5 When the Done and Turn Ignition Switch OFF are shown on the display scre...

Страница 4035: ...4 B141 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 4 6 7 8 2 1 9 3 10 22 23 11 12 13 14 15 24 25 26 27 16 17 18 28 29 19 20 21 30 B136 B135 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15 26 27 28 16 17 18 19 20 21...

Страница 4036: ...3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B135 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15 26 27 28 16 17 18 19 20 21 B36 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L...

Страница 4037: ...d the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 4 Check harness for open or short between IMM ECM and ignition switch 4 CHECK IMM ECM POWER SUPPLY CIR CUIT 1 Turn ignition switch OFF 2 Measure voltage between...

Страница 4038: ...ation meter harness connector terminal Connector terminal H4 non TURBO model B141 No 9 i12 No 1 LHD H6 model B141 No 9 i10 No 13 RHD H6 and H4 TURBO models B141 No 9 i10 No 7 Is the measured value les...

Страница 4039: ...2 CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT WIRING DIAGRAM IM 00051 4 B141 B74 F2 B100 IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE KEY WARNING SWITCH BATTERY 2 1 M B No 6 L L R R 16 LHD MODEL RHD MODEL L R B74 1 2 1 2 B141 1 2 3 4 5...

Страница 4040: ...ep 3 Replace key warn ing switch 3 CHECK KEY SWITCH 1 Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch 2 Measure the resistance between key warn ing switch connector terminals Terminal No 1 No 2 Does...

Страница 4041: ...Circuit Failure Except Antenna Circuit Communication failure between IMM ECM and ECM Ref to IM 18 DTC P1572 IMM CIR CUIT FAILURE EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT Diagnostic Procedure with Trouble Code DTC P157...

Страница 4042: ...the vehicle Refer to teaching operation manual Is teaching operation for all keys completed Teaching operation for all keys is completed END Replace ECM Ref to FU H4SO 45 Engine Control Module or Ref...

Страница 4043: ...DEL 6 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL H4 H6 B141 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 SBF 1 SBF 5 SBF 4 IGNITION SWITCH C16 B23 B22 B19 D17 OO WO D18 B135 B B136 C B137 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B135 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE...

Страница 4044: ...URBO model IM 00061 12 2 3 10 6 1 11 B141 IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE BATTERY F B No 11 B141 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 SBF 1 SBF 5 SBF 4 IGNITION SWITCH B135 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B19 B14 B5 B135 5 6...

Страница 4045: ...the spec ified value 10 V Go to step 3 Check harness for open or short between IMM ECM and ignition switch 3 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF IMM ECM 1 Turn ignition switch OFF 2 Measure resistance between IM...

Страница 4046: ...CM har ness connector terminal and chassis ground Connector terminal B141 No 1 No 6 Chassis ground Is the measured value same as the speci fied value 0 V Go to step 7 Repair harness between IMM ECM an...

Страница 4047: ...TERFACE CHECK Perform interface check Does Commun Line Shorted to Battery appear on screen Commun Line Shorted to Bat tery appears on screen Replace ECM Ref to FU H4SO 45 Engine Control Module or Ref...

Страница 4048: ...2 ReplaceIMMECM Ref to SL 36 Immobilizer Con trol Module and then replace all ignition keys including the tran sponder Then perform teaching operation Refer to teaching opera tion manual Pub No S0820G...

Страница 4049: ...all keys completed Teaching operation for all keys is completed END Replace all ignition keys including the transponder Go to step 2 2 PERFORM TEACHING OPERATION ON IG NITION KEY Perform teaching oper...

Страница 4050: ...ef to FU H6DO 46 Engine Control Module Ref to FU H4DOSTC 40 Engine Control Module Then perform teaching operation Refer to teaching operation manual Pub No S0820GZ F DTC P1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPRO...

Страница 4051: ...IM 26 IMMOBILIZER DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH TROUBLE CODE DTC G DTC P1570 ANTENNA DIAGNOSIS Faulty antenna WIRING DIAGRAM IM 00066 2 1 B142 IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE ANTENNA B142 1 2...

Страница 4052: ...A CIRCUIT 1 Turn ignition switch ON Engine OFF 2 Measure voltage between antenna harness connector and chassis ground Connector terminal B142 No 1 Chassis ground Is the measured value same as the spec...

Страница 4053: ...tion fur nished with vehicle Does engine start Engine starts Replace ignition key including the transponder Then perform teaching opera tion Refer to teaching opera tion manual Pub No S0820GZ ReplaceI...

Страница 4054: ...mbling reas sembling inspection and adjustment of components and diagnostics for guid ance of experienced mechanics Please peruse and utilize this manual fully to ensure complete repair work for satis...

Страница 4055: ......

Страница 4056: ...235 21 Immobilizer System 236 22 Keyless Entry System 240 23 Muffler Actuator Control System 246 24 Back up Light System 247 25 Clearance Light and Illumination Light System 248 26 Front Fog Light Sys...

Страница 4057: ...9 Harness components location 330 50 Front Wiring Harness 334 51 Bulkhead Wiring Harness In Engine Room 338 52 Bulkhead Wiring Harness In Compartment 346 53 Engine Wiring Harness and Transmission Cord...

Страница 4058: ...d ground point or negative battery terminal and the positive lead to the connector or component ter minal 2 Contact the positive probe of the voltmeter on connector A The voltmeter will indicate a vol...

Страница 4059: ...infinite the wiring is open 4 HOW TO DETERMINE A SHORT CIR CUIT 1 Test lamp method Connect a test lamp rated at approximately 3 watts in place of the blown fuse and allow current to flow through the...

Страница 4060: ...presence of a lock and pin number of each terminal are indicated in the sketch of each connector In the sketch the highest pole number refers to the number of poles which the con nector has For examp...

Страница 4061: ...nector is described in figure NOTE A wire which runs in one direction from a connector terminal sometimes may have a different color from that which runs in the other direction from that ter minal In...

Страница 4062: ...is used Each unit is directly grounded to the body or indi rectly grounds through a harness ground terminal Different symbols are used in the wiring diagram to identify the two grounding systems The...

Страница 4063: ...ally closed relay has one or more contacts The wiring diagram shows the relay mode when the energizing circuit is OFF WI 00114 Relay type 4 pole 6 pole 4 pole 6 pole Normally open type Normally closed...

Страница 4064: ...s to the area or system of the vehicle Symbol Wiring harness and cord F Front wiring harness B Bulkhead wiring harness E Engine wiring harness T Transmission cord Rear oxygen sensor cord D Door cord L...

Страница 4065: ...B FUSE NO 9 FB 16 F B FUSE NO 11 IG MB 5 HEADLIGHT RELAY TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING LW 4 R 3 YL LW R YL 2 YB 1 RY 2 LW 2 R 1 YL 3 P LW B1 R A1 F44 F45 F23 F7 B61 B62 B REF TO GND 02 RL 2 R 1 YL 3 B71 B1...

Страница 4066: ...roughout the text correspond with those shown in the POWER SUPPLY ROUT ING in the wiring diagram Accordingly using the POWER SUPPLY ROUT ING and wiring diagrams permits service personnel to understand...

Страница 4067: ...s or edges and bolts or screws 3 When installing parts be careful not to catch them on the wiring harness 4 When disconnecting a connector do not pull the wires but pull while holding the connector bo...

Страница 4068: ...B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2 I1 J1 H6 M4M5M6 L4 L5 L6 N5 N6 O4 O5 O6 N4 P4 P5 N2 O1 O2 P1 P2 N3 O3 P3 P6 A3 B3 C3 E4 E5 E6 E1 E2 B4 B5 B6...

Страница 4069: ...ATION OF SMJ SHOWN IN THE WIRING DIAGRAM WI 01089 T BW BW Y Y B36 i1 Y N3 BW Y BW J1 i1 B36 SMJ WI 01079 B4 B5 B6 A4 A5 A6 C5 C6 F6 D4 D5 D6 F1 H1 C4 G6 G1 C2 K1 M1M2 K6 L1 D1 D2 A1 A2 B1 B2 I6 J6 L2...

Страница 4070: ...WI 15 WIRING SYSTEM SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION SMJ MEMO...

Страница 4071: ...LAY F FOG RELAY A C RELAY SBF 2 SBF 7 SBF 8 SBF 5 SBF 6 SBF 3 SBF 4 SBF 1 H L relay LH MAIN FUSE BOX M B 6 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL FUSE RELAY BOX F B No 2 No 7 No 9 No 6 No 1 No 13 No 14 No 15 No 16 No...

Страница 4072: ...INAL SBF 7 ALT MB 12 MB 11 MB 10 F39 BLACK BLACK BLACK F35 GREEN F26 F34 F39 F26 F34 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OTHER CURRENTS BATTERY CURRENT F25 F35 W W W REF TO ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM E G...

Страница 4073: ...MB 6 MB 1 MB 3 MB 2 MB 4 MB 8 MB 7 HORN RELAY MAIN FUSE BOX M B BL 4 W 2 YR 6 LB 5 BR 1 W 4 WL 1 LR 2 R 3 RG 4 L 1 R 3 BW 2 W F36 F68 BLACK 1 2 3 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 F37 BLACK F39 BLACK 4 1 2 3 6...

Страница 4074: ...8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B158 E i5 B B152 D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 G LgB Or TAIL ILLUMI NATION RELAY FUSE RELAY BOX F B No 18 15A i5 B B51 A B152 D B52 C B158 E F41 G F40 F FB 36 A3 BG G7 No 5 10...

Страница 4075: ...7 Y E9 YG E4 FB 38 FB 31 FB 30 FB 29 FB 12 F1 YB E2 YG B9 YR C3 YR B6 B8 LB C2 LB E10 LY E3 RY G5 RG D9 RW D6 WR D8 F7 BL E6 A8 GW B11 FB 11 FB 10 FB 8 FB 7 FB 9 FB 39 ST FB 6 FB 13 FB 28 IG 2 REF TO...

Страница 4076: ...elay FB 13 Keyless entry control module FB 14 Airbag control module FB 15 Airbag control module FB 16 Engine control module Fuel pump relay Ignition coil 6 cylinder engine model Ignition coil and igni...

Страница 4077: ...Step light RH FB 33 Auto A C control module Combination meter Radio FB 34 License plate light LH License plate light RH Tail light LH Tail light RH Trailer connector FB 35 Front clearance light LH Fr...

Страница 4078: ...C RELAY SBF 2 SBF 7 SBF 8 SBF 5 SBF 6 SBF 3 SBF 4 SBF 1 H L relay LH MAIN FUSE BOX M B 6 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL FUSE RELAY BOX F B No 2 No 7 No 9 No 6 No 1 No 4 No 5 No 3 No 8 H L relay RH MAIN FAN 30...

Страница 4079: ...MB 12 MB 11 MB 10 F39 BLACK BLACK BLACK F35 GREEN F26 F34 F39 F26 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OTHER CURRENTS BATTERY CURRENT F25 F35 W W W REF TO ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM E G RH6 09 E G RTB 06 E...

Страница 4080: ...ILER CONNECTOR BL 4 W 2 YR 6 LB 5 BR 1 W 4 WL 1 LR LR 7 10 LR 2 R 3 RG 4 L 1 R 3 BW 2 W B143 B186 BLACK 1 2 3 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B144 BLACK F39 BLACK 4 1 2 3 6 5 SBF 5 30A SBF 2 50A SBF 3 50A SBF...

Страница 4081: ...B 20 GB B1 FB 21 FB 1 GB G3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B158 E i5 B B152 D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 G LgB Or TAIL ILLUMI NATION RELAY FUSE RELAY BOX F B No 1...

Страница 4082: ...3 E1 BW F6 F3 F2 E7 Y E9 YG E4 FB 38 FB 31 FB 30 FB 29 FB 12 F1 YB E2 YG B9 YR C3 YR B6 B8 LB C2 LB E10 LY E3 RY G5 RG D9 RW D6 WR D8 F7 BL E6 A8 GW B11 FB 11 FB 10 FB 8 FB 7 FB 9 FB 39 ST FB 6 FB 13...

Страница 4083: ...signal light RH Trailer connector Turn signal switch FB 6 Blower motor relay FB 7 Front fog light relay FB 8 ABS control module VDC hydraulic module FB 9 Fuel pump relay FB 10 Stop light switch FB 11...

Страница 4084: ...ation light LH Vanity mirror illumination light RH FB 30 Radio Radio amplifier FB 31 Front washer motor Front wiper motor Front wiper washer switch FB 33 Auto A C control module Combination meter Radi...

Страница 4085: ...RH GND L 01 GND L 01 4 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL H4 H6 H4 H4 F21 F19 F6 F3 1 2 1 F17 B 4 MAIN FAN MOTOR 6 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL GB 1 B B B GB 2 B B ABS VDC VDC F73 B B GB 1 B REF TO ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTE...

Страница 4086: ...W RELAY SEAT BELT TIMER B70 B 2 COMBINATION SWITCH WIPER COMBINATION SWITCH LIGHTING GND L 02 GND L 02 B184 B GRAY BLACK F23 F7 1 2 3 B192 D72 3 4 1 2 B B 3 D1 B30 13 B157 B IGNITION RELAY GND L 01 A...

Страница 4087: ...ITCH 6 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL R52 B 3 ROOM LIGHT R54 B 2 VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT LH GND L 04 C GND L 04 D B 6 KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL MODULE B86 B 4 BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR AUTO A C B94 B 6 CRUISE...

Страница 4088: ...2 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH R44 B 1 SEAT HEATER LH R32 B 1 REAR ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY SOCKET 4 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL 6 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL H4 H6 SEDAN MODEL WAGON MODEL SD WG A i11 B B16 COMBINATIO...

Страница 4089: ...R130 B REAR DEFOGGER SEDAN 2 B GB 11 WG SD SEDAN MODEL WAGON MODEL SD WG B GB 4 B GB 6 i29 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE 28 27 B GR 11 REAR FINISHER LIGHT LH 7 D33 REAR FINISHER LIGHT RH REAR FINISHER LIGHT...

Страница 4090: ...R 1 AWD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR AT CONTROL TRANSMISSION B54 A B55 B B56 C 16 BrW W 20 Or Y 19 W W 18 L Y 17 G W 15 B Y 14 W B11 BLACK 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10...

Страница 4091: ...21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B B55 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 GRAY TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE 6 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL BL W B9 B8 LgB A10 Sb A19 BrW A21 G B24 Lg B...

Страница 4092: ...ION COIL AND IGNITOR REF TO ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM E G LH4 07 E3 B22 OXYGEN SENSOR 1 B17 1 2 3 B25 1 2 E12 1 2 3 4 B18 1 2 3 4 GRAY B40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1...

Страница 4093: ...12 13 14 15 16 GREEN C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 B134 A 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 1...

Страница 4094: ...18 22 B83 C B136 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 DARK GRAY GRAY B79 B20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 9 21 30 31 D B137 1 2 7...

Страница 4095: ...ULE GND R 01 GND R 01 4 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL H4 H6 H4 H4 F21 F19 F6 F3 1 2 F88 B 3 SHIELD JOINT CONNECTOR VDC GB 1 B B B GB 2 B B ABS VDC VDC F73 B B GB 1 B REF TO ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS RTB 03 A...

Страница 4096: ...OF 16 9 COMBINATION SWITCH WIPER COMBINATION SWITCH LIGHTING GND R 02 GND R 02 B184 B GRAY BLACK GREEN F23 F7 1 2 3 B192 D72 3 4 1 2 B B 3 D1 B30 36 B157 B IGNITION RELAY GND R 01 A B129 1 2 BLACK BRO...

Страница 4097: ...TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH R52 B 3 ROOM LIGHT R54 B 2 VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT LH GND R 04 C B 6 KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL MODULE MAIN RELAY B77 B 7 MODE ACTUATOR MANUAL A C B88 B 3 EVAPORATION THERMO S...

Страница 4098: ...DEFOGGER CONDENSER R26 B 2 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH R28 B 2 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH R110 B B 10 11 POWER AMPLIFIER MCINTOSH AUDIO MODEL R44 B 1 SEAT HEATER LH R32 B 1 REAR ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY SO...

Страница 4099: ...WAGON MODEL SD WG B GB 4 B GB 6 i29 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE 28 27 B GR 11 REAR FINISHER LIGHT LH R126 B 5 MUFFLER ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE TURBO ENGINE MODEL 7 D33 REAR FINISHER LIGHT RH REAR FINISHER L...

Страница 4100: ...SENSOR 1 AWD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR AT CONTROL TRANSMISSION B54 A B55 B B56 C 16 BrW W 20 Or Y 19 W W 18 L Y 17 G W 15 B Y 14 W B11 BLACK 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16...

Страница 4101: ...B55 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 GRAY TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE 4 CYLINDER TURBO ENGINE MODEL BL W B9 B8 GB A10 Sb A19 BrW A21 W B24 OrL B18 B53 B330 BL 4 SHIELD JO...

Страница 4102: ...OR 1 AWD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR AT CONTROL TRANSMISSION B54 A B55 B B56 C 16 BrW W 20 L Y 19 G W 18 BY Y 17 Lg W 15 B Y 14 W B11 BLACK 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 1...

Страница 4103: ...AND IGNITOR REF TO ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM E G RH4 07 E3 B22 OXYGEN SENSOR 1 B17 1 2 3 B25 1 2 E12 1 2 3 4 B18 1 2 3 4 BLACK B40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12...

Страница 4104: ...11 12 13 14 15 16 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GREEN C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 3...

Страница 4105: ...LE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE BW E7 3 B COMBINATION METER BL i11 B16 BY 2 E31 IGNITION COIL NO 1 BY 2 E34 IGNITION COIL NO 4 BY 2 E32 IGNITION COIL NO 2 B76 1 2 GREEN BLACK A E BLACK E7 B17 1 2 3 BLAC...

Страница 4106: ...17 18 22 B83 C B136 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 DARK GRAY GRAY B79 B20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 9 21 30 31 D B137 1 2...

Страница 4107: ...E G RH4 04 REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 04 GND R 04 REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 03 GND R 03 CHECK CONNECTOR DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL i1 B36 B31 AB1 i11 i10 YELLOW GRAY GREEN C B...

Страница 4108: ...ONT SUB SENSOR RH INFLATOR PASSENGER SIDE YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW BLUE AB13 AB16 AB7 AB8 AB6 AB3 AB12 AB11 AB15 AB16 AB13 AB14 AB9 AB10 AB9 AB15 W 1 W W W Y Y Y Y 2 W 1 W 2 15 26 W W 9 20 13 14 11 10 Y 1...

Страница 4109: ...G 3 AB17 AB21 AB20 AB23 AB28 AB19 AB26 AB21 AB28 AB23 AB18 AB17 AB24 AB19 AB25 AB26 AB24 AB18 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH INFLATOR SIDE LH INFLATOR SIDE RH ELR W...

Страница 4110: ...i10 GRAY YELLOW AB6 B82 B79 GREEN A i10 GREEN B i11 i12 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE AB6 i28 B81 B82 B79 TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING B GB 6 B GB 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Страница 4111: ...ONT SUB SENSOR RH INFLATOR PASSENGER SIDE YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW BLUE AB13 AB16 AB7 AB8 AB6 AB3 AB12 AB11 AB15 AB16 AB13 AB14 AB9 AB10 AB9 AB15 W 1 W W W Y Y Y Y 2 W 1 W 2 15 26 W W 9 20 13 14 11 10 Y 1...

Страница 4112: ...G 3 AB17 AB21 AB20 AB23 AB28 AB19 AB21 AB28 AB23 AB18 AB17 AB24 AB19 AB25 AB26 AB24 AB18 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH INFLATOR SIDE LH INFLATOR SIDE RH ELR WITH P...

Страница 4113: ...i10 GRAY YELLOW AB6 B82 B79 GREEN A i10 GREEN B i11 i12 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE AB6 i28 B81 B82 B79 TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING B GB 6 B GB 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Страница 4114: ...NT SUB SENSOR RH INFLATOR PASSENGER SIDE YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW BLUE AB13 AB16 AB7 AB8 AB6 AB3 AB12 AB11 AB15 AB16 AB13 AB14 AB9 AB10 AB9 AB15 W 1 W W W Y Y Y Y 2 W 1 W 2 15 26 W W 9 20 13 14 11 10 Y 1...

Страница 4115: ...B 3 AB17 AB21 AB20 AB23 AB28 AB19 AB21 AB28 AB23 AB18 AB17 AB24 AB19 AB25 AB26 AB24 AB18 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH INFLATOR SIDE LH INFLATOR SIDE RH ELR WITH PR...

Страница 4116: ...WI 61 WIRING SYSTEM AIRBAG SYSTEM MEMO...

Страница 4117: ...9 20 21 22 23 34 35 32 33 B135 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15 26 27 28 16 17 18 19 20 21 B136 GL A C ML 01 A C ML 01 LOr A9 VY D13 LgR C11 B134 A B C B135 B136 D B137 A17 WO OO C30 B2...

Страница 4118: ...16 VR 3 L 12 YR 2 W 13 WOr Y RB VR L YR W WOr 11 REF TO CLEARANCE LIGHT AND ILLUMINATION LIGHT SYSTEM ILM LH4 03 Y R 6 10 RB 5 VR 4 L 3 YR 2 W 9 WOr 1 VG 14 R 1 i28 SMJ i20 i15 BLACK BLACK BLACK BLAC...

Страница 4119: ...A A C MR 02 B A C MR 02 C A C MR 02 D A C MR 02 E RW F83 1 2 F79 1 2 LgR 5 4 6 7 8 2 1 9 3 10 22 23 11 12 13 14 15 24 25 26 27 16 17 18 28 29 19 20 21 30 A C MR 01 A C MR 01 PRESSURE SWITCH THERMAL P...

Страница 4120: ...B88 7 1 3 B80 i15 A C MR 01 A GL B RB VR LY YR WOr BY RY LY BG LgR PG B GL BL LgW RB VR LY YR WOr BY RY LY BG PG VY Y BL LgW RB VR LY YR WOr BY RY LY BG i20 PG VY Y BL LgW RB VR LY YR VG V BW GL WOr...

Страница 4121: ...12 13 14 15 16 A i49 B D Y VY BR BY SMJ 11 1 2 A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 5 4 6 7 8 2 1 9 3 10 22 23 11 12 13 14 15 24 25 2...

Страница 4122: ...B 33 M B FUSE NO 2 B GL FB 19 F B FUSE NO 17 IG YR FB 28 F B FUSE NO 4 ACC GW VG GB B5 IG 2 IGNITION RELAY IG GB GB E4 GE B36 SMJ i1 GREEN C B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 2...

Страница 4123: ...I6 F6 10 Sb Sb 9 WG 3 E8 Sb 2 Or 1 F78 AMBIENT SENSOR THERMOMETER EVAPORATION THERMOSWITCH AIR MIX ACTUATOR Sb 3 1 B88 GY 2 YL 1 WR 4 WG 3 Sb 5 B235 B36 i1 SMJ A C AL4 04 A F2 B100 E2 B21 1 2 1 2 3 B...

Страница 4124: ...TUATOR FRESH RECIRC ACTUATOR A i48 B i49 B201 i40 i28 8 7 BL LgW Y RB VR L Y RB BL LgW Sb GR Sb R VR L L YR YR WOr B Y RB VR L WOr WOr YR BL LgW YR i55 i51 1 2 B A i49 BLACK YR A10 B Sb BLACK BLACK B9...

Страница 4125: ...10 2 3 1 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 i20 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 i48 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A i49 B B135 B B134 A 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8...

Страница 4126: ...5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A i49 B TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING LR FB 33 M B FUSE NO 2 B GL FB 19 F B FUSE NO 17 IG YR FB 28 F B FUSE NO 4 ACC VG GB B5 FB 22 REAR DEFOGGER RELAY GB GB GB E4 B36 SMJ i1...

Страница 4127: ...G6 H6 I6 F6 16 Sb Sb 9 PW 3 E8 Sb 2 Or 1 F78 AMBIENT SENSOR THERMOMETER EVAPORATION THERMOSWITCH AIR MIX ACTUATOR Sb 3 1 B88 GY 2 YL 1 WR 4 WG 3 Sb 5 B235 B36 i1 SMJ A C AL6 04 A F2 B100 E2 B21 1 2 1...

Страница 4128: ...TUATOR FRESH RECIRC ACTUATOR A i48 B i49 B201 i40 i28 8 7 BL LgW Y RB VR L Y RB BL LgW Sb Sb R VR L L YR YR WOr B Y RB VR L WOr WOr YR BL LgW YR i55 i51 1 2 B A i49 BLACK YR A10 B Sb BLACK BLACK B91 1...

Страница 4129: ...3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 29 30 31 13 14 15 16 17 27 28 18 22 23 24 25 26 TB B134 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 A TB A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2...

Страница 4130: ...R H6 B7 LOr GW LgR LOr LOr F6 GE B36 SMJ i1 GREEN C B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 FB 22 REAR DEFOGGER RELAY DATA LINK CONNECTOR CHECK CONNECTOR BL BR 16 AT MT B22...

Страница 4131: ...0 1 2 LIGHT GRAY i48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A BLACK 1 2 3 F78 E8 BLACK WG 10 E2 B21 PW PW Sb BrW BL A9 B A15 B B2 LgW 3 B5 RY Or Or D6 A C AR4 02 B i28 B BLACK i52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 4132: ...9 20 i48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A i49 B i48 A B i49 AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE GR A4 A5 A8 A14 WR 1 GR 2 SUNLOAD SENSOR RB 1 LW 2 WOr 4 GY 8 WG 10 YL 7 WR 11 Sb 9 Sb 3 HEATER MODULE i45 i...

Страница 4133: ...CK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 i20 i48 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 i49 B B134 A 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22...

Страница 4134: ...ILLUMINATION LIGHT SYSTEM ILM RH6 03 GB BL GB E4 B8 GW G6 B17 LgR LgR H6 B7 LOr GW LgR LOr F6 GE B36 SMJ i1 GREEN C B56 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 FB 22 REAR DEFOG...

Страница 4135: ...W 5 Sb 9 GL 1 BR 7 BLOWER MODULE i52 B36 i1 SMJ A C AR6 04 C A C AR6 01 A F2 B100 1 2 BLACK LIGHT GRAY BLACK 1 2 3 F78 E8 BLACK PW 16 E2 B21 PW PW Sb BrW BL A9 B A15 B B2 LgW 3 B5 RY Or Or D6 A C AR6...

Страница 4136: ...8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A i49 B i48 A B i49 AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE GR A4 A5 A8 A14 WR 1 GR 2 i51 SUNLOAD SENSOR RB 1 LW 2 WOr 4 GY 8 WG 10 YL 7 WR 11 Sb 9 Sb 3 HEATER MODULE i45 1 2 BLACK BLACK i51...

Страница 4137: ...3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ABS LHD 01 ABS LHD 01 LY 2 WB 3 1 WC OC 2 B64 B65 LgY G1 WB 2 WB LY 7 B62 F45 i1 B36 STOP LIGHT SWITCH WITHOUT CRUISE CONTROL MODEL WITH CRUISE CONTROL MODEL BLACK F49 1...

Страница 4138: ...E3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR BLACK BLACK F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 WL 3 RY WL RY 4 5 8 BR 6 GW BR B B B21 F44 B61 BL 16 BR GE DIAGNOSIS CONNECT...

Страница 4139: ...20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 8 9 9 10 13 11 12 10 11 12 8 3 7 6 28 1 2 1 2 1 4 7 8 1 2 5 6 14 15 1 2 W R Lg LgB SB L G SB SB RB RW P Y Lg LgB L G W 2 30 B B R 23 B RB RW P Y SB L P SB W B RB RW...

Страница 4140: ...HD 01 ABS RHD 01 LY 2 WB 3 1 WC OC 2 B64 B65 LgY G1 WB 2 WB LY 6 B62 F45 B100 F2 i1 B36 STOP LIGHT SWITCH WITHOUT CRUISE CONTROL MODEL WITH CRUISE CONTROL MODEL B 26 ABS MOTOR GROUND B B F73 MOTOR REL...

Страница 4141: ...R BLACK F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 WL 19 RY WL RY 20 5 8 GW BR B B B21 BL 16 BR GE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL TRANSMISSION CONT...

Страница 4142: ...8 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 15 9 16 17 14 12 13 10 11 12 8 3 7 6 28 1 2 1 2 1 4 7 8 1 2 5 6 14 15 1 2 W R Lg LgB SB L G SB SB RB RW P Y Lg LgB L G W 2 30 B B R 23 B RB RW P Y SB L P SB W B RB RW P YB W B L...

Страница 4143: ...20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 LY WB 1 2 B64 LgY G1 WB 2 WB LY 6 B100 F2 B62 F45 i1 B36 STOP LIGHT SWITCH BLACK F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 2...

Страница 4144: ...OR BLACK F49 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 WL 19 RY WL RY 20 5 8 GW BR REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 03 B B BL 16 BR GE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR DIA...

Страница 4145: ...14 12 13 10 11 12 8 3 7 6 28 1 2 1 2 1 4 7 8 1 2 5 6 14 15 1 2 W R Lg LgB SB L G SB SB RB RW P Y Lg LgB L G W 2 30 B B R 23 B RB RW P Y SB L P SB W B RB RW P YB W B L P RB RW P YB 2 3 W R W 1 B B SB...

Страница 4146: ...WI 91 WIRING SYSTEM ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM MEMO...

Страница 4147: ...6 7 8 9 13 14 15 10 11 12 FB 39 IGNITION RELAY IG P FB 27 F B FUSE NO 12 TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE DIMMER AND STABILIZING POWER CIRCUIT CUSTOM CPU I F R N D 3 2 POWER HOLD 1...

Страница 4148: ...MODULE BL GE B22 E3 LY 1 WB 2 2 3 B64 B65 WITHOUT CRUISE CONTROL MODEL WITH CRUISE CONTROL MODEL STOP LIGHT SWITCH 1 2 1 2 1 9 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 8 3 4 2 3 9 1 8 10...

Страница 4149: ...16 17 18 22 23 24 A B54 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 3 4 17 18 19 20 RG B23 BrR REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 02 B129 B133 KICK...

Страница 4150: ...7 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 GREEN B56 C 1 2 7 8 9...

Страница 4151: ...EMPERATURE SENSOR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 AWD AT5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR B53 B11 T4 BY SHIELD JOINT CONNECTOR 7 SB 6 BL 1 B 2 SB 3 A16 BW A5 RW A22 LR A20 YW W W Y...

Страница 4152: ...N4 LB M4 GB E4 Br B4 BrG P5 WG N5 B1 B3 B14 B4 B5 B6 B7 C17 C10 L RL LgB G RG YL LB GB Br C11 BrG 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16...

Страница 4153: ...RANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE BrR WG WG B16 B23 B11 B129 B133 KICK DOWN SWITCH WG 2 B 1 WG 5 BrR 3 B 4 V 2 BW 1 POWER MODE AND SNOW HOLD MODE SWITCH POWER SNOW HOLD OFF AT LH6 01 A REF TO CLEARANCE LIGHT...

Страница 4154: ...23 24 GRAY B B55 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 W 16 WB 17 BL 13 WG 15 SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR B83 WG 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 1 2 A23 A24 C15 C24 B12 C1 B5...

Страница 4155: ...2 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 E13 1 2 3 BLACK DARK GRAY B20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 W 5 W 4 W 6 STEERING ANGLE...

Страница 4156: ...SOR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 AWD AT5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR B11 T4 Sb SHIELD JOINT CONNECTOR 7 L 8 SB 9 LgB 4 BY 5 A16 BW A5 RW A22 LR A11 Lg W W Y W Y W Lg G YW Br...

Страница 4157: ...2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13 14 15 10 11 12 FB 39 IGNITION RELAY IG P FB 27 F B FUSE NO 12 TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ILLUMINATION CONTROL CIRCUIT CUSTOM CPU I F R N D 3 2 POWER HOLD 1...

Страница 4158: ...B40 B22 B55 C B56 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE BL GE B22 E3 LY 1 WB 2 2 3 B64 B65 WITHOUT CRUISE CONTROL MODEL WITH CRUISE CONTROL MODEL STOP LIGHT SWITCH 1 2 1 2 1 9 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11...

Страница 4159: ...22 23 24 GRAY B B55 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 A B54 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 3 4 17 18 19...

Страница 4160: ...0 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43 40 41 74 72 73 70 71 39 37 38 35 36 69 67 68 66 33 34 61 64 31 32 29 30 58 GREEN B56 C 1 2 7...

Страница 4161: ...TEMPERATURE SENSOR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 AWD AT5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR B53 B11 T4 BY SHIELD JOINT CONNECTOR 7 SB 6 BL 1 B 2 SB 3 A16 BW A5 RW A22 LR A20 YW W W...

Страница 4162: ...GB 5 LgB 14 R N D 3 2 1 V B GW FB 39 IGNITION RELAY IG FB 27 F B FUSE NO 12 TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING 3 L 2 RL 1 LgB 8 G 7 RG 6 YL 5 LB 4 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 03 SMJ B36 L P4 RL M5 LgB L4...

Страница 4163: ...3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE BrR WG WG B16 B23 B11 B129 B133 KICK DOWN SWITCH WG 2 B 1 WG 5 BrR 3 B 4 V 2 BW 1 POWER MODE AND SNOW HOLD MODE SWITCH POWER SNOW HOLD OF...

Страница 4164: ...4 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 GRAY B B55 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 W 16 WB 17 BL 13 WG 15 SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECT...

Страница 4165: ...0 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 E13 1 2 3 BLACK DARK GRAY B20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 W 5 W 4 W 6 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR JOINT CONNECTOR B234 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR B231 B 2 B 1 B 3 B 81...

Страница 4166: ...SOR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 AWD AT5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR B11 T4 A16 BW A5 RW A22 LR A11 Lg W W Y W Y W Lg G YW BrY RY WL YG BrW Br BW RW LR Lg B55 TRANSMISSION C...

Страница 4167: ...5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 GREEN i10 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE B55 B B56 C GREEN C B56...

Страница 4168: ...LD MODE SWITCH POWER SNOW HOLD OFF AT RH6 01 A REF TO CLEARANCE LIGHT AND ILLUMINATION LIGHT SYSTEM ILM RH6T 01 B B VW OrB Sb B15 B13 B2 REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 03 4 5 6 2 3 1 B OrB B VW B Sb...

Страница 4169: ...1 2 B64 STOP LIGHT SWITCH A B54 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 GRAY B B55 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 BL BR A23 A24 C15 C24 B12 C1 B5...

Страница 4170: ...5 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 23 24 A B54 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B134 A 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 C B136 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 2...

Страница 4171: ...ID AT9 B L B L 2 4 B TIMING SOLENOID SPORTS SHIFT SOLENOID AT8 AT10 Y Y Y SHIFT SOLENOID 2 AT6 G G 15 B BW 17 16 WL 19 20 Or 12 11 1 2 4 3 5 13 9 6 16 BL A10 GB A19 Sb B8 W B18 OrL B24 W A20 L A9 G A7...

Страница 4172: ...WI 117 WIRING SYSTEM A T CONTROL SYSTEM MEMO...

Страница 4173: ...RY D14 1 2 D2 D12 1 2 i26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 BLACK BLACK D4 BLACK LR YG FB 33 M B FUSE NO 2 B FB 30 F B FUSE NO 9 ACC TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING SMJ WB RY LR YG 10 6 3 9 8 2 TWISTED WIRE W...

Страница 4174: ...IRE RW 14 LY 6 RB 13 WR RW LY RW LY RW LY RB WR 5 RW 12 LY 4 RB 13 WR 5 B 11 B D23 BLACK D29 BLACK R11 R14 RADIO i26 R14 D27 R11 D21 i53 R98 D29 D23 i29 GR REAR DOOR SPEAKER RH 2 1 REAR DOOR SPEAKER L...

Страница 4175: ...rW 2 1 D4 D2 D12 D14 B30 i1 B36 D1 WB BrW D14 1 2 D2 D12 1 2 i26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 BLACK D4 BLACK LR YG FB 33 M B FUSE NO 2 B FB 30 F B FUSE NO 9 ACC TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING SMJ WB RY L...

Страница 4176: ...RW 16 LY 7 RB 15 WR RW LY RW LY RW LY RB WR 6 RW 12 LY 4 RB 13 WR 5 B 11 B D23 BLACK D29 BLACK R11 R14 RADIO i26 R14 D27 R11 D21 i53 R98 D29 D23 i29 GR REAR DOOR SPEAKER RH 2 1 REAR DOOR SPEAKER LH 2...

Страница 4177: ...12 G BrW 3 9 WB RY 2 8 G BrW 6 5 WB RY G BrW WB RY 6 15 7 16 RB WR RW LY REF TO CLEARANCE LIGHT AND ILLUMINATION LIGHT SYSTEM ILM RH6T 03 24 25 G BrW 24 25 WB RY i29 B GR i20 B80 i1 B36 B101 B30 SMJ i...

Страница 4178: ...A WB 2 RB 1 WB 1 2 W V 1 2 2 1 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH V 2 1 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH W 2 1 FRONT DOOR TWEETER LH W P 2 1 R117 D4 D2 D12 D14 D69 R101 R99 D68 POWER AMPLIFIER R110 B225 B97 B212 F86 R1 W P 1...

Страница 4179: ...5 Lg 6 W 1 Lg 2 W 12 Lg 4 REAR DOOR SPEAKER RH W 5 Or 6 W 1 Lg 2 REAR DOOR SPEAKER LH TWISTED WIRE R14 D27 D29 D23 D21 R11 R110 POWER AMPLIFIER R110 BLACK D29 BLACK GREEN D23 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 4180: ...EEN A i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 CHARGE WARNING LIGHT i12 C COMBINATION METER 4 CYLINDER NON TURBO ENGINE MODEL CHARGE WARNING LIGHT i12 C C8...

Страница 4181: ...METER 12 Combination Meter A SCHEMATIC 1 4 CYLINDER NON TURBO ENGINE MODEL M H4 01 M H4 01 WI 00841 GREEN i10 To A GREEN i11 To B GREEN i12 To C A1 A7 A8 A15 A16 A29 A30 A14 B1 B4 B8 B9 B5 B7 B15 B16...

Страница 4182: ...RAKE SWITCH VDC CONTROL MODULE VDC WARNING LIGHT FWD INDICATOR LIGHT MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT ABS WARNING LIGHT CHARGE WARNING LIGHT PARKING BRAKE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNI...

Страница 4183: ...LIGHT RELAY RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH HI BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT P M H4 04 E M H4 02 A M H4 04 B AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ODO TRIP LCD BACK LIGHT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IGN IGN IGN B B B15 B14 B8 B13 AIRBAG CIRC...

Страница 4184: ...ERATURE GAUGE FUEL GAUGE ODO METER TRIP METER OUT TEMP SPEEDOMETER TACHOMETER I F F A6 A18 BUZZER I F I F BUZZER CIRCUIT AT MODELS MT MODELS AT MT B CLOCK TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE VEHICLE SPEED SEN...

Страница 4185: ...MOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE C7 FRONT DOOR WARNING LIGHT LH REAR DOOR WARNING LIGHT LH REAR DOOR WARNING LIGHT RH FRONT DOOR WARNING LIGHT RH A23 A28 C1 A7 A28 A10 A29 VEHICLE OUTLINE A30 IMMOBILIZER INDI...

Страница 4186: ...STEM COMBINATION METER 2 LHD 6 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL M LH6 01 M LH6 01 WI 00846 GREEN i10 To A A8 A7 A1 A30 A14 A29 A16 A15 GREEN i12 To C C5 C8 C4 C1 C9 C18 C17 GREEN i11 To B B8 B9 B15 B16 PP PP SAE...

Страница 4187: ...BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT VDC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT VDC OPERATION INDICATOR LIGHT CHARGE WARNING LIGHT PARKING BRAKE BRAKE FLUID...

Страница 4188: ...LH6 04 E M LH6 02 A M LH6 04 C IGN IGN B B A7 B12 M LH6 04 D A19 A16 A20 A15 A21 A14 A22 A12 DIMMER CIRCUIT M LH6 02 B STABILIZING POWER CIRCUIT CFL LED FOR POINTER INVERTER CIRCUIT LED DRIVER DRIVER...

Страница 4189: ...F A9 C1 B M LH6 03 C C5 B7 B15 A13 E M LH6 03 E C6 IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE FUEL GAUGE MODULE DRIVER POWER CIRCUIT DRIVER DRIVER DRIVER DOOR WARNING BACK LIGHT FUEL RING WARNING TACHO RING SPEEDO RI...

Страница 4190: ...B ROOM LIGHT B SPEEDOMETER TACHOMETER I F I F I F A28 A28 B6 A28 A11 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MT AT FRONT DOOR SWITCH RH FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH REAR DOOR S...

Страница 4191: ...NATION METER 3 RHD 6 CYLINDER ENGINE AND TURBO ENGINE MODEL M RH6T 01 M RH6T 01 WI 00851 GREEN i10 To A A8 A7 A1 A30 A14 A29 A16 A15 GREEN i12 To C C5 C8 C4 C1 C9 C18 C17 GREEN i11 To B C10 B9 B8 B16...

Страница 4192: ...INDICATOR LIGHT VDC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT VDC OPERATION INDICATOR LIGHT CHARGE WARNING LIGHT PARKING BRAKE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING LIGHT ABS WAR...

Страница 4193: ...R6T 04 E M R6T 02 A M R6T 04 C IGN IGN B B B3 A13 M R6T 04 D A19 A16 A20 A15 A21 A14 A22 DRIVER A12 DIMMER CIRCUIT M R6T 02 B STABILIZING POWER CIRCUIT CFL LED FOR POINTER INVERTER CIRCUIT LED DRIVER...

Страница 4194: ...B15 B7 A17 A7 E M R6T 03 E B16 M R6T 03 D IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE SPORTS SHIFT FUEL GAUGE MODULE DRIVER POWER CIRCUIT DRIVER DRIVER DRIVER DOOR WARNING BACK LIGHT FUEL...

Страница 4195: ...T B SPEEDOMETER TACHOMETER I F I F I F A28 A28 B6 A28 A11 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MT AT FRONT DOOR SWITCH RH FRONT DOOR SWITC...

Страница 4196: ...WI 141 WIRING SYSTEM COMBINATION METER MEMO...

Страница 4197: ...10 2 OrB YB OrB YB LR LR V BW i60 i61 B36 I1 A2 OrB B2 M2 YB LR MT C C L4C 02 A B107 BLUE 1 2 B65 BLACK 1 2 3 4 BLACK B68 1 2 3 4 5 BROWN i19 1 2 3 4 5 6 B94 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15...

Страница 4198: ...R B GB 3 BOr YB 4 BL 16 B B 6 OrL 3 RL 2 BG 5 BY 1 E3 B22 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MT BR GW GB BL 3 1 2 6 B17 F44 B61 BR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE AT GB BOr C17 B22 B56 C B55 B 18 GW 17 LgR 14 OrL 13 RL...

Страница 4199: ...0858 T7 T3 B12 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE WB 4 B94 AT 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH A T BY 7 BW P R N D 3 2 1 12 WB 11 WG WG TO BATTERY TERMINAL B14 STARTER MOTOR T7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Страница 4200: ...LR V BW ON i19 OFF OrB YB LR B36 I1 A2 OrB B2 M2 YB LR MT C C L4S 02 A B107 BLUE 1 2 B65 BLACK 1 2 3 4 BLACK B68 1 2 3 4 5 BROWN i19 1 2 3 4 5 6 B94 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18...

Страница 4201: ...R B GB 3 BOr YB 4 BL 16 B B 6 OrL 3 RL 2 BG 5 BY 1 E3 B22 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MT BR GW GB BL 3 1 2 6 B17 F44 B61 BR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE AT GB BOr C17 B22 B56 C B55 B 18 GW 17 LgR 14 OrL 13 RL...

Страница 4202: ...0861 T7 T3 B12 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE WB 4 B94 AT 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH A T BY 7 BW P R N D 3 2 1 12 WB 11 WG WG TO BATTERY TERMINAL B14 STARTER MOTOR T7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Страница 4203: ...2 A B65 BLACK 1 2 3 4 BLACK B68 1 2 3 4 5 BROWN i19 1 2 3 4 5 6 B94 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE B94 YW F87 58 VDC CONTROL MODULE YW YW 8 F96 B255 i60...

Страница 4204: ...9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GW BR B GB 3 BOr YB 4 WG 2 B B 6 OrL 3 RL 2 BG 5 BY 1 E49 B252 6 F44 B61 BR GB BOr C17 B22 18 GW 17 LgR 14 OrL 13 RL 5 BG 7 BY A C C LH6 01 B7...

Страница 4205: ...00864 T7 T3 B12 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE WB 4 B94 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH A T BY 7 BW P R N D 3 2 1 12 WB 11 WG WG TO BATTERY TERMINAL B14 STARTER MOTOR T7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 4206: ...N i19 OFF OrB YB LR B36 I1 A2 OrB B2 M2 YB LR MT C C RH4 02 A B107 BLUE 1 2 B65 BLACK 1 2 3 4 BLACK B68 1 2 3 4 5 BROWN i19 1 2 3 4 5 6 B94 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 AT...

Страница 4207: ...B GB 3 BOr YB 4 BL 16 B 6 OrL 3 RL 2 BG 5 BY 1 E3 B22 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MT BR GW GB BL 3 1 2 B17 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE AT GB BOr C17 B22 B56 C B55 B 18 GW 17 LgR 14 OrL 13 RL 5 BG 7 BY AT A C...

Страница 4208: ...0867 T7 T3 B12 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE WB 4 B94 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH A T BY 7 BW P R N D 3 2 1 12 WB 11 WG WG TO BATTERY TERMINAL B14 STARTER MOTOR T7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 4209: ...rB B2 M2 YB LR C C RH6 02 A B65 BLACK 1 2 3 4 BLACK B68 1 2 3 4 5 BROWN i19 1 2 3 4 5 6 B94 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE B94 YW F87 58 VDC CONTROL MOD...

Страница 4210: ...AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR W WG BL WB 13 17 16 15 B83 B79 B40 B94 GRAY GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 B7 BLACK 4 1 2 3 6 5 GRAY B B55 1 2 3 4 10 11...

Страница 4211: ...00870 T7 T3 B12 CRUISE CONTROL MODULE WB 4 B94 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH A T BY 7 BW P R N D 3 2 1 12 WB 11 WG WG TO BATTERY TERMINAL B14 STARTER MOTOR T7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 4212: ...WI 157 WIRING SYSTEM CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM MEMO...

Страница 4213: ...E COMBINATION METER 4 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL C i12 H C ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE COMBINATION METER 6 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL A B i10 i11 C i12 PW C8 BL C9 PW C5 B15 LHD RHD BL C6 B16 PW A5 D4 PW B...

Страница 4214: ...16 5 6 7 BROWN B GREEN B21 BLACK 1 2 5 6 7 8 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 3 4 17 18 19 20 GREEN A i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 GW FB 39 IGNITION RELAY...

Страница 4215: ...1 RB 3 BW 5 FUEL PUMP RELAY GR Lg 3 RB 4 FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY 3 RB RB B RB 2 1 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 04 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE Lg GR A16 B7 E G LH4 07 A R57 B97 B46 3 4 1 2 GREEN R...

Страница 4216: ...4 C E G LH4 04 B B21 E2 GOr 5 GW PW 10 WG E11 GW B228 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GREEN C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GREEN A i10 A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1...

Страница 4217: ...LH4 04 E E G LH4 05 F WB 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH BY 7 BW P T3 B12 T7 R N D 3 2 1 12 WB 11 WG 6 BR B47 BROWN B12 F44 3 1 2 4 5 6 5 6 3 4 1 2 7 8 T7 5 6 3 4 1 2 11 12 9 10 7 8 B134 B135 B136 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Страница 4218: ...READ MEMORY CONNECTOR C E G LH4 02 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 1 2 B26 VG B15 PG B20 V Or GW 7 B40 B125 VG PG 10 Or 1 BL BL 13 BL 12 BR 1 VW 6 Or 4 BL...

Страница 4219: ...BW BL RW RB YR 2 4 1 W C23 SB 3 2 1 B155 CO RESISTOR BR YR WR 2 4 3 E13 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR B21 E2 RY 9 RB 12 LgY BR YR WR 11 LW 8 SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR 6 4 5 BL B83 B155 3 2...

Страница 4220: ...BY PL Y Or 1 2 E15 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR B W 1 3 E7 IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GL LB 4 6 L RY 2 5 Y Y 3 E14 E10 E15 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 2 E7 LIGHT GRAY LIGHT GRAY BLACK PL 17 R Y 19 G 18 20 W B Or G...

Страница 4221: ...2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 RG YR WR R 5 14 B YG GW RG 4 6 Sb GR L YW BP BL BW B BR B PB BL BL BL B6 BL BW A27 A25 YG A26 Sb B RG POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH E19 GR IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR 1 4...

Страница 4222: ...A4 P 9 YL Br Y 1 E G LH4 03 G LIGHT GRAY LIGHT GRAY FUEL INJECTOR NO 1 Y 2 Br 1 FUEL INJECTOR NO 4 Y 2 GB 1 FUEL INJECTOR NO 3 Y 2 GOr 1 PL A13 PL Lg 10 FUEL INJECTOR NO 2 Y 2 Lg 1 E5 E6 LIGHT GRAY B...

Страница 4223: ...29 RB BW BrB R59 L 2 BrB 1 FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR RB BW FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY 2 1 R58 B 3 L 6 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B97 R58 GRAY B46 3 4 1 2 GREEN R57 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 BLACK A...

Страница 4224: ...D E G L4O 08 E E G L4O 05 C B21 E2 GOr 5 GW PW 10 WG E11 GW B228 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GREEN C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GREEN A i10 A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15...

Страница 4225: ...P T3 B12 T7 R N D 3 2 1 12 WB 11 WG 6 BR B47 BROWN BLACK B12 F44 3 1 2 4 5 6 5 6 3 4 1 2 7 8 T7 5 6 3 4 1 2 11 12 9 10 7 8 B135 B136 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 03 Lg...

Страница 4226: ...DIATOR FAN SYSTEM R F H4 01 RL A14 GR A13 REF TO VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM VDC LH4 03 YB C8 L A25 R A24 OrB C2 C7 A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28...

Страница 4227: ...DULE E G L4O 08 K B79 B76 GREEN B126 GREEN GRAY GRAY B40 B75 GREEN B125 GREEN BROWN D B137 C B136 A B134 CHECK CONNECTOR LINE END CONNECTOR B79 B126 1 A21 C3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR TEST MODE CONNECTOR G...

Страница 4228: ...E2 RB 12 LgY 11 RY YR WR BR 9 SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR 3 2 BW BW RY BW 1 BW BW RG B83 F26 3 2 1 B19 B18 T6 1 2 3 4 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 2 1 4 3 WR YR 3 BR 2 4 B19 T5 B100 F2 BW WL 2 1 4...

Страница 4229: ...6 W OrG BrW BY 14 15 W WL R Br 2 BR WG Br BR YR R BY PL Y Or 1 2 E15 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR B W 1 3 E7 IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GL LB 4 6 L RY 2 5 Y Y 3 BR 1 E15 E14 E20 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 2 E7 LI...

Страница 4230: ...B BL BL BL D14 C19 BL BL BW C26 A33 A32 B RG POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH E19 GR IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR 2 1 4 3 E12 GW YW RG L PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2 1 E4 WR Y 6 BP E12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7...

Страница 4231: ...CTOR NO 1 Y 2 Br 1 FUEL INJECTOR NO 4 Y 2 GB 1 FUEL INJECTOR NO 3 Y 2 GOr 1 PL A23 PL Lg 10 FUEL INJECTOR NO 2 Y 2 Lg 1 E5 E6 BROWN E16 E17 1 2 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A B134 1 2 3...

Страница 4232: ...Y FUEL PUMP RELAY FUEL PUMP FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR GREEN B46 BLACK R57 GRAY R58 B97 R59 6 2 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 5 6 7 4 8 1 2 2 1 3 4 2 1 4 3 6 5 B135 B A B134 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13...

Страница 4233: ...4 GB E4 SMJ B36 E G LH6 08 D E G LH6 09 C GB 5 B21 E2 GOr 15 G PW 16 PW E11 G B228 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B21 LIGHT GRAY GREEN GREEN B i11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C B56 1 2...

Страница 4234: ...BR 6 F46 B108 BL 2 WB B134 A B B135 C B136 D B137 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 03 TO BATTERY TERMINAL OrB A11 YB A4 GY B16 BrR A12 L C11 R C12 REF TO VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM VDC LH6 03 R...

Страница 4235: ...34 CHECK CONNECTOR TEST MODE CONNECTOR A20 B75 A10 B76 1 A5 A21 DATA LINK CONNECTOR LINE END CHECK CONNECTOR E E G LH6 03 B75 GREEN 1 2 B76 GREEN 1 2 GW VW V Or VG GW 7 W 13 WB 12 Or 1 WR BR 1 VG 6 VG...

Страница 4236: ...07 E G LH6 07 L E G LH6 03 F BLACK BLACK BLACK E20 E13 E21 4 1 2 3 6 5 B83 1 2 3 5 BW SB BW SB SB RG BW SB 8 7 6 BL BW RY SB B26 RG B19 W B17 WL C13 2 1 4 3 T6 B19 DARK GRAY B20 1 2 3 B83 PRESSURE SE...

Страница 4237: ...L SOLENOID VALVE EXHAUST GAS RECIRCRATION SOLENOID PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C B136 D B137 E1 B20 9 3 2 RG BOr BL YR Y Or BL YR Y Or BL YR Y LgR BW 7 4 YL BrG RG RG LgR BW LgR BW YL BrG YL BrG YL Y...

Страница 4238: ...10 11 12 13 14 15 16 E49 B252 E3 B22 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH 3 4 2 1 2 E48 KNOCK SENSOR 2 2 E14 KNOCK SENSOR 1 E47 E24 3 4 1 2 1 2 B252 B21 LIGHT GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18...

Страница 4239: ...D P B24 P 17 E19 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WR B18 WR 5 RY G R P G YL R P WL RY WL RY PW 12 E8 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND THERMOMETER E G LH6 05 O 3 2 1 3 2 1 E G LH6 11 R E15 1 2 3...

Страница 4240: ...E G LH6 04 J E G LH6 01 B E G LH6 02 C SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR A C COMPRESSOR A B134 D B137 C B136 E G LH6 10 T E G LH6 10 S 2 3 1 F26 F82 B252 DARK GRAY GREEN BLACK C B136 1 2 7 8 9...

Страница 4241: ...Y L C22 R GR R G L Y Y W B BW R W BW WG B BW WG R BW BW G BW WG Y BW BW L BW WG 1 1 1 E31 IGNITION COIL NO 1 IGNITION COIL NO 2 IGNITION COIL NO 3 IGNITION COIL NO 4 IGNITION COIL NO 5 IGNITION COIL N...

Страница 4242: ...YL P 1 2 E43 C3 12 FUEL INJECTOR NO 5 2 1 V V C1 9 VW E44 FUEL INJECTOR NO 6 2 1 VW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C6 15 PL E16 FUEL INJECTOR NO 2 2 1 PL E6 C5 14 FUEL INJECTOR NO 3 2 1 PB PB...

Страница 4243: ...MBLY 1 RB RB B RB 2 1 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 04 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE Lg Lg GR A29 A16 B7 OI WI WITHOUT IMMOBILIZER MODEL WITH IMMOBILIZER MODEL WI OI E G RH4 07 A R57 R58 GRAY B46 3 4 1 2...

Страница 4244: ...4 GB E4 SMJ B36 E G RH4 06 D E G RH4 04 C E G RH4 04 B B21 E2 GOr 5 GW PW 10 WG E11 GW B228 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GREEN C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GREEN A i10 A B134 1 2 3 4...

Страница 4245: ...11 WG B47 BROWN B12 T7 3 1 2 4 5 6 5 6 3 4 1 2 11 12 9 10 7 8 B134 B135 B136 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 03 RL A3 GR A12 OV WV MT MT AT AT AT AT B28 MT 1 A B134 1 2 3...

Страница 4246: ...R READ MEMORY CONNECTOR C E G RH4 02 E E G RH4 03 B E G RH4 02 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 1 2 B26 VG B15 PG B20 V Or GW 7 B40 B125 VG PG 10 Or 1 BL BL...

Страница 4247: ...BL RW RB 2 4 1 W C23 SB 3 2 1 B155 CO RESISTOR BR YR WR 2 4 3 E13 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR B21 E2 RY 9 RB 12 LgY BR YR WR 11 SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR 6 4 5 BW SB RG RY BL B83 B155 3 2...

Страница 4248: ...IR CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GL LB 4 6 L RY 2 5 Y Y 3 E10 E14 E15 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 2 E7 LIGHT GRAY BLACK PL 17 R Y 19 B 18 W Or GL 4 GY LB B W 1 Br L 3 LW RY SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR 3 2 BW...

Страница 4249: ...10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 RG YR WR R 5 14 B YG GW RG 4 6 Sb GR L YW BP BL BW B BR B PB BL BL BL BW A27 A25 YG A26 Sb B RG POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH E19 GR IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR 1...

Страница 4250: ...A4 P 9 YL Br Y 1 E G RH4 03 G LIGHT GRAY LIGHT GRAY FUEL INJECTOR NO 1 Y 2 Br 1 FUEL INJECTOR NO 4 Y 2 GB 1 FUEL INJECTOR NO 3 Y 2 GOr 1 PL A13 PL Lg 10 FUEL INJECTOR NO 2 Y 2 Lg 1 E5 E6 LIGHT GRAY B...

Страница 4251: ...rB Lg GR B25 A2 C10 B135 A B134 B B136 C E G R4O 08 A E G R4O 02 B R57 R58 GRAY B46 3 4 1 2 GREEN R57 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 BLACK A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2...

Страница 4252: ...D E G R4O 08 E E G R4O 05 C B21 E2 GOr 5 GW PW 10 WG E11 GW B228 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 GREEN C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GREEN A i10 A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15...

Страница 4253: ...B 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH AT BY 7 BW P T3 B12 T7 R N D 3 2 1 12 WB 11 WG B47 BROWN B12 3 1 2 4 5 6 T7 5 6 3 4 1 2 11 12 9 10 7 8 B135 B136 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 03...

Страница 4254: ...7 REF TO RADIATOR FAN SYSTEM R F H4 01 RL A14 GR A13 REF TO VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL SYSTEM VDC RH4 03 YB C8 L A25 R A24 OrB C2 C7 B137 D A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22...

Страница 4255: ...5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 1 2 Or C21 BG D16 VG V B40 BL 13 OrW BL 12 VG 10 BR 1 VW 6 Or 1 BL 8 Or 4 VG 12 GW 7 BG BW 1 2 T2 B25 OrW BL 1 B76 B75 NEUTRAL POSI...

Страница 4256: ...R 9 SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR 2 3 BW BW RY BW 4 BW BW RG B83 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 2 1 4 3 WR YR 3 BR 2 4 B19 T5 BW WL 2 1 4 3 YR W T6 B100 F2 24 BR BR GENERATOR BR 3 F26 C25 BR B B135 B18...

Страница 4257: ...ITION SENSOR B W 1 3 E7 IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GL LB 4 6 L RY 2 5 Y Y PL 17 R Y 19 G 18 W Or GL 4 GY LB B W 1 Br L 3 LW RY 20 B E14 E10 E15 1 3 4 5 6 2 E7 LIGHT GRAY LIGHT GRAY GRAY LIGHT GRA...

Страница 4258: ...YW 6 5 RY RB RG L BP BW B 8 BL BR 16 BL BR B PB BL BL BL D14 BL C19 BW C26 A33 RY A32 RB B RG POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH E19 GR IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR 2 1 4 3 E12 GW YW RG L PURGE CONTROL S...

Страница 4259: ...CTOR NO 1 Y 2 Br 1 FUEL INJECTOR NO 4 Y 2 GB 1 FUEL INJECTOR NO 3 Y 2 GOr 1 PL A23 PL Lg 10 FUEL INJECTOR NO 2 Y 2 Lg 1 E5 E6 BROWN E16 E17 1 2 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A B134 1 2 3...

Страница 4260: ...PUMP ASSEMBLY FUEL PUMP RELAY FUEL PUMP FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR GREEN B46 BLACK R57 GRAY R58 R59 6 2 3 1 4 5 1 2 2 1 3 4 2 1 4 3 6 5 B135 B A B134 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 1...

Страница 4261: ...ND R 04 I F I F GOr B5 PW A5 BW D4 RW A4 OrW C4 GB E4 SMJ B36 E G RH6 08 D E G RH6 09 C GB 5 B21 E2 GOr 15 G PW 16 PW E11 G B228 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B21 LIGHT GRAY GREEN GREEN B D C A...

Страница 4262: ...6 04 E E G RH6 05 F WB 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH BY 7 BW P T3 B12 T7 R N D 3 2 1 12 WB 11 WG B134 A B B135 C B136 D B137 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 03 OrB A11 YB A4 GY B3 BrR A12 L C11 R C12 REF TO...

Страница 4263: ...34 CHECK CONNECTOR TEST MODE CONNECTOR A20 B75 A10 B76 1 A5 A21 DATA LINK CONNECTOR LINE END CHECK CONNECTOR E E G RH6 03 B75 GREEN 1 2 B76 GREEN 1 2 GW VW V Or VG GW 7 W 13 WB 12 Or 1 WR BR 1 VG 6 VG...

Страница 4264: ...K E20 E13 E21 4 1 2 3 6 5 B83 1 2 3 5 BW SB BW SB SB RG BW SB 8 7 6 BL BW RY SB B26 RG B19 B17 WL C13 2 1 4 3 T6 B19 GRAY B20 1 2 3 B83 E21 3 1 2 E20 2 1 RB B9 C B136 B135 B 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12...

Страница 4265: ...L SOLENOID VALVE EXHAUST GAS RECIRCRATION SOLENOID PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C B136 D B137 E1 B20 9 3 2 RG BOr BL YR Y Or BL YR Y Or BL YR Y LgR BW 7 4 YL BrG RG RG LgR BW LgR BW YL BrG YL BrG YL Y...

Страница 4266: ...10 11 12 13 14 15 16 E49 B252 E3 B22 FRONT OXYGEN A F SENSOR LH 3 4 2 1 2 E48 KNOCK SENSOR 2 2 E14 KNOCK SENSOR 1 E47 E24 3 4 1 2 1 2 B252 B21 LIGHT GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18...

Страница 4267: ...D P B24 P 17 E19 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH WR B18 WR 5 RY G R G YL R P P WL RY WL RY PW 12 E8 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND THERMOMETER E G RH6 05 O 3 2 1 3 2 1 E G RH6 11 R E15 1 2 3...

Страница 4268: ...ELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR A C COMPRESSOR A B134 D B137 C B136 E G RH6 10 T E G RH6 10 S 2 3 1 F26 B252 DARK GRAY GREEN GRAY C B136 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22...

Страница 4269: ...C22 R GR R G R W BW W BW WG R BW BW G BW WG Y BW BW L BW WG B BW WG 1 1 1 E31 IGNITION COIL NO 1 IGNITION COIL NO 2 IGNITION COIL NO 3 IGNITION COIL NO 4 IGNITION COIL NO 5 IGNITION COIL NO 6 3 1 2 E3...

Страница 4270: ...YL P YL BR 1 2 E43 C3 12 FUEL INJECTOR NO 5 2 1 V V C1 9 VW E44 FUEL INJECTOR NO 6 2 1 VW GR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C6 15 PL E16 FUEL INJECTOR NO 2 2 1 PL Lg YL BR Lg YL LR YL LB YL Br...

Страница 4271: ...1 2 GREEN R57 1 2 3 4 5 6 BLACK 7 8 9 10 W B LgB 14 B98 R2 R3 B99 LgB Lg 16 Lg W B FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY 2 1 R58 Lg B FUEL PUMP CONTROLLER 8 6 RB LgB 10 9 R122 W 7 B 5 RB RB 1 R122 1 2 3 4 5 6...

Страница 4272: ...G RTB 09 E G RTB 10 D E E G RTB 05 C E G RTB 05 B GREEN A i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 2 1 3 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR B17 C B136 A 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3...

Страница 4273: ...6 B134 B137 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 03 Lg B A D TO BATTERY TERMINAL B14 STARTER MOTOR A16 A B134 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 D B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12...

Страница 4274: ...2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7 8 9 16 17 18 22 D B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 29 30 31 13 14 15 16 17 27 28 18 22 23 24 25 26 B135 B 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15...

Страница 4275: ...7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 1 2 Or A8 A21 VG B40 BL 13 BL BL 12 VG 10 BR 1 Lg 8 VG 6 1 Or BL 8 Or 4 VG 12 GW 7 B79 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 BG BL 1 3 T9 B128 NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH MT...

Страница 4276: ...R 2 1 Lg BY 3 4 B18 WB YR REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 1 2 L W 4 3 T6 T5 1 2 3 4 1 2 C B136 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B135 B 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15...

Страница 4277: ...2 23 24 25 26 E14 E10 GRAY GRAY ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C B136 B B135 D B137 B21 SB C12 GY B10 B B1 W B4 W B22 SB C3 BrL D22 LB D11 WOr B2 R C11 L M E G RTB 06 C1 OrL YL OrL 7 8 LB WOr 10 12 B220 SOLENO...

Страница 4278: ...VALVE 1 2 E7 3 E7 1 2 3 Q R F 14 E2 B21 GOr 11 12 PB Br PB Br G RY W G RY W BW R POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH E19 B135 B 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15 26 27 28 16 17 18 19 20 2...

Страница 4279: ...ION SENSOR E13 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND THERMOMETER E8 B8 16 YW B9 20 RB B7 19 LgY 18 B18 17 BrW 15 Or R YG BG H WG Or R BG R YG BG BG H WG YW RB LgY RG BrW PW B135 B 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10...

Страница 4280: ...YV RB BOr R D8 R BW C17 BW BP B BL A15 E1 BL C B136 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 B84 E 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 D B137 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19...

Страница 4281: ...NO 3 2 1 PL C6 PL 10 FUEL INJECTOR NO 2 2 1 E4 RG D16 RG YW W GW R LW LgY YW R W R GW R LW R LgY R 2 PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1 2 C B136 1 2 7 8 9 5 6 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23...

Страница 4282: ...WI 227 WIRING SYSTEM ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MEMO...

Страница 4283: ...0 A i11 B i12 C 16 BR R59 1 2 BLACK BROWN R57 1 2 3 4 5 6 R58 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 GREEN C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GREEN B i11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 4284: ...9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GREEN A i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 B252 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B135 B 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15 26 27 28...

Страница 4285: ...UB LEVEL SENSOR R58 L 6 B 3 BrB BrB BW BW 2 B 6 BL BL BR 17 E3 GE B22 B99 R3 R15 R57 i10 A i11 B 16 BR BLACK BROWN R57 1 2 3 4 5 6 R58 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 B22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GREEN...

Страница 4286: ...WI 231 WIRING SYSTEM FUEL GAUGE SYSTEM MEMO...

Страница 4287: ...POWER SUPPLY ROUTING FB 39 IGNITION RELAY IG GW GREEN C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 BP A5 i10 A COMBINATION METER BP BP C2 i1 B36 i12 C B BP 1 B 2 SMJ B29 T8 LO AWD INDICATOR LIGHT SWITCH B29...

Страница 4288: ...C WI 00944 FAPS 01 FAPS 01 YR FB 28 F B FUSE NO 4 ACC TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING i28 B V 2 BW 3 YR 2 B 1 i24 i25 i24 i25 1 2 3 1 2 FRONT ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY SOCKET REF TO CLEARANCE LIGHT AND ILLUMINAT...

Страница 4289: ...GHT LEVELING SWITCH LHD SMJ HEADLIGHT LEVELER LH HEADLIGHT LEVELER RH WG 3 GY 2 B 1 WG 12 GY 13 RG WG GY RG B B 14 B36 i1 i28 i39 B100 F2 RHD WG 7 GY 9 RG WG GY RG 8 B100 F2 F58 F59 i39 GRAY F58 GRAY...

Страница 4290: ...MATIC WI 00946 HORN 01 HORN 01 BL RG MB 9 HORN RELAY MB 6 HORN RELAY TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING HORN RG RG 5 B100 F2 RG 1 B68 F5 BL HORN F47 BL HORN SWITCH B68 1 3 2 4 5 LHD LHD RHD RHD F2 BLACK 3 4 1 2...

Страница 4291: ...KEY WARNING SWITCH IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE B141 BrR 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 F44 BLACK GREEN B74 C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 B141 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 IMB L 01 IMB L 01 H6 H4 H4 6...

Страница 4292: ...H4 H6 H4 H6 B135 B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE YB RY RG D18 D17 B19 H4 B135 B B137 D B141 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 H4 R9 1 2 3 B142 1 2 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15 26 27 28 16 17 18 1...

Страница 4293: ...NING SWITCH IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE B141 BrR IMB R 01 IMB R 01 H6T H4N H4N IMMOBILIZER INDICATOR LIGHT LR A9 LR C1 H6T BrR A7 1 2 1 2 BLACK GREEN B74 C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 B141 1 2...

Страница 4294: ...6 7 8 2 1 9 3 10 22 23 11 12 13 14 15 24 25 26 27 16 17 18 28 29 19 20 21 30 B136 C B135 B 5 6 7 8 2 1 9 4 3 10 24 22 23 25 11 12 13 14 15 26 27 28 16 17 18 19 20 21 R3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 13 14 12 15...

Страница 4295: ...B MB 8 M B FUSE NO 6 B TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING WR LR WG 12 16 5 1 W 15 KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL MODULE B176 W 16 F2 B100 W WG 2 1 KEY WARNING SWITCH B74 13 K L L 02 B74 1 2 BLACK B176 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 8 9 1...

Страница 4296: ...T MODEL WITH VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT MODEL WVM OVM B176 GREEN A i10 1 2 3 8 9 10 4 11 12 13 14 22 23 5 6 7 15 16 17 24 25 26 18 27 28 29 30 19 20 21 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17...

Страница 4297: ...7 D32 R14 D47 R39 D35 RG 4 LgY 2 RG 7 LgY 6 FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR RH REAR GATE LOCK ACTUATOR REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LH REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR RH B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BLACK D35 D18 D32 D72 D26 D47 GR...

Страница 4298: ...O 3 B MB 3 M B FUSE NO 2 B MB 8 M B FUSE NO 6 B TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING WR LR WG 12 16 5 1 W 15 KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL MODULE B176 W WG 2 1 KEY WARNING SWITCH B74 13 K L R 02 B74 1 2 BLACK B176 2 3 4 5...

Страница 4299: ...2 23 5 6 7 15 16 17 24 25 26 18 27 28 29 30 19 20 21 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 BLACK BLACK D46 R37 1 2 1 2 R16 BLACK R22 R9 R12 1 2 3 1 2 3 D34 R52 B90 1 2 3 1 3 4 5 6 2 WVM OVM B90...

Страница 4300: ...G LgY RG 1 4 D27 D32 R14 D47 R39 D35 RG 4 LgY 2 RG 7 LgY 6 FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LH REAR GATE LOCK ACTUATOR REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LH REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR RH B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BLACK D35 D18 D32...

Страница 4301: ...SE NO 18 IG GB GB GB 15 B98 R2 B R127 1 2 R2 BLUE 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 10 1 15 16 GB 2 BrL 3 R126 BrL C7 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C B136 L 1 R127 MUFFLER ACTUATOR R 2 L 1 R 4 MUFFLER A...

Страница 4302: ...7 B B WAGON MODEL SEDAN MODEL WG SD R37 1 2 1 2 B24 B12 1 2 D42 D49 3 4 1 2 R62 R64 3 4 1 2 R60 T7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B228 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BrY B...

Страница 4303: ...3 WO OO WO OO B136 C B137 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE V 4 BW 10 OP CONNECTOR B228 B71 TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING R43 R42 1 3 4 5 6 2 B69 3 4 1 2 BLACK B43 B116 B133 1 2 3 4 5 6 D7 1 2 3 8 9 10 4 11 12 13 14...

Страница 4304: ...TE LIGHT SEDAN SEDAN WAGON SD WG TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING FB 34 F B FUSE NO 5 BL BR FB 35 F B FUSE NO 5 BL 15 B B B WG 3 2 SD BL B 4 2 R26 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH WG 3 2 SD BL B R3 B99 BL B 2 BL 1 7...

Страница 4305: ...SWITCH ILLUMI LIGHT V 1 BW 6 i39 HEADLIGHT LEVELER SWITCH ILLUMI LIGHT V BW 1 7 i26 RADIO ILLUMI LIGHT V 2 BW 3 i25 FRONT ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY SOCKET ILLUMI LIGHT V 4 BW 2 i7 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH...

Страница 4306: ...IL ILLUMINA TION RELAY BW BW 11 V V 10 B69 V 4 BW 10 OP CONNECTOR B228 B71 TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING R43 R42 1 3 4 5 6 2 B69 3 4 1 2 B116 B133 1 2 3 4 5 6 B134 A 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 19 20 21 13 5 6 14 15 7...

Страница 4307: ...TE LIGHT SEDAN SEDAN WAGON SD WG TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING FB 34 F B FUSE NO 5 BL BR FB 35 F B FUSE NO 5 BL 15 B B B WG 3 2 SD BL B 4 2 R26 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH WG 3 2 SD BL B R3 B99 BL B 2 BL 1 7...

Страница 4308: ...i7 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH ILLUMI LIGHT V B10 B B20 i49 AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE V 2 B 1 i21 ASH TRAY ILLUMI LIGHT GLOVE BOX ILLUMI LIGHT V B 2 1 i23 B i28 ILM LH6 01 A BW 1 BW B V A7 COMBI NATION METE...

Страница 4309: ...R B228 B71 TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING R43 R42 1 3 4 5 6 2 B69 3 4 1 2 BLACK B43 B116 B133 1 2 3 4 5 6 D7 1 2 3 8 9 10 4 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 B228 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 4 6 7 8 2 1 9 3...

Страница 4310: ...B 1 2 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT SEDAN SEDAN WAGON SD WG TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING FB 34 F B FUSE NO 5 BL BR FB 35 F B FUSE NO 5 B B B WG 3 2 SD BL B 4 2 R26 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH WG 3 2 SD BL B BL B 2 BL...

Страница 4311: ...i39 HEADLIGHT LEVELER SWITCH ILLUMI LIGHT V BW 1 7 i26 RADIO ILLUMI LIGHT V 4 BW 2 i43 WIPER DEICER SWITCH ILLUMI LIGHT V 4 BW 2 i7 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH ILLUMI LIGHT SWITCH IS IN STEERING SIDE PANE...

Страница 4312: ...RELAY BW BW 7 V V 6 REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 02 B69 V 4 BW 10 OP CONNECTOR B228 B71 TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING R43 R42 1 3 4 5 6 2 B69 3 4 1 2 BROWN B116 B133 1 2 3 4 5 6 D7 1 2 3 8 9 10 4 11 12...

Страница 4313: ...1 2 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT SEDAN SEDAN WAGON SD WG TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING FB 34 F B FUSE NO 5 BL BR FB 35 F B FUSE NO 5 BL 5 B B B WG 3 2 SD BL B 4 2 R26 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH WG 3 2 SD BL B R2 B98...

Страница 4314: ...TCH ILLUMI LIGHT SWITCH IS IN STEERING SIDE PANEL V B10 BW B20 i49 AUTO A C CONTROL MODULE V 2 B 1 i21 ASH TRAY ILLUMI LIGHT GLOVE BOX ILLUMI LIGHT V B 2 1 i23 B i28 ILM RH6 01 A BW 1 BW B V B3 COMBI...

Страница 4315: ...GHT RH RG RL 4 SWITCH IS IN STEERING SIDE PANEL SWITCH IS IN CENTER PANEL SS SC LHD RHD LHD RHD BW BP 19 LHD F2 B100 V V 18 YB 1 GB 3 LR 5 W 4 Lg 2 i7 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH SWITCH IS IN CENTER PANEL...

Страница 4316: ...L 04 REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 01 REF TO CLEARANCE LIGHT AND ILLUMINATION LIGHT SYSTEM ILM LH6 03 FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY WB 1 B 2 B B SMJ B36 i1 RG 30 V 33 BP 31 WB 29 B48 B61 F44 i28 i7 F21 F6...

Страница 4317: ...N STEERING SIDE PANEL ON OFF FRONT FOG LIGHT LH WB 1 B 2 F6 FRONT FOG LIGHT RH BLACK i7 1 3 4 5 6 2 1 2 RELAY BLOCK BLACK B48 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34...

Страница 4318: ...WI 263 WIRING SYSTEM FRONT FOG LIGHT SYSTEM MEMO...

Страница 4319: ...ECTOR LB 8 B 16 R 7 13 B71 F44 B61 LB 9 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 02 WITH REAR FOG LIGHT MODEL WITHOUT REAR FOG LIGHT MODEL WF OF WITH REAR FOG LIGHT MODEL LW LB WITHOUT REAR FOG LIGHT MODEL...

Страница 4320: ...CTOR LB 1 OF B 9 R 2 14 8 WF 16 7 13 B71 F44 B61 LB 9 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 02 1 WF WF OF OF F44 F7 F23 1 2 3 B196 1 2 B71 B228 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BLACK GRAY GRAY GREEN B...

Страница 4321: ...2 B B 3 ROOM LIGHT DOOR OFF ON B B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 03 YL WAGON WG 1 2 R56 1 2 3 B228 B176 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 SMJ WITH VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT MODEL WITHOUT...

Страница 4322: ...17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 C L L 03 F B BrR 3 1 R12 FRONT DOOR SWITCH RH R16 REAR DOOR SWITCH RH B WG 3 1 B LW 3 1 R9 FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH i10 A i12 i53 R98 C COMBINATION METER 4 CYLIND...

Страница 4323: ...H SEDAN B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 05 LR 2 YL 1 R27 YL 1 B 2 D37 D38 REAR GATE LATCH SWITCH WAGON LR YL D46 YL 1 B 2 C L L 01 E C L L 02 F C L L 01 D D46 BLACK BLUE R20 R37 R27 WG SD WG SD WAG...

Страница 4324: ...L R 02 B C L R 02 C WR PB YR YR 5 LR LR 1 WR WR 2 B B 3 ROOM LIGHT DOOR OFF ON B B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 03 YL WAGON WG 1 2 R56 1 2 3 B228 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 SMJ WITH VANIT...

Страница 4325: ...B LW 3 1 R12 FRONT DOOR SWITCH RH R16 REAR DOOR SWITCH RH B WG 3 1 B BrR 3 1 R9 FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH i10 A i12 i53 R98 C COMBINATION METER 4 CYLINDER NON TURBO ENGINE MODEL i10 A i12 C COMBINATION MET...

Страница 4326: ...H SEDAN B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 05 LR 2 YL 1 R27 YL 1 B 2 D37 D38 REAR GATE LATCH SWITCH WAGON LR YL D46 YL 1 B 2 C L R 01 D C L R 02 F C L R 01 E D46 BLACK BLUE R20 R37 R27 WG SD WG SD WAG...

Страница 4327: ...D STOP LIGHT LY 1 WB 2 2 OC WC 3 WB 1 B 2 WB 1 B 2 WB 2 B 1 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 04 05 GND R 04 05 R24 R60 R28 B97 R1 B64 B65 R26 R66 R19 1 2 WB B WB 6 WB B97 R1 WB 2 WB 5 B WB B 7 OC WC...

Страница 4328: ...WB 2 2 OC WC 3 WB 3 B 2 WB 1 B 2 WB 3 B 7 B 8 B R37 D33 R28 B64 B65 R26 D39 R38 D34 R79 3 2 WB B WB 7 B WB B 1 OC WC WITHOUT CRUISE CONTROL MODEL WITH CRUISE CONTROL MODEL OC WC R37 1 2 B64 1 2 BLACK...

Страница 4329: ...03 COMBINATION METER 4 CYLINDER ENGINE MODEL TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT A B i10 i11 LH RH B TURN SIGNAL SWITCH L N R B i28 W 16 B100 F2 SMJ TURN L 02 B TURN L 02 A i22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BLACK B32 1 2...

Страница 4330: ...TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH BG 2 B 1 F54 SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH BG 2 B 1 R79 TRAILER CONNECTOR REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH B LgB 5 BG 4 B 7 B 8 R26 LgB 4 B 2 1 SD WG 2 4 2 1 SD WG 2 R28 REAR TURN SIGNAL LI...

Страница 4331: ...20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 GREEN B 1 2 3 8 9 10 4 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 B WITH REAR FOG LIGHT MODEL WITHOUT REAR FOG LIGHT MODEL B BG 1 B 2 SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH B148 WR OR B B7 BG A23 LgB...

Страница 4332: ...9 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH BG 2 B 1 R79 TRAILER CONNECTOR REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH B LgB 5 BG 4 B 8 B 7 R26 LgB 4 B 2 1 SD WG 2 4 2 1 SD WG 2 R28 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH BG B TURN R 01 A BG BG 20...

Страница 4333: ...H4N H6T GW C3 BL C14 GW A8 H6T H4N H6T H4N GOr 1 2 3 8 9 10 4 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 GREEN A i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OIL PRESSURE WARNING...

Страница 4334: ...b B36 B36 Or Sb 2 1 F78 SMJ F78 1 2 GREEN BLACK C GREEN B i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 i11 COMBINATION METER i10 A i11 B i12 C 1 2 3 8 9 10 4 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 i1 I F REF TO GROUND DISTR...

Страница 4335: ...1 12 GREEN GRAY C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GREEN A i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH R2 BLUE 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11...

Страница 4336: ...CH REAR TILT LIMIT SWITCH WG WG 10 R3 B99 WG WG 8 R1 B97 FRONT TILT MOTOR SLIDE MOTOR REAR TILT MOTOR WG 2 B 1 R109 B61 F44 RECLINING SWITCH POWER WINDOW CIRCUIT BREAKER SLIDE SWITCH FRONT TILT SWITCH...

Страница 4337: ...WINDOW MAIN SWITCH OFF UP DOWN B FL U FL D E ILLUMI FRONT LH LOCK AUTO UP AUTO DOWN LR 2 L 1 FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH P W L 04 C P W L 03 B P W L 02 A GREEN D3 1 2 B41 1 2 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUT...

Страница 4338: ...6 RB 4 L 2 LR 1 D17 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 02 LR 2 L 1 D11 B101 B30 D1 D7 P W L 01 A GB 9 RB 5 RY 4 B 1 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH OFF UP DOWN B FR U FR D E FRONT RH 1 2 1 2 D17 D13 1 2 3 4...

Страница 4339: ...B30 D1 D7 P W L 01 B GB 9 GR 13 YR 8 B 1 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH OFF UP DOWN B RL U RL D E REAR LH 1 2 1 2 D25 D24 1 2 3 4 5 6 D7 1 2 3 8 9 10 4 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH GRE...

Страница 4340: ...30 D1 D7 P W L 01 C GB 9 LG 16 LY 14 B 1 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH OFF UP DOWN B RR U RR D E REAR RH REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH D30 2 GB 21 LG 20 LY LG LY R3 B99 R1 B97 1 2 1 2 D31 D30 1 2 3 4 5 6 D7 1...

Страница 4341: ...H OFF UP DOWN B FR U FR D E ILLUMI FRONT RH LOCK AUTO UP AUTO DOWN LR 2 L 1 FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH P W R 04 C P W R 03 B P W R 02 A GREEN D3 1 2 B41 1 2 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 02 REF...

Страница 4342: ...RB 4 L 2 LR 1 D17 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 02 LR 2 L 1 D11 B101 B30 D1 D7 P W R 01 A GB 9 RB 5 RY 4 B 1 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH OFF UP DOWN B FL U FL D E FRONT LH 1 2 1 2 D17 D13 1 2 3 4 5...

Страница 4343: ...1 GB 3 GB D21 R11 B30 D1 D7 P W R 01 B GB 9 GR 13 YR 8 B 1 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH OFF UP DOWN B RL U RL D E REAR LH 1 2 1 2 D25 D24 1 2 3 4 5 6 REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH GREEN D24 2 GB GR 14 13 YR...

Страница 4344: ...GB 3 GB D27 R14 B30 D1 D7 P W R 01 C GB 9 LG 16 LY 14 B 1 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH OFF UP DOWN B RR U RR D E REAR RH REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH D30 2 GB 11 LG 12 LY LG LY R3 B99 R1 B97 1 2 1 2 D31 D3...

Страница 4345: ...CONTROL MODULE F17 2 1 A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 BLACK F16 BLACK SUB FAN MOTOR MAIN FAN MOTOR OO WO NON TURBO ENGINE WITH...

Страница 4346: ...ELAY 1 3 4 B253 RW B 5 1 LB GL AIR CONDITIONING RELAY HOLDER W L GL L RL LW 3 4 34 31 32 30 3 4 2 1 F16 F27 F29 30A SUB FAN RELAY 2 GL L GR LR 25 28 27 29 F28 SUB FAN RELAY 1 LB B LW LR RL RW GR D17 D...

Страница 4347: ...4 B253 RW B 5 1 LB GL AIR CONDITIONING RELAY HOLDER W L GL L RL LW 3 4 34 31 32 30 3 4 2 1 F16 F27 F29 30A SUB FAN RELAY 2 GL L GR LR 25 28 27 29 F28 SUB FAN RELAY 1 LB B LW LR RL RW GR D17 D24 D28 B...

Страница 4348: ...ATER REAR ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY RELAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B97 R1 1 3 4 5 6 2 RELAY BLOCK BLACK B225 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 1 2 9 3 4 5 6 7...

Страница 4349: ...B 3 BW 6 i33 REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH ON OFF G 5 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 05 B 1 LW 2 B196 LR 1 B 2 R64 LB LB 4 F2 B100 LR 1 B 2 D42 REAR FOG LIGHT RH WAGON REAR FOG LIGHT LH WAGON LR 1 B 2 D49...

Страница 4350: ...3 B 6 i33 REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH ON OFF BW 5 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 05 B 1 LW 2 B196 LR 1 B 2 R64 LR 1 B 2 D42 REAR FOG LIGHT RH WAGON REAR FOG LIGHT LH WAGON LR 1 B 2 D49 B 1 B BLACK i7 1...

Страница 4351: ...D48 SD OC WC B R65 RL R17 B GD B REAR DEFOGGER WAGON EUROPE MODELS D74 REAR DEFOGGER WAGON OTHER MODELS REAR DEFOGGER SEDAN WITH CHOKE COIL REAR DEFOGGER SEDAN WITHOUT CHOKE COIL CHOKE COIL 1 2 3 4 5...

Страница 4352: ...WI 297 WIRING SYSTEM REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM MEMO...

Страница 4353: ...1 D61 B30 D1 D15 D11 B101 L R DOWN UP L N R ON OFF LH RH UP DOWN REARVIEW MIRROR LH MIRROR HEATER LH RH UP DOWN B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 02 YR YG LW 3 LG 2 1 1 OH WH 5 4 3 2 RL YR 8 YG 18 LW...

Страница 4354: ...R DOWN UP L N R ON OFF LH RH UP DOWN REARVIEW MIRROR RH MIRROR HEATER LH RH UP DOWN B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 02 YR YG LW 3 LG 2 1 1 OH WH 5 4 3 2 RL YR 8 YG 18 LW 7 LG 6 5 RL YR YG LW LG RL...

Страница 4355: ...GREEN C i12 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GREEN A i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 R8 1 2 3 4 B44 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 21 9 32 B99 1 2 3 4...

Страница 4356: ...BL B11 BrR H6 H4 BL E5 GB BL G 7 BrR 6 BW 8 B 3 2 9 F26 F2 B100 GENERATOR BW 24 REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 02 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND L 04 BrR B 4 2 R8 AT MT B17 F26 GREEN 1 2 3 R8 1 2...

Страница 4357: ...2 3 8 9 10 4 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 GREEN A i10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 GW B5 TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING FB 39 IGNITION RELAY IG GW BL A5 i10 A...

Страница 4358: ...E5 GB BL G 7 BrR 6 BW 8 B 3 2 9 VDC ABS B62 F26 F45 F2 B100 VDC ABS GENERATOR BW 7 BW BW BW 20 REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 03 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 04 BL B 4 2 R8 AT MT B17 BLACK F26...

Страница 4359: ...YR L L FB 29 F B FUSE NO 4 ACC TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING B104 R41 R44 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 BLUE BLUE RELAY BLOCK BLACK B225 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37...

Страница 4360: ...MATIC ST 01 ST 01 WI 01085 ST IGNITION SWITCH ST TO POWER SUPPLY ROUTING WB BATTERY 1 1 B14 STARTER MOTOR AT WG MT WB AT MT MT 12 INHIBITOR SWITCH BY 7 BW P R N D 3 2 1 12 WB 11 WG AT T7 T3 B12 T7 B12...

Страница 4361: ...1 L 3 OPEN CLOSE SUNROOF SWITCH TILT UP TILT DOWN SUNROOF SWITCH OPEN CLOSE SUNROOF SWITCH SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE MOTOR SEDAN Br 4 G 1 B 3 W 4 L 1 B 3 WG 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 F44 B41 1 2 R128 S1 BLACK S2 1...

Страница 4362: ...WI 307 WIRING SYSTEM SUNROOF SYSTEM MEMO...

Страница 4363: ...OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE PUMP MOTOR HYDRAULIC MODULE FL INLET SOLENOID VALVE FR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE FR INLET SOLENOID VALVE RL OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE RL INLET SOLENOID VALVE RR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE RR...

Страница 4364: ...DC LH4 04 B VDC LH4 03 C B255 F96 B62 F45 7 13 14 53 28 32 52 9 GREEN C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GREEN A i10 YW 8 16 14 13 15 YW 58 YW VDC LH4 01 A W R G B W R G B SECONDLY PRESSURE SENSOR...

Страница 4365: ...OL MODULE F87 B255 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE B56 C ENGINE CONTROL MODULE B134 A B136 C B79 B40 E3 GE B22 B61 BROWN B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 F44 B82 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GRAY GREEN BL...

Страница 4366: ...RH 1 2 L P BLACK R73 R72 B6 B15 2 1 1 GRAY 1 GRAY F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 4...

Страница 4367: ...PUMP MOTOR HYDRAULIC MODULE FL INLET SOLENOID VALVE FR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE FR INLET SOLENOID VALVE RL OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE RL INLET SOLENOID VALVE RR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE RR INLET SOLENOID VALVE...

Страница 4368: ...2 52 9 GREEN A i10 YW 8 16 14 13 15 YW 58 YW VDC LH6 01 A W R G B W R G B SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR BLACK F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7...

Страница 4369: ...LE B134 A B136 C B79 B40 B83 E49 GE B252 B61 BLACK B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 F44 B82 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DARK GRAY B252 GRAY GREEN BLACK B79 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 1 8 10 11 12...

Страница 4370: ...1 BROWN GRAY BROWN GRAY F88 F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76 77 75 42 43...

Страница 4371: ...PUMP MOTOR HYDRAULIC MODULE FL INLET SOLENOID VALVE FR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE FR INLET SOLENOID VALVE RL OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE RL INLET SOLENOID VALVE RR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE RR INLET SOLENOID VALVE...

Страница 4372: ...11 53 28 32 52 15 GREEN C i12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GREEN A i10 YW 14 16 14 13 15 YW 58 YW VDC RH4 01 A W R G B W R G B SECONDLY PRESSURE SENSOR BLACK F91 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1...

Страница 4373: ...19 20 21 B135 A B134 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 B REF TO GROUND DISTRIBUTION GND R 02 03 B136 C OO C8 A25 C2 A10 C7 A24 WO WITH OB...

Страница 4374: ...RW FRONT ABS SENSOR RH 1 2 L P BLACK R73 R72 B6 B15 2 1 1 GRAY 1 GRAY F88 F55 F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53...

Страница 4375: ...PUMP MOTOR HYDRAULIC MODULE FL INLET SOLENOID VALVE FR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE FR INLET SOLENOID VALVE RL OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE RL INLET SOLENOID VALVE RR OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE RR INLET SOLENOID VALVE...

Страница 4376: ...W 14 16 14 13 15 YW 58 YW VDC RH6 01 A W R G B SECONDLY PRESSURE SENSOR BLACK F91 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 BLACK F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15...

Страница 4377: ...RIBUTION GND R 02 03 SHIELD AND SENSOR GROUND JOINT CONNECTOR W 16 WB 17 BL 13 WG 15 WG BL 2 B83 E49 GE B252 19 20 7 10 6 5 4 3 1 2 21 22 F96 B255 F2 B100 BLACK B231 1 2 3 4 B234 1 2 3 4 5 6 B82 1 2 3...

Страница 4378: ...K R73 R72 B6 B15 2 1 BROWN GRAY BROWN GRAY F87 56 57 59 60 62 63 65 82 83 80 27 28 25 26 23 24 21 22 19 20 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 54 55 52 53 50 51 81 48 49 46 47 44 45 78 79 76...

Страница 4379: ...2 3 RL B 5 YB 17 LgR 11 GY 16 BL RL 8 B 2 7 B70 B8 F32 YB 17 LgR YB LgR 2 B100 F2 F32 1 2 B70 2 3 6 4 5 7 1 8 9 11 12 15 13 14 16 10 17 18 FRONT WIPER SWITCH INTER MITTENT WIPER MODULE INT VOLUME WAS...

Страница 4380: ...B 17 LgR 11 GY 16 BL RL 8 B 2 7 11 17 WF OF 12 2 8 3 B70 B8 F146 B146 1 2 B70 2 3 6 4 5 7 1 8 9 11 12 15 13 14 16 10 17 18 FRONT WIPER SWITCH INTER MITTENT WIPER MODULE INT VOLUME WASHER SWITCH COMBIN...

Страница 4381: ...EAR WIPER MOTOR B 2 YG 8 Lg 7 LW YG 3 Br 6 BrW 5 REAR WIPER WASHER SWITCH OFF ON WASH WASH BrW 12 GR 10 B 2 YG 1 BrW 2 YG YG Lg LW 1 Lg 4 LW 2 B 3 B B B B 1 YG 3 Lg 5 LW 4 D35 D33 D43 R37 R39 R116 R3...

Страница 4382: ...B YG 1 BrW 2 YG YG Lg LW 1 Lg 4 LW 2 B 3 B B B B 1 YG 3 Lg 5 LW 4 D35 D33 D43 R37 R39 R116 B70 B147 D43 3 4 1 2 B147 R37 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 R116 D35 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BLACK B70 2 3 6 4 5 7 1 8 9 1...

Страница 4383: ...B B36 i1 B177 ON OFF P3 RY OrG O1 GB 4 YG 3 B 1 OrG 2 RY 2 B 1 20 19 21 23 RY 1 B 6 OrG 3 BW 5 LgB 4 WB 2 B SMJ B192 B191 B177 i43 i28 LB 27 LHD RHD 28 GB 24 YG 26 WIPER DEICER TIMER B192 3 4 1 2 i43...

Страница 4384: ...WI 329 WIRING SYSTEM WIPER DEICER SYSTEM MEMO...

Страница 4385: ...ss 6 Rear door cord RH 11 Rear door cord LH 2 Engine wiring harness 7 Rear wiring harness 12 Front door cord LH 3 Bulkhead wiring harness 8 Roof cord 13 Transmission cord 4 Instrument panel wiring har...

Страница 4386: ...H 11 Rear door cord LH 2 Engine wiring harness 7 Rear wiring harness 12 Front door cord LH 3 Bulkhead wiring harness 8 Roof cord 13 Transmission cord 4 Instrument panel wiring harness 9 Fuel tank cord...

Страница 4387: ...11 Rear door cord LH 2 Engine wiring harness 7 Rear wiring harness 12 Front door cord LH 3 Bulkhead wiring harness 8 Roof cord 13 Transmission cord 4 Instrument panel wiring harness 9 Fuel tank cord...

Страница 4388: ...11 Rear door cord LH 2 Engine wiring harness 7 Rear wiring harness 12 Front door cord LH 3 Bulkhead wiring harness 8 Roof cord 13 Transmission cord 4 Instrument panel wiring harness 9 Fuel tank cord...

Страница 4389: ...A 3 A C relay Relay holder F32 2 Green C 3 Front washer motor F33 2 B 3 Rear washer motor F34 4 C 3 SBF holder F35 2 Black B 4 Main fuse box M B F36 3 C 4 F37 6 Black C 4 F38 1 C 4 F39 8 Black B 3 F40...

Страница 4390: ...F31 F30 F29 F67 A C relay holder 4 Cylinder engine model A C relay holder 6 Cylinder engine model F6 F16 F17 F47 F26 F91 F49 F82 F24 F25 F23 F58 F32 F33 F88 F19 F34 F38 F68 F55 F54 F87 F78 F21 F73 GB...

Страница 4391: ...C relay Relay holder F34 4 C 3 SBF holder F35 2 Black B 4 Main fuse box M B F39 8 Black B 3 F41 7 Gray B 2 Fuse relay box F B F44 8 B 3 B61 Bulkhead wiring harness F45 8 B 3 B62 Bulkhead wiring harne...

Страница 4392: ...66 F28 F27 F31 F30 F29 F67 A C relay holder 4 Cylinder engine model A C relay holder 6 Cylinder engine model F6 F16 F47 F25 F26 F91 F49 F24 F55 F41 F86 F83 F23 F79 F81 F58 F19 F34 F35 F17 F5 F21 F73 G...

Страница 4393: ...3 B14 1 Black B 3 Starter Magnet B15 2 Brown B 3 Front ABS sensor LH Outback model 2 B 3 Front ABS sensor LH Other models B16 2 Gray B 3 Brake fluid level switch B17 3 B 2 Vehicle speed sensor MT B18...

Страница 4394: ...WI 339 WIRING SYSTEM BULKHEAD WIRING HARNESS IN ENGINE ROOM WI 01032 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D B155 B17 B18 B19 B10 B25 B22 B328 B21 B11 B29 B12 B14 B16 B17 B6 B7 B8 GB 4 B15 GB 3 B24...

Страница 4395: ...ol actuator B8 5 B 3 Front wiper motor B10 4 B 2 A C pressure switch B11 20 Black B 3 T4 Transmission AT B12 12 B 3 T3 B14 1 Black B 3 Starter Magnet B15 2 Brown B 3 Front ABS sensor LH B16 2 Gray B 3...

Страница 4396: ...WI 341 WIRING SYSTEM BULKHEAD WIRING HARNESS IN ENGINE ROOM WI 01033 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D B10 B22 B252 B21 B19 B11 B12 B14 B16 B6 B20 B7 B8 B15 B253 GB 4 GB 10 GB 3...

Страница 4397: ...e speed sensor MT B18 4 B 2 Oxygen sensor B19 4 B 2 T5 Rear oxygen sensor cord With OBD model B20 16 B 2 E1 Engine wiring harness Turbo engine model B21 20 B 2 E2 Engine wiring harness B22 16 Brown B...

Страница 4398: ...3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D B155 B20 B6 B18 B16 B19 B128 B220 B3 B17 B22 B21 B328 B18 B146 B147 B22 B21 B212 B15 B144 B186 B143 B145 B7 B148 B14 1 B25 1 B24 2 B11 4 B12 5 B29 3 2 3 4 5 B221 GB 4 G...

Страница 4399: ...agnet B15 2 Brown B 3 Front ABS sensor LH B16 2 Gray B 2 Brake fluid level switch B19 6 B 2 T5 Rear oxygen sensor cord B20 16 Dark gray B 2 E1 Engine wiring harness B21 20 B 2 E2 B22 16 Brown B 2 E3 B...

Страница 4400: ...IRING SYSTEM BULKHEAD WIRING HARNESS IN ENGINE ROOM WI 01035 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D B6 B19 B16 B20 B22 B252 B21 B146 B147 B15 B11 B12 B144 B186 B143 B145 B7 B148 B14 GB 4 GB 3 B8 B253 GB...

Страница 4401: ...2 Transmission control module AT B55 24 Gray C 2 B56 24 Green C 2 B61 8 B 2 F44 Front wiring harness B62 16 B 2 F45 Front wiring harness B64 2 Black B 2 Stop light switch B65 4 Black B 2 Stop brake sw...

Страница 4402: ...3 B116 B125 B126 B30 B31 B41 B192 B228 B224 B74 B68 B72 GB 6 B43 B82 B79 B137 B135 B83 B101 B90 B176 B91 B35 B88 B86 With OBD model Without OBD model WO WO OO OO WO WO OO B125 B100 B141 B231 B126 B76...

Страница 4403: ...connector Without OBD model 2 Green C 1 B125 Line end connector With OBD model B129 2 B 2 Kick down switch AT B131 5 A 2 Rear fog light relay Relay block B133 6 C 3 AT power mode hold mode switch B134...

Страница 4404: ...3 B116 B125 B126 B30 B31 B41 B192 B228 B224 B74 B68 B72 GB 6 B43 B82 B79 B137 B135 B83 B101 B90 B176 B91 B35 B88 B86 With OBD model Without OBD model WO WO OO OO WO WO OO B125 B100 B141 B231 B126 B76...

Страница 4405: ...odule B55 24 Gray C 2 B56 24 Green C 2 B61 8 B 2 F44 Front wiring harness B62 16 B 2 F45 Front wiring harness B65 4 Black B 2 Stop brake switch B68 5 C 2 Cruise control sub switch B69 4 D 2 Parking sw...

Страница 4406: ...4 B157 B191 B48 B225 B42 B131 B133 B116 B30 B31 B41 B192 B228 B231 B224 B74 B68 B72 GB 6 B82 B79 B134 B136 B137 B135 B297 B83 B101 B47 B94 B90 B176 B91 B88 B86 B300 B182 B76 B77 B80 B201 B61 B100 B181...

Страница 4407: ...158 10 Gray C 1 Fuse relay box F B B176 18 B 4 Keyless entry control module B177 2 B 1 Wiper deicer B181 1 B 2 B182 Fan ground joint connector B182 1 B 2 B18 Fan ground joint connector B183 1 C 1 B184...

Страница 4408: ...4 B157 B191 B48 B225 B42 B131 B133 B116 B30 B31 B41 B192 B228 B231 B224 B74 B68 B72 GB 6 B82 B79 B134 B136 B137 B135 B297 B83 B101 B47 B94 B90 B176 B91 B88 B86 B300 B182 B76 B77 B80 B201 B61 B100 B181...

Страница 4409: ...ule B55 24 Gray C 3 B56 24 Green C 3 B61 8 B 3 F44 Front wiring harness B62 8 B 3 F45 Front wiring harness B64 2 Black B 3 Stop light switch B65 4 Black B 3 Stop brake switch With cruise control B68 5...

Страница 4410: ...B31 B97 6 B98 7 B99 8 B122 1 B53 2 B54 3 B55 4 B56 5 B86 B88 B91 B75 B76 B136 B135 B137 B84 B134 B77 B237 B133 B116 B82 B79 B80 B43 GB 5 B70 B35 B68 B72 B228 B41 B192 B74 B224 B196 B231 B87 B122 B94 B...

Страница 4411: ...Engine control module Turbo engine model 35 Engine control module Non turbo engine model B135 28 C 2 Engine control module B136 24 C 2 Engine control module Turbo engine model 26 Engine control module...

Страница 4412: ...B31 B97 6 B98 7 B99 8 B122 1 B53 2 B54 3 B55 4 B56 5 B86 B88 B91 B75 B76 B136 B135 B137 B84 B134 B77 B237 B133 B116 B82 B79 B80 B43 GB 5 B70 B35 B68 B72 B228 B41 B192 B74 B224 B196 B231 B87 B122 B94 B...

Страница 4413: ...agnosis connector B83 22 C 1 Shield sensor ground joint connec tor E G B90 6 B 4 R50 Roof cord B94 20 Black C 1 Cruise control module B97 6 B 3 R1 Rear wiring harness B98 20 Blue B 3 R2 B99 20 B 3 R3...

Страница 4414: ...57 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B30 B31 B98 5 B99 6 B100 7 B53 1 B54 2 B55 3 B56 4 B176 B75 B76 B300 B32 B136 B135 B137 B134 B133 B116 B82 B79 B80 B35 B182 GB 5 B69 B71 B68 B72 B228 B41 B192 B74 B224 B196 B231 B101...

Страница 4415: ...osition sensor Without OBD model Gray Camshaft position sensor With OBD model E16 2 Light gray B 3 Injector 2 E17 2 Light gray B 4 Injector 4 E18 6 Dark gray B 3 Exhaust gas recircration solenoid E19...

Страница 4416: ...SYSTEM ENGINE WIRING HARNESS AND TRANSMISSION CORD WI 01040 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D T6 T5 T3 T4 T7 GE E3 E2 E58 E21 E20 E7 E13 E12 E6 E5 E4 E8 E53 E19 E11 E10 T5 T2 T1 T8 T6 E14 E18 E16 E...

Страница 4417: ...3 Throttle position sensor E14 2 Gray B 3 Knock sensor E15 2 Light gray B 3 Camshaft position sensor E16 2 Dark gray B 3 Injector 2 E17 2 Dark gray B 4 Injector 4 E19 1 B 2 Power steering oil pressure...

Страница 4418: ...NG SYSTEM ENGINE WIRING HARNESS AND TRANSMISSION CORD WI 01041 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D T6 T5 T3 T4 T7 GE E21 E7 E1 E13 E14 E32 E34 E31 E6 E33 E5 E8 E4 E19 E11 E10 T5 T9 T6 E39 E16 E15 E3 E...

Страница 4419: ...4 E18 6 Dark gray A 3 Exhaust gas recircration solenoid valve E19 1 C 2 Power steering oil pressure switch E20 2 Black A 3 Intake air temperature sensor E21 3 Black A 2 Pressure sensor E24 4 Dark gra...

Страница 4420: ...INE WIRING HARNESS AND TRANSMISSION CORD WI 01042 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D E1 E7 T6 T5 E47 E5 E6 E43 E49 E3 E2 E14 E10 E16 E17 E44 E46 E34 E32 E24 E8 E48 E19 E45 E15 E33 E11 E31 E30 E21 E13...

Страница 4421: ...ch i20 8 Black C 2 B80 Bulkhead wiring harness i21 2 C 3 Ash tray illumination light i22 8 B 3 Hazard switch i23 2 B 4 Glove box illumination light i24 2 C 3 Front accessory power supply socket i25 2...

Страница 4422: ...5 A B C D A B C D i5 i1 i39 i7 i33 i19 i20 i26 i60 i61 i53 i23 i62 i19 i43 i40 i55 i17 i22 i49 i48 i51 i15 i21 i28 i25 i24 GR GB 7 i29 Switch is in sterring side panel Switch is in center panel 4 Cyli...

Страница 4423: ...g harness i21 2 C 2 Ash tray illumination light i22 8 B 2 Hazard switch i23 2 B 1 Glove box illumination light i24 2 C 2 Front accessory power supply socket i25 2 C 2 Front accessory power supply sock...

Страница 4424: ...1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D 4 Cylinder engine model 6 Cylinder engine model H4 H4 H6 i51 i23 i52 i22 i48 i45 i26 i21 i28 GB 7 i24 i25 i20 i62 i39 i60 i61 i33 i7 i7 i1 i5 i19 i43 i10 i12 i12 i11 GR i29 i...

Страница 4425: ...Blue B 3 Seat heater RH R42 6 C 3 Seat heater switch RH R43 6 Blue C 3 Seat heater switch LH R44 4 Blue C 3 Seat heater LH R49 8 C 3 F55 Front wiring harness R50 4 B 2 B90 Bulkhead wiring harness With...

Страница 4426: ...WI 371 WIRING SYSTEM REAR WIRING HARNESS WI 01045 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D R50 R98 R3 R1 GB 8 R12 R14 R51 R55 R52 R56 R54 R73 R72 R9 R11 R16 R41 R43 R42 R8 R44 R109 R4 R70 R49...

Страница 4427: ...eater switch LH R44 4 Blue C 3 Seat heater LH R49 8 B 1 F55 Front wiring harness R50 4 B 2 B90 Bulkhead wiring harness Without vanity mirror illumi 6 B 2 B90 Bulkhead wiring harness With vanity mirror...

Страница 4428: ...373 WIRING SYSTEM REAR WIRING HARNESS WI 01046 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D R50 GB 8 R12 R51 R14 R55 R52 R56 R54 R73 R72 R9 R11 R16 R43 R42 R109 R44 R4 R70 R98 R101 R49 R2 R3 R1 R99 R41 R110 R...

Страница 4429: ...switch RH R43 6 Blue B 3 Seat heater switch LH R44 4 Blue C 3 Seat heater LH R49 8 C 3 F55 Front wiring harness without VDC model 12 C 3 Front wiring harness with VDC model R50 6 B 2 B90 Bulkhead wiri...

Страница 4430: ...WI 375 WIRING SYSTEM REAR WIRING HARNESS WI 01047 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D R50 GB 8 R12 R14 R51 R55 R52 R56 R54 R128 R73 R72 R9 R11 R16 R43 R109 R44 R42 R41 R8 R4 R70 R100 R49 R98 R1 R3...

Страница 4431: ...R42 6 C 3 Seat heater switch RH R43 6 Blue C 3 Seat heater switch LH R44 4 Blue C 3 Seat heater LH R49 8 B 2 F55 Front wiring harness without VDC model 12 B 2 Front wiring harness with VDC model R50 6...

Страница 4432: ...WI 377 WIRING SYSTEM REAR WIRING HARNESS WI 01048 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D R50 GB 8 R12 R14 R52 R55 R54 R73 R72 R9 R11 R16 R56 R51 R16 R43 R42 R109 R44 R4 R70 R100 R98 R49 R2 R3 R1 R8 R41...

Страница 4433: ...RH D14 2 Black B 2 Front door tweeter RH D15 6 B 2 Remote control rearview mirror RH Without mirror heater 8 B 2 Remote control rearview mirror RH With mirror heater D17 6 B 2 Front power window sub...

Страница 4434: ...WI 379 WIRING SYSTEM DOOR CORD WI 01049 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D D14 D15 D17 D11 D12 D13 D18 D27 D20 D29 D1 D4 D5 D61 D7 D72 D2 D3 D10 D21 D23 D24 D25 D26 D30 D31 D32...

Страница 4435: ...15 6 C 3 Remote control rearview mirror LH Without mirror heater 8 C 3 Remote control rearview mirror LH With mirror heater D17 6 B 3 Front power window sub switch LH D18 4 B 3 Front door lock actuato...

Страница 4436: ...WI 381 WIRING SYSTEM DOOR CORD WI 01050 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D D4 D5 D61 D7 D1 D2 D68 D3 D72 D27 D10 D29 D11 D69 D14 D15 D17 D18 D12 D13 D20 D21 D23 D24 D25 D26 D30 D31 D32...

Страница 4437: ...15 Rear wiring harness R58 6 C 2 Fuel gauge module fuel pump assembly R59 2 C 2 Fuel gauge sub module R60 8 B 4 R24 Rear wiring harness R62 4 C 4 Rear finisher light RH R63 2 C 3 License plate light R...

Страница 4438: ...SYSTEM REAR WIRING HARNESS AND TRUNK LID CORD WI 01051 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D GB 11 R22 R97 R122 R124 R125 R15 R57 R59 R58 R126 R127 R19 R20 R117 R130 R24 R60 R28 R64 R79 R26 R62 R27 R63...

Страница 4439: ...tenna amplifier R116 8 C 3 Rear wiper intermittent module R122 10 C 1 Fuel pump control module R124 1 C 1 R125 Fuel pump control module shield joint connector R125 1 C 1 R124 Fuel pump control module...

Страница 4440: ...WIRING HARNESS AND REAR GATE CORD 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 A B C D A B C D D49 D47 D48 D43 D45 D40 D39 GB 11 D37 D38 D34 D35 R39 R38 R26 R22 R97 R124 R125 R32 R28 R25 R59 R15 R57 R58 R79 R116 R122 D46 D47...

Страница 4441: ...WI 386 WIRING SYSTEM REAR WIRING HARNESS AND REAR GATE CORD MEMO...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Похожие инструкции для 2003 Legacy

JAC S5 Workshop Manual preview
S5
Бренд: JAC Страницы: 70
Harken Hoister SUP Manual preview
SUP
Бренд: Harken Hoister Страницы: 12
Yamaha Raptor Instruction Supplement preview
Raptor
Бренд: Yamaha Страницы: 2
Mazda 2008 MX-5 Miata Manual preview
2008 MX-5 Miata
Бренд: Mazda Страницы: 400
Yakima StickUp Installation Instructions Manual preview
StickUp
Бренд: Yakima Страницы: 21
RBO RBO4038 Product Manual preview
RBO4038
Бренд: RBO Страницы: 15
Edelbrock 8135 Installation Instructions preview
8135
Бренд: Edelbrock Страницы: 4
ULTIMATE SPEED 1188 1525 Instructions For Use And Safety Manuallines preview
1188 1525
Бренд: ULTIMATE SPEED Страницы: 26
Roadefend RDT401P Instruction Book preview
RDT401P
Бренд: Roadefend Страницы: 15
Mercedes-Benz G 55 AMG Operator'S Manual preview
G 55 AMG
Бренд: Mercedes-Benz Страницы: 284
Menabo SHADOW CADDY Fitting Instructions Manual preview
SHADOW CADDY
Бренд: Menabo Страницы: 12
L.A. West Sprinter Shuttle Owner'S Manual preview
Sprinter Shuttle
Бренд: L.A. West Страницы: 30
Subaru XV Crosstrek Owner'S Manual preview
XV Crosstrek
Бренд: Subaru Страницы: 90
Digi-tails 1981-83 MALIBU Installation Manual preview
1981-83 MALIBU
Бренд: Digi-tails Страницы: 7
Kia Forte 2015 Features & Functions Manual preview
Forte 2015
Бренд: Kia Страницы: 10
VDO PITOT-TUBE SPEEDOMETER SET Installation Instructions preview
PITOT-TUBE SPEEDOMETER SET
Бренд: VDO Страницы: 5
VBG 56-239200 Mounting Instruction/Spare Parts List preview
56-239200
Бренд: VBG Страницы: 20
Star Headlight & Lantern Star Half Phantom ULB14 Installation Manual preview
Star Half Phantom ULB14
Бренд: Star Headlight & Lantern Страницы: 8

Бренды по названию

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды